WO2014019344A1 - Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof - Google Patents

Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014019344A1
WO2014019344A1 PCT/CN2013/000915 CN2013000915W WO2014019344A1 WO 2014019344 A1 WO2014019344 A1 WO 2014019344A1 CN 2013000915 W CN2013000915 W CN 2013000915W WO 2014019344 A1 WO2014019344 A1 WO 2014019344A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
independently
aryl
deuterium
heteroaryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/000915
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Yingjun Zhang
Jiancun Zhang
Hongming XIE
Qingyun REN
Yumei TAN
Huichao LUO
Original Assignee
Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to SG11201406824XA priority Critical patent/SG11201406824XA/en
Priority to KR20157002654A priority patent/KR20150039200A/en
Priority to BR112015000420A priority patent/BR112015000420A2/en
Priority to RU2015107043A priority patent/RU2015107043A/en
Priority to MYPI2014703257A priority patent/MY187617A/en
Priority to AU2013299246A priority patent/AU2013299246B2/en
Priority to EP13824843.0A priority patent/EP2880030B1/en
Priority to CA2872118A priority patent/CA2872118A1/en
Application filed by Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. filed Critical Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd.
Priority to US14/397,200 priority patent/US9309231B2/en
Priority to MX2015001571A priority patent/MX2015001571A/en
Priority to JP2015524600A priority patent/JP2015529652A/en
Publication of WO2014019344A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014019344A1/en
Priority to ZA2014/07779A priority patent/ZA201407779B/en
Priority to HK15107702.7A priority patent/HK1207074A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/4025—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. cromakalim
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/4178—1,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/4184—1,3-Diazoles condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. benzimidazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/427—Thiazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/439—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom the ring forming part of a bridged ring system, e.g. quinuclidine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4545—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pipamperone, anabasine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/16—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D453/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinuclidine or iso-quinuclidine ring systems, e.g. quinine alkaloids
    • C07D453/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinuclidine or iso-quinuclidine ring systems, e.g. quinine alkaloids containing isoquinuclidine ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/056—Ortho-condensed systems with two or more oxygen atoms as ring hetero atoms in the oxygen-containing ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/10—Spiro-condensed systems
    • C07D491/113—Spiro-condensed systems with two or more oxygen atoms as ring hetero atoms in the oxygen-containing ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00

Definitions

  • HCV Hepatitis C Virus
  • the present invention relates to the field of medicine.
  • the invention relates to compounds for treating Hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection, compositions comprising such compounds, the use and the methods thereof.
  • HCV Hepatitis C virus
  • the invention relates to bridged ring compounds as NS5A protein inhibitors. More specifically, the invention relates to compounds which can inhibit the function of the NS5A protein encoded by Hepatitis C virus (HCV), pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and methods for inhibiting the function of the NS5A protein.
  • HCV is a major human pathogen, infecting an estimated 170 million persons worldwide — roughly five times the number infected by human immunodeficiency virus type 1. A substantial fraction of these HCV infected individuals develop serious progressive liver disease, including cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. Chronic HCV infection is thus a major worldwide cause of liver-related premature mortality.
  • HCV is a positive-stranded RNA virus. Based on a comparison of the deduced amino acid sequence and the extensive similarity in the 5 'untranslated region, HCV has been classified as a separate genus in the Flaviviridae family. All members of the Flaviviridae family have enveloped virions that contain a positive stranded RNA genome encoding all known virus-specific proteins via translation of a single, uninterrupted, open reading frame (ORF).
  • ORF open reading frame
  • the single strand HCV RNA genome is approximately 9500 nucleotides in length and has a single open reading frame (ORF) encoding a single large polyprotein of about 3000 amino acids. In infected cells, this polyprotein is cleaved at multiple sites by cellular and viral proteases to produce the structural and non-structural (NS) proteins. In the case of HCV, the generation of mature non-structural proteins (NS2, NS3, NS4A. NS4B, NS5A and NS5B) is effected by two viral proteases.
  • the first one is believed to be a metalloprotease and cleaves at the NS2-NS3 junction; the second one is a serine protease within the N-terminal region of NS3 (also referred herein as NS3 protease) and mediates all the subsequent cleavages downstream of NS3. both in cis, at the NS3-NS4A cleavage site, and in trans, for the remaining NS4A-NS4B. NS4B-NS5A, NS5A-NS5B sites.
  • the NS4A protein appears to serve multiple functions, acting as a cofactor for the NS3 protease and possibly assisting in the membrane localization of NS3 and other viral replicase components.
  • NS5B (also referred to herein as HCV polymerase) is a RNA-dependent RNA polymerase that is involved in the replication of HCV.
  • HCV NS5A protein is described, for example, in Tan et al., Virology, 2001, 284, 1 -12; and in Park et al., J. Biol. Chem. , 2003, 278, 30711 -3071 8.
  • the presnt disclosure describes novel bridged ring compounds and methods of their use to treat HCV infection. Specifically, it has been found that compounds disclosed herein, and compositions thereof, are effective as inhibitors of HCV infection, especially the non-structural 5A (NS5A) protein of HCV.
  • NS5A non-structural 5A
  • each of A and A' is independently a bond, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, -(CR 8 R 8a ) n -0-(CR 8 R 8a ) p -, -(CR 8 R 8a ) n -N(R 5 )-(CR 8 R 8a ) p --
  • each of X and X " is independently N or CR 7 ; each of Y and Y " is independently H, deuterium, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, a group derived from a-amino acid or an optical isomer thereof, or each of Y and Y' is independently
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium, F, CI, aliphatic, heteroalkyl.
  • each R 8 and R 89 is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro. F, CI, Br. I, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyi. alkoxy.
  • each R 9 , R 9a , R 10 and R 1 1 is independently H, deuterium, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyi, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl. heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; each R 12 is independently R 13a R 13 N-.
  • each R 6 is independently H, deuterium, Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 haloalkyl, Ci- hydroxyalkyl, Ci -6 aminoalkyl, Ci -6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci -6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci -6 alkylthio-Ci -6 -alkyl, C -io aryl-Ci -6 -alkyl, Ci -9 heteroaryl, C 6- io aryl, C 3-9 heterocyclyl or C 3- 8 carbocyclyl; and each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium,
  • each R/ is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy.
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium, F, CI, Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 heteroalkyl, Ci-6 haloaliphatic, hydroxy Ci -6 alkyl, amino C i -6 alkyl, Ci -6 alkoxy-C i.
  • R 8 and R 8a cycloalkylamino-Ci.6-alkyl.
  • each R 6 is independently H, deuterium.
  • each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is independently H, deuterium, Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 heteroalkyl, C 6 -io C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C
  • heterobicycle or R and R , together with X " -CH which they are attached to. optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, Cs-n fused bicycle, C5.12 fused heterobicycle, C 5- i 2 spiro bicycle or C 5- i2 spiro heterobicycle.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with X-CH which they are attached to, or R 3 and R 4 , together with X'-CH which they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle, C 5- i 2 fused bicycle.
  • the R 1 , R 2 and X-CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
  • each R l? is independently H, deuterium. F, C!. Br, I. cyano. hydroxy.
  • each R 6 is independently H, deuterium, C] -4 alkyl, Ci -6 haloalkyl, Ci -6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci -6 aminoalkyl, Ci -6 alkoxy-C )-4 -alkyl, Ci -6 alkylamino-C] -4 -alkyl.
  • R 3 . R 4 and X'-CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
  • each R ? is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, Cj, 6 alkyl, C
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium, Ci -6 aliphatic, Ci -6 heteroalkyl, C ] -6 alkoxy-Ci-6-aliphatic, C i -6 alkylamino-C i -6 -aliphatic, C 6- io aryl-Ci -6 -aliphatic, C 2- io heterocyclyl-C i-6-aliphatic, C 3 -io-cycloalkyl-Ci -6 -aliphatic, C 6 -io aryl, C
  • each R and R is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, F, CI, Br, I, Ci-6 alkyl, C
  • -CH 2 S-, -CH 2 S( 0) , -CF 2 -, -CHR 5a - or -CH 2 N(R 6 )-;
  • n is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
  • each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3 ; and each ris independently 0, 1 or 2.
  • Formula ( ⁇ ) is wherein is
  • each f is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of A and A " is independently a bond, C i -6 alkyl, C 2- 6 alkenyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 2 .i 0 heterocycloalkyl, -(CR 8 R 8a ) n -0-(CR 8 R 8a ) p -.
  • each ? is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy.
  • C i -6 alkyl deuterium, C i -6 alkyl, C i -6 heteroalkyl, Ci- alkoxy-Ci- 6 -alkyl.
  • R 7 R 7a NS( 0) 2 -.
  • R 7 OS( 0) 2 -.
  • R 7 S( 0) 2 -, C N6 alkyl, C ] -6 alkoxy-C
  • -6 alkylamino-Ci -f) -alkyl C 6- io aryl-Ci -6 -alkyl, C 1 -9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C 2- io heterocyclyl-Ci -6-alkyl, C 3-
  • R 6 is independently H, deuterium.
  • R 7 R 7a NC( 0)-.
  • R 7 OC( 0)-.
  • heteroaryl-Ci.6-alkyl C2- 10 heterocyclyl-Ci.6-alkyl, C3.io cycloalkyl-Ci.6-alkyl, C 6-
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium, C i -4 alkyl, Ci -4 heteroalkyl.
  • R 7 and R 7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R 7 and R 7a , together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
  • X 5 is CH 2 . O, S or NR 6 ;
  • f is 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
  • X 5 is CH 2 , O, S or NR 6 ;
  • each R 6 is independently H, deuterium.
  • R 7 R 7a NS( 0) 2 -.
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium, C M alkyl, C heteroalkyl, C i -6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci- alkylaminoalkyl, C 6 -io aryl, C 2- io heterocyclyl, C 3- cycloalkyl, C I .Q heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R 7 and R 7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom.
  • R 7 and R 7a together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
  • R 7 C( 0)-.
  • each of Y and Y " is independently a group derived from a-amino acid and the group derived from a-amino acid is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI. Br, I, hydroxy or cyano.
  • the group derived from a-amino acid is formed by isoleucine. leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophane, valine, alanine, asparagine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glutamine. proline, serine, p-tyrosine, arginine. histidine, cysteine, glycine, sarcosine. ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylglycine. homoserine. norvaline, norleucine, ornithine, homocysteine, homophenylalanine, phenylglycine, o-tyrosine, m-tyrosine or hydroxyproline.
  • the a-amino acid is in the D configuration.
  • the a-amino acid is in the L configuration.
  • each of Y and Y" is independently
  • each of Y and Y' is independently -[U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -N(R 10 )-(CR 9 R 9a ) t ] k -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -N(R")-(CR 9 R 9a ) r R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y ' is independently -U-lCR NCR' ⁇ -CCR ⁇ -U- CR'R ⁇ t-N R' CCR VR 12 .
  • each of Y and Y ' is independently -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) r N(R n )-(CR 9 R 9a )t-R' 2 .
  • each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y' is independently -[U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -N(R 10 )-(CR 9 R 9a ) t ] k -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) O-(CR 9 R 9a ) r R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) r N(R 10 )-(CR 9 R 9a ) r U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -O-(CR 9 R 9a ) r R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -0-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y' is independently wherein R 1 1 and R 12 , together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, form a 4-7 membered ring.
  • each R 9 , R 9a , R 10 and R 1 1 is independently H, deuterium, Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 heteroalkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl, C 2 -io heterocyclyl, C 6- io aryl, C
  • each R 13 and R 13a is independently H, deuterium, Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 heteroalkyl.
  • each of R and R is independently H, deuterium, Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 haloalkyl, C ]-6 hydroxyalkyl, C )-6 heteroalkyl, C 6 -io aryl, C ⁇ .g heteroaryl, C 2 -io heterocyclyl, C3 -8 cycloalkyl, C 6- io aryl-Ci -6 -alkyl, C1- heteroaryl-Cj -6 -alkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci- -alkyl, or C 3- 8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl; wherein each of Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 haloalkyl, Ci -6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci- heteroalkyl, C 6- io aryl, Ci.g heteroaryl, C 2- io heterocyclyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 6- i 0 aryl-Ci -6 -alkyl,
  • each of R 14 and R 14a is independently H. deuterium, Ci -3 hydroxyalkyl, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, rt-butyl, allyl, propargyl, trifluoroethyl. phenyl, pyranyl. morpholinyl. -NR 7 R 7a , benzyl, piperazinyl. cyclopentyl. cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, or C 1.
  • heteroaryl wherein each of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, allyl, propargyl, trifluoroethyl, phenyl, pyranyl, morpholinyl, -NR 7 R 7a .
  • Formula (IX) is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoe [0060]
  • each R 14 and R 14a is independently H, deuterium.
  • Formula (X) is
  • Formula (XI) is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoe [0062] in some embodiments, N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl
  • each R ?a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, F, CI, Br or I; each of R 14 and R 14a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, 1 -methyl propyl, isopropyl or /ert-butyl; independently hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy. phenoxy. or tert-butoxy; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl.
  • R 1 , R 2 and N-CH together form one of the following divalent groups:
  • R 3 , R 4 and N-CH together form one of the following divalent groups:
  • R ⁇ a is H or methyl
  • R 7 is H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, phenyl, F, CI, Br, I, OH or cyano; each of R 14 and R 14a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; each of R 1 ? and R 1 ""13 is independently H, deuterium, F, CI, Br, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or fcrt-butyl; each of R 17 and R l 7a is independently methyl, phenyl or ethyl; each X 3 is independently O, S, NR 6 .
  • each R 6 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; e is 0, 1 , 2 or 3 with the proviso that where X 3 is O, S, or NR 6 , e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, isopropyl and /er/-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A' is independently
  • Formula ( ⁇ ) is
  • R l r,a is independently H, deuterium, F, CI, Br, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or tert-buty ⁇ ; each of R 17 and R 17a is independently methyl, phenyl or ethyl; each X 3 is independently O, S, NR 6 .
  • each R 6 is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; e is 0, 1 , 2 or 3 with the proviso that where X 3 is O, S, or NR 6 , e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, isopropyl and /erf-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A' is independently
  • compositions comprising a compound disclosed herein; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient, diluent, adjuvant, vehicle or a combination thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions further comprising an anti-HCV agent.
  • the anti-HCV agent is an interferon, ribavirin, IL-2, IL-6, IL- 12, a compound that enhances the development of a type 1 helper T cell response, interfering RNA, anti-sense RNA, imiquimod, an inosine-5 '-monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, amantadine, rimantadine, ribavirin, bavituximab, hunman hepatitis C immune globulin (CIVACIRTM), boceprevir, telaprevir, erlotinib, daclatasvir, simeprevir, asunaprevir, vaniprevir, faldaprevir, ABT-450, danoprevir, sovaprevir, MK-5172, vedroprevir.
  • HCV-371 VCH-916, VCH-222, ANA-598, MK-3281 , ABT-333, ABT-072, PF-00868554, BI-207127, GS-9190, A-837093, JKT-109, Gl-59728, GL-60667. AZd-2795, TMC647055 or a combination thereof.
  • the interferon is interferon a-2b. pegylated interferon a, interferon a-2a, pegylated interferon a-2a, consensus interferon- , or interferon ⁇ .
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprising at least one HCV inhibitor, and wherein the HCV inhibitor inhibits HCV viral protein, HCV replication or HCV viral protein and HCV replication, wherein the HCV viral protein is helicase, proteinase, polymerase, metalloproteinase, serine proteinase, non-structural protein NS4A, non-structural protein NS5A, or non-structural protein NS4B, and wherein the HCV replication is HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, internal ribosome entrysite (IRES) or inosine-5 '-monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH).
  • HCV inhibitor inhibits HCV viral protein, HCV replication or HCV viral protein and HCV replication, wherein the HCV viral protein is helicase, proteinase, polymerase, metalloproteinase, serine proteinase, non-structural protein NS4A, non-structural protein NS5A, or non-structural protein NS4B
  • a compound or a pharmaceutical composition for use in inhibiting HCV viral protein, HCV replication or HCV viral protein and HCV replication wherein the HCV viral protein is helicase, proteinase, polymerase, metalloproteinase, serine proteinase, non-structural protein NS4A, non-structural protein NS5A, or non-structural protein NS4B, and wherein the HCV replication is HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, internal ribosome entrysite (IRES) or inosine-5 -monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH).
  • the HCV viral protein is helicase, proteinase, polymerase, metalloproteinase, serine proteinase, non-structural protein NS4A, non-structural protein NS5A, or non-structural protein NS4B
  • the HCV replication is HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, internal ribosome entrysite (IRES) or inos
  • a compound or a pharmaceutical composition for use in preventing, managing, treating or lessening the severity of HCV infection or a HCV disorder in a patient.
  • provided herein is use of the compound or the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing, managing, treating or lessening the severity of HCV infection or a HCV disorder in a patient.
  • a pharmaceutically effective amount of the (a) compound or pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein for preventing, managing, treating or lessening the severity of HCV infection or a HCV disorder in a patient, which comprises administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of the (a) compound or pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein to the patient.
  • provided herein include methods of preparing, methods of separating, and methods of purifying compounds of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI). (VII), (VIII), (IX). (X), (XI), (XII), ( ⁇ ), ( ⁇ ). (IV), (V), (VI') or ( ⁇ ).
  • compounds may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents, such as those illustrated above, or as exemplified by particular classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein.
  • substituents such as those illustrated above, or as exemplified by particular classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein.
  • the phrase “optionally substituted” is used interchangeably with the phrase “substituted or unsubstituted”.
  • substituted whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, refers to the replacement of one or more hydrogen radicals in a given structure with the radical of a specified substituent.
  • an optionally substituted group may have a substituent at each substitutable position of the group.
  • aliphatic refers to a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1 -10 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1 -8 carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1 -6 carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-4 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-3 carbon atoms.
  • aliphatic groups include linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl groups, as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, rZ-butyl, hexyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, vinyl, and the like.
  • haloaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more of the same or different halogen atoms (i.e.. F. CI, Br or I,), wherein the aliphatic group is as defined herein.
  • halogen atoms i.e.. F. CI, Br or I,
  • Some non-limiting examples include trifluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, chloromethyl, 2-chlorovinyl, and the like.
  • hydroxyaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, hydroxymethyl, and the like.
  • aminoaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more amino groups, wherein the aliphatic group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-amino isopropyl, and the like.
  • alkyl refers to a saturated linear or branched chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twenty carbon atoms, or one to ten carbon atoms, or one to eight carbon atoms, or one to six carbon atoms, or one to four carbon atoms, or one to three carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described below.
  • alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me, -CH 3 ), ethyl (Et, -CH 2 CH 3 ), 1 -propyl (w-Pr, w-propyl, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-propyl ( -Pr, /-propyl, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 1 -butyl (w-Bu, w-butyl. -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ). 2-methyl-propyl (i-Bu, /-butyl, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ). 2-butyl (s-B . . -butyl.
  • alkylene represents a saturated divalent hydrocarbon group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon by the removal of two hydrogen atoms, and is exemplified by methylene, ethylene, isopropylene, and the like.
  • alkenyl refers to linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, or two to eight carbon atoms, or two to six carbon atoms, or two to four carbon atoms, with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e., a carbon-carbon, sp 2 double bond, wherein the alkenyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein, and includes radicals having "cis” and “trans” orientations, or alternatively, "E” and "Z” orientations.
  • alkynyl refers to a linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, or two to eight carbon atoms, or two to six carbon atoms, or two to four carbon atoms, with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e.. a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond, wherein the alkynyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include ethynyl (-C ⁇ CH), propynyl (propargyl. -CH 2 C ⁇ CH), and the like.
  • hydroxy-substituted alkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, 1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl, and the like.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more of the same or different halogen atoms (i.e., F, CI. Br or I,), wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein.
  • halogen atoms i.e., F, CI. Br or I,
  • Some non-limiting examples include trifluoromethyl. trifluoroethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl. and the like.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, hydroxymethyl, and the like.
  • aminoalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more amino groups, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-amino isopropyl. and the like.
  • alkylene refers to a saturated divalent hydrocarbon group derived from a straight or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon by the removal of two hydrogen atoms. The alkylene group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. The substituents include, but are not limited to, deuterium, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl.
  • alkynyl. heterocyclyl. mercapto, nitro, or aryloxy Some non-limiting examples include methylene, ethylene (-CH2-CH2-), isopropylidene (-CH 2 -CH(CH 3 )-), ethylidene,
  • alkenylene refers to an unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon group derived from a straight or branched-chain unsaturated hydrocarbon alkene by the removal of two hydrogen atoms.
  • the alkenylene group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • the substituents include, but are not limited to, deuterium, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro. or aryloxy.
  • Some non-limiting examples include ethenylene, isopropenylene, 3-methoxy-l , l -propenylidene.
  • Carbocyclylene or "cycloalkylene” refers to a saturated divalent hydrocarbon ring derived from a monocyclic ring having 3 to 12 carbon atoms or a bicyclic ring having 7 to 12 carbon atoms by the removal of two hydrogen atoms, wherein the carbocyclyl group or the cycloalkyl group is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene. cyclopentylene. cyclohexylene, 1 -cyclopent-l -enylene, 1 -cyclopent-2-enylene, and the like.
  • heterocyclylene refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic. or tricyclic ring system in which one or more ring members are an independently selected heteroatom and that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule, wherein the heterocyclyl group is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include piperidin-l ,4-ylene, piperazin-l ,4-ylene, tetrahydrofuran-2,4-ylene, tetrahydrofuran-3.4-ylene, azetidin-1.3-ylene, pyrrolidin-l ,3-ylene, and the like.
  • heterocyclylalkylene refers to a divalent group derived from a heterocyclylalkyl by the removal of two hydrogen atoms, wherein the heterocyclylalkyl group is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include morpholin-4-methylmethylene, piperidin-N-methylmethylene, piperazin-4-ethyl- 1 -yl, piperidin-4-ethyl-l -yl. pyrrolidon-2-methyl-l -yl, and the like.
  • haloalkylene refers to haloalkyl system having two points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the haloalkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include difluoromethylene.
  • arylene refers to aryl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the aryl radical is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylene, /?-fluorophenylene, and the like.
  • aralkylene refers to aralkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the aralkyl radical is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include benzylene, phenylethylene, and the like.
  • heteroarylene refers to heteroaryl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the heteroaryl radical is as defined herein.
  • heteroaryl radical is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyridylene. pyrrylene. thiazolylene, imidazolylene, and the like.
  • heteroarylalkylene refers to heteroarylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the heteroarylalkyl group is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyridine-2-ethylene, thiazole-2-methylene, imidazole-2-ethylene, pyrimidine-2-methylene. and the like.
  • fused bicyclylene refers to fused bicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused bicyclyl group is as defined herein.
  • fused bicyclyl group is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3,6-ylene.
  • fused heterobicyclylene refers to fused heterobicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused heterobicyclyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3,6-ylene.
  • fused bicyclylalkylene refers to fused bicyclylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused bicyclylalkyl group is as defined herein.
  • fused heterobicyclylalkylene refers to fused heterobicyclylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused heterobicyclylalkyl group is as defined herein.
  • spiro bicyclylene refers to spiro bicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused spiro bicyclyl group is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include 5-spiro[2,4]heptane-5,7-ylene, spiro[4.4]nonane-2,7-ylene, and the like.
  • spiro heterobicyclylene refers to spiro heterobicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused spiro heterobicyclyl group is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include 5-azaspiro[2,4]heptane-5.7-ylene, 2-azaspiro[4,4]nonane-2.7-ylene, and the like.
  • spiro bicyclylalkylene refers to spiro bicyclylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused spiro bicyclylalkyl group is as defined herein.
  • spiro heterobicyclylalkylene refers to spiro heterobicyclylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused spiro heterobicyclylalkyl group is as defined herein.
  • heteroalkyl refers to hydrocarbon chain, inserted with one or more heteroatoms. Unless otherwise specified, heteroalkyl groups contain 1-10 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, heteroalkyl groups contain 1 -8 carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, heteroalkyl groups contain 1 -6 carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, heteroalkyl groups contain 1 -4 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, heteroalkyl groups contain 1 -3 carbon atoms.
  • Some non-limiting examples include CH3OCH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 OCH 2 -, CH 3 SCH 2 -, (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 -, (CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 OCH 2 -, CH;,OCH 2 CH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 -, and the like.
  • cycloaliphatic refers to a monovalent or multivalent non-aromatic, saturated or partially unsaturated ring exclusive of heteroatoms, having 3 to 12 carbon atoms as a monocyclic ring or 7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicyclic ring.
  • Bicyclic carbocycles having 7 to 12 atoms can be arranged, for example, as a bicyclo [4.5], [5,5], [5.6] or [6,6] system, and bicyclic carbocycles having 9 or 10 ring atoms can be arranged as a bicyclo [5,6] or [6,6] system.
  • cycloaliphatic groups include cycloalkyl. cycloalkenyl, and cycloalkynyl. Further examples of cycloaliphatic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl. 1-cyclopentyl-l-enyl. l-cyclopentyl-2-enyl.
  • cyclohexyl 1 -cyclohexyl-l-enyl, l-cyclohexyl-2-enyl, l-cyclohexyl-3-enyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl. cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl, cyclododecyl, and the like.
  • cycloaliphatic "carbocycle”. "carbocyclyl", or “cycloalkyl” may be substituted or unsubstituted. wherein the substitutent may be.
  • cycloalkyloxy or “carbocyclyloxy” refers to an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or carbocyclyl radical, as defined herein, attached to an oxygen atom, wherein the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule.
  • Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropyloxy. cyclopentyloxy. cyclohexyloxy. hydroxy-substituted cyclopropyloxy. and the like.
  • cycloalkylamino refers to an amino group substituted with one or two cycloalkyl radicals, wherein the cycloalkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylamino, cyclopentylamino. cyclohexylamino, hydroxy-substituted cyclopropylamino, dicyclohexylamino, dicyclopropylamino, and the like.
  • carbocyclyloxyalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more carbocyclyloxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group and carbocyclyloxy group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropyloxymethoxy, cyclopropyloxyethoxy, cyclopentyloxyethoxy. cyclohexyloxyethoxy, cyclohexenyl-3-oxyethoxy, and the like.
  • cycloalkyloxyaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more cycloalkyloxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group and cycloalkyloxy group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropyloxymethyl. cyclopropyloxyethyl, cyclopentyloxymethyl. cyclopentyloxyethyl, cyclohexyloxyethyl. halocyclopropyloxyethyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkylaminoaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more cycloalkylamino groups, wherein the aliphatic group and cycloalkylamino group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylaminomethyl, cyclopropylaminoethyl, cyclopentylaminomethyl. cyclopentylaminoethyl, cyclohexylaminoethyl, halocyclopropylaminoethyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkylaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more cycloalkyl groups, wherein the cycloalkyl group and aliphatic group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylpropyl, cyclopentylmethyl. cyclohexylethyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkylalkoxy or “carbocyclylalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more cycloalkyl groups or carbocyclyl groups, wherein the carbocyclyl group, cycloalkyl group and alkoxy group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopropylethoxy, cyclopentylethoxy, cyclohexylethoxy, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopropylpropoxy, and the like.
  • heterocycle refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic. or tricyclic ring system in which one or more ring members are an independently selected heteroatom and that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation. but not aromatic having a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • One or more ring atoms are optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein.
  • the "heterocycle", “heterocyclyl”, “heterocycloaliphatic” or “heterocyclic” group is a monocycle having 3 to 7 ring members (e.g.. 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P or S, wherein the S or P is optionally substituted with one or more oxo to provide the group SO or S0 2 . PO or P0 2 . with the proviso that when the ring is a 3-membered ring, there is only one heteroatom) or a bicycle having 7 to 10 ring members (e.g. , 4 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O. P or S. wherein the S or P is optionally substituted with one or more oxo to provide the group SO or S0 2 , PO or P0 2 ).
  • 3 to 7 ring members e.g.. 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P
  • the heterocyclyl may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical.
  • Heterocyclyl also includes radicals where heterocycle radicals are fused with a saturated, partially unsaturated ring, or heterocyclic ring.
  • Some non-limiting examples of heterocyclic rings include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl.
  • homopiperazinyl azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl. epoxypropyl (oxiranyl), azepanyl. oxepanyl. thiepanyl. 4-methoxy-piperidin- l -yl. 1 .2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine- l -yl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl. nvrrol id i n- 1 -vl. 2-Dvrrolinvl. 3-Dvrrolinvl. 2H-indolinyl. 2H-pyranyl.
  • heterocyclylalkyl refers to heterocyclic-substituted alkyl radical.
  • heterocyclylalkoxy refers to heterocyclic-substituted alkoxy radical wherein oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule.
  • heterocyclylalkylamino refers to heterocyclic-substituted alkylamino radical wherein nitrogen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule.
  • the heterocyclyl. alkyl, alkoxy and alkylamino group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-ylmethyl, morpholin-4-ylethyl, morpholin-4-ylethoxy. piperazin-4-ylethoxy. piperidin-4-ylethylamino. and the like.
  • heterocyclylaliphatic refers to heterocyclic-substituted aliohatic erouo. wherein the heterocyclic radical and aliphatic group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-ylmethyl, piperidin-2-ylethyl, piperazin-2-ylethyl, piperidin-2-ylmethyl, and the like.
  • heterocyclyloxy refers to optionally substituted heterocyclyl radical, as defined herein, connected to an oxygen atom, and the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-yloxy, pyrrol-3-yloxy, piperidin-2-yloxy, piperidin-3-yloxy, piperazin-2-yloxy, piperidin-4-yloxy. and the like.
  • heterocyclylamino refers to an amino group substituted with one or two heterocyclyl groups, wherein the heterocyclyl group is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-ylamino, pyrrol-3-ylamino, piperidin-2-ylamino, piperidin-3-ylamino, piperidin-4-ylamino, piperazin-2-ylamino. dipyrrol-2-ylamino, and the like.
  • heterocyclyloxyalkoxy refers to an alkoxy radical substituted with one or more heterocyclyloxy groups, wherein the alkoxy radical and heterocyclyloxy group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-yloxymethoxy. pyrrol-3-yloxyethoxy. piperidin-2-yloxyethoxy, piperidin-3-yloxyethoxy. piperazin-2-yloxymethoxy, piperidin-4-yloxyethoxy, and the like.
  • heterocyclyloxyaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more heterocyclyloxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group and heterocyclyloxy group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-yloxymethyl. piperazin-3-yloxyethyl. piperazin-2-yloxyethyl. morpholin-2-yloxymethyl. piperidin-2-yloxyethyl. and the like.
  • heterocyclylaminoaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more heterocyclylamino groups, wherein the aliphatic group and heterocyclylamino group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-ylaminomethyl, piperazin-3-lyaminoethyl. piperazin-2-lyaminoethyl. piperidin-2-lyaminoethyl. morpholin-2-lyaminomethyl, and the like.
  • heteroatom refers to one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon, including any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, or phosphorus; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen; or a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example, N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
  • halogen refers to F, CI, Br or I.
  • alkoxy refers to an alkyl group, as previously defined, attached to the principal carbon chain through an oxygen (“alkoxy") atom.
  • alkoxy Some non-limiting examples include methoxy. ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and the like.
  • alkoxy defined above may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein the substituent may be, but is not limited to. hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, thiol, nitro. and the like.
  • hydroxy-substituted alkoxy or "hydroxyalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group is as defined above.
  • Some non-limiting examples include hydroxymethoxy. 2-hydroxyethoxy, 2-hydroxypropoxy, 2-hydroxyisopropoxy. and the like.
  • aminoalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more amino groups, wherein the alkoxy group is as defined above. Some non-limiting examples include aminomethoxy. 2-aminoethoxy, 2-aminopropoxy, 2-aminoisopropoxy. and the like.
  • azidoalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more azido groups, wherein the alkoxy group is as defined above.
  • Some non-limiting examples include 2-azidoethoxy, 3-azidopropoxy. 2-azidopropoxy, and the like.
  • alkoxyalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group is as defined above.
  • alkoxy group is as defined above.
  • Some non-limiting examples include methoxymethoxy, methoxyethoxy, ethoxymethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, ethoxypropoxy, and the like.
  • alkoxyaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group and alkoxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include methoxymethyl. ethoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl, ethoxypropenyl, and the like.
  • alkylaminoaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more alkylamino groups, wherein the aliphatic group and alkylamino group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include dimethylaminoethyl. methylaminoethyl, diethylaminomethyl, diethylaminoethyl, and the like.
  • alkylthioaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more alkylthio groups, wherein the aliphatic group and alkylthio group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include methylthioethyl, methylthiopropyl, ethylthioethyl, methylthiopropenyl, and the like.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group, alkenyl group or alkoxy group substituted with one or more halogen atoms. Some non-limiting examples include trifluoromethyl, 2-chloro-ethenyl. trifluoromethoxy, and the like.
  • aryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl”.
  • arylalkoxy or “aryloxyalkyl” refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic carbocyclic ring systems having a total of six to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members and that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • aryl may be used interchangeably with the term "aryl ring”.
  • Some non-limiting examples of aryl rings include phenyl, naphthyl, and anthryl. The aryl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • arylaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein the aliphatic group and the aryl group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylethyl, benzyl, (p-tolyl)ethyl, styryl, and the like.
  • aryloxy refers to optionally substituted aryl radicals, as defined herein, attached to an oxygen atom, wherein the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule.
  • the aryl radical is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include phenyloxy. methylphenyloxy, ethylphenyloxy, and the like.
  • arylamino refers to an amino group substituted with one or two aryl groups, wherein the aryl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylamino, ( -fluorophenyl)amino. diphenylamino, ditolylamino. (di- -tolyl)amino, and the like.
  • aryloxyalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more aryloxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group and the aryloxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenyloxymethoxy, phenyloxyethoxy, phenyloxypropoxy. and the like.
  • aryloxyaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more aryloxy groups, wherein the aryloxy group and the aliphatic group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenyloxymethyl. phenyloxyethyl, phenyloxypropyl, and the like.
  • arylaminoaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more arylamino groups, wherein the arylamino group and the aliphatic group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylaminomethyl, phenylaminoethyl, tolylaminoethyl, phenylaminopropyl, phenylaminoallyl, and the like.
  • arylalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein the aryl group and the alkoxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylmethoxy, phenylethoxy, (p-tolyl)methoxy, phenylpropoxy, and the like.
  • arylalkylamino refers to an alkylamino group substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein the aryl group and the alkylamino group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylmethylamino, phenylethylamino. phenylpropylamino, (p-tolyl)methylamino, and the like.
  • heteroaryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “heteroarylalkyl” or “ heteroarylalkoxy” refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, and at least one ring in the system is inclusive of one or more heteroatoms. wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members and that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • heteroaryl may be used interchangeably with the term “heteroaryl ring” or “heteroaromatic compound”.
  • the heteroaryl defined herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • suitable heteroaryl rings include the following monocycles: 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, N-imidazolyl. 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-oxazolyl,
  • 4- oxazolyl 5-oxazolyl, 4-methylisoxazolyl-5-yl, N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3- pyrrolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl. pyrimidine-5-yl, pyridazinyl (e.g. , 3 -pyridazinyl). 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl.
  • 5- thiazolyl. tetrazolyl e.g. , 5-tetrazolyl
  • triazolyl e.g. , 2-triazolyl and 5-triazolyl
  • 2-thienyl 3-thienyl
  • pyrazolyl e.g.. 2-pyrazolyl
  • pyrazinyl pyrazine-2-yl, 1 .3.5-triazinyl. benzo[i/]thiazol-2-yl, imidazo[ l ,5-a]pyridin-6-yl, and the following bicycles: benzimidazolyl. benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl (e.g. , 2-indolyl). purinyl. quinolinyl (e.g. ,
  • heteroaryloxy refers to an optionally substituted aryl radical, as defined herein, attached to an oxygen atom, wherein the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule.
  • Some non-limiting examples include pyrid-2-yloxy, thiazol-2-yloxy, imidazol-2-yloxy. pyrimidin-2-yloxy, and the like.
  • heteroaryloxyaliphatic refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more heteroaryloxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group and the heteroaryloxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyrid-2-yloxyethyl, thiazol-2-yloxymethyl. imidazol-2-yloxyethyl, pyrimidin-2-yloxypropyl, and the like.
  • sulfonyl whether used alone or linked to other terms such as “alkylsulfonyl”, refers to respectively divalent radicals -SO2-.
  • alkylsulfonyl refers to a sulfonyl radical substituted with an alkyl radical, forming an alkylsulfonyl (-SO 2 CH3).
  • sulfamyl refers to a sulfonyl radical substituted with an amine radical, forming a sulfonamide (-SO2NH2).
  • carboxyalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more carboxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group and the carboxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include carboxymethoxy. carboxyethoxy. and the like.
  • aralkyl refers to aryl -substituted alkyl radicals.
  • aralkyl radicals are "lower aralkyl” radicals having aryl radicals attached to alkyl radicals having one to six carbon atoms.
  • aralkyl radicals are "phenylalkylenyl” attached to alkyl portions having one to three carbon atoms.
  • Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include benzyl, diphenylmethyl and phenylethyl.
  • the aryl in said aralkyl can be additionally substituted with halo, alkyl, alkoxy. haloalkyl or haloalkoxy.
  • alkylthio refers to radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom. In other embodiments, alkylthio radicals are lower alkylthio radicals having one to three carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples of “alkylthio” include methylthio (CH3S-).
  • haloalkylthio refers to radicals containing a haloalkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom. In other embodiments, haloalkylthio radicals are lower haloalkylthio radicals having one to three carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples of "haloalkylthio" include trifluoromethylthio.
  • alkylamino refers to "N-alkylamino" and "N,N-dialkylamino” wherein amino groups are independently substituted with one alkyl radical or with two alkyl radicals, respectively.
  • alkylamino radicals are "lower alkylamino” radicals having one or two alkyl radicals of one to six carbon atoms, attached to a nitrogen atom.
  • alkylamino radicals are lower alkylamino radicals having one to three carbon atoms.
  • alkylamino radicals include mono or dialkylamino such as jV-methylamino, iV-ethylamino, jV,N-dimethylamino, N. ⁇ V-diethylamino. and the like.
  • alkylaminohaloalkoxy refers to a haloalkoxy group substituted with one or more alkylamino groups, wherein the haloalkoxy group and the alkylamino group are as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples include methylaminodifluoromethoxy, ethylaminotrifluoromethoxy, and the like.
  • heteroarylamino refers to amino groups substituted with one or two heteroaryl radicals, wherein the heteroaryl radical is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of heteroarylamino include N-thienylamino. In other embodiments, the "heteroarylamino" radicals include substituted on the heteroaryl ring portion of the radical.
  • heteroarylaliphatic refers to aliphatic groups substituted with one or more heteroaryl radicals, wherein the heteroaryl radical and the aliphatic group are as defined herein.
  • heteroarylaliphatic include thiophen-2-ylpropenyl. pyridin-4-ylethyl, imidazol-2-methyl, furan-2-ethyl, indole-3-methyl, and the like.
  • heteroarylalkyl refers to alkyl groups substituted with one or more heteroaryl radicals, wherein the heteroaryl radical and the alkyl group are as defined herein.
  • heteroarylalkyl include imidazol-2-methyl, furan-2-ethyl, indol-3-mefhyl, and the like.
  • heteroarylalkylamino refers to nitrogen-containing heteroarylalkyl radicals attached through a nitrogen atom to other radicals, wherein the heteroarylalkyl radicals is as defined herein.
  • heteroarylalkylamino include pyridin-2-methylamino, thiazol-2-ethylamino, imidazol-2-ethylamino, pyrimidin-2-propylamino. pyrimidin-2-methylamino. and the like.
  • aminoalkyl refers to a linear or branched-alkyl radical having one to ten carbon atoms, substituted with one or more amino radicals.
  • aminoalkyl radicals are "lower aminoalkyl” radicals having one to six carbon atoms and one or more amino radicals.
  • Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include aminomethyl, aminoethyl, aminopropyl. aminobutyl and aminohexyl.
  • alkylaminoalkyl refers to alkyl radicals substituted with alkylamino radicals.
  • alkylaminoalkyl radicals are "lower alkylaminoalkyl” radicals having alkyl radicals of one to six carbon atoms.
  • alkylaminoalkyl radicals are lower alkylaminoalkyl radicals having alkyl radicals of one to three carbon atoms.
  • alkylaminoalkyl radicals include mono and dialkyl substituted, such as N-mefhylaminomethyl, N.N-dimethyl-aminoethyl, N.N-diethylaminomethyl, and the like.
  • carboxyalkyl refers to a linear or branched alkyl radical having one to ten carbon atoms substituted with one or more carboxy radicals. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include carboxymethyl, carboxypropyl, and the like.
  • aryloxy refers to optionally substituted aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an oxygen atom, wherein the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule.
  • aryloxy refers to optionally substituted aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an oxygen atom, wherein the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule.
  • heteroarylalkoxy refers to oxy-containing heteroarylalkyl radicals attached through an oxygen atom to other radicals, wherein the heteroarylalkyl radical is as defined herein.
  • Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include pyridin-2-ylmethoxy, thiazol-2-ylethoxy, imidazol-2-ylethoxy, pyrimidin-2-ylpropoxy, pyrimidin-2-ylmethoxy, and the like.
  • cycloalkylalkyl refers to cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl radicals. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include cyclohexylmethyl.
  • the cycloalkyl in the radicals may be additionally substituted with halo, alkyl. alkoxy or hydroxy.
  • fused bicyclic refers to unsaturated or saturated fused cyclic system and bridged ring system that is not aromatic.
  • ring Al and ring A2 share a bond that is a alkyl or heteroalkyl chain, wherein j is 0, 1. 2. 3 or 4.
  • Such a system may contain isolated or conjugated unsaturation, but not aromatic or heteroaromatic rings in its core structure (but may have aromatic substitution thereon).
  • Each cyclic ring in a fused bicyclyl can be either a carbocyclic or a heteroalicyclic.
  • fused bicyclic ring system or bridged ring system include hexahydro-furo[3 ,2-6]furan, 2.3,3a.4.7,7i/-hexahydro- 1 H-indene,
  • fused heterobicyciyl refers to unsaturated or saturated fused cyclic system and bridged ring system that is not aromatic. Such a system may contain isolated or conjugated unsaturation, but not aromatic or heteroaromatic rings in its core structure (but may have aromatic substitution thereon). And at least one ring in the system is inclusive of one or more heteroatoms, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members, e.g.. 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P or S, wherein the S or P is optionally substituted with one or more oxo to provide the group SO or SOi, PO or P0 2 .
  • fused heterobicyclic ring system include hexahydro-furo[3,2-&]furan.
  • spirocyclyl refers to a ring originating from a particular annular carbon of another ring.
  • ring A and ring B share a carbon atom between the two saturated ring system, which terms as a "spirocyclyl” or "spiro bicyclyl”.
  • Each cyclic ring in the spirocyclyl or spiro bicyclyl can be either a carbocyclic or a heteroalicyclic.
  • spiro bicyclylene refers to spiro bicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein spiro bicyclyl radical is as defined herein.
  • spiro heterobicyclyl refers to a ring originating from a particular annular carbon of another ring.
  • ring A and ring B share a carbon atom between the two saturated ring system, which terms as a "spirocyclyl”.
  • at least one ring in the system is inclusive of one or more heteroatoms, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members, e.g.. 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P or S, wherein the S or P is optionally substituted with one or more oxo to provide the group SO or S0 2 . PO or P0 2 .
  • radicals include 4-azaspiro[2,4]hept-5-yl. 4-oxaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl. 5-azaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl. 7-hydroxy-5-azaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl, 5-azaspiro[2,4]hept-6-yl. 1 ,4-dioxo-7-azaspiro [4.4]non-8-yl, and the like.
  • the group derived from a-amino acid refers to an a-amino acid radical derived from an a-amino acid by the removal of one hydroxy in carboxy, which attached to X or X', and the group derived from a-amino acid is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, I, hydroxy or cyano.
  • substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, I, hydroxy or cyano.
  • a bond drawn from a substituent to the center of one ring within a ring system represents substitution of the substituent (R 5a )f at any substitutable position on the rings (Wl , W2. and W).
  • Figure a represents possible substitution in any of the positions on the Wl . W2. and W ring.
  • a dot line drawn together with a bond within a ring system represents either a double bond or a single bond.
  • structure in Figure c represents any structures selected from Figure d.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric ⁇ e.g. , enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, (Z) and ⁇ E) double bond isomers, and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, or geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope disclosed herein.
  • prodrug refers to a compound that is transformed in vivo into a compound of Formula (I). Such a transformation can be affected, for example, by hydrolysis in blood or enzymatic transformation of the prodrug form to the parent form in blood or tissue.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds disclosed herein may be, for example, esters. Esters that may be utilized as prodrugs in the present invention are phenyl esters, aliphatic (C 1 -C24) esters, acyloxymethyl esters, carbonates, carbamates, and amino acid esters. For example, a compound disclosed herein that contains an OH group may be acylated at this position in its prodrug form.
  • prodrug forms include phosphates, such as, for example those phosphates resulting from the phosphonation of an OH group on the parent compound.
  • phosphates such as, for example those phosphates resulting from the phosphonation of an OH group on the parent compound.
  • a thorough discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi et al.. Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14. A.C.S. Symposium Series; Roche, et al. ed.. Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press. 1987; Rautio et al.. Prodrugs: Design and Clinical Applications, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery, 2008, 7. 255-270. and Hecker et al. Prodrugs of Phosphates and Phosphonates. J. Med. Chem.. 2008. 51. 2328-2345. all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a "metabolite” is a product produced through metabolism in the body of a specified compound or salt thereof. Metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art and their activities determined using tests such as those described herein. Such products may result for example from the oxidation, reduction. hydrolysis. amidation. deamidation. esterification. deesterification, enzyme cleavage, and the like, of the administered compound. Accordingly, the invention includes metabolites of compounds disclosed herein. including compounds produced by a process comprising contacting a compound disclosed herein with a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof.
  • the prefixes D and L, or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s).
  • the prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory.
  • a compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another.
  • a specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
  • a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process.
  • the term "racemic mixture” or “racemate” refers to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
  • tautomer or "tautomeric form” refers to structural isomers of different energies which are interconvertible via a low energy barrier.
  • proton tautomers also known as prototropic tautomers
  • Valence tautomers include interconversions by reorganization of some of the bonding electrons.
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to organic or inorganic salts of a compound disclosed herein.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, Berge et al.. describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmacol Sci, 1977, 66: 1 - 19, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Some non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically salts include salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate. camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate.
  • digluconate dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate. formate, fumarate. glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate. heptanoate. hexanoate. hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate. lactobionate, lactate, laurate, laurylsulfate, malate. sodium malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate. nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate. picrate. pivalate.
  • Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (Ci -4 alkyl) salts.
  • This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oilsoluble or dispersable products may be obtained by such quaternization.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide. hydroxide, carboxylate. sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, Ci -8 sulfonate or aryl sulfonate.
  • a “solvate” refers to an association or complex of one or more solvent molecules and a compound disclosed herein.
  • solvents that form solvates include water, isopropanol. ethanol, methanol, DMSO. ethyl acetate, acetic acid, and ethanolamine.
  • hydrate refers to the complex where the solvent molecule is water.
  • protecting group refers to a substituent that is commonly employed to block or protect a particular functionality while reacting with other functional groups on the compound.
  • an “amino-protecting group” is a substituent attached to an amino group that blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound.
  • suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC). benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ) and 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • a "hydroxy-protecting group” refers to a substituent of a hydroxy group that blocks or protects the hydroxy functionality.
  • suitable hydroxy-protecting groups include acetyl and silyl.
  • a "carboxy-protecting group” refers to a substituent of the carboxy group that blocks or protects the carboxy functionality.
  • Some non-limiting examples of common carboxy-protecting groups include -CFF ⁇ CFbSC ⁇ Ph. cyanoethyl. 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl) ethoxymethyl. 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(p-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(diphenyl phosphino)-ethyl, nitroethyl, and the like.
  • bridge ring compounds and pharmaceutical formulations thereof, that are useful in inhibiting HCV infection, especially inhibiting the activity of the non-structural 5A ("NS5A " ) protein.
  • each of A and A' is independently a bond, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, -(CR 8 R 8a ) n -0-(CR 8 R 8a ) p -, -(CR 8 R 8a ) n -N(R 5 )-(CR 8 R 8a ) p -.
  • X 4 is (CR 7 R 7a ) n .
  • ⁇ ⁇ 1 ⁇ 5 o, S or NR 6 ; is carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl; each ⁇ ' and Y 2 is independently N or CR 7 ;
  • each of X and X' is independently N or CR 7 ; each of Y and Y' is independently H, deuterium, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl. a group derived from a-amino acid or an optical isomer thereof, or each of Y and Y' is independently
  • each t is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
  • each k is independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 3 and R 4 is independently H, deuterium, alkyl.
  • R 7 OS( 0) 2 -.
  • R 7 S( 0) 2 -.
  • R 7 S( 0)-alkoxy.
  • R 7 R 7a N-C( 0)-alkoxy. aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy.
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium, F.
  • arylamino, heteroarylamino, arylalkylamino, heteroarylalkylamino, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyl. arylalkoxy. heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy. heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylamino. heterocyclylalkylamino and aryloxy is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl. heteroaryl, alkoxy. alkylamino. alkylthio. alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl. mercapto. nitro, aryloxy. heteroaryloxy.
  • each Y 1 and Y 2 is independently N or CR 7 ;
  • each X 5 is independently CR 7 R 7a . O. S or NR 6 ;
  • each Q' is independently N or CR 7 :
  • each R 6 is independently H, deuterium, C i -6 alkyl.
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium, F. CI.
  • each R/ is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 heteroalkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 2 -io heterocyclyl, C 6 -io aryl, C ]-9 heteroaryl, C 6- i 0 aryl-C,_6-alkyl, d -6 alkoxy.
  • R 7a R 7 N-. -C( 0)NR 7 R 7a .
  • R 7a R 7 N-. -C( 0)NR 7 R 7a .
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium, F. CI.
  • R 7 and R 7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom.
  • R 7 and R 7a together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring.
  • each R 6 is independently H, deuterium, C
  • .9 heteroaryl, C6-10 aryl, C3-9 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; each R 6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo ( 0). hydroxy, amino.
  • R 7a R 7 N-, C ]-f alkoxy, Ci -6 alkylamino, Ci- alkyl.
  • each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is independently H, deuterium, C
  • R 3 and R 4 together with X " -CH which they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, C5.12 fused bicycle, C 5- i2 fused heterobicycle, Cs.i2 spiro bicycle or C5-12 spiro heterobicycle.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with X-CH which they are attached to. or R 3 and R 4 , together with X'-CH which they are attached to. optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle, C 5- i 2 fused bicycle, C 5- i2 fused heterobicycle, C -12 spiro bicycle or C5-12 spiro heterobicycle.
  • the R 1 , R 2 and X-CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
  • each R' ⁇ is independently H, deuterium.
  • R 3 . R 4 and X ' -CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
  • each R 1 " is independently H, deuterium, F. CI, Br. I. cyano. hydroxy.
  • Ci -6 aminoalkyl Ci -6 alkoxy-Ci. 4 -alkyl, Ci -6 alkylamino-Ci -4 -alkyl, Ci -6 alkylthio-C 1-4 -alkyl, C 6- io aryl-Ci -4 -alkyl Ci -9 heteroaryl C 6- io aryl. C 2 -io heterocyclyl or C 3- 8 carbocyclyl; and each ni and n 2 is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • Formula (II) is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoe [00200] In some embodiments, N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl
  • NR 6 . e is 1 ; each Y 1 and Y 2 is independently N or CR 7 ; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of A and A " is independently a bond.
  • each R 5 is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy. C ]-6 alkyl.
  • Ci-6 alkoxy, C, -6 alkyl-OC( 0)-.
  • C, -6 alkyl-C( 0)-, carbamoyl.
  • C, -6 alkyl-OS( 0) .
  • C, -6 alkyl-S( 0) r O-. C,.
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H. deuterium.
  • R 7 and R 7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom.
  • R 7 and R 7a together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; each R 8 and R 8a is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro. F, CI. Br. I. C i- 6 alkyl, C
  • each n is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3;
  • each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
  • each of A and A " is independently a bond, C i -6 alkyl, C 2 -6 alkenyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 2 -io heterocycloalkyl, -(CR 8 R 8a ) n -0-(CR 8 R 8a ) p -
  • each R 5 is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy. C
  • -6-alkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci. 6 -alkyl, C 3- io cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C 6- io aryl, Q.g heteroaryl, C 2 _io heterocyclyl or C3_io carbocyclyl; each R 6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo ( 0).
  • C 6 -io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl C1.9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl.
  • R 7 and R 7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom.
  • R 7 and R 7a together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
  • Formula (V ) is
  • each R 7 and R 7a is independently H, deuterium, C 1 -4 alkyl.
  • R 7 and R 7a together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
  • Formula (VF) is
  • each Q 1 and Q 2 is independently O.
  • S, C (0).
  • f is O, 1 , 2 or 3;
  • R 7 R 7a NS( 0) 2 -.
  • R 7 OS( 0) 2 -.
  • R 7 S( 0) 2 -, C,.
  • each of Y and Y " is independently a group derived from a-amino acid group and the group derived from a-amino acid is optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br. I, hydroxy or cyano.
  • the group derived from a-amino acid is formed by isoleucine. leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophane, valine, alanine, asparagine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glutamine, proline, serine, p-tyrosine, arginine, histidine, cysteine, glycine, sarcosine, ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylglycine, homoserine, norvaline, norleucine. ornithine, homocysteine, homophenylalanine, phenylglycine. o-tyrosine, m-tyrosine or hydroxyproline.
  • the a-amino acid is in the D configuration.
  • the a-amino acid is in the L configuration.
  • each of Y and Y' is independently
  • each of Y and Y' is independently -[U-iCRV NCR' ⁇ -iCR ⁇ J k -U- CR NiR' i RV ⁇ rR 12 .
  • each of Y and Y ' is independently
  • each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) r N(R")-(CR 9 R 9a )t-R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y ' is independently
  • each of Y and Y" is independently
  • each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y ' is independently -[U-(CR 9 R 9a ),-N(R l 0 )-(CR 9 R 9a ) t ] k -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -O-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -N(R l 0 )-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -O-(CR 9 R 9a ) t -R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y ' is independently -U-(CR 9 R 9a ) O-(CR 9 R 9a ) r R 12 .
  • each of Y and Y' is independently wherein R 1 1 and R 12 , together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, form a 4-7 membered ring.
  • each R 9 , R 9a , R 10 and R 1 1 is independently H, deuterium.
  • R 1 OS( 0) 2 -, d -6 alkyl, C , -6 heteroalkyl, C 3 ., 0 cycloalkyl, C 2 -io heterocyclyl, C 6- io aryl,
  • each R 13 and R , 3a is independently H. deuterium, methyl, ethyl, propyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl. morpholinyl or piperidinyl.
  • each of R 14 and R 14a is independently H, deuterium, C i -6 alkyl, Ci -6 haloalkyl, C i -6 hydroxyalkyl, C i -6 heteroalkyl, C 6 -io aryl, C i -9 heteroaryl, C 2 - 10 heterocyclyl.
  • each of R 14 and R l 4a is independently H. deuterium, C i -3 hydroxyalkyl, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl. isobutyl, /e/7-butyl. allyl, propargyl, trifluoroethyl, phenyl, pyranyl. morpholinyl, -NR 7 R 7a , benzyl, piperazinyl. cyclopentyl. cyclopropyl.
  • each of R 14 and R 14a is independently H, deuterium, Ci -6 alkyl, C]. 6 haloalkyl, Ci -6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci -6 heteroalkyl, C 6 -io aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C 3- 8 cycloalkyl, C 6- io aryl-Ci- 6 -alkyl, Ci -9 heteroaryl-Ci -6 -alkyl, C 2- i 0 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl or C 3- 8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl; and each n 2 is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4; wherein each of Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 haloalkyl, Ci -6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci -6 heteroalkyl.
  • C 2 -io heterocyclyl-Ci -6 -alkyl and C 3-8 cycloalkyl -Ci-6-alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F. CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano.
  • Formula (XI) is
  • each R " a is independently H. deuterium, methyl, ethyl, F, CI, Br or I; each of R 14 and R l 4a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, 1 -methyl propyl, isopropyl or Ze/7-butyl; each of R 16 and R 16a is independently hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy. — / or /er/-butoxy; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl.
  • R 1 , R 2 and N-CH together form one of the following divalent groups:
  • R 3 , R 4 and N-CH together form one of the following divalent groups:
  • R ⁇ 3 is H or methyl
  • R 7 is H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, phenyl. F, CI, Br, I, OH or cyano; each of R 14 and R 14a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; each of R 1 ? and ' a is independently H, deuterium, F, CI. Br, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or tert-buty ⁇ ; each of R 17 and R 17a is independently methyl, phenyl or ethyl; each X 3 is independently O. S, NR 6 .
  • each R 6 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl. phenyl or isopropyl; e is 0. 1. 2 or 3 with the proviso that where X 3 is O. S. or NR 6 , e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, isopropyl and /er/-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium. F, CI, Br. hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A * is independently
  • e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, isopropyl and /e/Y-butyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • substituents deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A * is independently
  • Provided herein includes the use of a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment either acutely or chronically of HCV infection in a patient, including those described herein.
  • a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment either acutely or chronically of HCV infection in a patient, including those described herein.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) in association with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or diluent.
  • the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable refers to that the substance or composition must be compatible chemically and/or toxicologically. with the other ingredients comprising a Formulation, and/or the mammal being treated therewith.
  • the compounds disclosed herein also include salts of such compounds which are not necessarily pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and which may be useful as intermediates for preparing and/or purifying compounds of Formula (I) and/or for separating enantiomers of compounds of Formula (I).
  • the desired salt may be prepared by any suitable method available in the art. for example, treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
  • an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
  • an organic acid such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid; a pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid; an alpha hydroxy acid, such as citric acid or tartaric acid; an amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid; an aromatic acid, such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, a sulfonic acid, such as -toluenesulfonic acid or ethanesulfonic acid, and the like.
  • an organic acid such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid; a pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid
  • the desired salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali metal hydroxide or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, and the like.
  • suitable salts include organic salts derived from amino acids, such as glycine and arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines, such as piperidine, morpholine and piperazine, and inorganic salts derived from sodium, calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum, lithium, and the like.
  • therapeutically effective amounts of a compound of Formula (I), as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered as the raw chemical, it is possible to present the active ingredient as a pharmaceutical compositions, which include therapeutically effective amounts of compounds of Formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients.
  • therapeutically effective amount refers to the total amount of each active component that is sufficient to show a meaningful patient benefit (e.g.. a reduction in viral load). When applied to individual active ingredient, administered alone, the term refers to that ingredient alone.
  • the term refers to combined amounts of the active ingredients that result in the therapeutic effect, whether administered in combination, serially, or simultaneously
  • the compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are as described above.
  • the carrier(s), diluents(s). or excipient(s) must be acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to recipient thereof.
  • a process for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation including admixing a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable refers to those compounds, materials, composition, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of patients without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem complication commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use.
  • compositions may be presented in unit dose forms containing a predetermined amount of active ingredient per unit dose. Dosage levels of between about 0.01 and about 250 milligram per kilogram (“mg/kg”) body weight per day, preferably between about 0.05 and about 100 mg/kg body weight per day of the compounds of the present disclosure are typical in a monotherapy for the prevention and treatment of HCV mediated disease. Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of this disclosure will be administered from about 1 to about 5 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy.
  • mg/kg milligram per kilogram
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending on the condition being treated, the severity of the condition, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound employed, the duration of treatment, and the age, gender, weight, and condition of the patient.
  • Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of an active ingredient. Treatment may be initiated with small dosages substantially less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached.
  • the compound is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects.
  • compositions of this disclosure comprise a combination of a compound of the present disclosure and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent
  • both the compound and the additional agent are usually present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 15%. and more preferably between about 10 to 80% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route, for example by the oral (including buccal or sublingual), rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal, sublingual, or transdermal), vaginal, or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal. intrathecal, intralesional, intravenous, or intradermal injections or infusions) route.
  • Such formulations may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s). Oral administration or administration by injection is preferred.
  • compositions adapted for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets; powders or granules; solution or suspensions in aqueous or non-aqueous liquids; edible foams or whips; or oil-in-water liquid emulsions or water-in-oil emulsions.
  • the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water, and the like.
  • an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water, and the like.
  • Powders are prepared by comminuting the compound to a suitable fine size and mixing with a similarly comminuted pharmaceutical carrier such as an edible carbohydrate, as, for example, starch or mannitol. Flavoring, preservative, dispersing, and coloring agent can also be present.
  • Capsules are made by preparing a powder mixture, as described above, and filling formed gelatin sheaths.
  • Glidants and lubricants such as colloidal silica, talc. magnesium stearate, calcium stearate. or solid polyethylene glycol can be added to the powder mixture before the filling operation.
  • a disintegrating or solubilizing agent such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, or sodium carbonate can also be added to improve the availability of the medicament when the capsule is ingested.
  • suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose, ⁇ -lactose, corn sweetener, natural gum and synthetic resin, such as Arabic gum. tragacanth or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, and the like.
  • Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, betonite. xanthan gum. and the like. Tablets are formulated, for example, by preparing a powder mixture, granulating or slugging, adding a lubricant and disintegrant, and pressing into tablets.
  • a powder mixture is prepared by mixing the compound, suitable comminuted, with a diluents or base as described above, and optionally, with a binder such as carboxymethylcellulose. an alginate, gelating. or polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a solution retardant such as paraffin, a resorption accelerator such as a quaternary salt and/or and absorption agent such as betonite, kaolin, or dicalcium phosphate.
  • the powder mixture can be granulated by wetting with a binder such as syrup, starch paste, acadia mucilage, or solution of cellulosic or polymeric materials and forcing through a screen.
  • the powder mixture can be run through the tablet machine and the result is imperfectly formed slugs broken into granules.
  • the granules can be lubricated to prevent sticking to the tablet forming dies by means of the addition of stearic acid, a stearate salt, talc, or mineral oil.
  • the lubricated mixture is then compressed into tablets.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure can also be combined with a free flowing inert carrier and compressed into tablets directly without going through the granulating or slugging steps.
  • a clear or opaque protective coating consisting of a sealing coat of shellac, a coating of sugar or polymeric material, and a polish coating of wax can be provided.
  • Dyestuffs can be added to these coatings to distinguish different unit dosages.
  • Oral fluids such as solution, syrups, and elixirs can be prepared in dosage unit form so that a given quantity contains a predetermined amount of the compound.
  • Syrups can be prepared by dissolving the compound in a suitably flavored aqueous solution, while elixirs are prepared through the use of a non- toxic vehicle.
  • Solubilizers and emulsifiers such as ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols and polyoxyethylene sorbitol ethers, preservatives, flavor additive such as peppennint oil or natural sweeteners, or saccharin or other artificial sweeteners, and the like can also be added.
  • dosage unit formulations for oral administration can be microencapsulated.
  • the formulation can also be prepared to prolong or sustain the release as for example by coating of embedding particulate material in polymers, wax, or the like.
  • the compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles.
  • liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled.
  • the compounds may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers.
  • Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamidephenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyleneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues.
  • the compounds may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, poly(£-caprolactone). polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters. polyacetals.
  • compositions adapted for transdermal administration may be presented as discrete patches intended to remain in intimate contact with the epidermis of the recipient for a prolonged period of time.
  • the active ingredient may be delivered from the patch by iontophoresis as generally described in Pharmaceutical Research, 1986, 3(6), 318.
  • compositions adapted for topical administration may be formulated as ointments, creams, suspensions, lotions, powders, solutions, pastes, gels, sprays, aerosols, or oils.
  • compositions adapted for rectal administration may be presented as suppositories or as enemas.
  • compositions adapted for nasal administration wherein the carrier is a solid include a course powder having a particle size for example in the range 20 to 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken. i.e. , by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
  • Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid, for administration as a nasal spray or nasal drops, include aqueous or oil solutions of the active ingredient.
  • Fine particle dusts or mists which may be generated by means of various types of metered, dose pressurized aerosols, nebulizers, or insufflators.
  • compositions adapted for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams, or spray formulations.
  • compositions adapted for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and soutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
  • formulations may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
  • compositions that include a compound of Formula (I), a compound listed herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
  • the amount of the compound in the compositions disclosed herein is such that is effective to detectably treat HCV infection, such as HCV metalloproteinase, HCV serine proteinase, HCV polymerase, HCV helicase. non-structural protein NS4B, HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, non-structural protein NS5A or inosine5 * - monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH).
  • HCV infection such as HCV metalloproteinase, HCV serine proteinase, HCV polymerase, HCV helicase.
  • non-structural protein NS4B HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, non-structural protein NS5A or inosine5 * - monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH).
  • HCV infection such as HCV metalloproteinase, HCV serine proteinase, HCV polymerase, HCV helicase.
  • a method which comprises the compound or the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein, further comprising administering to the patient additional anti-HCV agents (combination therapy), wherein the anti-HCV agent is an interferon, ribavirin, IL-2. IL-6, IL-12, a compound that enhances the development of a type 1 helper T cell response, interfering RNA. anti-sense RNA. imiquimod, an inosine-5 ' -monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, amantadine, rimantadine, ribavirin, bavituximab.
  • human hepatitis C immune globulin (CIVACIR 1 M ), boceprevir, telaprevir. erlotinib, daclatasvir. simeprevir. asunaprevir. vaniprevir, faldaprevir, ABT-450, danoprevir, sovaprevir. MK-5172, vedroprevir. BZF-961 , GS-9256, narlaprevir, ANA975, ABT-267. EDP239, PPI-668, GS-5816.
  • samatasvir IDX-719
  • MK-8742 MK-8325
  • GSK-2336805 PPI-461
  • TMC-435 MK-7009
  • BI-2013335 ciluprevir
  • BMS-650032 BMS-650032
  • ACH-1625 ACH-1095
  • VX-985 IDX-375
  • VX-500 VX-813.
  • IDX-184. IDX102, R1479, UNX-08189, PSI-6130.
  • interferon is interferon a-2b, pegylated interferon a, interferon a-2a. pegylated interferon a-2a, consensus interferon-a. or interferon ⁇ .
  • the treatment method that includes administering a compound or composition disclosed herein can further include administering to the patient an additional anti-HCV agent, wherein the additional anti-HCV drug is administered together with a compound or composition disclosed herein as a single dosage form or separately from the compound or composition as part of a multiple dosage form.
  • the additional anti-HCV agent may be administered at the same time as a compound disclosed herein or at a different time. In the latter case, administration may be staggered by, for example. 6 hours. 12 hours, 1 day, 2 days. 3 days, 1 week, 2 weeks. 3 weeks, 1 month, or 2 months.
  • an "effective amount” or “effective dose” of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable composition is that amount effective for treating or lessening the severity of one or more of the aforementioned disorders.
  • the compounds and compositions, according to the method disclosed herein may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective for treating or lessening the severity of the disorder or disease. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age. and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular acent its mode nf administration, and the like.
  • a comnound or composition can also be administered with one or more other therapeutic agents, as discussed above.
  • MS data were also determined on an Agilent 6320 series LC-MS spectrometer equipped with G1312A binary pumps, a G1316A TCC (Temperature Control of Column, maintained at 30 °C), a G1329A autosampler and a G1315B DAD detector were used in the analysis.
  • An ESI source was used on the LC-MS spectrometer.
  • MS data were also determined on an Agilent 6120 series LC-MS spectrometer equipped with G1311A Quaternary pump, a G1316A TCC (Temperature Control of Column, maintained at 30 °C). a G1329A autosampler and a G1315D DAD detector were used in the analysis. An ESI source was used on the LC-MS spectrometer.
  • Compound 4 wherein each of R ⁇ 3 , X 3 , e and f is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 1 .
  • Compound 1 is obtained by Diels-Alder reaction of benzoquinone and conjugated dienes.
  • Compound 1 is then converted to compound 2 by rearrangement in the presence of base.
  • Compound 2 is reduced under hydrogenation condition in the presence of Pd/C to give compound 3.
  • Compound 3 can be reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to afford compound 4 by base catalysis.
  • each A 1 , A 2 and A 3 is independently N or CR 7 .
  • each X is F. CI. Br or I and each of Y 4 , R 5a , X 3 , e, f, R 14 , R 14a .
  • R 16 and R 16a is as defined above.
  • Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Condensation of compound 5 with compound 6 can give the mixture of compound 7 and compound 8. Then compound 7 and compound 8 can give compound 9 at elevated temperature in acetic acid system by cyclization.
  • Compound 18 can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 3. Wherein each Y 4 is as defined above, and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz. Reduction of compound 6 reacted with reductant such as diborane can give compound 14. Compound 14 can be oxidized to give compound 15 with oxidants such as Dess-Matin agent. Compound 15 can be cyclized in the presence of ammonium hydroxide and glyoxal to form compound 16. Compound 16 can be transformed to compound 17 by reacting with NIS agent. One atom of iodine is then removed in the presence of sodium sulfite to provide compound 18.
  • Compound 27 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 4. Wherein each of Y 4 ⁇ Y 4 , R 5a . R 6a , X 3 , e. Y 1 . f, R 14 , R l4a , R 16 and R l6a is as defined above, and each X ⁇ is independently F, CI. Br or I. Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Condensation of compound 19 with compound 6' can give the compound 20. Compound 20 can be cyclized in the presence of ammonium acetate to form compound 21. Reaction of compound 21 with 65(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 22 by Pd catalysis.
  • Coupling reaction of compound 22 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 23.
  • Compound 23 is further reacted with &/.s(pinacolato)diboron in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 24.
  • Compound 24 can be converted to compound 25 by reacting with compound 18 in the presence of Pd catalyst.
  • the protecting group Pg is removed to afford compound 26.
  • Compound 26 is condensed with amino provide compound 27.
  • Compound 31 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 5. Wherein each of R 5a , X 3 , e. f, R 14 , R 14a , R 16 and R 16a is as defined above, and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Coupling reaction of compound 28 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 29, then the protecting group Pg is removed to afford compound 30. Compound 30 is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 31.
  • Compound 34 can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 6. Wherein each of R 5a , R 6a . Y 1 , Y 4 , Y 4 ⁇ X 3 . e, f, R 14 , R 14a . R 16 and R 16a is as defined above and each of A 1 , A 2 and A 3 is independently N or CR 7 .
  • Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Coupling reaction of compound 23 with compound 10 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 32. Then the protecting group Pg in compound 32 can be removed to yield compound 33. Compound 33 is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 34. [00299] Scheme 7
  • Compound 44 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 7. Wherein each of R 5a , X 3 , e. f, R 6a . Y 4 , Y 4 ⁇ Y 1 , R 14 , R 14a , R 16 and R 16a is as defined above and each of A , A' and A is independently N or CR . Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz.
  • Compound 35 is obtained by Diels-Alder reaction of dimethyl but-2-ynedioate and conjugated dienes. Reduction of Compound 35 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 36.
  • Compound 36 can give compound 37 by base catalysis. Cyclic condensation of compound 37 can yield compound 38 under condensation agents. Compound 38 can be transformed to compound 39 by reacting with hydrazine hydrate and acetic acid under heating condition. Compound 39 can be converted to compound 40 in the presence of phosphorus oxychloride. Coupling reaction of compound 40 with compound 22 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 41. Compound 41 is further reacted with compound 10 in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 42. Then the protecting group Pg in compound 42 can be removed to yield compound 43. Compound 43 is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 44.
  • Compound 48 wherein each of R 5a , X 3 , e, f, R 6a , Y 4 , Y 4 ⁇ Y 1 .
  • R 14 , R 14a . R 16 and R 16a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 8.
  • Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz. Coupling reaction of compound 24 with compound 45 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 46. The protecting group Pg in compound 46 can be removed to afford compound 47. which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 48.
  • Compound 54 wherein each of R ia , f and R 6 is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 9.
  • Compound 51 is obtained by Diels-Alder reaction of compound 49 and compound 50 in the presence of /7-BuLi. Reduction of compound 51 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 52.
  • the methyl group in compound 51 is then removed in the presence of boron tribromide to provide compound 53.
  • Compound 53 can be reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to afford compound 54 by base catalysis.
  • Scheme 10
  • Compound 66 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 10. Wherein each of R 5a , X 3 , e, f, Y 4 , R 14 , R l4a . R 16 and R 16a is as defined above and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz. Reaction of compound 55 with conjugated dienes under magnesium in polar solvent such as THF can give compound 56. Reduction of compound 56 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 57. Compound 57 can be transformed to compound 58 by reacting with NIS agent.
  • the methyl group in compound 58 is then removed in the presence of boron tribromide to provide compound 59.
  • Coupling reaction of compound 59 with compound 60 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 61.
  • Compound 61 can be reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to afford compound 62 by base catalysis.
  • Compound 62 is reacted with SmCl 3 /TMSCl and LiHMDS/PhNTf 2 to afford an Intermediate in polar solvent such as THF, then the Intermediate is further reacted with bis(pinacolato)diboron in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 63.
  • Compound 63 can be converted to compound 64 by reacting with compound 18 in the presence of Pd catalyst.
  • the protecting group Pg is removed to afford compound 65, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 66.
  • Compound 74 wherein each of R 5a , X 3 , e, f, Y 4 , R 14 , R l4a .
  • R 16 and R l 6a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 1 1.
  • Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz.
  • Compound 67 can be converted to compound 68 by reacting with cyclohexene in the presence of acyl chloride and aluminium chloride in polar solvent such as CS 2 .
  • Compound 68 can be reacted with acetyl chloride to afford compound 69 in the presence of aluminium chloride.
  • Compound 69 can be converted to compound 70 in the presence of brominating agents such as TBDMSOTf and NBS. Condensation of compound 70 with compound 6 can give the compound 71. Compound 71 can be cyclized in the presence of ammonium acetate to form compound 72. The protecting group Pg in compound 72 is removed to afford compound 73, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 74.
  • brominating agents such as TBDMSOTf and NBS.
  • Condensation of compound 70 with compound 6 can give the compound 71.
  • Compound 71 can be cyclized in the presence of ammonium acetate to form compound 72. The protecting group Pg in compound 72 is removed to afford compound 73, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 74.
  • Compound 80 can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 12. Wherein each X 5 is F, CI, Br or I and each of Y 4 , R 5a , X 3 . e, f, R 14 , R 16 is as defined above. Reaction of compound 75 with 6/.s(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 76 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 76 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 77. Compound 77 is further reacted with 6/.y(pinacolato)diboron in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 78. Compound 78 can be converted to compound 80 by reacting with compound 79 in the presence of Pd catalyst.
  • Compound 88 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Srhemp ⁇ Wherein earh nf Y Y « R 5a R 6a X 3 e f R 14 R l 4a R 16 and R l 6a is as defined above, each X ' is independently F, CI, Br or I, and each of A 1 , A 2 and A 3 is independently N or CR 7 . Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz. Condensation of compound 81 with compound 6' can give the compound 82 by base catalysis. Compound 82 can be cyclized in the presence of ammonium acetate to form compound 83.
  • Reaction of compound 83 with ⁇ w(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 84 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 84 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 85. Compound 85 is further reacted with compound 10 in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 86. The protecting group Pg in compound 86 is removed to afford compound 87, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 88.
  • Compound 94 wherein each of R 5a , X 3 , e. f. R 6a . Y 4 , R 14 . R a . R 16 and R l 6a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 14.
  • Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz.
  • Coupling reaction of compound 89 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 90.
  • Reduction of compound 90 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 91.
  • Condensation of compound 91 with compound 6' can give the compound 92 by base catalysis.
  • the protecting group Pg in compound 92 is removed to afford compound 93, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 94.
  • Compound 100 can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 15. Wherein each W 4 is carbocycle or aromatic ring and each of Y 4 , R ⁇ , X 3 . e. f, R 14 , and R 16 is as defined above. Coupling reaction of compound 95 with compound 96 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 97. Compound 97 can be reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to afford compound 98 by base catalysis. Reaction of compound 98 with >»(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 99 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 99 with compound 75 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 100.
  • Compound 111 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 16. Wherein each of Y 4 ⁇ Y 4 , R 5a , R 6a , X 3 , e. f, R 14 , R 14a , R 16 and R 16a is as defined above, each X ? is independently F. CI, Br or I. and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz.
  • Compound 101 can be converted to compound 102 by base catalysis.
  • Compound 102 can be converted to compound 103 in the presence of HOBT/EDCI and ammonium hydroxide. Condensation of compound 103 with compound 104 can give the compound 105 by base catalysis.
  • Compound 105 can be cyclized in the presence of base to form compound 106.
  • the protecting group Pg in compound 106 is removed to afford compound 107, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 108.
  • Reaction of compound 108 with 6/s(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 109 by Pd catalysis.
  • Coupling reaction of compound 109 with compound 110 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 111.
  • Compound 125 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 17. Wherein each of Y 4 ⁇ Y 4 , R 5a . R 6a , X 3 . e, f. R 14 . R 14a , R 16 and R 16a is as defined above, each is independently F. CI, Br or I. and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Compound 112 can be transformed to compound
  • Compound 131 wherein each of Y 4 ⁇ Y 4 , R 5a , R 6a , X 3 , e, f, R 14 , R 14a , R 16 and R 16a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 18.
  • Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz.
  • Coupling reaction of compound 4 with compound 89 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 126.
  • Reduction of compound 126 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 127.
  • Condensation of compound 127 with compound 6 can give the compound 128 by base catalysis.
  • Coupling reaction of compound 128 with compound 17 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 129.
  • the protecting group Pg in compound 129 is removed to afford compound 130. which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 131.
  • Compound 137 wherein each of Y 4 ⁇ Y 4 , R 5a , R 6a , X 3 , e, f, R 14 , R 14a , R 16 and R 16a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 19.
  • Compound 132 can be converted to compound 133 in the presence of brominating agents such as NBS.
  • Coupling reaction of compound 133 with compound 134 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 135.
  • Reaction of compound 135 with ⁇ w(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 136 by Pd catalysis.
  • Coupling reaction of compound 136 with compound 79 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 137.
  • Step 1) the preparation of compound 1-2
  • a solution of (./?)- 1 -phenylethylamine (1.3 mL. 10.1 mmol) in toluene (15 mL) was added anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 (3.48 g, 24.5 mmol) at rt. followed by ethyl glyoxalate (1 mL, 10.1 mmol) dropwise.
  • the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr and filtered.
  • the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 1 -2 as yellow liquid (1.9 g, 91.8%), which was used for the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2) the preparation of compound 1-3
  • Step 5 the preparation of compound 1 -6
  • Step 1 1 the preparation of compound 1-13
  • Step 12 the preparation of compound 1 -14
  • Step 13) the preparation of compound 1 -15
  • Step 14) the preparation of compound 1 -16
  • a solution of compound 1 -15 (5.50 g, 31.6 mmol) and sodium acetate (7.77 g, 94.7 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) was stirred at 50 °C under N 2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM) to give the title compound as a white solid (5.10 g, 92.7%).
  • DCM silica gel column chromatography
  • Step 17) the preparation of compound 1 -19
  • Step 18 the preparation of compound 1 -20
  • Step 1 the preparation of compound 2- 1 -B
  • Step 2) the preparation of compound 2-1 -C
  • Step 4) the preparation of compound 2-1 -E
  • Step 6 the preparation of compound 2-6- A
  • Step 7) the preparation of compound 2-6-B
  • DCM DCM
  • Dess-Martin periodinane 20.7 g, 48.8 mmol
  • the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs.
  • 250 mL of water was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was filtered.
  • the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 11 the preparation of compound 2-2

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Provided herein is a compound having Formula (I), or a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer, an N-oxide, a hydrate, a solvate, a metabolite, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a prodrug thereof, which can be used for treating HCV infection or a HCV disorder. Also provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds disclosed herein, which can be used for treating HCV infection or a HCV disorder.

Description

Bridged Ring compounds As Hepatitis C Virus (HCV) Inhibitors And
Pharmaceutical Applications Thereof
RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of Chinese Patent Applications No.201210273491.8, filed August 03, 2012, and No.201310116933.2, filed April 03, 2013, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention relates to the field of medicine. The invention relates to compounds for treating Hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection, compositions comprising such compounds, the use and the methods thereof. In particular, the invention relates to bridged ring compounds as NS5A protein inhibitors. More specifically, the invention relates to compounds which can inhibit the function of the NS5A protein encoded by Hepatitis C virus (HCV), pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and methods for inhibiting the function of the NS5A protein.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] HCV is a major human pathogen, infecting an estimated 170 million persons worldwide — roughly five times the number infected by human immunodeficiency virus type 1. A substantial fraction of these HCV infected individuals develop serious progressive liver disease, including cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. Chronic HCV infection is thus a major worldwide cause of liver-related premature mortality.
[0004] Presently, the most effective HCV therapy employs a combination of alpha-interferon and ribavirin, leading to sustained efficacy in 40% of patients. Recent clinical results demonstrate that pegylated alpha-interferon is superior to unmodified alpha-interferon as monotherapy. However, even with experimental therapeutic regimens involving combinations of pegylated alpha-interferon and ribavirin, a substantial fraction of patients do not have a sustained reduction in viral load. The treatment has side effects in many patients, so they do not durably respond to treatment. Thus, new and effective methods of treating HCV infection are urgently needed.
[0005] HCV is a positive-stranded RNA virus. Based on a comparison of the deduced amino acid sequence and the extensive similarity in the 5 'untranslated region, HCV has been classified as a separate genus in the Flaviviridae family. All members of the Flaviviridae family have enveloped virions that contain a positive stranded RNA genome encoding all known virus-specific proteins via translation of a single, uninterrupted, open reading frame (ORF).
[0006] Considerable heterogeneity is found within nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence throughout the HCV genome. At least seven major genotypes have been characterized, and more than 50 subtypes have been described. In HCV infected cells, viral RNA is translated into a polyprotein that is cleaved into ten individual proteins. At the amino terminus are structural proteins, follows El and E2. Additionally, there are six non-structural proteins, NS2. NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A and NS5B, which play a function role in the HCV lifecycle (see. for example, Lindenbach et al., Nature. 2005, 436, 933-938.
[0007] The major genotypes of HCV differ in their distribution worldwide, and the clinical significance of the genetic heterogeneity of HCV remains elusive despite numerous studies of the possible effect of genotypes on pathogenesis and therapy.
[0008] The single strand HCV RNA genome is approximately 9500 nucleotides in length and has a single open reading frame (ORF) encoding a single large polyprotein of about 3000 amino acids. In infected cells, this polyprotein is cleaved at multiple sites by cellular and viral proteases to produce the structural and non-structural (NS) proteins. In the case of HCV, the generation of mature non-structural proteins (NS2, NS3, NS4A. NS4B, NS5A and NS5B) is effected by two viral proteases. The first one is believed to be a metalloprotease and cleaves at the NS2-NS3 junction; the second one is a serine protease within the N-terminal region of NS3 (also referred herein as NS3 protease) and mediates all the subsequent cleavages downstream of NS3. both in cis, at the NS3-NS4A cleavage site, and in trans, for the remaining NS4A-NS4B. NS4B-NS5A, NS5A-NS5B sites. The NS4A protein appears to serve multiple functions, acting as a cofactor for the NS3 protease and possibly assisting in the membrane localization of NS3 and other viral replicase components. The complex formation of the NS3 protein with NS4A seems necessary to the processing events, enhancing the proteolytic efficiency at all of the sites. The NS3 protein also exhibits nucleoside triphosphatase and RNA helicase activities. NS5B (also referred to herein as HCV polymerase) is a RNA-dependent RNA polymerase that is involved in the replication of HCV.
[0009] Compounds useful for treating HCV-infected patients are desired which selectively inhibit HCV viral replication. In particular, compounds which are effective to inhibit the function of the NS5A protein are desired. The HCV NS5A protein is described, for example, in Tan et al., Virology, 2001, 284, 1 -12; and in Park et al., J. Biol. Chem. , 2003, 278, 30711 -3071 8.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0010] The presnt disclosure describes novel bridged ring compounds and methods of their use to treat HCV infection. Specifically, it has been found that compounds disclosed herein, and compositions thereof, are effective as inhibitors of HCV infection, especially the non-structural 5A (NS5A) protein of HCV.
[001 1 ] In one aspect, provided herein are compounds having Formula (I) as shown below:
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer, an N-oxide. a hydrate, a solvate, a metabolite, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a prodrug thereof, wherein each of A and A' is independently a bond, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p--
-(CR8R8a)„-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, or -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8V, or each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000005_0001
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein each X1 is independently O, S, NR6, or CR7R7a; each X2 is independently NR6, O or S; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a;
X4 is (CR7R7a)n, ^γ1=γ , O, S or NR6;
Figure imgf000006_0002
is carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl; each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7;
Z is -(CH2)a-, -CH=CH-, -N=CH-, -(CH2)a-N(R5)-(CH2)b-, or -(CH2)a-0-(CH2)b-. wherein each a and b is independently 0. 1 , 2 or 3; each c is independently 1 or 2; each d is independently 1 or 2; each n is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each r is independently 0, 1 or 2; e is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S or NR6, e is 1 ; f is O. 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of X and X" is independently N or CR7; each of Y and Y" is independently H, deuterium, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, a group derived from a-amino acid or an optical isomer thereof, or each of Y and Y' is independently
-[U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R,0)-(CR9R9a),]k-U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R1 , )-(CR9R9i,)t-R12,
-U-(CR9R9a)rR12 or -[U-(CRVVN(R10)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a)t-O-(CR9R9a)t-R12; each U is independently -C(=0)-, -C(=S)-, -S(=0)- or -S(=0)2-; each t is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each k is independently 0, 1 or 2; each of R1 , R2, R3 and R4 is independently H, deuterium, alkyl. heteroalkyl, aralkyl. cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or aryl; or R1 and R2, together with X-CH they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, Cj. i 2 fused bicycle, C5.12 fused heterobicycle, C5-i 2 spiro bicycle or C -12 spiro
3 4
heterobicycle; or R and R , together with X'-CH they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, C5-i2 fused bicycle. C5.12 fused heterobicycle, C5- 12 spiro bicycle or C5-12 spiro heterobicycle; each R5 is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, alkyl-OC(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, alkyl-OS(=0)r-, alkyl-S(=0)rO-, alkyl-S(=0)r- or aminosulfonyl; each R?a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br. I, cyano, R7aR7N-. -C(=0)NR7R7a. -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a, -N(R7)C(O)0R7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a, R7R7aN-S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, R7aR7N-alkyl, R7S(=0)-alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkyl, R7aR7N-alkoxy, R7S(=0)-alkoxy, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, mercapto, nitro, aralkyl, arylamino, heteroarylamino, arylalkylamino, heteroarylalkylamino. heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy. heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino or aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, aliphatic, haloaliphatic, hydroxyaliphatic, aminoaliphatic, alkoxyaliphatic, alkylaminoaliphatic, alkylthioaliphatic, arylaliphatic, heteroarylaliphatic, heterocyclylaliphatic, cycloalkylaliphatic, aryloxyaliphatic, heterocyclyloxyaliphatic, cycloalkyloxyaliphatic, arylaminoaliphatic, heterocyclylaminoaliphatic. cycloalkylaminoaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, oxo (=0), R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a, -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a, R7R7aN-S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, R7aR7N-alkyl, R7S(=0)-alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkyl, R7aR7N-alkoxy, R7S(=0)-alkoxy, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkoxy. aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl. mercapto, nitro, aralkyl, arylamino, heteroarylamino, arylalkylamino, heteroarylalkylamino, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, or aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, F, CI, aliphatic, heteroalkyl. haloaliphatic, hydroxyaliphatic, aminoaliphatic, alkoxyaliphatic, alkylaminoaliphatic, alkylthioaliphatic, arylaliphatic. heterocyclylaliphatic. cycloalkylaliphatic, aryloxyaliphatic, heterocyclyloxyaliphatic. cycloalkyloxyaliphatic, arylaminoaliphatic. heterocyclylaminoaliphatic, cycloalkylaminoaliphatic. aryl. heteroaryl. heterocyclyl or carbocyclyl, with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; each R 8 and R 89 is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro. F, CI, Br. I, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyi. alkoxy. alkyl-OC(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, alkyl-OS(=0)c-, alkyl-S(=0)cO-, alkyl-S(=0)c-, or aminosulfonyl; each R9, R9a, R10 and R1 1 is independently H, deuterium, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyi, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl. heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; each R12 is independently R13aR13N-. -C(=0)R13, -C(=S)R13, -C(=0)-0-R13, -C(=0)NRl 3R13a, -OC(=0)NR13R13a, -OC(=0)OR13, -N(Rl 3)C(=0)NR13R13a, -N(R13)C(=0)ORl 3a, -N(R13)C(=0)-Rl3a. R13R13aN-S(=0)2-, R13S(=0)2-, R13S(=0)2N(R13a)-, R13OS(=0)2-, alkyl. heteroalkyl. cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl or aralkyi; or R 1 1 and R 12 are optionally joined to form a 4-7 membered ring; and each R13 and Rl 3a is independently H, deuterium, alkyl. heteroalkyl. cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or aralkyi; wherein each of -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -[U-iCR ^-NCR'^-CCR ^jk-U-iCR VN R' C R R12.
-U-(CR9R9a)t-R12, -[U-(CR9R9a)rN(R10)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R¾)rO-(CR9R9a)rR12. NR6, CR7R7a, CR7. -(CH2)a-, -CH=CH-, -N=CH-, -(CH2)a-N(R5)-(CH2)b-, -(CH2)a-0-(CH2)b-, Rl3aR13N-, -C(=0)R13, -C(=S)R13. -C(=0)-0-R13. -C(=0)NR13R13a, -OC(=0)NRl 3R13a. -OC(=0)OR13. -N(R13)C(=0)NR13Rl a, -N(R13)C(=0)OR13a, -N(R13)C(=0)-R13a. R13R13aN-S(=0)2-. R13S(=0)2-. Rl3S(=0)2N(R13a)-. R13OS(=0)2-, R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a. -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a. -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a. R7R7aN-S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, alkyl-OC(=0)-. alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-OS(=0)c-, alkyl-S(=0)cO-, alkyl-S(=0)c-, R'R aNC(=0)-, ROC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-, R7aR7N-alkyl, R7S(=0)-alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkyl, R7aR7N-alkoxy, R7S(=0)-alkoxy, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkylamino, alkyl, heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, a group derived from a-amino acid, C5.12 fused bicycle, C5-i2 fused heterobicycle,
Figure imgf000010_0001
spiro heterobicycle, alkoxy, aliphatic, haloaliphatic, hydroxyaliphatic, aminoaliphatic, alkoxyaliphatic, alkylaminoaliphatic, alkylthioaliphatic, arylaliphatic, heteroarylaliphatic, heterocyclylaliphatic, cycloalkylaliphatic, aryloxyaliphatic. heterocyclyloxyaliphatic, cycloalkyloxyaliphatic, arylaminoaliphatic, heterocyclylaminoaliphatic, cycloalkylaminoaliphatic, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl. arylamino, heteroarylamino, arylalkylamino, heteroarylalkylamino, heteroaryl oxy, heteroarylalkyl. arylalkoxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy. heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino and aryloxy is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl. heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy. oxo (=0). carboxy, hydroxy-substituted alkoxy. hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, or carboxy-substituted alkoxy.
Figure imgf000010_0002
Figure imgf000011_0001
each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7a; each X5 is independently CR7R7a, O. S or NR6; each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6. O. S. C(=0). or each Q3 is independently N or CR7; each e is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S or NR6. e is 1 ; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each R?a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F. CI Br, I. cyano, R7aR7N-. -C(=0)NR7R7a. -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7. -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a. -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a. -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a, R7R7aN-S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, R7aR7N-C,-6 alkyl, R7S(=0)-C,-6 alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-C,.6 alkyl, R7aR7N-C1-6 alkoxy, R7S(=0)-C,-6 alkoxy,
Figure imgf000012_0001
alkoxy, C6-io aryl, C1.9 heteroaryl, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkylamino, Cj-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, mercapto, nitro, C6.io aralkyl, C6-io arylamino, C1-9 heteroarylamino, C6-io aryl-C]--alkylamino, C1.9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkylamino, Ci-9 heteroaryloxy, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci.6-alkoxy, Ci_ heteroaryl-Ci^-alkoxy, C2-io heterocyclyloxy, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkoxy, C2-io heterocyclylamino, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkylamino or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci- hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci-6-alkyl, C -io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl, C3-9 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, F, CI, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, Ci-6 alkoxy, C -io aryl, C2-9 heterocyclyl, C3-9 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryloxy, C2-9 heterocyclyloxy. C6-i0 arylamino, C2- heterocyclylamino, C3-9 cycloalkylamino, C]-9 heteroaryl or C3-9 carbocyclyl, with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
0013] In other embodiments.
Figure imgf000012_0002
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein each R a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, C i-6 alkylacyl, C i-6 alkylacyloxy, C |-6 alkoxyacyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyl, Ci-6 alkoxysulfonyl, C i-6 alkylsulfinyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyloxy, Ci- alkylsulfinyloxy. Ci_6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, or Ci-6 alkylamino; each Y and Y is independently N or CR ; each X5 is independently CR7R7a. O. S, C(=0) or NR6; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and each R6 is independently H, deuterium, C i-4 alkyl, C i-6 haloalkyl, C i- hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, C i-6 alkoxy-C i_4-alkyl. Ci-6 alkylamino-C i-4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl. heteroaryl, C6-io aryl, C3-9 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl.
Figure imgf000014_0001
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein each R?a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, Ci-4 alkyl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto, nitro, or Ci-4 alkylamino; each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CH; each X5 is independently CH2, O, S or NR6; and each R6 is independently H, deuterium, Ci-4 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-4-alkyl. Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4 alkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl, C3-9 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl.
[0015] In some embodiments, each of A and is independently a bond, Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocycloalkyl, -(CR¾8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(-0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-. or each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000015_0002
Figure imgf000016_0001
wherein each R/ is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy. C1-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-C,.6-alkyl, C,.6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C,-6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl C,-6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-, Ci-6 alkyl-S(=0) . or aminosulfonyl; each R a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a, -N(R7)C(O)0R7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a, R7R7aN-S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, R7aR7N-C,-6 alkyl, R7S(=0)-C ,-6 alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-Ci-6 alkyl, R7aR7N-C,-6 alkoxy, R7S(=0)-Ci-6 alkoxy. R7R7aN-C(=0)-Ci-6 alkoxy, C -i0 aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C] -6 alkoxy, C] -6 alkylamino, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, mercapto, nitro, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io arylamino. C \.g heteroarylamino, or C6-io aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, F, CI, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, Ci-6 haloaliphatic, hydroxy Ci-6 alkyl, amino C i-6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-C i.6-alkyl, C i-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, C i-6 alkylthio-Ci -6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-C i-6-alkyl, C 1 -9 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci_6-alkyl, C6-io aryloxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyloxy-C i-6-alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io arylamino-C i-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclylamino-Ci.6-alkyl, C3.8 cycloalkylamino-Ci.6-alkyl. C6-io aryl, C 1 -9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, or C3-8 carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted C5-i2 spiro or fused bicyclic ring; and each R8 and R8a is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, F, CI, Br, I, C 1 -6 alkyl, C ] -6 heteroalkyl, C3-i o cycloalkyl. C2-io heterocyclyl, C - 10 aryl- C 1 -9 heteroaryl, C6-,0 aryl-C i-6-alkyl, C, .6 alkoxy. C 1 -6 alkyl-OC(=0)-. C,-6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl, C 1 -6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C ,.6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. Ci-6 alkyl-S(=0) , or aminosulfonyl.
[0016] In some embodiments, each of A and A' is independently a bond, -CH2-. -(CH2)2-, -CH=CH-. -CH=CH-CH2-. -N(R6)-, -C(=0)-. -C(=S)-. -C(=0)-0-. -C(=0)N(R6)-. -OC(=0)N(R6)-. -OC(=0)0-. -N(R6)C(=0)N(R6)-, -(R6)N-S(=0)2-, -S(=0)2-. -OS(=0)2-. -(R6)N-S(=0)-. -S(=0)-, -OS(=0)-, or each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein X1 is O or S; each R6 is independently H, deuterium. C alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl. C|-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-4-alkyl. C]-6 alkylamino-Ci-4-alkyl. C|-6 alkylthio-C|-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl, C1. heteroaryl. C6-io aryl, C3.9 heterocyclyl or C3.8 carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F. CI, Br, I. cyano. R7aR7N-, Ci-6 alkoxy. C).6 alkylamino, Ci-6 alkyl. C1-6 haloalkyl. C2-6 alkenyl. C2-6 alkynyl, mercapto or nitro; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, F. CI, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, hydroxy Ci-6 alkyl, amino Ci-6 alkyl. Cj-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C|-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, or Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci-6-alkyl.
[0017] In some embodiments, each of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is independently H, deuterium, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, C6-io
Figure imgf000019_0002
C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C|-9 heteroaryl or C6-io aryl; or R1 and R2. together with X-CH which they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, C5.12 fused bicycle, C$. 2 fused heterobicycle. C5.12 spiro bicycle or C -12 spiro
3 4
heterobicycle; or R and R , together with X"-CH which they are attached to. optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, Cs-n fused bicycle, C5.12 fused heterobicycle, C5-i2 spiro bicycle or C5-i2 spiro heterobicycle.
[0018] In other embodiments, R1 and R2, together with X-CH which they are attached to, or R3 and R4, together with X'-CH which they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle, C5-i2 fused bicycle. C5-i2 fused heterobicycle, C5-i2 spiro bicycle or C5-i2 spiro heterobicycle.
[0019] In other embodiments, the R1, R2 and X-CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein each Rl? is independently H, deuterium. F, C!. Br, I. cyano. hydroxy. C1.3 alkyl, Ci-3 haloalkyl, Ci-3 alkoxy, Ci-3 alkylamino, Cj-3 alkylthio, C6-io arylamino, C6-io aryloxy, C1.9 heteroaryl, C1.9 heteroaryloxy, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-3-alkyl. or C2-10 heterocyclyl; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, C]-4 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-C)-4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-C]-4-alkyl. Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci-4-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl. C)-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl. C3-9 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; and each ni and n2 is independently 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
[0020] In other embodiments, the R3. R4 and X'-CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
Figure imgf000021_0001
Ci-3 alkyl, Ci-3 haloalkyl. Ci-3 alkoxy, Ci-3 alkylamino. C]-3 alkylthio, C6-io arylamino, C6-io aryloxy, Cj-9 heteroaryl, Ci-9 heteroaryloxy, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-3-alkyl, or C2-io heterocyclyl; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, Ci-4 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci- hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci- alkoxy-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci.4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl. C6-io aryl. C2-10 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; and each ni and n2 is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4.
[0021] In some embodiments. Formula (II) is
Figure imgf000022_0001
21 wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6, O, S, C(=0) or CH2; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each e is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S or NR6, e is 1 ; each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of A and A' is independently a bond. Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3 -8 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-,
-(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
each R? is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, Cj,6 alkyl, C|-6 heteroalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl,
Figure imgf000024_0002
heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, C,-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C1-6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl, C,-6 alkyl-OS(=0)r-. Ci-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-, C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)r- or aminosulfonyl; each R?a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I, cyano, C]-6 alkylacyl. C]-6 alkylacyloxy. Ci-6 alkoxyacyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, Ci-6 alkoxysulfonyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl. -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-i0 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C ,-6 aliphatic, Ci-6 alkoxy-C i-6-aliphatic, C i-6 alkylamino-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci.6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl-Ci.6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C | _ heteroaryl. C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-10 carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, Ci -6 alkylacyl, Ci-6 alkylacyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxyacyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, C] -6 alkoxysulfonyl, C j.6 alkylsulfinyl, Cj.6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C i-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-i0 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, Ci-6 aliphatic, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C ]-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-aliphatic, C i-6 alkylamino-C i-6-aliphatic, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-aliphatic, C2-io heterocyclyl-C i-6-aliphatic, C3-io-cycloalkyl-Ci-6-aliphatic, C6-io aryl, C| .9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl or C3.10 carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring;
8 83
each R and R is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, F, CI, Br, I, Ci-6 alkyl, C |-6 heteroalkyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, C M O heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-C,-6-alkyl, C,-6 alkoxy. C ,-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C l -6 alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, C,-6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C ,-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C1 -6 alkyl-S(=0)r- or aminosulfonyl; each of Y4 and Y4 * is independently a bond, O, S, -(CH2)n-, -CH=CH-, -S(=0) . -CH2O-. -CH2S-, -CH2S(=0) , -CF2-, -CHR5a- or -CH2N(R6)-; each n is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3 ; and each ris independently 0, 1 or 2.
] In some embodiments. Formula (Ι ) is wherein
Figure imgf000026_0001
is
Figure imgf000026_0002
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6, O, S. C(=0) or CH2; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; e is 0, 1 , 2. 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S or NR6. e is 1 ; each X5 is independently CR7R7a. O, S or NR6; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of A and A" is independently a bond, C i-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2.i0 heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-.
-(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)„-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR R8a)„-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000027_0002
Figure imgf000028_0001
each ? is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy. C].6 alkyl. C].6 heteroalkyl. C3-io cycloalkyl. C2-io heterocyclyl. C6-io aryl. C1-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C,-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, d-6 alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, C,.6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)r-. or aminosulfonyl; each R5a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, C |-6 alkylacyl, C |-6 alkylacyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxyacyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, Ci-6 alkoxysulfonyl, C i-6 alkylsulfinyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyloxy, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, C |.6 alkoxy, Ci_6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto, nitro, C |-6 alkylamino, C3-io cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, C,.6 alkyl, C i-6 alkoxy-C | _6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-C |-6-alkyl, C i-9 heteroaryl-C i-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl-C |-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C ]-9 heteroaryl. C2_io heterocyclyl or C3.10 carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, Ci-6 alkylacyl, Ci-6 alkylacyloxy. Ci-6 alkoxyacyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, Ci-6 alkoxysulfonyl, C |-6 alkylsulfinyl, C |-6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C] -6 alkylsulfinyloxy, C j-6 alkoxy, C |-6 alkyl, C6-i0 aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto, nitro, C |-6 alkylamino, C3.io cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium, C i-6 alkyl, C i-6 heteroalkyl, Ci- alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl. C i-6 alkylamino-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-C i-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl. C3.10 cycloalkyl-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C i-9 heteroaryl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl or C3-io carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; each R8 and R8a is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro, F, CI, Br, I, C i-6 alkyl, C 1 -6 heteroalkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, C M O heteroaryl. C6- 10 aryl-C ,-6-alkyl, C ,-6 alkoxy, C 1 -6 alkyl-OC(=0)-. C, .6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl, C i-6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C ,.6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C1 -6 alkyl-S(=0)R- or aminosulfonyl; each of Y4 and Y4 ' is independently a bond, O, S, -(CH2)n-, -CH=CH-, -S(=0)r, -CH2O-, -CH2S-. -CH2S(=0)r-. -CF2-. -CHR3a- or -CH2N(R6)-; each n is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and each r is independently 0, 1 or 2.
[0023] In other embodiments, Formula (III) is
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O, S, C(=0), NR6 or CH2; X3 is O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, C N6 alkyl, C ]-6 alkoxy-C |-6-alkyl. C|-6 alkylamino-Ci-f)-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci -6-alkyl, C 1 -9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci -6-alkyl, C3-|0 cycloalkyl-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C \ .g heteroaryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl or C3-i0 carbocyclyl; each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium. C |-6 alkyl, C i-6 heteroalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci -6-alkyl, C i-6 alkylamino-C i-6-alkyl. C6-i o aryl-Ci_6 alkyl, C2-|0 heterocyclyl-C |-6-alkyl. C3-io cycloalkyl-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C i-9 heteroaryl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl or C3-io carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; and f is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4. [0024] In other embodiments, Formula (IV) is
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein X3 is O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each R'"13 is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I. cyano, C] _6 alkylacyl. C] _6 alkylacyloxy, C ]-6 alkoxyacyl. C]-6 alkylsulfonyl, C i-6 alkoxysulfonyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C |-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, C i.6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C6.i0 aryl, -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto, nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-i0 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; f is 0, 1 , 2, or 3 ; and each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium, Ci-4 alkyl, Ci-4 heteroalkyl, Ci- alkoxyalkyl, C i-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-g cycloalkyl, Ci.g heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
[0025] In other embodiments. Formula (V) is
Figure imgf000031_0002
wherein X3 is O, S. NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each R5a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, C M alkylacyl, Ci-4 alkylacyloxy, Ci-4 alkoxyacyl, Ci-4 alkylsulfonyl, C alkoxysulfonyl, Ci-4 alkylsulfinyl, Ci-4 alkylsulfonyloxy. C alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci-4 alkoxy, C alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto, nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; f is 0, 1 , 2, or 3; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium. C M alkyl, C M heteroalkyl, C1-6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C 1.9 heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
[0026] In other embodiments, Formula (VI) is
Figure imgf000032_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O, S. C(=0). NR6 or CH2; each R^3 is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I, cyano, C M alkylacyl, C M alkylacyloxy. C M alkoxyacyl. C M alkylsulfonyl, C M alkoxysulfonyl, C M alkylsulfinyl. C M alkylsulfonyloxy, C M alkylsulfinyloxy, C M alkoxy. C M alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto, nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium. R7R7aNC(=0)-. R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, Cl-6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C|-
Figure imgf000033_0001
heteroaryl-Ci.6-alkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci.6-alkyl, C3.io cycloalkyl-Ci.6-alkyl, C6-|0 aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-io carbocyclyl; and fisO, 1,2, 3 or 4.
[0027] In other embodiments, Formula (III') is
Figure imgf000033_0002
(IIP), wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O, S, C(=0), NR6 or CH2;
X3 is O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; fis 0, 1,2 or 3;
X5 is CH2, O, S or NR6; each Ria is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F. CI, Br, I, cyano, C alkylacyl, C alkylacyloxy. CM alkoxyacyl, CM alkylsulfonyl, CM alkoxysulfonyl, CM alkylsulfinyl, CM alkylsulfonyloxy, CM alkylsulfinyloxy, CM alkoxy. CM alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto, nitro, C|-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C1-6 alkyl, C]-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C,-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci.6-alkyl, C]-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C -io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl-C].6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, d- heteroaryl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl or C3-i0 carbocyclyl; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, C i-4 alkyl, Ci-4 heteroalkyl. Ci_6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3.8 cycloalkyl, C 1 - heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
[0028] In other embodiments, Formula (IV ) is
Figure imgf000034_0001
wherein X5 is CH2. O, S or NR6; X3 is O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; f is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each Ria is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano. C alkylacyl, C i-4 alkylacyloxy, C i-4 alkoxyacyl. C i-4 alkylsulfonyl, C i_4 alkoxysulfonyl, C i-4 alkylsulfinyl, C |-4 alkylsulfonyloxy. C alkylsulfinyloxy, C M alkoxy, C M alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, C i-6 alkylamino, C3-g cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; and each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium. C M alkyl. C heteroalkyl, C i-6 alkoxyalkyl, C i-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-i0 aryl. C2-i0 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C i-9 heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring. [0029] In other embodiments. Formula (V ) is
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein X3 is O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; X5 is CH2, O, S or NR6; each R?a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I. cyano, Ci-4 alkylacyl, C alkylacyloxy, Ci-4 alkoxyacyl. Ci.4 alkylsulfonyl, C alkoxysulfonyl, C M alkylsulfinyl. C alkylsulfonyloxy, C M alkylsulfinyloxy, C M alkoxy, C alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto. nitro. C ] -6 alkylamino, C3.8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium. R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C ,.6 alkyl. C i-6 alkoxy-C i-6-alkyl, C |-6 alkylamino-C i-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-C ]-6-alkyl, C \ .g heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl-Ci.6-alkyl. C6-io aryl, C i-9 heteroaryl, C2-]o heterocyclyl or C3-i0 carbocyclyl; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, C M alkyl, C heteroalkyl, C i-6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci- alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3- cycloalkyl, C I .Q heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
[0030] In other embodiments. Formula (VI' ) is
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O, S, C=(0), NR6 or CH2; f is 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
X5 is CH2, O, S or NR6; each R" a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, Ci-4 alkylacyl, C M alkylacyloxy, C alkoxyacyl, C alkylsulfonyl, C 1 -4 alkoxysulfonyl, C alkylsulfinyl, C M alkyl sulfonyloxy, Ci-4 alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci-4 alkoxy, Ci-4 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto. nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; and each R6 is independently H, deuterium. R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, CI -6 alkyl. Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci.6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci_ heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl or C3.10 carbocyclyl.
[0031 ] In some embodiments, each of Y and Y" is independently a group derived from a-amino acid and the group derived from a-amino acid is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI. Br, I, hydroxy or cyano.
[0032] In other embodiments, the group derived from a-amino acid is formed by isoleucine. leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophane, valine, alanine, asparagine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glutamine. proline, serine, p-tyrosine, arginine. histidine, cysteine, glycine, sarcosine. Ν,Ν-dimethylglycine. homoserine. norvaline, norleucine, ornithine, homocysteine, homophenylalanine, phenylglycine, o-tyrosine, m-tyrosine or hydroxyproline.
[0033] In other embodiments, the a-amino acid is in the D configuration. [0034] In other embodiments, the a-amino acid is in the L configuration.
[0035] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y" is independently
-[U- CR VNiR'^-CCR ^k-U-iCR'R^ N R' i R R12, -U-(CR9R9a)t- R12 or -[U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a)rO- (CR9R9a),-R12.
[0036] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -[U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R")-(CR9R9a)rR12.
[0037] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -U-lCR NCR'^-CCR ^-U- CR'R^t-N R' CCR VR12.
[0038] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a)rN(Rn)-(CR9R9a)t-R'2.
[0039] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -[C(=O)-(CR9R9a)rN(Rl 0)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a)rN(R" )-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[0040] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=O)-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t-U-(CR9R9a)rN(Rl l )-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[0041 ] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -[C(=O)-(CR9R9a)t-N(Rl 0)-(CR9R9a)t]k-C(=O)-(CR9R9a)t-N(R1 1)-(CR9R9a)1-R12.
[0042] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y* is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)t-N(R1 <))-(CR9R9a)rC(=0)-(CR9R9a)t-N(Rl l )-(CR9R9a),-R'2.
[0043] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y* is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)rN(R")-(CR9R9a),-R12. [0044] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(R")-(CR9R9a)n-C(-0)-R13.
[0045] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(Ru)-C(=0)-R13.
[0046] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(R")-(CR9R9a)n-C(=0)-0-R13.
[0047] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(Ru)-C(=0)-0-R13.
[0048] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[0049] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[0050] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -[U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a) O-(CR9R9a)rR12.
[0051 ] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a)rN(R10)-(CR9R9a)rU-(CR9R9a)t-O-(CR9R9a)rR12.
[0052] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=O)-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t-C(=O)-(CR9R9a)rO-(CR9R9a)rR12.
[0053] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a)t-0-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[0054] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)t-0-(CR9R9a)rR12.
[0055] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein R1 1 and R12, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, form a 4-7 membered ring.
[0056] In other embodiments, each R9, R9a, R10 and R1 1 is independently H, deuterium, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, C| -9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-C]-6-alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, C|-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci- -alkyl, or C3.8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl; each R12 is independently R, 3aR13N-, -C(=0)R13, -C(=S)R13, -C(=0)-0-R13, -C(=0)NR13Rl3a, -OC(=0)NR13R1 a, -OC(=0)OR13, -N(R13)C(=0)NR13Rl3a, -N(R13)C(=0)OR13a, -N(R13)C(=0)-R13a, R13R13aN-S(=0)2-, R13S(=0)2-, R13S(=0)2N(R13a)-, Rl3OS(=0)2-, C,-6 alkyl, C1 -6 heteroalkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl. or C6.i0 aryl-Ci- -alkyl; or R1 1 and R12. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, form a 4-7 membered ring; and each R13 and R13a is independently H, deuterium, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl. C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, or C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl.
[0057] In other embodiments, each R9, R9a, R10 and R1 1 is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclohexyl, isobutyl or phenyl; each R12 is independently -C(=0)R13, -C(=0)-0-R13, -C(=0)NR13R13a, methyl, ethyl, propyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, morpholinyl or piperidinyl, or Rn and R12, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, form a 4-7 membered ring; and each R13 and Rl 3a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, propyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, morpholinyl or piperidinyl.
[0058] In other embodiments. Formula (VII) is
Figure imgf000040_0001
14 14s
wherein each of R and R is independently H, deuterium, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, C]-6 hydroxyalkyl, C)-6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, C\.g heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C1- heteroaryl-Cj-6-alkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci- -alkyl, or C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl; wherein each of Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci- heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, Ci.g heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-i0 aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl-Ci.6-alkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl and C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano.
[0059] In other embodiments, Formula (VIII) is
Figure imgf000040_0002
wherein each of R14 and R14a is independently H. deuterium, Ci-3 hydroxyalkyl, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, rt-butyl, allyl, propargyl, trifluoroethyl. phenyl, pyranyl. morpholinyl. -NR7R7a, benzyl, piperazinyl. cyclopentyl. cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, or C 1. heteroaryl; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, allyl, propargyl, trifluoroethyl, phenyl, pyranyl, morpholinyl, -NR7R7a. benzyl, piperazinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropyl and cyclohexyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6, O, S, C(=0) or CH2;
1 7
each Y and Y is independently N or CR ; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; e is 0, 1 , 2, or 3 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S, C(=0) or NR6, e is 1 ; f is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of A and A' is independently a bond, C i -6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2- 1 0 heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-,
-(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-
-(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
each of Y4 and Y4' is independently a bond, O, S. -(CH2)„-, -CH=CH-. -S(=0)r-. -CH2O-, -CH2S-, -CH2S(=0) . -CF2-, -CHR5a- or -CH2N(R6)-.
[0060] In some embodiments, Formula (IX) is
Figure imgf000043_0001
wherein of each R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, C]-6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6.i0 aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C]- heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl or C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl; and each n2 is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4; wherein each of Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, C|-6 hydroxyalkyl. Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, C1- heteroaryl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl and C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano.
[0061] In some embodiments, Formula (X) is
Figure imgf000043_0002
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently CH2. CF2. O. C(=0) or NR6; each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium, C]-6 alkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl. Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, C 1.9 heteroaryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C -io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-C i-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl or C3-8 cycloalkyl-C |-6-alkyl; and each ni is independently 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
[0062] In some embodiments, Formula (XI) is
Figure imgf000044_0001
wherein each R?a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, F, CI, Br or I; each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, 1 -methyl propyl, isopropyl or /ert-butyl; independently hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy. phenoxy.
Figure imgf000044_0002
or tert-butoxy; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl. 1 -methyl propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, tert-butoxy and /ert-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F. CI. Br. hydroxy or cyano;
Figure imgf000044_0003
Figure imgf000045_0001
44
Figure imgf000046_0001
R1, R2 and N-CH together form one of the following divalent groups:
Figure imgf000046_0002
R3, R4 and N-CH together form one of the following divalent groups:
Figure imgf000046_0003
] In other embodiments, Formula (XII) is
Figure imgf000046_0004
wherein R~ a is H or methyl;
each of Q1 and Q2 is independently CH2, CF2, O, C(=0) or NR6; each of Y and Y~ is independently N or CR ;
R7 is H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, phenyl, F, CI, Br, I, OH or cyano; each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; each of R1 ? and R1 ""13 is independently H, deuterium, F, CI, Br, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or fcrt-butyl; each of R17 and Rl 7a is independently methyl, phenyl or ethyl; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6. C(=0) or CH2; each R6 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; e is 0, 1 , 2 or 3 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S, or NR6, e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, isopropyl and /er/-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
[0064] In some embodiments, Formula (ΧΙΓ) is
Figure imgf000048_0002
wherein R~ a is H or methyl; each of Q1 and Q2 is independently CH2, CF2, O, C(=0) or NR6; X5 is CH2, O, S or NR6; each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; each of R1 ? and Rl r,a is independently H, deuterium, F, CI, Br, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or tert-buty\; each of R17 and R17a is independently methyl, phenyl or ethyl; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6. C(=0) or CH2; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; e is 0, 1 , 2 or 3 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S, or NR6, e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, isopropyl and /erf-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000049_0001
[0065] In one aspect, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound disclosed herein; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient, diluent, adjuvant, vehicle or a combination thereof.
[0066] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions further comprising an anti-HCV agent. [0067] In other embodiments, the anti-HCV agent is an interferon, ribavirin, IL-2, IL-6, IL- 12, a compound that enhances the development of a type 1 helper T cell response, interfering RNA, anti-sense RNA, imiquimod, an inosine-5 '-monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, amantadine, rimantadine, ribavirin, bavituximab, hunman hepatitis C immune globulin (CIVACIR™), boceprevir, telaprevir, erlotinib, daclatasvir, simeprevir, asunaprevir, vaniprevir, faldaprevir, ABT-450, danoprevir, sovaprevir, MK-5172, vedroprevir. BZF-961 , GS-9256, narlaprevir, ANA975, ABT-267, EDP239, PPI-668, GS-5816, samatasvir (IDX-719), MK-8742, MK-8325, GSK-2336805, PPI-461. TMC-435, MK-7009, BI-2013335, ciluprevir, BMS-650032, ACH-1625, ACH- 1095, VX-985, IDX-375, VX-500, VX-813, PHX- 1766. PHX-2054, IDX- 136. IDX-316, EP-013420, VBY-376, TMC-649128, R-7128, PSI-7977, INX-1 89, IDX- 184, IDX102, R1479, UNX-08189, PSI-6130, PSI-938, PSI-879, HCV-796. HCV-371 , VCH-916, VCH-222, ANA-598, MK-3281 , ABT-333, ABT-072, PF-00868554, BI-207127, GS-9190, A-837093, JKT-109, Gl-59728, GL-60667. AZd-2795, TMC647055 or a combination thereof.
[0068] In other embodiments, the interferon is interferon a-2b. pegylated interferon a, interferon a-2a, pegylated interferon a-2a, consensus interferon- , or interferon γ.
[0069] In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprising at least one HCV inhibitor, and wherein the HCV inhibitor inhibits HCV viral protein, HCV replication or HCV viral protein and HCV replication, wherein the HCV viral protein is helicase, proteinase, polymerase, metalloproteinase, serine proteinase, non-structural protein NS4A, non-structural protein NS5A, or non-structural protein NS4B, and wherein the HCV replication is HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, internal ribosome entrysite (IRES) or inosine-5 '-monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH).
[0070] In other embodiments, provided herein is a compound or a pharmaceutical composition for use in inhibiting HCV viral protein, HCV replication or HCV viral protein and HCV replication, wherein the HCV viral protein is helicase, proteinase, polymerase, metalloproteinase, serine proteinase, non-structural protein NS4A, non-structural protein NS5A, or non-structural protein NS4B, and wherein the HCV replication is HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, internal ribosome entrysite (IRES) or inosine-5 -monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH).
[0071 ] In another aspect, provided herein is a compound or a pharmaceutical composition for use in preventing, managing, treating or lessening the severity of HCV infection or a HCV disorder in a patient.
[0072] In another aspect, provided herein is use of the compound or the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing, managing, treating or lessening the severity of HCV infection or a HCV disorder in a patient.
[0073] In another aspect, provided herein is use of the compound or pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein for preventing, managing, treating or lessening the severity of HCV infection or a HCV disorder in a patient, which comprises administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of the (a) compound or pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein to the patient.
[0074] In another aspect, provided herein include methods of preparing, methods of separating, and methods of purifying compounds of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI). (VII), (VIII), (IX). (X), (XI), (XII), (ΙΓ), (ΙΙΓ). (IV), (V), (VI') or (ΧΙΓ).
[0075] The foregoing merely summarizes certain aspects disclosed herein and is not intended to be limiting in nature. These aspects and other aspects and embodiments are described more fully below.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL TERMINOLOGY
[0076] Reference will now be made in detail to certain embodiments disclosed herein, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying structures and formulas. The invention is intended to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents that may be included within the scope disclosed herein as defined by the claims. One skilled in the art will recognize many methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein, which could be used in the practice disclosed herein. Described herein is in no way limited to the methods and materials. In the event that one or more of the incorporated literature, patents, and similar materials differ from or contradict this application, including but not limited to defined terms, term usage, described techniques, or the like, this application controls.
[0077] As used herein, the following definitions shall be applied unless otherwise indicated. For purposes disclosed herein, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, and the Handbook of Chemistry and Physics. 75th Ed. 1994. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry are described in Sorrell et al., "Organic Chemistry", University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999, and Smith et al., "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry" , John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2007, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
[0078] As described herein, compounds may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents, such as those illustrated above, or as exemplified by particular classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein. It will be appreciated that the phrase "optionally substituted" is used interchangeably with the phrase "substituted or unsubstituted". In general, the term "substituted" whether preceded by the term "optionally" or not, refers to the replacement of one or more hydrogen radicals in a given structure with the radical of a specified substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an optionally substituted group may have a substituent at each substitutable position of the group. When more than one position in a given structure can be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at each position. Wherein the substituents described herein include, but are not limited to, deuterium, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, oxo (=0), carboxy, hydroxy-substituted alkoxy, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, carboxyalkoxy, and the like.
[0079] The term "aliphatic" or "aliphatic group" refers to a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1 -10 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1 -8 carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1 -6 carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-4 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-3 carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples of aliphatic groups include linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl groups, as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, rZ-butyl, hexyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, vinyl, and the like.
[0080] The term "haloaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more of the same or different halogen atoms (i.e.. F. CI, Br or I,), wherein the aliphatic group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include trifluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, chloromethyl, 2-chlorovinyl, and the like.
[0081 ] The term "hydroxyaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, hydroxymethyl, and the like.
[0082] The term "aminoaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more amino groups, wherein the aliphatic group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-amino isopropyl, and the like.
[0083] The term "alkyl" refers to a saturated linear or branched chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twenty carbon atoms, or one to ten carbon atoms, or one to eight carbon atoms, or one to six carbon atoms, or one to four carbon atoms, or one to three carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described below. The examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me, -CH3), ethyl (Et, -CH2CH3), 1 -propyl (w-Pr, w-propyl, -CH2CH2CH3), 2-propyl ( -Pr, /-propyl, -CH(CH3)2), 1 -butyl (w-Bu, w-butyl. -CH2CH2CH2CH3). 2-methyl-propyl (i-Bu, /-butyl, -CH2CH(CH3)2). 2-butyl (s-B . . -butyl. -CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 2-methyl-2 -propyl ( -Bu, /-butyl, -C(CH3)3), 1 -pentyl (/7-pentyl, -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3), 3-pentyl (-CH(CH2CH3)2),
2- methyl-2-butyl (-C(CH3)2CH2CH3). 3-methyl-2-butyl (-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2).
3- methyl-l-butyl (-CH2CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-methyl-l-butyl (-CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3).
1 - hexyl (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-hexyl (-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3), 3-hexyl (-CH(CH2CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)), 2-methyl-2-pentyl (-C(CH3)2CH2CH2CH3). 3-methyl-2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH3). 4-methyl-2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-3-pentyl (-C(CH3)(CH2CH3)2),
2- methyl-3-pentyl (-CH(CH2CH3)CH(CH3)2), 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (-C(CH3)2CH(CH3)2), 3.3-dimethyl-2-butyl (-CH(CH3)C(CH3)3. 1 -heptyl. 1 -octyl, and the like. The terms "alkyl" and the prefix "alk-" are inclusive of both straight chain and branched saturated carbon chain. The term "alkylene", as used herein, represents a saturated divalent hydrocarbon group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon by the removal of two hydrogen atoms, and is exemplified by methylene, ethylene, isopropylene, and the like.
[0084] The term "alkenyl" refers to linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, or two to eight carbon atoms, or two to six carbon atoms, or two to four carbon atoms, with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e., a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond, wherein the alkenyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein, and includes radicals having "cis" and "trans" orientations, or alternatively, "E" and "Z" orientations. Some non-limiting examples include ethenyl or vinyl (-CH=CH2), allyl (-CH2CH=CH2), and the like.
[0085] The term "alkynyl" refers to a linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, or two to eight carbon atoms, or two to six carbon atoms, or two to four carbon atoms, with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e.. a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond, wherein the alkynyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. Some non-limiting examples include ethynyl (-C≡CH), propynyl (propargyl. -CH2C≡CH), and the like.
[0086] The terms "hydroxy-substituted alkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, 1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl, and the like.
[0087] The term "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more of the same or different halogen atoms (i.e., F, CI. Br or I,), wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include trifluoromethyl. trifluoroethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl. and the like.
[0088] The term "hydroxyalkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, hydroxymethyl, and the like.
[0089] The term "aminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more amino groups, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-amino isopropyl. and the like. [0090] The term "alkylene" refers to a saturated divalent hydrocarbon group derived from a straight or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon by the removal of two hydrogen atoms. The alkylene group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. The substituents include, but are not limited to, deuterium, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl. alkynyl. heterocyclyl. mercapto, nitro, or aryloxy. Some non-limiting examples include methylene, ethylene (-CH2-CH2-), isopropylidene (-CH2-CH(CH3)-), ethylidene,
2-methoxy- 1 , 1 -propylidene, 2-hydroxy- 1 , 1 -propylidene.
2-methyl-2-hydroxy-l ,l -propylidene, and the like.
[0091 ] The term "alkenylene" refers to an unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon group derived from a straight or branched-chain unsaturated hydrocarbon alkene by the removal of two hydrogen atoms. The alkenylene group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. The substituents include, but are not limited to, deuterium, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro. or aryloxy. Some non-limiting examples include ethenylene, isopropenylene, 3-methoxy-l , l -propenylidene.
2-methyl-l . l -butenylidene, and the like.
[0092] The term "carbocyclylene" or "cycloalkylene" refers to a saturated divalent hydrocarbon ring derived from a monocyclic ring having 3 to 12 carbon atoms or a bicyclic ring having 7 to 12 carbon atoms by the removal of two hydrogen atoms, wherein the carbocyclyl group or the cycloalkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene. cyclopentylene. cyclohexylene, 1 -cyclopent-l -enylene, 1 -cyclopent-2-enylene, and the like.
[0093] The term "heterocyclylene" refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic. or tricyclic ring system in which one or more ring members are an independently selected heteroatom and that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule, wherein the heterocyclyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include piperidin-l ,4-ylene, piperazin-l ,4-ylene, tetrahydrofuran-2,4-ylene, tetrahydrofuran-3.4-ylene, azetidin-1.3-ylene, pyrrolidin-l ,3-ylene, and the like.
[0094] The term "heterocyclylalkylene" refers to a divalent group derived from a heterocyclylalkyl by the removal of two hydrogen atoms, wherein the heterocyclylalkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include morpholin-4-methylmethylene, piperidin-N-methylmethylene, piperazin-4-ethyl- 1 -yl, piperidin-4-ethyl-l -yl. pyrrolidon-2-methyl-l -yl, and the like.
[0095] The term "haloalkylene" refers to haloalkyl system having two points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the haloalkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include difluoromethylene.
[0096] The term "arylene" refers to aryl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the aryl radical is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylene, /?-fluorophenylene, and the like.
[0097] The term "aralkylene" refers to aralkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the aralkyl radical is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include benzylene, phenylethylene, and the like.
[0098] The term "heteroarylene" refers to heteroaryl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the heteroaryl radical is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyridylene. pyrrylene. thiazolylene, imidazolylene, and the like.
[0099] The term "heteroarylalkylene" refers to heteroarylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the heteroarylalkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyridine-2-ethylene, thiazole-2-methylene, imidazole-2-ethylene, pyrimidine-2-methylene. and the like.
[00100] The term "fused bicyclylene" refers to fused bicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused bicyclyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3,6-ylene.
[00101 ] The term "fused heterobicyclylene" refers to fused heterobicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused heterobicyclyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3,6-ylene.
[00102] The term "fused bicyclylalkylene" refers to fused bicyclylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused bicyclylalkyl group is as defined herein.
[00103] The term "fused heterobicyclylalkylene" refers to fused heterobicyclylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused heterobicyclylalkyl group is as defined herein.
[00104] The term "spiro bicyclylene" refers to spiro bicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused spiro bicyclyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include 5-spiro[2,4]heptane-5,7-ylene, spiro[4.4]nonane-2,7-ylene, and the like.
[00105] The term "spiro heterobicyclylene" refers to spiro heterobicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused spiro heterobicyclyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include 5-azaspiro[2,4]heptane-5.7-ylene, 2-azaspiro[4,4]nonane-2.7-ylene, and the like.
[00106] The term "spiro bicyclylalkylene" refers to spiro bicyclylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused spiro bicyclylalkyl group is as defined herein.
[00107] The term "spiro heterobicyclylalkylene" refers to spiro heterobicyclylalkyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein the fused spiro heterobicyclylalkyl group is as defined herein.
[00108] The term "heteroalkyl" refers to hydrocarbon chain, inserted with one or more heteroatoms. Unless otherwise specified, heteroalkyl groups contain 1-10 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, heteroalkyl groups contain 1 -8 carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, heteroalkyl groups contain 1 -6 carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, heteroalkyl groups contain 1 -4 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, heteroalkyl groups contain 1 -3 carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples include CH3OCH2-, CH3CH2OCH2-, CH3SCH2-, (CH3)2NCH2-, (CH3)2CH2OCH2-, CH;,OCH2CH2-, CH3CH2OCH2CH2-, and the like.
[00109] The term "cycloaliphatic", "carbocycle", "carbocyclyl", or "cycloalkyl" refers to a monovalent or multivalent non-aromatic, saturated or partially unsaturated ring exclusive of heteroatoms, having 3 to 12 carbon atoms as a monocyclic ring or 7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicyclic ring. Bicyclic carbocycles having 7 to 12 atoms can be arranged, for example, as a bicyclo [4.5], [5,5], [5.6] or [6,6] system, and bicyclic carbocycles having 9 or 10 ring atoms can be arranged as a bicyclo [5,6] or [6,6] system. Some non-limiting examples of cycloaliphatic groups include cycloalkyl. cycloalkenyl, and cycloalkynyl. Further examples of cycloaliphatic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl. 1-cyclopentyl-l-enyl. l-cyclopentyl-2-enyl. l-cyclopentyl-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1 -cyclohexyl-l-enyl, l-cyclohexyl-2-enyl, l-cyclohexyl-3-enyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl. cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl, cyclododecyl, and the like. The term "cycloaliphatic", "carbocycle". "carbocyclyl", or "cycloalkyl" may be substituted or unsubstituted. wherein the substitutent may be. but is not limited to, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano. aryl. heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl, alkenyl. alkynyl, heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro. aryloxy, hydroxy-substituted alkoxy, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-. hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, carboxy alkoxy. and the like.
[001 10] The term "cycloalkyloxy" or "carbocyclyloxy" refers to an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or carbocyclyl radical, as defined herein, attached to an oxygen atom, wherein the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropyloxy. cyclopentyloxy. cyclohexyloxy. hydroxy-substituted cyclopropyloxy. and the like.
Γ001 1 1 ] The term "cycloalkylamino" refers to an amino group substituted with one or two cycloalkyl radicals, wherein the cycloalkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylamino, cyclopentylamino. cyclohexylamino, hydroxy-substituted cyclopropylamino, dicyclohexylamino, dicyclopropylamino, and the like.
[001 12] The term "carbocyclyloxyalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more carbocyclyloxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group and carbocyclyloxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropyloxymethoxy, cyclopropyloxyethoxy, cyclopentyloxyethoxy. cyclohexyloxyethoxy, cyclohexenyl-3-oxyethoxy, and the like.
[001 13] The term "cycloalkyloxyaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more cycloalkyloxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group and cycloalkyloxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropyloxymethyl. cyclopropyloxyethyl, cyclopentyloxymethyl. cyclopentyloxyethyl, cyclohexyloxyethyl. halocyclopropyloxyethyl, and the like.
[001 14] The term "cycloalkylaminoaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more cycloalkylamino groups, wherein the aliphatic group and cycloalkylamino group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylaminomethyl, cyclopropylaminoethyl, cyclopentylaminomethyl. cyclopentylaminoethyl, cyclohexylaminoethyl, halocyclopropylaminoethyl, and the like.
[001 15] The term "cycloalkylaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more cycloalkyl groups, wherein the cycloalkyl group and aliphatic group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylpropyl, cyclopentylmethyl. cyclohexylethyl, and the like.
[001 16] The term "cycloalkylalkoxy" or "carbocyclylalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more cycloalkyl groups or carbocyclyl groups, wherein the carbocyclyl group, cycloalkyl group and alkoxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopropylethoxy, cyclopentylethoxy, cyclohexylethoxy, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopropylpropoxy, and the like.
[001 17] The term "heterocycle", "heterocyclyl", "heterocycloaliphatic", or "heterocyclic" as used interchangeably herein refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic. or tricyclic ring system in which one or more ring members are an independently selected heteroatom and that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation. but not aromatic having a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. One or more ring atoms are optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. In some embodiments, the "heterocycle", "heterocyclyl", "heterocycloaliphatic" or "heterocyclic" group is a monocycle having 3 to 7 ring members (e.g.. 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P or S, wherein the S or P is optionally substituted with one or more oxo to provide the group SO or S02. PO or P02. with the proviso that when the ring is a 3-membered ring, there is only one heteroatom) or a bicycle having 7 to 10 ring members (e.g. , 4 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O. P or S. wherein the S or P is optionally substituted with one or more oxo to provide the group SO or S02, PO or P02).
[001 18] The heterocyclyl may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical. "Heterocyclyl" also includes radicals where heterocycle radicals are fused with a saturated, partially unsaturated ring, or heterocyclic ring. Some non-limiting examples of heterocyclic rings include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl. piperidyl. morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thioxanyl. thiazolidinyl. oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl. homopiperazinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl. epoxypropyl (oxiranyl), azepanyl. oxepanyl. thiepanyl. 4-methoxy-piperidin- l -yl. 1 .2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine- l -yl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl. nvrrol id i n- 1 -vl. 2-Dvrrolinvl. 3-Dvrrolinvl. 2H-indolinyl. 2H-pyranyl. 4H-pyrany , dioxolan-2-yl, 1 ,3-dioxopenyl, pyrazolinyl, dithianyl, ditholanyl, dihydrothienyl, pyrazolidinylimidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 1.2.3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 1 ,2,6-dithiazinyl, 1 , 1 -dioxo-2-yl, 4-hydroxy- 1 ,4-azaphosphine-4-oxide- 1 -yl, 2-hydroxy- 1 -(piperazin- 1 -yl)ethanone-4-yl, 2-hydroxy- 1 -(5,6-dihydro- 1 ,2,4- triazin-l (4H)-yl)ethanone-4-yl, 5,6-dihydro-4H- l ,2,4-oxadiazine-4-yl,
2- hydroxy- l -(5,6-diludine- l (2H)-yl)ethanone-4-yl, 3-azabicyclo[3, l .0]hexyl,
3- azabicyclo[4,l ,0]heptyl, azabicyclo[2.2,2]hexyl, 2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l ,2,4]triazole[l ,5-c] pyrimidine-6-yl, 4,5,6,7-teterhydro-isoxazolo[4,3-c] pyrimidine-5-yl, 3H-indoxyl-2-oxo-5-azabicyclo[2,2, 1 ]heptane-5-yl, 2-oxo-5-azabicyclo[2,2.2]octane-5-yl. quinolizinyl and N-pyridyl urea. Some non-limiting examples of a heterocyclic ring include 1.1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl and heterocyclic group wherein 2 carbon atoms on the ring are substituted with oxo (=0) moieties are pyrimidindionyl. The heterocyclic groups herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein the substituent may be, but is not limited to. oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino. alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro. aryloxy. hydroxy-substituted alkoxy, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)2-. hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, carboxy alkoxy. and the like.
[001 19] The term "heterocyclylalkyl" refers to heterocyclic-substituted alkyl radical. The term "heterocyclylalkoxy" refers to heterocyclic-substituted alkoxy radical wherein oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule. The term "heterocyclylalkylamino" refers to heterocyclic-substituted alkylamino radical wherein nitrogen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule. Wherein the heterocyclyl. alkyl, alkoxy and alkylamino group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-ylmethyl, morpholin-4-ylethyl, morpholin-4-ylethoxy. piperazin-4-ylethoxy. piperidin-4-ylethylamino. and the like.
[00120] The term "heterocyclylaliphatic" refers to heterocyclic-substituted aliohatic erouo. wherein the heterocyclic radical and aliphatic group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-ylmethyl, piperidin-2-ylethyl, piperazin-2-ylethyl, piperidin-2-ylmethyl, and the like.
[00121 ] The term "heterocyclyloxy" refers to optionally substituted heterocyclyl radical, as defined herein, connected to an oxygen atom, and the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule. Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-yloxy, pyrrol-3-yloxy, piperidin-2-yloxy, piperidin-3-yloxy, piperazin-2-yloxy, piperidin-4-yloxy. and the like.
[00122] The term "heterocyclylamino" refers to an amino group substituted with one or two heterocyclyl groups, wherein the heterocyclyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-ylamino, pyrrol-3-ylamino, piperidin-2-ylamino, piperidin-3-ylamino, piperidin-4-ylamino, piperazin-2-ylamino. dipyrrol-2-ylamino, and the like.
[00123] The term "heterocyclyloxyalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy radical substituted with one or more heterocyclyloxy groups, wherein the alkoxy radical and heterocyclyloxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-yloxymethoxy. pyrrol-3-yloxyethoxy. piperidin-2-yloxyethoxy, piperidin-3-yloxyethoxy. piperazin-2-yloxymethoxy, piperidin-4-yloxyethoxy, and the like.
[00124] The term "heterocyclyloxyaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more heterocyclyloxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group and heterocyclyloxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-yloxymethyl. piperazin-3-yloxyethyl. piperazin-2-yloxyethyl. morpholin-2-yloxymethyl. piperidin-2-yloxyethyl. and the like.
[00125] The term "heterocyclylaminoaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more heterocyclylamino groups, wherein the aliphatic group and heterocyclylamino group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyrrol-2-ylaminomethyl, piperazin-3-lyaminoethyl. piperazin-2-lyaminoethyl. piperidin-2-lyaminoethyl. morpholin-2-lyaminomethyl, and the like.
[00126] The term "heteroatom" refers to one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon, including any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, or phosphorus; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen; or a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example, N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
[00127] The term "halogen" refers to F, CI, Br or I.
[00128] The term "unsaturated" as used herein, refers to a moiety having one or more units of unsaturation.
[00129] The term "alkoxy" refers to an alkyl group, as previously defined, attached to the principal carbon chain through an oxygen ("alkoxy") atom. Some non-limiting examples include methoxy. ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and the like. And the alkoxy defined above may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein the substituent may be, but is not limited to. hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, thiol, nitro. and the like.
[00130] The term "hydroxy-substituted alkoxy" or "hydroxyalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group is as defined above. Some non-limiting examples include hydroxymethoxy. 2-hydroxyethoxy, 2-hydroxypropoxy, 2-hydroxyisopropoxy. and the like.
[00131 ] The term "aminoalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more amino groups, wherein the alkoxy group is as defined above. Some non-limiting examples include aminomethoxy. 2-aminoethoxy, 2-aminopropoxy, 2-aminoisopropoxy. and the like.
[00132] The term "azidoalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more azido groups, wherein the alkoxy group is as defined above. Some non-limiting examples include 2-azidoethoxy, 3-azidopropoxy. 2-azidopropoxy, and the like.
[00133] The term "alkoxyalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group is as defined above. Some non-limiting examples include methoxymethoxy, methoxyethoxy, ethoxymethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, ethoxypropoxy, and the like.
[00134] The term "alkoxyaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group and alkoxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include methoxymethyl. ethoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl, ethoxypropenyl, and the like.
[00135] The term "alkylaminoaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more alkylamino groups, wherein the aliphatic group and alkylamino group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include dimethylaminoethyl. methylaminoethyl, diethylaminomethyl, diethylaminoethyl, and the like.
[00136] The term "alkylthioaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more alkylthio groups, wherein the aliphatic group and alkylthio group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include methylthioethyl, methylthiopropyl, ethylthioethyl, methylthiopropenyl, and the like.
[00137] The term "haloalkyl", "haloalkenyl" or "haloalkoxy" refers to an alkyl group, alkenyl group or alkoxy group substituted with one or more halogen atoms. Some non-limiting examples include trifluoromethyl, 2-chloro-ethenyl. trifluoromethoxy, and the like.
[00138] The term "aryl" used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in "aralkyl". "arylalkoxy" or "aryloxyalkyl" refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic carbocyclic ring systems having a total of six to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members and that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. The term "aryl" may be used interchangeably with the term "aryl ring". Some non-limiting examples of aryl rings include phenyl, naphthyl, and anthryl. The aryl may be substituted or unsubstituted. wherein the substituents include, but are not limited to, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro, aryloxy, hydroxy-substituted alkoxy, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-. carboxy alkoxy, and the like.
[00139] The term "arylaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein the aliphatic group and the aryl group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylethyl, benzyl, (p-tolyl)ethyl, styryl, and the like.
[00140] The term "aryloxy" refers to optionally substituted aryl radicals, as defined herein, attached to an oxygen atom, wherein the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule. Wherein the aryl radical is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenyloxy. methylphenyloxy, ethylphenyloxy, and the like.
[00141] The term "arylamino" refers to an amino group substituted with one or two aryl groups, wherein the aryl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylamino, ( -fluorophenyl)amino. diphenylamino, ditolylamino. (di- -tolyl)amino, and the like.
[00142] The term "aryloxyalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more aryloxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group and the aryloxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenyloxymethoxy, phenyloxyethoxy, phenyloxypropoxy. and the like.
[00143] The term "aryloxyaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more aryloxy groups, wherein the aryloxy group and the aliphatic group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenyloxymethyl. phenyloxyethyl, phenyloxypropyl, and the like.
[00144] The tem "arylaminoaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more arylamino groups, wherein the arylamino group and the aliphatic group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylaminomethyl, phenylaminoethyl, tolylaminoethyl, phenylaminopropyl, phenylaminoallyl, and the like.
[00145] The term "arylalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein the aryl group and the alkoxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylmethoxy, phenylethoxy, (p-tolyl)methoxy, phenylpropoxy, and the like.
[00146] The term "arylalkylamino" refers to an alkylamino group substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein the aryl group and the alkylamino group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include phenylmethylamino, phenylethylamino. phenylpropylamino, (p-tolyl)methylamino, and the like.
[00147] The term "heteroaryl" used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in "heteroarylalkyl" or " heteroarylalkoxy" refers to monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, and at least one ring in the system is inclusive of one or more heteroatoms. wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members and that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. The term "heteroaryl" may be used interchangeably with the term "heteroaryl ring" or "heteroaromatic compound". The heteroaryl defined herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. wherein the substituents include, but are not limited to. hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl. alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl. alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro, aryloxy, hydroxy-substituted alkoxy, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, carboxy alkoxy, and the like.
[00148] Some non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryl rings include the following monocycles: 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, N-imidazolyl. 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-oxazolyl,
4- oxazolyl. 5-oxazolyl, 4-methylisoxazolyl-5-yl, N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3- pyrrolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl. pyrimidine-5-yl, pyridazinyl (e.g. , 3 -pyridazinyl). 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl.
5- thiazolyl. tetrazolyl (e.g. , 5-tetrazolyl), triazolyl (e.g. , 2-triazolyl and 5-triazolyl), 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, pyrazolyl (e.g.. 2-pyrazolyl), isothiazolyl. 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1.2.3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazolyl. 1 ,3.4-thiadiazolyl. 1 .2.5-thiadiazolyl, l ,3.4-fhiadiazol-2-yl. pyrazinyl, pyrazine-2-yl, 1 .3.5-triazinyl. benzo[i/]thiazol-2-yl, imidazo[ l ,5-a]pyridin-6-yl, and the following bicycles: benzimidazolyl. benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl (e.g. , 2-indolyl). purinyl. quinolinyl (e.g. ,
2- quinolinyl, 3-quinolinyl, 4-quinolinyl). or isoquinolinyl (e.g.. 1 -isoquinolinyl.
3- isoquinolinyl, or 4-isoquinolinyl).
[00149] The term "heteroaryloxy" refers to an optionally substituted aryl radical, as defined herein, attached to an oxygen atom, wherein the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule. Some non-limiting examples include pyrid-2-yloxy, thiazol-2-yloxy, imidazol-2-yloxy. pyrimidin-2-yloxy, and the like.
[00150] The term "heteroaryloxyaliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group substituted with one or more heteroaryloxy groups, wherein the aliphatic group and the heteroaryloxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include pyrid-2-yloxyethyl, thiazol-2-yloxymethyl. imidazol-2-yloxyethyl, pyrimidin-2-yloxypropyl, and the like. [00151 ] The term "sulfonyl", whether used alone or linked to other terms such as "alkylsulfonyl", refers to respectively divalent radicals -SO2-. The term "alkylsulfonyl", refers to a sulfonyl radical substituted with an alkyl radical, forming an alkylsulfonyl (-SO2CH3).
[00152] The term "sulfamyl", "aminosulfonyl" or "sulfonamidyl" refer to a sulfonyl radical substituted with an amine radical, forming a sulfonamide (-SO2NH2).
[00153] The term "carboxy" or "carboxyl", whether used alone or with other terms, such as "carboxyalkyl", refers to -CO2H.
[00154] The term "carbonyl", whether used alone or with other terms, such as "aminocarbonyl" or "carbonyloxy", refers to -(C=0)-.
[00155] The term "carboxyalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more carboxy groups, wherein the alkoxy group and the carboxy group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include carboxymethoxy. carboxyethoxy. and the like.
[00156] The term "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" refers to aryl -substituted alkyl radicals. In some embodiments, aralkyl radicals are "lower aralkyl" radicals having aryl radicals attached to alkyl radicals having one to six carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aralkyl radicals are "phenylalkylenyl" attached to alkyl portions having one to three carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include benzyl, diphenylmethyl and phenylethyl. The aryl in said aralkyl can be additionally substituted with halo, alkyl, alkoxy. haloalkyl or haloalkoxy.
[00157] The term "alkylthio" refers to radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom. In other embodiments, alkylthio radicals are lower alkylthio radicals having one to three carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples of "alkylthio" include methylthio (CH3S-). [00158] The term "haloalkylthio" refers to radicals containing a haloalkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom. In other embodiments, haloalkylthio radicals are lower haloalkylthio radicals having one to three carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples of "haloalkylthio" include trifluoromethylthio.
[00159] The term "alkylamino" refers to "N-alkylamino" and "N,N-dialkylamino" wherein amino groups are independently substituted with one alkyl radical or with two alkyl radicals, respectively. In other embidiments, alkylamino radicals are "lower alkylamino" radicals having one or two alkyl radicals of one to six carbon atoms, attached to a nitrogen atom. In still other embodiments, alkylamino radicals are lower alkylamino radicals having one to three carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples of suitable alkylamino radicals include mono or dialkylamino such as jV-methylamino, iV-ethylamino, jV,N-dimethylamino, N.^V-diethylamino. and the like.
[00160] The term "alkylaminohaloalkoxy" refers to a haloalkoxy group substituted with one or more alkylamino groups, wherein the haloalkoxy group and the alkylamino group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples include methylaminodifluoromethoxy, ethylaminotrifluoromethoxy, and the like.
[00161 ] The term "heteroarylamino" refers to amino groups substituted with one or two heteroaryl radicals, wherein the heteroaryl radical is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of heteroarylamino include N-thienylamino. In other embodiments, the "heteroarylamino" radicals include substituted on the heteroaryl ring portion of the radical.
[00162] The term "heteroarylaliphatic" refers to aliphatic groups substituted with one or more heteroaryl radicals, wherein the heteroaryl radical and the aliphatic group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of heteroarylaliphatic include thiophen-2-ylpropenyl. pyridin-4-ylethyl, imidazol-2-methyl, furan-2-ethyl, indole-3-methyl, and the like.
[00163] The term "heteroarylalkyl" refers to alkyl groups substituted with one or more heteroaryl radicals, wherein the heteroaryl radical and the alkyl group are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of heteroarylalkyl include imidazol-2-methyl, furan-2-ethyl, indol-3-mefhyl, and the like.
[00164] The term "heteroarylalkylamino" refers to nitrogen-containing heteroarylalkyl radicals attached through a nitrogen atom to other radicals, wherein the heteroarylalkyl radicals is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of heteroarylalkylamino include pyridin-2-methylamino, thiazol-2-ethylamino, imidazol-2-ethylamino, pyrimidin-2-propylamino. pyrimidin-2-methylamino. and the like.
[00165] The term "aminoalkyl" refers to a linear or branched-alkyl radical having one to ten carbon atoms, substituted with one or more amino radicals. In some embodiments, aminoalkyl radicals are "lower aminoalkyl" radicals having one to six carbon atoms and one or more amino radicals. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include aminomethyl, aminoethyl, aminopropyl. aminobutyl and aminohexyl.
[00166] The term "alkylaminoalkyl" refers to alkyl radicals substituted with alkylamino radicals. In some embodiments, alkylaminoalkyl radicals are "lower alkylaminoalkyl" radicals having alkyl radicals of one to six carbon atoms. In other embodiments, alkylaminoalkyl radicals are lower alkylaminoalkyl radicals having alkyl radicals of one to three carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples of suitable alkylaminoalkyl radicals include mono and dialkyl substituted, such as N-mefhylaminomethyl, N.N-dimethyl-aminoethyl, N.N-diethylaminomethyl, and the like.
[00167] The term "carboxyalkyl" refers to a linear or branched alkyl radical having one to ten carbon atoms substituted with one or more carboxy radicals. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include carboxymethyl, carboxypropyl, and the like.
[00168] The term "aryloxy" refers to optionally substituted aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an oxygen atom, wherein the oxygen atom serves as the attaching point to the rest of the molecule. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include phenoxy.
[00169] The term "heteroarylalkoxy" refers to oxy-containing heteroarylalkyl radicals attached through an oxygen atom to other radicals, wherein the heteroarylalkyl radical is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include pyridin-2-ylmethoxy, thiazol-2-ylethoxy, imidazol-2-ylethoxy, pyrimidin-2-ylpropoxy, pyrimidin-2-ylmethoxy, and the like.
[00170] The term "cycloalkylalkyl" refers to cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl radicals. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include cyclohexylmethyl. The cycloalkyl in the radicals may be additionally substituted with halo, alkyl. alkoxy or hydroxy.
[00171] The term "fused bicyclic". "fused cyclic", "fused bicyclyl" or "fused cyclyl" refer to unsaturated or saturated fused cyclic system and bridged ring system that is not aromatic. For example, as depicted below (Formula (al )), ring Al and ring A2 share a bond that is a alkyl or heteroalkyl chain, wherein j is 0, 1. 2. 3 or 4. Such a system may contain isolated or conjugated unsaturation, but not aromatic or heteroaromatic rings in its core structure (but may have aromatic substitution thereon). Each cyclic ring in a fused bicyclyl can be either a carbocyclic or a heteroalicyclic. Some non-limiting examples of fused bicyclic ring system or bridged ring system include hexahydro-furo[3 ,2-6]furan, 2.3,3a.4.7,7i/-hexahydro- 1 H-indene,
7-azabicyclo[2.3.0]heptane, fused bicyclo[3.3.0]octane, fused bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane. bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane. 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane, and 1.2.3,4,4«,5.8.8o-octahydro- naphthalene. The fused bicyclyl defined herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. wherein the substituents include, but are not limited to. deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano. aryl, heteroaryl. alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl. heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro. aryloxy. hydroxy-substituted alkoxy, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-. hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, carboxy alkoxy. and the like.
Figure imgf000073_0001
[00172] The term "fused heterobicyciyl" refers to unsaturated or saturated fused cyclic system and bridged ring system that is not aromatic. Such a system may contain isolated or conjugated unsaturation, but not aromatic or heteroaromatic rings in its core structure (but may have aromatic substitution thereon). And at least one ring in the system is inclusive of one or more heteroatoms, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members, e.g.. 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P or S, wherein the S or P is optionally substituted with one or more oxo to provide the group SO or SOi, PO or P02. Some non-limiting examples of fused heterobicyclic ring system include hexahydro-furo[3,2-&]furan.
6- azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, 2-azabicyclo[3.1.OJheptane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.OJheptane. 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, and the like. The fused heterobicyciyl defined herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein the substituents include, but are not limited to, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano. aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy. alkylamino, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl. heterocyclyl. mercapto, nitro, aryloxy. hydroxy-substituted alkoxy, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, carboxy alkoxy, and the like.
[00173] The term "spirocyclyl", "spirocyclic", "spiro bicyclyl" or "spiro bicyclic" refers to a ring originating from a particular annular carbon of another ring. For example, as depicted below, ring A and ring B share a carbon atom between the two saturated ring system, which terms as a "spirocyclyl" or "spiro bicyclyl". Each cyclic ring in the spirocyclyl or spiro bicyclyl can be either a carbocyclic or a heteroalicyclic. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include 2,7-diaza-spiro[4.4]non-2-yl.
7- oxo-2-azaspiro[4.5]dec-2-yl. 4-azaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl. 4-oxaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl. 5-azaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl. spiro[2.4]heptyl. spiro[4.4]nonyl, 7-hydroxy-5-azaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl, and the like. The spirocyclyl or spiro bicyclyl may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein the substituents include, but are not limited to, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl. alkenyl, alkynyl. heterocyclyl. mercapto, nitro. aryloxy. hydroxy-substituted alkoxy, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, carboxy alkoxy, and the like.
Figure imgf000074_0001
[00174] The term "spiro bicyclylene" refers to spiro bicyclyl system having two connection points connected to the rest of the molecule, wherein spiro bicyclyl radical is as defined herein.
[00175] The terms "spiro heterobicyclyl" refers to a ring originating from a particular annular carbon of another ring. For example, as depicted above, ring A and ring B share a carbon atom between the two saturated ring system, which terms as a "spirocyclyl". And at least one ring in the system is inclusive of one or more heteroatoms, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members, e.g.. 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P or S, wherein the S or P is optionally substituted with one or more oxo to provide the group SO or S02. PO or P02. Some non-limiting examples of such radicals include 4-azaspiro[2,4]hept-5-yl. 4-oxaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl. 5-azaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl. 7-hydroxy-5-azaspiro[2.4]hept-5-yl, 5-azaspiro[2,4]hept-6-yl. 1 ,4-dioxo-7-azaspiro [4.4]non-8-yl, and the like. The spiro heterobicyclyl defined herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein the substituents include, but are not limited to, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl. heteroaryl, alkoxy. alkylamino. alkyl. alkenyl. alkynyl. heterocyclyl, mercapto, nitro, aryloxy. hydroxy-substituted alkoxy. hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, carboxy alkoxy, and the like.
[00176] As described herein, the group derived from a-amino acid refers to an a-amino acid radical derived from an a-amino acid by the removal of one hydroxy in carboxy, which attached to X or X', and the group derived from a-amino acid is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, I, hydroxy or cyano. For example.
Figure imgf000075_0001
[00177] As described herein, a bond drawn from a substituent to the center of one ring within a ring system (as shown in Figure a) represents substitution of the substituent (R5a)f at any substitutable position on the rings (Wl , W2. and W). For example, Figure a represents possible substitution in any of the positions on the Wl . W2. and W ring.
Figure imgf000075_0002
Figure [00178] As described herein, two attaching points either E or E", within a ring system (as shown in Figure b), attach to the rest of the molecule, e.g. , E and E' may be used interchangeably with each other.
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure (b)
[00179] As described herein, a dot line drawn together with a bond within a ring system (as shown in Figure c) represents either a double bond or a single bond. For example, structure in Figure c represents any structures selected from Figure d.
V5 ^
II I
Figure (c)
Figure imgf000076_0002
Figure (d)
[00180] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric {e.g. , enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, (Z) and {E) double bond isomers, and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, or geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope disclosed herein.
[00181] The term "prodrug" refers to a compound that is transformed in vivo into a compound of Formula (I). Such a transformation can be affected, for example, by hydrolysis in blood or enzymatic transformation of the prodrug form to the parent form in blood or tissue. Prodrugs of the compounds disclosed herein may be, for example, esters. Esters that may be utilized as prodrugs in the present invention are phenyl esters, aliphatic (C 1 -C24) esters, acyloxymethyl esters, carbonates, carbamates, and amino acid esters. For example, a compound disclosed herein that contains an OH group may be acylated at this position in its prodrug form. Other prodrug forms include phosphates, such as, for example those phosphates resulting from the phosphonation of an OH group on the parent compound. A thorough discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi et al.. Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14. A.C.S. Symposium Series; Roche, et al. ed.. Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press. 1987; Rautio et al.. Prodrugs: Design and Clinical Applications, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery, 2008, 7. 255-270. and Hecker et al. Prodrugs of Phosphates and Phosphonates. J. Med. Chem.. 2008. 51. 2328-2345. all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
[00182] Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds disclosed herein are within the scope of the invention. Additionally, unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
[00183] A "metabolite" is a product produced through metabolism in the body of a specified compound or salt thereof. Metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art and their activities determined using tests such as those described herein. Such products may result for example from the oxidation, reduction. hydrolysis. amidation. deamidation. esterification. deesterification, enzyme cleavage, and the like, of the administered compound. Accordingly, the invention includes metabolites of compounds disclosed herein. including compounds produced by a process comprising contacting a compound disclosed herein with a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof.
[00184] Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow Parker et al., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York and Eliel et al.. "Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1994. The compounds disclosed herein may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds disclosed herein, including but not limited to, diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof such as racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e.. they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L, or R and S, are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process. The term "racemic mixture" or "racemate" refers to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
[00185] The term "tautomer" or "tautomeric form" refers to structural isomers of different energies which are interconvertible via a low energy barrier. Some non-limiting examples of proton tautomers (also known as prototropic tautomers) include interconversions via migration of a proton, such as keto-enol and imine-enamine isomerizations. Valence tautomers include interconversions by reorganization of some of the bonding electrons.
[00186] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to organic or inorganic salts of a compound disclosed herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, Berge et al.. describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmacol Sci, 1977, 66: 1 - 19, which is incorporated herein by reference. Some non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically salts include salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate. camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate. digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate. formate, fumarate. glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate. heptanoate. hexanoate. hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate. lactobionate, lactate, laurate, laurylsulfate, malate. sodium malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate. nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate. picrate. pivalate. propionate, stearate, thiocyanate. p-toluenesulfonate. undecanoate. valerate salts, and the like. Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N+(Ci-4 alkyl) salts. This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oilsoluble or dispersable products may be obtained by such quaternization. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide. hydroxide, carboxylate. sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, Ci-8 sulfonate or aryl sulfonate.
[00187] A "solvate" refers to an association or complex of one or more solvent molecules and a compound disclosed herein. Some non-limiting examples of solvents that form solvates include water, isopropanol. ethanol, methanol, DMSO. ethyl acetate, acetic acid, and ethanolamine. The term "hydrate" refers to the complex where the solvent molecule is water.
[00188] The term "protecting group" or "Pg" refers to a substituent that is commonly employed to block or protect a particular functionality while reacting with other functional groups on the compound. For example, an "amino-protecting group" is a substituent attached to an amino group that blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound. Some non-limiting examples of suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC). benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ) and 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). Similarly, a "hydroxy-protecting group" refers to a substituent of a hydroxy group that blocks or protects the hydroxy functionality. Some non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxy-protecting groups include acetyl and silyl. A "carboxy-protecting group"" refers to a substituent of the carboxy group that blocks or protects the carboxy functionality. Some non-limiting examples of common carboxy-protecting groups include -CFF^CFbSC^Ph. cyanoethyl. 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl) ethoxymethyl. 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(p-nitrophenylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(diphenyl phosphino)-ethyl, nitroethyl, and the like. For a general description of protecting groups and their use. see Greene et al.. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons. New York. 1991 and Kocienski et al.. Protecting Groups, Thieme. Stuttgart, 2005.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
[00189] Disclosed herein are bridge ring compounds, and pharmaceutical formulations thereof, that are useful in inhibiting HCV infection, especially inhibiting the activity of the non-structural 5A ("NS5A") protein.
[00190] In one aspect, provided herein are compounds having Formula (I) as shown below:
Figure imgf000081_0001
or a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer. an N-oxide, a hydrate, a solvate, a metabolite, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a prodrug thereof, wherein each of A and A' is independently a bond, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-,
-(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. (CReR8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CReRea)p- -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R-)-(CR8R8a)p-, or -(CR8R8a)„-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A* is independently
Figure imgf000081_0002
Figure imgf000082_0001
wherein each X1 is independently O, S. NR6, or CR7R7a; each X2 is independently NR6, O or S; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7a;
X4 is (CR7R7a)n. ^γ1=γ 5 o, S or NR6;
Figure imgf000082_0002
is carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl; each Υ' and Y2 is independently N or CR7;
Z is -(CH2)a-, -CH=CH-, -N=CH-, -(CH2)a-N(R5)-(CH2)b-. or -(CH2)a-0-(CH2)b- wherein each a and b is independently 0. 1 , 2 or 3; each c is independently 1 or 2; each d is independently 1 or 2; each n is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each r is independently 0, 1 or 2; e is 0, 1. 2, 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X is O, S or NR , e is 1 ; f is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of X and X' is independently N or CR7; each of Y and Y' is independently H, deuterium, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl. a group derived from a-amino acid or an optical isomer thereof, or each of Y and Y' is independently
Figure imgf000083_0001
-U-(CRVVR,2 or -[U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CRVa)t-O-(CR9R9a)rR12; each U is independently -C(=0)-. -C(=S)-, -S(=0)- or -S(=0)2-; each t is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each k is independently 0, 1 or 2; each of R1, R2. R3 and R4 is independently H, deuterium, alkyl. heteroalkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or aryl; or R1 and R2, together with X-CH they are attached to. optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle. C5-i 2 fused bicycle, C5.12 fused heterobicycle. C -12 spiro bicycle or C5.12 spiro heterobicycle; or R and R , together with X'-CH they are attached to. optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, C - 12 fused bicycle. C5-i2 fused heterobicycle, C -i2 spiro bicycle or C5 - i 2 spiro heterobicycle: each R5 is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, alkyl-OC(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, alkyl-OS(=0) , alkyl-S(=0)rO-, alkyl-S(=0)r- or aminosulfonyl; each R5a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a. -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a. -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a, R7R7aN-S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, R7aR7N-alkyl, R7S(=0)-alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkyl, R7aR7N-alkoxy, R7S(=0)-alkoxy, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkoxy. aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl. alkynyl, heterocyclyl. cycloalkyl, mercapto, nitro, aralkyl, arylamino, heteroarylamino. arylalkylamino, heteroarylalkylamino, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylamino. heterocyclylalkylamino or aryloxy; each R6 is independently H. deuterium. R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-. aliphatic, haloaliphatic. hydroxyaliphatic, aminoaliphatic, alkoxyaliphatic, alkylaminoaliphatic, alkylthioaliphatic. arylaliphatic, heteroarylaliphatic, heterocyclylaliphatic. cycloalkylaliphatic, aryloxyaliphatic. heterocyclyloxyaliphatic. cycloalkyloxyaliphatic, arylaminoaliphatic, heterocyclylaminoaliphatic. cycloalkylaminoaliphatic. aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or carbocyclyl; each R6d is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, amino, F. CI. Br, I, cyano. oxo (=0), R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a, -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a. -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a, R7R7a -S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, R7aR7N-alkyl, R7S(=0)-alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkyl, R7aR7N-alkoxy. R7S(=0)-alkoxy. R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkoxy. aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy. alkylamino, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, mercapto. nitro. aralkyl, arylamino, heteroarylamino, arylalkylamino. heteroarylalkylamino, heteroaryloxy. heteroarylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy. heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylamino. heterocyclylalkylamino, or aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, F. CI, aliphatic, heteroalkyl, haloaliphatic, hydroxyaliphatic, aminoaliphatic, alkoxyaliphatic, alkylaminoaliphatic, alkylthioaliphatic, arylaliphatic, heterocyclylaliphatic, cycloalkylaliphatic, aryloxyaliphatic, heterocyclyloxyaliphatic, cycloalkyloxyaliphatic, arylaminoaliphatic, heterocyclylaminoaliphatic, cycloalkylaminoaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or carbocyclyl, with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; each R8 and R8a is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro. F. CI, Br, I, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl. heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, alkyl-OC(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, alkyl-OS(=0)c-, alkyl-S(=0)cO, alkyl-S(=0)c-, or aminosulfonyl; each R9, R9a. R10 and R1 1 is independently H, deuterium, alkyl. heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl. heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; each R12 is independently R13aRl 3N-, -C(=0)R13. -C(=S)R13. -C(=0)-0-R13. -C(=0)NR13R13a. -OC(=0)NR13R13a. -OC(=0)OR13. -N(R13)C(=0)NRl 3R13a. -N(R13)C(=0)ORl 3a, -N(Rl 3)C(=0)-R13a, R13R13aN-S(=0)2-, R13S(=0)2-. Rl 3S(=0)2N(R13a)-, R13OS(=0)2-, alkyl. heteroalkyl. cycloalkyl. heterocyclyl, aryl. heteroaryl or aralkyl; or R1 1 and R12 are optionally joined to form a 4-7 membered ring; and each R13 and R13a is independently H. deuterium, alkyl. heteroalkyl. cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or aralkyl; wherein each of -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R )-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-. - 8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R )-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-,
Figure imgf000086_0001
2,
-U-(CR9R9a)t-R1 2, - [U-CCR'R^^-N R' ^-CCR'R^l -U-iCR'R^-O-iCR ^-R1 2. NR6, CR7R7a, CR7, -(CH2)a-, -CH=CH-, -N=CH-, -(CH2)a-N(R5)-(CH2)b-. -(CH2)a-0-(CH2)b-, R13 aR1 3N-, -C(=0)R1 3, -C(=S)R1 3. -C(=0)-0-R 1 3. -C(=0)NR1 3R1 3 a, -OC(=0)NR1 3R1 3a, -OC(=0)OR1 3. -N(R1 3)C(=0)NR1 3Rl a. -N(Rl 3)C(=0)OR1 3 a, -N(R 1 3)C(=0)-R1 3a, R l 3Rl 3 aN-S(=0)2-, R 1 3S(=0)2-. R1 3S(=0)2N(Rl 3 a)-, R 1 3OS(=0)2-, R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a. -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a, -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a, R7R7aN-S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, alkyl-OC(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-OS(=0)c-, alkyl-S(=0)cO-, alkyl-S(=0)c-, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-. R7aR7N-alkyl, R7S(=0)-alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkyl, R7aR7N-alkoxy, R7S(=0)-alkoxy, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkylamino, alkyl. heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl. heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, a group derived from a-amino acid, C5- 12 fused bicycle. C5-i2 fused heterobicycle. C .i2 spiro bicycle. C5-i2 spiro heterobicycle. alkoxy, aliphatic, haloaliphatic, hydroxyaliphatic. aminoaliphatic, alkoxyaliphatic, alkylaminoaliphatic. alkylthioaliphatic. arylaliphatic, heteroarylaliphatic. heterocyclylaliphatic, cycloalkylaliphatic. aryloxyaliphatic. heterocyclyloxyaliphatic. cycloalkyloxyaliphatic. arylaminoaliphatic, heterocyclylaminoaliphatic. cycloalkylaminoaliphatic, haloalkyl. alkenyl, alkynyl. arylamino, heteroarylamino, arylalkylamino, heteroarylalkylamino, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyl. arylalkoxy. heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy. heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylamino. heterocyclylalkylamino and aryloxy is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryl. heteroaryl, alkoxy. alkylamino. alkylthio. alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl. mercapto. nitro, aryloxy. heteroaryloxy. oxo (=0). carboxy. hydroxy-substituted alkoxy. hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-S(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)2-. hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-. hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, or carboxv-substituted alkoxy.
Figure imgf000087_0001
each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7;
each X3 is independently O. S. NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7a;
each X5 is independently CR7R7a. O. S or NR6;
each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6. O. S, C(=0). or CR7R7a;
each Q' is independently N or CR7:
each e is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S or NR6, e is 1 ; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each R" a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino. F. CI, Br, I. cyano, R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a. -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a, -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a, R7R7aN-S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, R7aR7N-C,-6 alkyl, R7S(=0)-C ,.6 alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-C1 -6 alkyl, R7aR7N-C,.6 alkoxy, R7S(=0)-C ,-6 alkoxy, R7R7aN-C(=0)-C i-6 alkoxy, C6-io aryl, C i-9 heteroaryl, C i-6 alkoxy, C ,-6 alkylamino. C i-6 alkyl, C1 -6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, mercapto, nitro, C6-io aralkyl, C6-io arylamino. C 1.9 heteroarylamino. C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkylamino, C \ .g heteroaryl-Ci.6-alkylamino. C 1.9 heteroaryloxy, C 1 -9 heteroaryl -Ci- -alkyl. C6-io aryl-C ) -6-alkoxy, C j-9 heteroaryl-C i-6-alkoxy, C2-io heterocyclyloxy, C2-10 heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkoxy, C2.10 heterocyclylamino, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci.6-alkylamino or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, C i-6 alkyl. C |-6 haloalkyl, C i-6 hydroxyalkyl, C i-6 aminoalkyl, C1 -6 alkoxy-C i-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-C i-6-alkyl, C i-6 alkylthio-C ].6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-C i-6-alkyl. C |-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl, C3-9 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, F. CI. Ci-6 alkyl, C i-6 heteroalkyl. C i-6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, amino. Ci-6 alkoxy, C6-io aryl. C2-9 heterocyclyl, C3.9 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryloxy, C2-9 heterocyclyloxy. C6-io arylamino, C2-g heterocyclylamino, C3_9 cycloalkylamino, C 1 -9 heteroaryl or C3.9 carbocyclyl. with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring. [00192] In other embodiments,
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000089_0002
wherein each R'a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F. CI. Br. I. cyano, Ci-6 alkylacyl, Ci-6 alkylacyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxyacyl. Ci- alkylsulfonyl, C|-6 alkoxysulfonyl. Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl. C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, or Ci-6 alkylamino; 1 2 7
each Y and Y is independently N or CR ; each X5 is independently CR7R7a, O, S, C(=0) or NR6; each f is independently 0.1.2 or 3; and each R6 is independently H. deuterium, C alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6
Figure imgf000090_0001
C]-6 alkylamino-CM-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl. C6-i0 aryl, C3.9 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl.
Figure imgf000090_0002
Figure imgf000091_0001
wherein each R" a is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br. I. cyano, C alkyl. -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto, nitro. or C alkylamino; each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CH; each X5 is independently CH2, O. S or NR.6; and each R6 is independently H, deuterium, C M alkyl, C i-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, C i-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-C i^-alkyl. C i-6 alkylamino-Ci.4-alkyl, C l -6 alkylthio-C i-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-C i-4 alkyl. Ci.g heteroaryl. C6-io aryl, C3.9 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl.
[00194] In some embodiments, each of A and A' is independently a bond, C i-6 alkyl. C2-6 alkenyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocycloalkyl. -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(-0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a), N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000092_0001
91
Figure imgf000093_0001
wherein each R/ is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, C]-9 heteroaryl, C6-i0 aryl-C,_6-alkyl, d-6 alkoxy. C1-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C,-6 alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl. C1-6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-, C1-6 alkyl-S(=0)r, or aminosulfonyk each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br. I, cyano. R7aR7N-. -C(=0)NR7R7a. -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7. -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a, -N(R7)C(O)0R7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a, R7R7aN-S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-, R7aR7N-C1-6 alkyl. R7S(=0)-C1-6 alkyl. R7R7aN-C(=0)-C,-6 alkyl. R7aR7N-C1-6 alkoxy, R7S(=0)-C,-6 alkoxy, R7R7aN-C(=0)-Ci_6 alkoxy. C6-io aryl. C|.9 heteroaryl, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkylamino. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl. C2.6 alkenyl, C2.6 alkynyl, C2-io heterocyclyl. C3-8 cycloalkyl. mercapto, nitro, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io arylamino, C1-9 heteroarylamino, or C6-io aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, F. CI. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci_6 heteroalkyl. Ci-6 haloaliphatic, hydroxy C]-6 alkyl, amino Ci-6 alkyl, Cj-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. Ci-6 alkylthio-C 1 -6-alky 1, C6-10 aryl-Ci.6-alkyl. Cj.g heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl. C3-8
Figure imgf000093_0002
C6-io aryloxy-C|.6-alkyl. C2-io heterocyclyloxy-Cj-6-alkyl. C3-8 cycloalkyloxy-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io arylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, C3.8 cycloalkylamino-Ci^-alkyl. C6-io aryl, C1-9 heteroaryl. C2-io heterocyclyl. or C3.g carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring. a substituted or unsubstituted C5-i 2 spiro or fused bicyclic ring; and each R and R is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, F, CI. Br. I, C[ .6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C3-i0 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, Cj.9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-Cl -6-alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C,-6 alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, C1-6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C,_6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)r-, or aminosulfonyl.
[00195] In some embodiments, each of A and A? is independently a bond, -CH2-. -(CH2)2-. -CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH2-, -N(R6)-, -C(=0)-, -C(=S)-. -C(=0)-0-. -C(=0)N(R6)-, -OC(=0)N(R6)-, -OC(=0)0-, -N(R6)C(=0)N(R6)-, -(R6)N-S(=0)2-, -S(=0)2-. -OS(=0)2-. -(R6)N-S(=0)-. -S(=0)-, -OS(=0)-. or each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
wherein X1 is O or S; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, C|-4 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl, C|.9 heteroaryl, C6-10 aryl, C3-9 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I. cyano. R7aR7N-, C]-f, alkoxy, Ci-6 alkylamino, Ci- alkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl. C2-6 alkynyl. mercapto or nitro; and each R and R is independently H, deuterium, F, CI. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl, hydroxy C)-6 alkyl, amino C|-6 alkyl, C]-6 alkoxy-Ci.6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, or Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci.6-alkyl.
[00196] In some embodiments, each of R1, R2, R3 and R4 is independently H, deuterium, C|-8 alkyl, Cj.g heteroalkyl, C6-i0 aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-i0 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl or C6-io aryl; or R1 and R2. together with X-CH which they are attached to. optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, C -12 fused bicycle, C5-i2 fused heterobicycle, C5-i2 spiro bicycle or C5-i2 spiro heterobicycle; or R3 and R4, together with X"-CH which they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, C5.12 fused bicycle, C5-i2 fused heterobicycle, Cs.i2 spiro bicycle or C5-12 spiro heterobicycle.
[00197] In other embodiments. R1 and R2, together with X-CH which they are attached to. or R3 and R4, together with X'-CH which they are attached to. optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle, C5-i2 fused bicycle, C5-i2 fused heterobicycle, C -12 spiro bicycle or C5-12 spiro heterobicycle.
[00198] In other embodiments, the R1, R2 and X-CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
Figure imgf000096_0001
wherein each R'^ is independently H, deuterium. F. CI, Br, I, cyano, hydroxy, Ci-3 alkyl, Ci-3 haloalkyl, C]-3 alkoxy, C i-3 alkylamino, Ci-3 alkylthio, C6-io arylamino. C6-io aryloxy, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C|-9 heteroaryloxy, Ci.g heteroaryl-Ci-3-alkyl, or C2-io heterocyclyl; each R6 is independently H. deuterium. C alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, C].6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-C i.4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci.4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl, C3-9 heterocyclyl or C3 -8 carbocyclyl; and each ni and n2 is independently 1. 2. 3 or 4.
[00199] In other embodiments, the R3. R4 and X'-CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
Figure imgf000097_0001
wherein each R1 " is independently H, deuterium, F. CI, Br. I. cyano. hydroxy. Ci-3 alkyl, Ci-3 haloalkyl, Ci-3 alkoxy, C i-3 alkylamino, C) -3 alkylthio, C6-io arylamino. C6-io aryloxy, Ci.g heteroaryl, C 1 -9 heteroaryloxy, C 1.9 heteroaryl-Ci-3-alkyl, or C2-io heterocyclyl; each R6 is independently H. deuterium. Ci- alkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl. C|. hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci.4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-C1-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl Ci-9 heteroaryl C6-io aryl. C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; and each ni and n2 is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4.
[00200] In some embodiments, Formula (II) is
wherein
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000098_0002
Figure imgf000099_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6, O. S. C(=0) or CH2; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7a; each e is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X is O, S or
NR6. e is 1 ; each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of A and A" is independently a bond. Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3.8 cycloalkyl. C2-io heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-.
-(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-.
-(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p (CR8R8a)n-N(Rs)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R?)-S(=0)r-N(R?)-(CR8R8a)p-
(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-. or each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000099_0002
Figure imgf000100_0001
each R5 is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy. C]-6 alkyl. Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl. C2-10 heterocyclyl. C6-io aryl, C1.9 heteroaryl. C6-io aryl-C ]-6-alkyl. Ci-6 alkoxy, C,-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-. C,-6 alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl. C,-6 alkyl-OS(=0) . C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C,.6 alkyl-S(=0)r- or aminosulfonyl; each R?a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I. cyano, C,-6 alkylacyl, Ci-6 alkylacyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxyacyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, C i -6 alkoxysulfonyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, C ] -6 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci_6 alkoxy, C i-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl. -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto, nitro, C i-6 alkylamino, C3-i0 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C,.6 aliphatic, C i-6 alkoxy-Ci- -aliphatic, Ci-6 alkylamino-C |-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci- -alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-C i-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkyl, C3-i0 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl, C1. heteroaryl. C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-io carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, Cj-6 alkylacyl, C i-6 alkylacyloxy. C i-6 alkoxyacyl. Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, d.6 alkoxysulfonyl, C i-6 alkylsulfinyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. C i-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, C i-6 alkoxy. Ci-6 alkyl. C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto, nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-io cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium. C i-6 aliphatic. C |-6 heteroalkyl. C |_6 alkoxy-C i-6-aliphatic, Ci-6 alkylamino-C i-6-aliphatic. C6-io aryl-C i-6-aliphatic. C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci -6-aliphatic. C .io-cycloalkyl-Ci .6-aliphatic, C6-j0 aryl. C ] .Q heteroaryl, C2.i0 heterocyclyl or C3-10 carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; each R8 and R8a is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro. F, CI. Br. I. C i-6 alkyl, C |.6 heteroalkyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl. C6-io aryl, C i-io heteroaryl, C6-10 aryl-C 1 -6-alkyl, C ,-6 alkoxy, C ,-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C 1 -6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl, C i-6 alkyl-OS(=0) . C ,.6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C ,.6 alkyl-S(=0)R- or aminosulfonyl; each of Y4 and Y4' is independently a bond, O. S, -(CH2)n-, -CH=CH-, -S(=0) , -CH2O-, -CH2S-, -CH2S(=0) , -CF2-. -CHR5a- or -CH2N(R6)-;
each nis independently 0, 1, 2 or 3;
each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and
each ris independently 0, 1 or 2.
[00201] In some embodiments. Formula (ΙΓ) is
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6, O, S, C(=0) or CH2; each X3 is independently O, S. NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; e is 0. 1. 2. 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S or NR6. e is 1 ; each X5 is independently CR7R7a. O. S or NR6; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2. 3 or 4; each of A and A" is independently a bond, C i-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-
-(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000103_0002
Figure imgf000104_0001
103 each R5 is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy. C|-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl. C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-]o heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, C].9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C)-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C,-6 alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, C,-6 alkyl-OS(=0) . Ci-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-, C,-6 alkyl-S(=0) , or aminosulfonyl; each R"a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, C]-6 alkylacyl, Ci-6 alkylacyloxy. C)-6 alkoxyacyl, C]-6 alkylsulfonyl, Ci.6 alkoxysulfonyl, Cj-6 alkylsulfinyl, C|-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto, nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C .10 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C,.6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci.6-alkyl. Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-C]-6-alkyl, C1.9 heteroaryl-C|-6-alkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci.6-alkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, Q.g heteroaryl, C2_io heterocyclyl or C3_io carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, F. CI, Br, I, cyano, C)-6 alkylacyl, Ci-6 alkylacyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxyacyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, Ci-6 alkoxysulfonyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxy. Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto. nitro. Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-io cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C]-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-C|-6-alkyl, C6.i0 aryl-Ci-6-alkyl. Ci-10 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl. C3_i0 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C\.g heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-10 carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; each R8 and R8a is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano, nitro. F, CI, Br, I. Ci-6 alkyl, C].6 heteroalkyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, CMo heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, Ci-6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl, C,.6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C,.6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C,.6 alkyl-S(=0)r- or aminosulfonyl; each of Y4 and Y4 " is independently a bond, O, S, -(CH2)n-, -CH=CH-, -S(=0) , -CH2O-, -CH2S-, -CH2S(=0) . -CF2-, -CHR5a- or -CH2N(R6)-; each n is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; each p is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and each ris independently 0, 1 or 2.
[00202] In other embodiments, Formula (III) is
Figure imgf000106_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O, S, C(=0), NR6 or CH2;
X3 is O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-. R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, C,.6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C1.9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C1. heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-io carbocyclyl; each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium. Ci-6 alkyl. Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C]-f> alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C1-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6 alkyl, C2_i0 heterocyclyl-Ci.6-alkyl. C3-10 cycloalkyl-C]-6-alkyl, C6.i0 aryl. C1- heteroaryl, C2-]0 heterocyclyl or C3.10 carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; and f is 0. 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
[00203] In other embodiments, Formula (IV) is
Figure imgf000107_0001
wherein X3 is O. S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each R^3 is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I. cyano. C i-6 alkylacyl. Ci-6 alkylacyloxy, C i-6 alkoxyacyl. C i-6 alkylsulfonyl, C i-6 alkoxysulfonyl, C i-6 alkylsulfinyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. C] -6 alkylsulfinyloxy, C] -6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl. -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto. nitro. C |-6 alkylamino, C3-io cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; f is 0, 1 , 2, or 3 ; and each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium. C alkyl, C heteroalkyl, C i- alkoxyalkyl, Ci-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl. C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl. C\.9 heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
[00204] In other embodiments. Formula (V) is
Figure imgf000108_0001
wherein X3 is O. S. NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each R5a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I, cyano, Ci-4 alkylacyl. C 1-4 alkylacyloxy. C i-4 alkoxyacyl, C alkylsulfonyl, C |.4 alkoxysulfonyl, C i-4 alkylsulfinyl, C alkylsulfonyloxy, C M alkylsulfinyloxy, Ct - alkoxy. CM alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro. Ci-6 alkylamino, C3.g cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; f is 0. 1 , 2, or 3 ; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, CM alkyl, C M heteroalkyl, C i-6 alkoxyalkyl. C ]-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C3.g cycloalkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
[00205] In other embodiments. Formula (VI) is
Figure imgf000108_0002
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O. S. C(=0), NR6 or CH2; each R>a is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F. CI, Br, I, cyano, C alkylacyl. CM alkylacyloxy. CM alkoxyacyl, Ci-4 alkylsulfonyl, C1-4 alkoxysulfonyl, Ci-4 alkylsulfinyl, C alkylsulfonyloxy, CM alkylsulfinyloxy, CM alkoxy, CM alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto, nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C,-6 alkyl, C].6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C].6 alkylamino-C].6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Cj.g heteroaryl-Ci.6-alkyl, C2_io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3_io cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl or C3.10 carbocyclyl; and fis 0, 1,2, 3 or 4.
[00206] In other embodiments. Formula (III') is
Figure imgf000109_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O, S, C(=0), NR6 or CH2;
X3 is O, S, NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7A; fis 0, 1,2 or 3;
X5 is CH2, O. S or NR6; each R?A is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, F. CI. Br, I. cyano. CM alkylacyl. CM alkylacyloxy. CM alkoxyacyl. CM alkylsulfonyl. CM alkoxysulfonyl, CM alkylsulfinyl. CM alkylsulfonyloxy, CM alkylsulfinyloxy, CM alkoxy. CM alkyl. C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro. Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-. R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C1 -6 alkyl, C |-6 alkoxy-C i-6-alkyl, C i-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C i-9 heteroaryl-C]-6-alkyl, C2.|0 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl. Ci-9 heteroaryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl or C3_io carbocyclyl; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, Ci-4 alkyl, C heteroalkyl, C i-6 alkoxyalkyl, C] .6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2.io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C ] -9 heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
[00207] In other embodiments. Formula (IV) is
Figure imgf000110_0001
(IV), wherein X5 is CH2, O, S or NR6; X3 is O, S. NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; f is O. 1 . 2 or 3; each R^ is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F. CI, Br. I. cyano, C M alkylacyl. C M alkylacyloxy. C M alkoxyacyl. C M alkylsulfonyl, C M alkoxysulfonyl, C M alkylsulfinyl, C M alkylsulfonyloxy, C alkylsulfinyloxy, C M alkoxy. C M alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, C i-6 alkylamino, C;,.g cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; and each R7 and R7A is independently H. deuterium. C M alkyl, C M heteroalkyl, C j-6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl. C2-10 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C\ .g heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
[00208] In other embodiments, Formula (V ) is
Figure imgf000111_0001
wherein X3 is O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; Xs is CH2, O, S or NR6; each R?a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I. cyano. Ci-4 alkylacyl. C M alkylacyloxy, C M alkoxyacyl. C alkylsulfonyl, C alkoxysulfonyl, C alkylsulfinyl. C M alkylsulfonyloxy. C M alkylsulfinyloxy, C M alkoxy, C M alkyl, Ce-i o aryl, -CF . -OCF3, mercapto. nitro. C i-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C ,_6 alkyl. Ci-6 alkoxy-C i-6-alkyl, C i-6 alkylamino-C|-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C 1.9 heteroaryl-C i-6-alkyl. C2-io heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkyl. C3-i0 cycloalkyl-C ] -6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C 1.9 heteroaryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl or C3-io carbocyclyl; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, C 1 -4 alkyl. C M heteroalkyl, C i-6 alkoxyalkyl, C i-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C i-g heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
[00209] In other embodiments. Formula (VF) is
Figure imgf000112_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O. S, C=(0). NR6 or CH2; f is O, 1 , 2 or 3;
X5 is CH2, O, S or NR6; each R' a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I. cyano, C M alkylacyl, C alkylacyloxy. C alkoxyacyl, C] -4 alkylsulfonyl, C alkoxysulfonyl, C alkylsulfinyl, C M alkylsulfonyloxy. C M alkylsulfinyloxy. C M alkoxy, C M alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3.g cycloalkyl or C6-10 aryloxy; and each R6 is independently H, deuterium. R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, C,.6 alkyl, Ci- alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C|-6
Figure imgf000112_0002
C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-) o heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3_io
Figure imgf000112_0003
C6-io aryl. Ci-9 heteroaryl. C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-]0 carbocyclyl.
[00210] In some embodiments, each of Y and Y" is independently a group derived from a-amino acid group and the group derived from a-amino acid is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br. I, hydroxy or cyano.
[0021 1 ] In other embodiments, the group derived from a-amino acid is formed by isoleucine. leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophane, valine, alanine, asparagine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glutamine, proline, serine, p-tyrosine, arginine, histidine, cysteine, glycine, sarcosine, Ν,Ν-dimethylglycine, homoserine, norvaline, norleucine. ornithine, homocysteine, homophenylalanine, phenylglycine. o-tyrosine, m-tyrosine or hydroxyproline.
[00212] In other embodiments, the a-amino acid is in the D configuration. [00213] In other embodiments, the a-amino acid is in the L configuration.
[00214] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently
-[U-CC iR'^-iCR'R'^k-U-CCR'R^rNiR' ^-iCR R12. -U-(CR9R9a)t- R12 or -[U-(CRVa)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a)t-O-(CR9R9a)rR12.
[00215] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -[U-iCRV NCR'^-iCR ^Jk-U- CR NiR' i RV^rR12.
[00216] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently
Figure imgf000113_0001
[00217] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a)rN(R")-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[00218] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently
Figure imgf000113_0002
[00219] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y" is independently
Figure imgf000113_0003
[00220] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -[C(=O)-(CR9R9a),-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)1]k-C(=O)-(CR9R9a)t-N(R1 1)-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[00221 ] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=O)-(CRVa)t-N(R10)-(CRVa)t-C(=O)-(CRyR9a)t-N(Rn)-(CR9R4a)rR' .
[00222] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y? is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)t-N(Rn)-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[00223] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(Rn)-(CR9R9a)n-C(=0)-R13.
[00224] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(R")-C(=0)-R13.
[00225] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(R")-(CR9R9a)n-C(=0)-0-R13.
[00226] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(Rn)-C(=0)-0-R13.
[00227] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[00228] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[00229] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -[U-(CR9R9a),-N(Rl 0)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a)t-O-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[00230] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a)t-N(Rl 0)-(CR9R9a)t-U-(CR9R9a)t-O-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[0023 1 ] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y* is independently -C(=O)-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t-C(=O)-(CR9R9a),-O-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[00232] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a) O-(CR9R9a)rR12. [00233] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)rO-(CR9R9a)t-R12.
[00234] In other embodiments, each of Y and Y' is independently
Figure imgf000115_0001
wherein R1 1 and R12, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, form a 4-7 membered ring.
[00235] In other embodiments, each R9, R9a, R10 and R1 1 is independently H, deuterium. C]-6 alkyl. Ci-6 heteroalkyl. C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl. C6-i0 aryl. Ci-9 heteroaryl, C6-] 0 aryl-C |-6-alkyl. C i-6 haloalkyl, C i-6 hydroxyalkyl,
Figure imgf000115_0002
heteroaryl-Ci.6-alkyl. C2-io heterocyclyl-C )-6-alkyl, or C3.8 cycloalkyl-C i-6-alkyl; each R12 is independently R13aR13N-, -C(=0)R13. -C(=S)R13, -C(=0)-0-R13, -C(=0)NR13R13a, -OC(=0)NR13R13a. -OC(=0)OR13. -N(R13)C(=0)NR1 R13a. -N(R13)C(=0)OR1 a, -N(Rl 3)C(=0)-Rl 3a. R13R1 aN-S(=0)2-, Rl 3S(=0)2-, R13S(=0)2N(R13a)-. R1 OS(=0)2-, d -6 alkyl, C ,-6 heteroalkyl, C3.,0 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, | .q heteroaryl, or C6-io aryl-C i- -alkyl; or R1 1 and R12, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, form a 4-7 membered ring; and each R13 and R13a is independently H. deuterium, C i-6 alkyl, C i-6 heteroalkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-i o heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, C i.g heteroaryl, or C6-io aryl-Ci.6-alkyl.
[00236] In other embodiments, each R9, R9a, R10 and R1 1 is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclohexyl, isobutyl or phenyl; each R12 is independently -C(=0)R13. -C(=0)-0-R13, -C(=0)NR1 R1 a. methyl, ethyl, propyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, morpholinyl or piperidinyl, or R1 1 and R12, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, form a 4-7 membered ring; and each R13 and R, 3a is independently H. deuterium, methyl, ethyl, propyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl. morpholinyl or piperidinyl.
[00237] In other embodiments, Formula (VII) is
Figure imgf000116_0001
wherein each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium, C i-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, C i-6 hydroxyalkyl, C i-6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, C i-9 heteroaryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl. C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl-C i_6-alkyl, C1 -9 heteroaryl-C 1 -6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkyl, or C3-8 cycloalkyl-C i-6-alkyl; wherein each of Ci-6 alkyl, C] -6 haloalkyl, C i-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, C1 -9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C 1 -9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkyl and C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano.
[00238] In other embodiments. Formula (VIII) is
Figure imgf000116_0002
wherein each of R14 and Rl 4a is independently H. deuterium, C i-3 hydroxyalkyl, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl. isobutyl, /e/7-butyl. allyl, propargyl, trifluoroethyl, phenyl, pyranyl. morpholinyl, -NR7R7a, benzyl, piperazinyl. cyclopentyl. cyclopropyl. cyclohexyl, or Ci-9 heteroaryl; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, /<?r/-butyl, allyl, propargyl, trifluoroethyl, phenyl, pyranyl, morpholinyl, -NR7R7a, benzyl, piperazinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropyl and cyclohexyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6, O, S, C(=0) or CH2; each Y 1 and Y2 is independently N or CR 7 ; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; e is 0, 1 , 2. or 3 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S, C(=0) or NR6, e is 1 ; f is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; each of A and A' is independently a bond, Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-,
-(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-. or each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
each of Y4 and Y4 * is independently a bond, O, S, -(CH2)n-. -CH=CH-, -S(-0) , -CH2O-. -CH2S-, -CH2S(=0)r-. -CF2-, -CHR5a- or -CH2N(R6)-.
[00239] In some embodiments. Formula (IX) is
Figure imgf000119_0001
wherein each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium, Ci-6 alkyl, C].6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, C1-9 heteroaryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl or C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl; and each n2 is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4; wherein each of Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl. C6-io aryl, Ci- heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci- heteroaryl-C]-6-alkyl. C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl and C3-8 cycloalkyl -Ci-6-alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F. CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano.
[00240] In some embodiments. Formula (X) is
Figure imgf000119_0002
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently CH2, CF2. O. C(=0) or NR6; each of R14 and Rl4a is independently H, deuterium. Ci.6 alkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl. C] -6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, C i-9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C] -9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkyl or C3-8 cycloalkyl-C ] -6-alkyl; and each ni is independently 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
[00241 ] In some embodiments, Formula (XI) is
Figure imgf000120_0001
wherein each R" a is independently H. deuterium, methyl, ethyl, F, CI, Br or I; each of R14 and Rl 4a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, 1 -methyl propyl, isopropyl or Ze/7-butyl; each of R16 and R16a is independently hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy. — / or /er/-butoxy; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl. 1 -methyl propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, /e/Y-butoxy and /e/Y-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI. Br. hydroxy or cyano;
Figure imgf000120_0002
Figure imgf000121_0001
120
Figure imgf000122_0001
R1 , R2 and N-CH together form one of the following divalent groups:
Figure imgf000122_0002
R3, R4 and N-CH together form one of the following divalent groups:
Figure imgf000122_0003
2] In other embodiments, Formula (XII) is
Figure imgf000122_0004
wherein R^3 is H or methyl;
each of Q1 and Q2 is independently CH2, CF2. O. C(=0) or NR6; each of Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7;
R7 is H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, phenyl. F, CI, Br, I, OH or cyano; each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; each of R1 ? and ' a is independently H, deuterium, F, CI. Br, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or tert-buty\; each of R17 and R17a is independently methyl, phenyl or ethyl; each X3 is independently O. S, NR6. C(=0) or CH2: each R6 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl. phenyl or isopropyl; e is 0. 1. 2 or 3 with the proviso that where X3 is O. S. or NR6, e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, isopropyl and /er/-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium. F, CI, Br. hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A* is independently
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
[00243] In some embodiments. Formula (ΧΙΓ) is
Figure imgf000124_0002
wherein R~ a is H or methyl; each of Q1 and Q2 is independently CH2, CF2, O, C(=0) or NR6; X5 is CH2, O. S or NR6; each of R14 and Rl4a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or isopropyl; each of R15 and R1 ?a is independently H, deuterium, F. CI, Br. methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or /er/-butyl; each of R17 and Rl 7a is independently methyl, phenyl or ethyl; each X3 is independently O. S, NR6. C(=0) or CH2; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl. phenyl or isopropyl; e is 0, 1 , 2 or 3 with the proviso that where X3 is O. S. or NR6, e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, isopropyl and /e/Y-butyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A* is independently
Figure imgf000125_0001
[00244] In another aspect, provided herein are one of the compounds as follows, or a stereoisomer, geometric isomer, tautomer. nitrogen oxide, hydrate, solvate, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and not limited to:
Figure imgf000125_0002
(1 ). (2).
Figure imgf000126_0001

Figure imgf000127_0001

Figure imgf000128_0001

Figure imgf000129_0001

Figure imgf000130_0001

Figure imgf000131_0001
130
Figure imgf000132_0001
131
ı32
Figure imgf000134_0001
ı33
Figure imgf000135_0001
[00245] Provided herein includes the use of a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment either acutely or chronically of HCV infection in a patient, including those described herein. Provided herein is use of the compound in the manufacture of an anti-HCV medicament. Provided herein is the use of the compound disclosed herein, in the manufacture of a medicament to attenuate, prevent, manage or treat disorders through inhibition of HCV, especially HCV's NS5A protein. Also provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) in association with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or diluent.
[00246] Unless otherwise stated, all stereoisomers, geometric isomers, tautomers, nitrogen oxides, hydrates, solvates, metabolites, salts, and pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs of the compounds disclosed herein are within the scope of the invention.
[00247] In certain embodiments, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to that the substance or composition must be compatible chemically and/or toxicologically. with the other ingredients comprising a Formulation, and/or the mammal being treated therewith.
[00248] The compounds disclosed herein also include salts of such compounds which are not necessarily pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and which may be useful as intermediates for preparing and/or purifying compounds of Formula (I) and/or for separating enantiomers of compounds of Formula (I).
[00249] If the compound disclosed herein is a base, the desired salt may be prepared by any suitable method available in the art. for example, treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid; a pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid; an alpha hydroxy acid, such as citric acid or tartaric acid; an amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid; an aromatic acid, such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, a sulfonic acid, such as -toluenesulfonic acid or ethanesulfonic acid, and the like.
[00250] If the compound disclosed herein is an acid, the desired salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali metal hydroxide or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, and the like. Some non-limiting examples of suitable salts include organic salts derived from amino acids, such as glycine and arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines, such as piperidine, morpholine and piperazine, and inorganic salts derived from sodium, calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum, lithium, and the like.
COMPOSITION, FORMULATIONS AND ADMINSTRATION OF
COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
[00251 ] When it is possible that, for use in therapy, therapeutically effective amounts of a compound of Formula (I), as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be administered as the raw chemical, it is possible to present the active ingredient as a pharmaceutical compositions, which include therapeutically effective amounts of compounds of Formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients. The term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to the total amount of each active component that is sufficient to show a meaningful patient benefit (e.g.. a reduction in viral load). When applied to individual active ingredient, administered alone, the term refers to that ingredient alone. When applied to a combination, the term refers to combined amounts of the active ingredients that result in the therapeutic effect, whether administered in combination, serially, or simultaneously The compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are as described above. The carrier(s), diluents(s). or excipient(s) must be acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to recipient thereof. In accordance with another aspect of the present disclosure there is also provided a process for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation including admixing a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those compounds, materials, composition, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of patients without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem complication commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use.
[00252] Pharmaceutical formulations may be presented in unit dose forms containing a predetermined amount of active ingredient per unit dose. Dosage levels of between about 0.01 and about 250 milligram per kilogram ("mg/kg") body weight per day, preferably between about 0.05 and about 100 mg/kg body weight per day of the compounds of the present disclosure are typical in a monotherapy for the prevention and treatment of HCV mediated disease. Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of this disclosure will be administered from about 1 to about 5 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending on the condition being treated, the severity of the condition, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound employed, the duration of treatment, and the age, gender, weight, and condition of the patient. Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of an active ingredient. Treatment may be initiated with small dosages substantially less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. In general, the compound is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects.
[00253] When the compositions of this disclosure comprise a combination of a compound of the present disclosure and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent, both the compound and the additional agent are usually present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 15%. and more preferably between about 10 to 80% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen. Pharmaceutical formulations may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route, for example by the oral (including buccal or sublingual), rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal, sublingual, or transdermal), vaginal, or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal. intrathecal, intralesional, intravenous, or intradermal injections or infusions) route. Such formulations may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s). Oral administration or administration by injection is preferred.
[00254] Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets; powders or granules; solution or suspensions in aqueous or non-aqueous liquids; edible foams or whips; or oil-in-water liquid emulsions or water-in-oil emulsions.
[00255] For instance, for oral administration in the form of a tablet or capsule, the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water, and the like. Powders are prepared by comminuting the compound to a suitable fine size and mixing with a similarly comminuted pharmaceutical carrier such as an edible carbohydrate, as, for example, starch or mannitol. Flavoring, preservative, dispersing, and coloring agent can also be present.
[00256] Capsules are made by preparing a powder mixture, as described above, and filling formed gelatin sheaths. Glidants and lubricants such as colloidal silica, talc. magnesium stearate, calcium stearate. or solid polyethylene glycol can be added to the powder mixture before the filling operation. A disintegrating or solubilizing agent such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, or sodium carbonate can also be added to improve the availability of the medicament when the capsule is ingested.
[00257] Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents, and coloring agents can also be incorporated into the mixture. Suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose, β-lactose, corn sweetener, natural gum and synthetic resin, such as Arabic gum. tragacanth or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, and the like. Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, betonite. xanthan gum. and the like. Tablets are formulated, for example, by preparing a powder mixture, granulating or slugging, adding a lubricant and disintegrant, and pressing into tablets. A powder mixture is prepared by mixing the compound, suitable comminuted, with a diluents or base as described above, and optionally, with a binder such as carboxymethylcellulose. an alginate, gelating. or polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a solution retardant such as paraffin, a resorption accelerator such as a quaternary salt and/or and absorption agent such as betonite, kaolin, or dicalcium phosphate. The powder mixture can be granulated by wetting with a binder such as syrup, starch paste, acadia mucilage, or solution of cellulosic or polymeric materials and forcing through a screen. As an alternative to granulation, the powder mixture can be run through the tablet machine and the result is imperfectly formed slugs broken into granules. The granules can be lubricated to prevent sticking to the tablet forming dies by means of the addition of stearic acid, a stearate salt, talc, or mineral oil. The lubricated mixture is then compressed into tablets. The compounds of the present disclosure can also be combined with a free flowing inert carrier and compressed into tablets directly without going through the granulating or slugging steps. A clear or opaque protective coating consisting of a sealing coat of shellac, a coating of sugar or polymeric material, and a polish coating of wax can be provided. Dyestuffs can be added to these coatings to distinguish different unit dosages. [00258] Oral fluids such as solution, syrups, and elixirs can be prepared in dosage unit form so that a given quantity contains a predetermined amount of the compound. Syrups can be prepared by dissolving the compound in a suitably flavored aqueous solution, while elixirs are prepared through the use of a non- toxic vehicle. Solubilizers and emulsifiers such as ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols and polyoxyethylene sorbitol ethers, preservatives, flavor additive such as peppennint oil or natural sweeteners, or saccharin or other artificial sweeteners, and the like can also be added.
[00259] Where appropriate, dosage unit formulations for oral administration can be microencapsulated. The formulation can also be prepared to prolong or sustain the release as for example by coating of embedding particulate material in polymers, wax, or the like.
[00260] The compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
[00261 ] The compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled. The compounds may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamidephenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyleneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the compounds may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, poly(£-caprolactone). polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters. polyacetals. polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates. and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels. [00262] Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for transdermal administration may be presented as discrete patches intended to remain in intimate contact with the epidermis of the recipient for a prolonged period of time. For example, the active ingredient may be delivered from the patch by iontophoresis as generally described in Pharmaceutical Research, 1986, 3(6), 318.
[00263] Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for topical administration may be formulated as ointments, creams, suspensions, lotions, powders, solutions, pastes, gels, sprays, aerosols, or oils.
[00264] Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for rectal administration may be presented as suppositories or as enemas.
[00265] Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for nasal administration wherein the carrier is a solid include a course powder having a particle size for example in the range 20 to 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken. i.e. , by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose. Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid, for administration as a nasal spray or nasal drops, include aqueous or oil solutions of the active ingredient.
[00266] Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for administration by inhalation include fine particle dusts or mists, which may be generated by means of various types of metered, dose pressurized aerosols, nebulizers, or insufflators.
[00267] Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams, or spray formulations.
[00268] Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and soutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
[00269] It should be understood that in addition to ingredients particularly mentioned above, the formulations may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
USES OF THE COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS OF THE INVENTION
[00270] According to another aspect, the invention features pharmaceutical compositions that include a compound of Formula (I), a compound listed herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
[00271 ] . The amount of the compound in the compositions disclosed herein is such that is effective to detectably treat HCV infection, such as HCV metalloproteinase, HCV serine proteinase, HCV polymerase, HCV helicase. non-structural protein NS4B, HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, non-structural protein NS5A or inosine5*- monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH).
[00272] Also provided herein is a method, which comprises the compound or the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein, further comprising administering to the patient additional anti-HCV agents (combination therapy), wherein the anti-HCV agent is an interferon, ribavirin, IL-2. IL-6, IL-12, a compound that enhances the development of a type 1 helper T cell response, interfering RNA. anti-sense RNA. imiquimod, an inosine-5' -monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, amantadine, rimantadine, ribavirin, bavituximab. human hepatitis C immune globulin (CIVACIR1 M), boceprevir, telaprevir. erlotinib, daclatasvir. simeprevir. asunaprevir. vaniprevir, faldaprevir, ABT-450, danoprevir, sovaprevir. MK-5172, vedroprevir. BZF-961 , GS-9256, narlaprevir, ANA975, ABT-267. EDP239, PPI-668, GS-5816. samatasvir (IDX-719), MK-8742, MK-8325, GSK-2336805, PPI-461 , TMC-435, MK-7009, BI-2013335, ciluprevir, BMS-650032, ACH-1625, ACH-1095, VX-985. IDX-375, VX-500, VX-813. PHX-1766, PHX-2054, IDX-136, IDX-316, EP-013420, VBY-376. TMC-649128, R-7128, PSI-7977. INX-189. IDX-184. IDX102, R1479, UNX-08189, PSI-6130. PSI-938, PSI-879, HCV-796. HCV-371 , VCH-916, VCH-222, ANA-598, MK-3281 , ABT-333, ABT-072, PF-00868554, BI-207127, GS-9190. A-837093, JKT-109, Gl-59728, GL-60667. AZd-2795, TMC647055 or a combination thereof. Wherein the interferon is interferon a-2b, pegylated interferon a, interferon a-2a. pegylated interferon a-2a, consensus interferon-a. or interferon γ.
[00273] The treatment method that includes administering a compound or composition disclosed herein can further include administering to the patient an additional anti-HCV agent, wherein the additional anti-HCV drug is administered together with a compound or composition disclosed herein as a single dosage form or separately from the compound or composition as part of a multiple dosage form. The additional anti-HCV agent may be administered at the same time as a compound disclosed herein or at a different time. In the latter case, administration may be staggered by, for example. 6 hours. 12 hours, 1 day, 2 days. 3 days, 1 week, 2 weeks. 3 weeks, 1 month, or 2 months.
[00274] In certain embodiments disclosed herein, an "effective amount" or "effective dose" of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable composition is that amount effective for treating or lessening the severity of one or more of the aforementioned disorders. The compounds and compositions, according to the method disclosed herein, may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective for treating or lessening the severity of the disorder or disease. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age. and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular acent its mode nf administration, and the like. A comnound or composition can also be administered with one or more other therapeutic agents, as discussed above.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC PROCEDURES
[00275] Generally, the compounds disclosed herein may be prepared by methods described herein, wherein the substituents are as defined for Formula (I), above, except where further noted. The following non-limiting schemes and examples are presented to further exemplify the invention.
[00276] Persons skilled in the art will recognize that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other compounds disclosed herein, and alternative methods for preparing the compounds disclosed herein are deemed to be within the scope disclosed herein. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds according to the invention may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. , by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by utilizing other suitable reagents known in the art other than those described, and/or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds disclosed herein.
[00277] In the examples described below, unless otherwise indicated all temperatures are set forth in degrees Celsius. Reagents were purchased from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Company, Arco Chemical Company and Alfa Chemical Company, and were used without further purification unless otherwise indicated. Common solvents were purchased from commercial suppliers such as Shantou XiLong Chemical Factory. Guangdong Guanghua Reagent Chemical Factory Co. Ltd., Guangzhou Reagent Chemical Factory. Tianjin YuYu Fine Chemical Ltd., Qingdao Tenglong Reagent Chemical Ltd., and Qingdao Ocean Chemical Factory.
[00278] Anhydrous THF. dioxane. toluene, and ether were obtained by refluxing the solvent with sodium. Anhydrous CH2CI2 and CHCI3 were obtained by refluxing the solvent with CaH2. EtOAc, PE, hexane, DMAC and DMF were treated with anhydrous Na2S04 prior to use.
[00279] The reactions set forth below were done generally under a positive pressure of nitrogen or argon or with a drying tube (unless otherwise stated) in anhydrous solvents, and the reaction flasks were typically fitted with rubber septa for the introduction of substrates and reagents via syringe. Glassware was oven dried and/or heat dried.
[00280] Column chromatography was conducted using a silica gel column. Silica gel (300 - 400 mesh) was purchased from Qingdao Ocean Chemical Factory. Ή NMR spectra were recorded with a Bruker 400 MHz spectrometer at ambient temperature. Ή NMR spectra were obtained as CDC13, t 6-DMSO, CD3OD or ί/6-acetone solutions (reported in ppm), using TMS (0 ppm) or chloroform (7.25 ppm) as the reference standard. When peak multiplicities are reported, the following abbreviations are used: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), m (multiplet), br (broadened), dd (doublet of doublets), dt (doublet of triplets). Coupling constants, when given, are reported in Hertz (Hz).
[00281] Low-resolution mass spectral (MS) data were also determined on an Agilent 6320 series LC-MS spectrometer equipped with G1312A binary pumps, a G1316A TCC (Temperature Control of Column, maintained at 30 °C), a G1329A autosampler and a G1315B DAD detector were used in the analysis. An ESI source was used on the LC-MS spectrometer.
[00282] Low-resolution mass spectral (MS) data were also determined on an Agilent 6120 series LC-MS spectrometer equipped with G1311A Quaternary pump, a G1316A TCC (Temperature Control of Column, maintained at 30 °C). a G1329A autosampler and a G1315D DAD detector were used in the analysis. An ESI source was used on the LC-MS spectrometer.
[00283] Both LC-MS spectrometers were equipped with an Agilent Zorbax SB-C 18, 2.1 x 30 mm. 5 μηι column. Injection volume was decided by the sample concentration. The flow rate was 0.6 mL/min. The HPLC peaks were recorded by UV-Vis wavelength at 210 nm and 254 nm. The mobile phase was 0.1 % formic acid in acetonitrile (phase A) and 0.1% formic acid in ultrapure water (phase B). The gradient condition is shown in Table 1 :
[00284] Table 1
Figure imgf000147_0001
[00285] Purities of compounds were also assessed by Agilent 1100 Series high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with UV detection at 210 nm and 254 nm (Zorbax SB-C18, 2.1 x 30 mm. 4 micron, 10 min, 0.6 mL/min flow rate, 5 to 95% (0.1 %) formic acid in CH3CN) in (0.1 %) formic acid in H20). Column was operated at 40 °C.
[00286] The following abbreviations are used throughout the specification:
HOAc acetic acid
MeCN. CH3CN acetonitrile
NH3 ammonia
NH4C I ammonium chloride BBr3 boron tribromide
BSA bovine serum albumin
Br2 bromine
BOC, Boc / -butyloxycarbonyl
Cs2C03 cesium carbonate
CHC13 chloroform
CDC 13 chloroform deuterated
Cu copper
Cul copper (I) iodide
Et20 diethyl ether
DMF dimethylformamide
DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
EDC, EDCI l -(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
Dppa diphenylphosphoryl azide
EtOAc ethyl acetate
EA ethyl acetate
HBr hydrobromic acid
HC1 hydrochloric acid
HOAt, HOAT l -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
HOBT 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate H2 hydrogen
H202 hydrogen peroxide
Fe iron
LDA lithium diisopropylamide
MCPBA meta-chloroperbenzoic acid
MgS04 magnesium sulfate
MeOH, CH3OH methanol
Mel methyl iodide
CH2CI2, DCM methylene chloride
NMP N-methylpyrrolidinone
mL, m milliliter
N2 nitrogen
Pd/C palladium on carbon
PE petroleum ether (60-90 °C)
PBS phosphate buffered saline
POC I 3 phosphorous oxychloride
Pd(PPh3)4 palladium tetrakis triphenylphosphine
Pd(dppf)Cl2 l,l-&/s(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium chloride
K2C03 potassium carbonate
KOH potassium hydroxide
RT. rt room temperature Rt retention time
NaHC03 sodium bicarbonate
NaBH4 sodium borohydride
NaBH3CN sodium cyanoborohydride
NaOtBu sodium /er/-butoxide
NaOH sodium hydroxide
NaC102 sodium chlorite
NaCl sodium chloride
NaH2P04 sodium dihydric phosphate
NaH sodium hydride
Nal sodium iodide
Na2S04 sodium sulfate
TBTU O-benzotriazol- 1 -yl-N.N.N'.N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
THF tetrahydrofuran
Et3N, TEA triethylamine
TFA trifluoroacetic acid
P(t-bu)3 tri( r/-butyl)phosphine
NBS iV-bromosuccinimide
TBAI tetrabutylammonium iodide
H20 water
TEAF formic acid triethylamine complex 5 :2 PPA polyphosphoric acid Tf20 Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride HC1.EA a solution of HC1 in ethyl acetate DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine DME 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane
HATU 2-(7-aza- 1 H-benzotriazole- 1 -yl)- 1 , 1 ,3 ,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
NIS N-iodosuccinimide
TFAA trifluoroaceticanhydride
SEMC1 2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride
Dess-Martin(Dess-Martin periodinane)
( 1 , 1 , 1 -Triacetoxy)- 1 , 1 -dihydro- 1 ,2-benziodoxol-3( 1 H)-one
TsOH »-toluenesulfonic acid
TMSA Trimethyl silyl acetylene
Meldrum's acid 2,2-Dimethyl- l ,3-dioxane-4,6-dione
BAST i?/s(2-methoxyethyl)aminosulphurtrifluoride Deoxo-fluor
SbCl3 antimony trichloride
SmCl3 samarium chloride
LiHMDS lithium hexamethyldisilazide
TMSC1 trimethyl chlorosilane
PhNTf? N,N-5/s(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)aniline
TBDMSOTf /er/-butyldimethylsilyl triflate Et2NSF3 diethylaminosulfur trifluoride
MTBE methyl tert-butyl ether
LiN(SiMe3)2 Lithium > ,s(trimethylsilyl)amide
PPh3MeBr Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide
Lawesson's Reagent 2,4-6/s(4-methoxyphenyl)- l ,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane 2,4-disulfide
I2 iodine
[00287] Scheme 1
Figure imgf000152_0001
1 2 3 4
[00288] Compound 4, wherein each of R^3, X3, e and f is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 1 . Compound 1 is obtained by Diels-Alder reaction of benzoquinone and conjugated dienes. Compound 1 is then converted to compound 2 by rearrangement in the presence of base. Compound 2 is reduced under hydrogenation condition in the presence of Pd/C to give compound 3. Compound 3 can be reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to afford compound 4 by base catalysis.
[00289] Scheme 2
Figure imgf000153_0001
[00290] Compound 13 can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 2. Wherein each A1, A2 and A3 is independently N or CR7. each X is F. CI. Br or I and each of Y4, R5a, X3, e, f, R14, R14a. R16 and R16a is as defined above. Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Condensation of compound 5 with compound 6 can give the mixture of compound 7 and compound 8. Then compound 7 and compound 8 can give compound 9 at elevated temperature in acetic acid system by cyclization. Compound 9 is further reacted with 6 s(pinacolato)diboron in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 10. Coupling reaction of compound 10 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 11. The protecting group Pg is removed to provide compound 12. Compound 12 is condensed with amino acid to afford compound 13.
[00291 ] Scheme 3
Figure imgf000153_0002
[00292] Compound 18 can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 3. Wherein each Y4 is as defined above, and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz. Reduction of compound 6 reacted with reductant such as diborane can give compound 14. Compound 14 can be oxidized to give compound 15 with oxidants such as Dess-Matin agent. Compound 15 can be cyclized in the presence of ammonium hydroxide and glyoxal to form compound 16. Compound 16 can be transformed to compound 17 by reacting with NIS agent. One atom of iodine is then removed in the presence of sodium sulfite to provide compound 18.
[00293] Scheme 4
Figure imgf000154_0001
[00294] Compound 27 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 4. Wherein each of Y4\ Y4, R5a. R6a, X3, e. Y1. f, R14, Rl4a, R16 and Rl6a is as defined above, and each X~ is independently F, CI. Br or I. Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Condensation of compound 19 with compound 6' can give the compound 20. Compound 20 can be cyclized in the presence of ammonium acetate to form compound 21. Reaction of compound 21 with 65(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 22 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 22 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 23. Compound 23 is further reacted with &/.s(pinacolato)diboron in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 24. Compound 24 can be converted to compound 25 by reacting with compound 18 in the presence of Pd catalyst. The protecting group Pg is removed to afford compound 26. Compound 26 is condensed with amino provide compound 27.
[00295] Scheme 5
Figure imgf000155_0001
[00296] Compound 31 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 5. Wherein each of R5a, X3, e. f, R14, R14a, R16 and R16a is as defined above, and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Coupling reaction of compound 28 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 29, then the protecting group Pg is removed to afford compound 30. Compound 30 is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 31.
[00297] Scheme 6
Figure imgf000155_0002
[00298] Compound 34 can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 6. Wherein each of R5a, R6a. Y1, Y4, Y4\ X3. e, f, R14, R14a. R16 and R16a is as defined above and each of A1, A2 and A3 is independently N or CR7. Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Coupling reaction of compound 23 with compound 10 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 32. Then the protecting group Pg in compound 32 can be removed to yield compound 33. Compound 33 is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 34. [00299] Scheme 7
Figure imgf000156_0001
[00300] Compound 44 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 7. Wherein each of R5a, X3, e. f, R6a. Y4, Y4\ Y1, R14, R14a, R16 and R16a is as defined above and each of A , A' and A is independently N or CR . Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz. Compound 35 is obtained by Diels-Alder reaction of dimethyl but-2-ynedioate and conjugated dienes. Reduction of Compound 35 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 36. Compound 36 can give compound 37 by base catalysis. Cyclic condensation of compound 37 can yield compound 38 under condensation agents. Compound 38 can be transformed to compound 39 by reacting with hydrazine hydrate and acetic acid under heating condition. Compound 39 can be converted to compound 40 in the presence of phosphorus oxychloride. Coupling reaction of compound 40 with compound 22 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 41. Compound 41 is further reacted with compound 10 in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 42. Then the protecting group Pg in compound 42 can be removed to yield compound 43. Compound 43 is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 44.
[00301 ] Scheme 8
Figure imgf000157_0001
, 6a
[00302] Compound 48, wherein each of R5a, X3, e, f, R6a, Y4, Y4\ Y1. R14, R14a. R16 and R16a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 8. Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz. Coupling reaction of compound 24 with compound 45 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 46. The protecting group Pg in compound 46 can be removed to afford compound 47. which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 48.
[00303] Scheme 9
Figure imgf000157_0002
[00304] Compound 54, wherein each of Ria, f and R6 is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 9. Compound 51 is obtained by Diels-Alder reaction of compound 49 and compound 50 in the presence of /7-BuLi. Reduction of compound 51 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 52. The methyl group in compound 51 is then removed in the presence of boron tribromide to provide compound 53. Compound 53 can be reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to afford compound 54 by base catalysis. [00305] Scheme 10
Figure imgf000158_0001
[00306] Compound 66 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 10. Wherein each of R5a, X3, e, f, Y4, R14, Rl4a. R16 and R16a is as defined above and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz. Reaction of compound 55 with conjugated dienes under magnesium in polar solvent such as THF can give compound 56. Reduction of compound 56 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 57. Compound 57 can be transformed to compound 58 by reacting with NIS agent. The methyl group in compound 58 is then removed in the presence of boron tribromide to provide compound 59. Coupling reaction of compound 59 with compound 60 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 61. Compound 61 can be reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to afford compound 62 by base catalysis. Compound 62 is reacted with SmCl3/TMSCl and LiHMDS/PhNTf2 to afford an Intermediate in polar solvent such as THF, then the Intermediate is further reacted with bis(pinacolato)diboron in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 63. Compound 63 can be converted to compound 64 by reacting with compound 18 in the presence of Pd catalyst. The protecting group Pg is removed to afford compound 65, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 66.
[00307] Scheme 11
Figure imgf000159_0001
[00308] Compound 74, wherein each of R5a, X3, e, f, Y4, R14, Rl4a. R16 and Rl 6a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 1 1. Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Compound 67 can be converted to compound 68 by reacting with cyclohexene in the presence of acyl chloride and aluminium chloride in polar solvent such as CS2. Compound 68 can be reacted with acetyl chloride to afford compound 69 in the presence of aluminium chloride. Compound 69 can be converted to compound 70 in the presence of brominating agents such as TBDMSOTf and NBS. Condensation of compound 70 with compound 6 can give the compound 71. Compound 71 can be cyclized in the presence of ammonium acetate to form compound 72. The protecting group Pg in compound 72 is removed to afford compound 73, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 74.
[00309] Scheme 12
Figure imgf000160_0001
[00310] Compound 80 can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 12. Wherein each X5 is F, CI, Br or I and each of Y4, R5a, X3. e, f, R14, R16 is as defined above. Reaction of compound 75 with 6/.s(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 76 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 76 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 77. Compound 77 is further reacted with 6/.y(pinacolato)diboron in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 78. Compound 78 can be converted to compound 80 by reacting with compound 79 in the presence of Pd catalyst.
[0031 1] Scheme 13
Figure imgf000160_0002
[00312] Compound 88 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Srhemp Π Wherein earh nf Y Y« R 5a R6a X3 e f R 14 R l 4a R 16 and R l 6a is as defined above, each X' is independently F, CI, Br or I, and each of A1 , A2 and A3 is independently N or CR7. Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc. Fmoc or Cbz. Condensation of compound 81 with compound 6' can give the compound 82 by base catalysis. Compound 82 can be cyclized in the presence of ammonium acetate to form compound 83. Reaction of compound 83 with ^w(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 84 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 84 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 85. Compound 85 is further reacted with compound 10 in the presence of Pd catalyst to afford compound 86. The protecting group Pg in compound 86 is removed to afford compound 87, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 88.
[00313] Scheme 14
Figure imgf000161_0001
[00314] Compound 94, wherein each of R5a, X3, e. f. R6a. Y4 , R14. R a. R16 and Rl 6a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 14. Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Coupling reaction of compound 89 with compound 4 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 90. Reduction of compound 90 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 91. Condensation of compound 91 with compound 6' can give the compound 92 by base catalysis. The protecting group Pg in compound 92 is removed to afford compound 93, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 94.
[00315] Scheme 15
Figure imgf000162_0001
[00316] Compound 100 can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 15. Wherein each W4 is carbocycle or aromatic ring and each of Y4, R^, X3. e. f, R14, and R16 is as defined above. Coupling reaction of compound 95 with compound 96 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 97. Compound 97 can be reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to afford compound 98 by base catalysis. Reaction of compound 98 with >»(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 99 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 99 with compound 75 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 100.
[00317] Scheme 16
Figure imgf000163_0001
[00318] Compound 111 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 16. Wherein each of Y4\ Y4, R5a, R6a, X3, e. f, R14, R14a, R16 and R16a is as defined above, each X? is independently F. CI, Br or I. and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Compound 101 can be converted to compound 102 by base catalysis. Compound 102 can be converted to compound 103 in the presence of HOBT/EDCI and ammonium hydroxide. Condensation of compound 103 with compound 104 can give the compound 105 by base catalysis. Compound 105 can be cyclized in the presence of base to form compound 106. The protecting group Pg in compound 106 is removed to afford compound 107, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 108. Reaction of compound 108 with 6/s(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 109 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 109 with compound 110 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 111.
[00319] Scheme 17
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000164_0002
[00320] Compound 125 can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Scheme 17. Wherein each of Y4\ Y4, R5a. R6a, X3. e, f. R14. R14a, R16 and R16a is as defined above, each is independently F. CI, Br or I. and Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Compound 112 can be transformed to compound
113 by reacting with sodium sulfite. Compound 113 can be converted to compound
114 in the presence of Thionyl chloride and ammonium hydroxide. Reduction of compound 114 with a reducing agent, such as HI can afford compound 115. Cyclization of compound 115 with compound 104 can form compound 116 in the presence of base. The protecting group Pg in compound 116 is removed to afford compound 117, which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 118. Reaction of compound 118 with bis(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 119 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 119 with compound 120 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 121. The methyl group in compound 121 is then removed in the presence of boron tribromide to provide compound 122. Compound 122 can be reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to afford compound 123 by base catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 123 with compound 124 presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 125.
[00321 ] Scheme 18
Figure imgf000165_0001
[00322] Compound 131, wherein each of Y4\ Y4, R5a, R6a, X3, e, f, R14, R14a, R16 and R16a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 18. Pg is amino-protecting group such as Boc, Fmoc or Cbz. Coupling reaction of compound 4 with compound 89 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 126. Reduction of compound 126 with a reducing agent, such as Pd/C through the process of catalytic hydrogenation can afford compound 127. Condensation of compound 127 with compound 6 can give the compound 128 by base catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 128 with compound 17 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 129. The protecting group Pg in compound 129 is removed to afford compound 130. which is condensed with amino acid to provide compound 131.
[00323] Scheme 19
Figure imgf000166_0001
[00324] Compound 137, wherein each of Y4\ Y4, R5a, R6a, X3, e, f, R14, R14a, R16 and R16a is as defined above, can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 19. Compound 132 can be converted to compound 133 in the presence of brominating agents such as NBS. Coupling reaction of compound 133 with compound 134 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 135. Reaction of compound 135 with ^w(pinacolato)diboron can afford compound 136 by Pd catalysis. Coupling reaction of compound 136 with compound 79 in the presence of Pd catalyst can give compound 137.
[00325] EXAMPLES
[00326] Example 1
Figure imgf000166_0002
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000167_0001
[00327] Step 1) the preparation of compound 1-2 To a solution of (./?)- 1 -phenylethylamine (1.3 mL. 10.1 mmol) in toluene (15 mL) was added anhydrous Na2S04 (3.48 g, 24.5 mmol) at rt. followed by ethyl glyoxalate (1 mL, 10.1 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 1 -2 as yellow liquid (1.9 g, 91.8%), which was used for the next step without further purification.
[00328] Step 2) the preparation of compound 1-3
To a solution of compound 1-2 (2.0 g. 9.7 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added TFA (0.75 mL, 10.1 mmol). After 2 mins, to the mixture were added fresh 1. 3-cyclopentadiene (1.29 g, 19.5 mmol) and two drops of water in turn. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 12 hrs, then the solvent DMF was removed and a NaHC03 aqueous solution (20 mL, 10%) was added. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Na2C03 and extracted with PE (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 1 -3 as pale yellow liquid (2.38 g, 90.0%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.17-7.35 (m. 5H), 6.42 (br, 1 H), 6.26-6.28 (br. 1H), 4.30-4.34 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.82 (m. 2H), 3.02-3.04 (m, 1 H), 2.90 (br. 1H), 2.20 (br. 1 H), 2.13 (m, 1 H), 1.41 (d, 3H, J= 6.6 Hz), 0.95 (t, 3H. J = 7.2 Hz ).
[00329] Step 3) the preparation of compound 1 -4
To a solution of compound 1-3 (2 g. 7.37 mmol) in ethanol (60 mL) was added Pd/C (0.7 g). The mixture was stirred at rt under 20 atm of H2 gas for 24 hrs. The reaction mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 1-4 as yellow liquid (1.2 g. 96.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 170.2 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 4.15-4.21 (m, 2H), 3.55 (br, 1H), 3.33 (br, 1H). 2.63 (br, 1H), 2.32 (br, 1 H), 1.60-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.28 (t, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz ).
[00330] Step 4) the preparation of compound 1 -5
To a solution of compound 1 -4 (0.68 g, 4.02 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 (1.057 g, 6.03 mmol) and EDCI (1.543 g, 8.05 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added DIPEA (2.1 mL, 12.7 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, 30 mL of water was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (35 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound 1-5 as a white solid (0.74 g, 56.4%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 170.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.44 (br, 1 H), 4.40 (br. 1 H), 4.30-4.33 (m, 1H). 4.14-4.19 (m, 2H), 4.02 (br, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 2.74 (br. 1 H), 2.04 (br. 1 H). 1 .88-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.80 (m. 2H), 1.54-1.56 (m, 1 H), 1.38-1.43 (m. 1H), 1.26 (t. 3H, J= 7.1 Hz), 1.07 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.97 (d, 3H. J = 6.8 Hz).
[00331] Step 5) the preparation of compound 1 -6
To a solution of compound 1 -5 (0.74 g. 2.27 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate aqueous solution (0.4767 g, 1 1.35 mmol, 10 mL) at 0 °C. and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 12 hrs. The solvent THF was removed and 20 mL of water was added to the mixture, the resulting mixture was washed with EtOAc (15 mL x 3), and the aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 1 with hydrochloric acid (10%) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed by brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 1-6 as a white solid (0.55 g, 81.3%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 299.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) S (ppm): 4.52 (br, 1H), 4.20 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.93 (br, 1H ), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.73 (br, 1H), 1.98-2.01 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.05 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz ), 0.98 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz).
[00332] Step 6) the preparation of compound 1 -7
To a mixture of compound 1-6-2 (308 mg, 1.1074 mmol) and compound 1-6 (300 mg, 1.0067 mmol) in CH3CN (30.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.20 mL, 1.2081 mmol) dropwise under N2 at 0 °C, and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, to the mixture was added water (20 mL). Most of CH3CN was removed in vacuo and 20 mL of water was added to the residue. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound 1-7 as a pale yellow solid (332.6 mg, 66.7%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 495.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.75 (d, 2H, J = 8.52 Hz), 7.68 (d. 2H. J = 8.56 Hz), 5.45 (d, 1H, J - 9.4 Hz), 5.24 (d, 1 H, J = 16.56 Hz), 4.55-4.59 (m. 1 H). 3.67 (s. 3H). 3.57 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.73 (m, 2H). 2.19-2.27 (m, 1 H), 2.04 (s, 1 H). 1.77-1.84 (m. 2H), 1.46-1.49 (m, 1 H), 1.24-1.27 (m, 1 H), 1.07-1.08 (br.l H), 1 .03-1 .05 (m, 1H). 0.89-0.91 (m, 6H).
[00333] Step 7) the preparation of compound 1 -8
To a solution of compound 1 -7 (332.6 mg, 0.6714 mmol) in toluene (8 mL) was added NH4OAc (1.035 g, 13.43 mmol). and the mixture was stirred at 120 °C. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 20 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (188 mg, 58.94%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 476.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 10.35 (s, 1 H), 7.62-7.64 (d, 2H, J = 8.52 Hz), 7.45-7.55 (d, 2H, J = 1.84 Hz), 7.16 (s. 1 H), 5.46-5.54 (br. 2H), 4.53-4.57 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.58 (m, 1 H), 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.54 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.87 (m, 4H). 1.45-1.47 (m, 2H), 0.81-0.85 (m, 6H).
[00334] Step 8) the preparation of compound 1 -9
To a mixture of compound 1-8 (188.1 mg, 0.3957 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (150.75 mg, 0.5935 mmol). Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (33 mg. 0.03956 mmol) and KOAc (116.45 mg, 1.187 mmol) was added DMF (10 mL) via syringe under N2, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 50 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1 /2) to give the title compound 1 -9 as a beige solid (200 mg, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 523.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.48 (s, 1 H), 7.75-7.81 (m, 4H). 7.41 -7.43 (d, J = 8.0Hz, 1H), 5.39-5.49 (m, 2H), 4.53-4.58 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H). 3.57 (m, 1H). 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.54 (m, 1 H), 2.04-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.83 (m, 1 H), 1.46-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.38 (s, 12H), 0.81 -0.85 (m, 6H).
[00335] Step 9) the preparation of compound 1 -11
To a solution of compound 1-10 (20 g. 107 mmol) and compound HATU (48.82 g. 128.4 mmol) in THF (250 mL) was added DIPEA (19.5 mL, 118 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring at 0 °C for 0.5 hr. to the solution was added the compound 1 -10-2 (25.6 g, 119 mmol) in a portionwise manner, then the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water (100 mL), the solvent THF was removed, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (100 mL). The solution was stirred at 40 °C overnight, and HOAc was removed. The resulting mixture was dissolved in EtOAc (400 mL), washed with Na2C03 aq (150 mL x 3) and dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (35 g, 81 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 367.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.68 (s, 1 H), 7.42-7.40 (m, 1 H), 7.30-7.28 (m. 1 H), 5.11 -5.09 (m. 1 H), 3.45-3.43 (m. 2H). 2.94-2.93 (m. 1 H), 2.21-2.18 (m, 2H). 2.01 -1.91 (m, 1 H), 1 .49 (s, 9H).
[00336] Step 10) the preparation of compound 1-12
To a solution of compound 1 -11 ( 10.0 g, 27.39 mmol) in EtOAc (50.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (60.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise at 0 °C„ and the mixture was stirred at rt. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (8.0 g, 86.49%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 313.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.70-7.76 (m, 2H), 5.25-5.27 (m, 1 H), 3.30-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.77 (m. 1 H), 2.54-2.52 (m, 1H). 2.40-2.37 (m. 1 H), 2.30-2.10 (m, 1H).
[00337] Step 1 1 ) the preparation of compound 1-13
To a solution of compound 1-12 (6.0 g. 18.8 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 (4.9 g, 28.2 mmol) and EDCI (5.4 g. 28.2 mmol) in DCM (100.0 mL) was added DIPEA (18.64 mL, 112.8 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. and the mixture was stirred at rt. After the reaction was completed, 100 mL of water was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2C12 (150 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a solid (5.77 g, 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 423.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.59-7.51 (m, 1 H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 2H). 5.42-5.38 (m, 2H). 4.34-4.30 (m, 1 H). 3.87-3.76 (m. 1 H). 3.70 (s, 3H). 3.66-3.62 (m, 1 H). 3.04-2.98 (m, 1 H). 2.25-2.20 (m. 1 H). 2.20-2.13 (m, 2H), 1 .96-1 .94 (m, 1 H). 0.88-0.84 (m, 6H).
[00338] Step 12) the preparation of compound 1 -14
To a mixture of compound 1 -13 (3.0 g. 7.1 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (2.72 g, 10.7 mmol). Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (653 mg. 0.8 mmol) and OAc (2.09 g. 21.3 mmol) was added DMF (30 mL) via syringe under N2, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 60 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a beige solid (2.1 g, 62.8%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 471.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.87-7.80 (m, 1 H), 7.71 -7.66 (m, 2H), 5.47-5.42 (m, 2H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.84 (m, 1 H). 3.70 (s, 3H). 3.64-3.62 (m, 1 H), 3.04-2.98 (m, 1H). 2.25-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.13 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.94 (m, 1H). 1.35 (s, 12H), 0.88-0.84 (m, 6H).
[00339] Step 13) the preparation of compound 1 -15
To a solution of 1 ,4-benzoquinone ( 10.0 g, 92.5 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added fresh 1 ,3-cyclopentadiene (9.20 g. 138.8 mmol) dropwsie at -10 °C, and the mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hr and then at rt for another 0.5 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, 500 mL of hexane was added and the resulting mixture was stirred and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (10.5 g. 65.2%), which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 175.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.57 (s, 2H). 6.68 (s, 2H). 3.55 (s, 2H), 3.22-3.21 (m, 2H). 1.56- 1.42 (m, 2H).
[00340] Step 14) the preparation of compound 1 -16 A solution of compound 1 -15 (5.50 g, 31.6 mmol) and sodium acetate (7.77 g, 94.7 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) was stirred at 50 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM) to give the title compound as a white solid (5.10 g, 92.7%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 175.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 6.80-6.79 (m, 2H), 6.35 (s, 2H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 4.10-4.09 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.18 (m, 2H).
[00341 ] Step 15) the preparation of compound 1-17
A suspension of compound 1 -16 (4.70 g, 27.0 mmol) and a catalytic amount of Pd/C (470 mg) in methanol (50 mL) was stirred at rt under 1 atm of ¾ gas for 1.5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (3.55 g, 74.6%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, i/6-DMSO) δ (ppm): 8.27 (s, 2H). 6.29 (s, 2H). 3.47 (s, 2H). 1.79-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.34 (m, 1H), 1.01-0.99 (m, 2H).
[00342] Step 16) the preparation of compound 1-18
To a solution of compound 1 -17 (3.35 g, 19 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added pyridine (9.00 g, 114 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After the mixture was stirred for 10 mins, trifiuoromethanesulfonic anhydride (21 g, 76 mmol) was added, and then the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL). washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SC»4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/DCM (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound as colorless oil (8.2 g, 98.0%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.05 (s, 2H), 3.71 -3.70 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.68 (m, 1 H), 1.38-1.34 (m, 2H).
[00343] Step 17) the preparation of compound 1 -19
To a mixture of compound 1-18 (447 mg, 1.016 mmol), compound 1 -14 (478 mg, 1.016 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (117 mg, 0.1016 mmol) and K2C03 (420.7 mg. 3.048 mmol) were added DME (10.0 mL) and pure water (2.5 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), then 10 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (340 mg, 53%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 635.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.85-7.79 (m, 2H). 7.42-7.41 (m. 2H). 7.27 (s, 1 H), 4.95-5.12 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.83 (m. 1 H). 3.72 (s, 3H). 3.59-3.63 (m. 2H), 3.32-3.35 (m, 2H). 3.02-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.89 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.87 (m, 6H), 0.91-1.02 (m, 6H).
[00344] Step 18) the preparation of compound 1 -20
To a mixture of compound 1 -19 (332 mg, 0.522 mmol), compound 1 -9 (300 mg. 0.574 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (60.29 mg, 0.0522 mmol) and K2C03 (216 mg. 1 .566 mmol) were added DME (6.0 mL) and pure water (1.5 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), then 10 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (230.4 mg, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 441.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.89-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.71 -7.74 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.59 (m, 4H), 7.31 -7.33 (m, 2H), 5.40-5.44 (m, 2H), 4.69-4.71 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.30 (br, 1 H), 3.73 (s, 6H), 3.49-3.54 (m, 2H). 3.0-3.02 (d, 4H. J = 8.0 Hz). 2.51-2.60 (br, 1 H), 2.32-2.41 (br, 1H), 2.17-2.20 (br, 2H), 2.10 (s, 1 H), 2.04 (s, 1H), 1.91-1.96 (br, 2H), 1.58-1.66 (m, 2H), 1 .24-1.27 (m, 2H), 1.14 (s, 6H), 0.81 -0.85 (m, 12H).
[00345] Example 2
Figure imgf000177_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000178_0001
[00346] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 2- 1 -B
To a solution of compound 2-1 -A (10 g, 77.5 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was added thionyl chloride (5.5 mL, 75.8 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1.0 hr and then at rt for another 2.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, a NaHC03 aqueous solution was added to the mixture, and the solvent MeOH was removed. To the residue was added 30 mL of water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (35 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc) to give the title compound 2-1 -B as colorless liquid (7.5 g, 67.6%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 144.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.38 (br, 1 H), 4.16-4.20 (m, 1H). 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.39 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.14 (m, 1H).
[00347] Step 2) the preparation of compound 2-1 -C
To a solution of compound 2-1 -B (6.45 g, 45.06 mmol) in MeCN (30 mL) was added DMAP (0.5503 g. 4.5 mmol) at 0 °C, followed by di- /7-butyl dicarbonate (10.816 g, 49.56 mmol) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 mins and then at rt for another 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) - 1/1 ) to give the title compound 2-1 -C as colorless liquid (5.0 g, 45.6%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 144.2 [M-Boc] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 4.57-4.60 (m, 1 H). 3.75 (s, 3H). 2.55-2.65 (m. 1 H). 2.42-2.50 (m, 1 H). 2.24-2.36 (m. 1 H), 1.96-2.04 (m. 1 H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
[00348] Step 3) the preparation of compound 2-1 -D
To a solution of compound 2-1 -C (3.74 g, 15.4 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) was added lithium triethylborohydride dropwise (1.793 g. 16.9 mmol) at -78 °C. After the mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 70 mins, DIPEA (3.2 mL, 19.4 mmol), DMAP (0.1877 g, 1.54 mmol) and TFAA (3 mL, 40.4 mmol) were added in turn, and then the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 2-1 -D as yellow liquid (2.26 g, 64.8%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 128.2 [M-Boc] +;
1H NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 6.52-6.65 (br. 1 H), 4.91 -4.96 (br, 1H). 4.57-4.68 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.00-3.12 (m, 1 H), 2.61 -2.71 (m, 1 H). 1.44-1.49 (br, 9H).
[00349] Step 4) the preparation of compound 2-1 -E
To a solution of diethylzinc (0.4871 g, 3.94 mmol) in toluene (6 mL) was added chloroiodomethane (1.394 g, 7.9 mmol) at 0 °C. After the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 45 mins, a solution of compound 2-1 -D (300 mg. 1.32 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) was added, and then the mixture was stirred for 18 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution (15 mL), and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1) to give the title compound 2-1 -E as yellow liquid (0.19 g, 59.7%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 142.2 [M-Boc] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 4.51 -4.64 (m, 1 H). 3.70 (s, 3H). 3.45-3.56 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.64 (m, 1 H). 2.01 -2.05 (m, 1 H), 1.50, 1.41 (s. s. 9H), 0.65-0.75 (m, 3H). [00350] Step 5) the preparation of compound 2-1
To a solution of compound 2-1 -E (1.02 g, 4.23 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate aqueous solution (0.8888 g, 21.2 mmol, 10 mL) at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 12 hrs. After the reaction was completed, THF was removed and 10 mL of water was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was washed with EtOAc (25 mL x 3), and the aqueous phase wasadjusted to pH 1 with hydrochloric acid (10%) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 2-1 as a white solid (0.8371 g, 87%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. neg.ion) m/z: 226.2 [M-H] ";
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ (ppm): 4.46-4.53 (m. 1H), 3.42-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.70 (m, 1 H), 2.01 -2.05 (m. 1H), 1.54-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.48, 1.41 (s, s, 9H), 0.80-0.89 (m, 1H), 0.66-0.73 (m, 1H).
[00351] Step 6) the preparation of compound 2-6- A
To a solution of compound 1 -10 (10.0 g, 46.6 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added diborane (100 mL, 1M/L in THF) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with MeOH (80 mL), and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) =3/2) to give the title compound 2-6- A as colorless oil (7.0 g. 75.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.87-3.99 (br, 1 H), 3.51 -3.68 (m, 2H). 3.39-3.48 (m, 1 H), 3.25-3.34 (m, 1 H). 1.92-2.05 (m, 2H). 1.71 -1.88 (m. 2H), 1.45 (s. 9H).
[00352] Step 7) the preparation of compound 2-6-B To a solution of compound 2-6-A (7.0 g, 34.8 mmol) in DCM (250 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (20.7 g, 48.8 mmol) in a portionwise manner at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 250 mL of water was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was filtered. After the layers were partitioned, the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound 2-6-B as colorless oil (3.5 g, 50.7%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 9.46 (d, 1H, J = 2.8 Hz), 4.03-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.51 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.93-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
[00353] Step 8) the preparation of compound 2-6-C
To a solution of compound 2-6-B (3.5 g, 17.6 mmol) and ammonia (13 mL) in MeOH (30 mL) was added glyoxal (8 mL. 40% in H20) dropwsie at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound 2-6-C as a white solid (2.0 g, 47.6%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 238.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.96 (s, 1H), 4.94 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.68, 2.40 Hz), 3.38 (t. 2H, J = 6.24 Hz). 2.03-2.17 (m, 2H). 1.91 -1.99 (m. 2H), 1.48 (s. 9H).
[00354] Step 9) the preparation of compound 2-6-D
To a solution of compound 2-6-C (2.0 g, 8.4 mmol) in DCM (60 mL) was added /V-iodosuccinimide (3.8 g, 16.8 mmol) at 0 °C in portionwise manner, and the mixture was continued to stir for 1 .5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound 2-6-D as a white solid (2.6 g, 63.1 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 490.0 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 4.89 (dd, 1H, J = 7.64, 2.52 Hz), 3.36 (t, 2H), 2.02-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H).
[00355] Step 10) the preparation of compound 2-6-1
To a suspension of compound 2-6-D (1 .6 g, 3.27 mmol) in mixed solvents of ethanol and water (50 mL, v/v = 3/7) was added Na2S03 (3.7 g, 29 mmol), and the mixture was refluxed for 17 hrs. After the reaction was completed, most of ethanol was removed in vacuo, and 20 mL of water was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound 2-6-1 as a white solid (1.0 g, 84%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 364.1 [M+H] +;
MS (ESI, neg.ion) mlz: 362.1 [M-H] " ;
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 6 (ppm): 7.04 (d, 1 H, J = 1.84 Hz), 4.89 (dd, 1H, J = 7.72 Hz, 2.56 Hz), 3.36 (t, 2H), 2.03-2.18 (m. 2H). 1.82-1.97 (m, 2H). 1.47 (s, 9H).
[00356] Step 11 ) the preparation of compound 2-2
To a solution of compound 2-1 (4.79 g. 17.228 mmol) and compound 1-6-2 (4.5 g, 19.81 mmol) in DCM (60 mL) was added DIPEA (3.4 mL. 20.67 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water (80 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound 2-2 as a white solid (4.5 g, 61.73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 424.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.73-7.77 (m, 2H). 7.62-7.64 (m, 2H). 5.09-5.53 (m, 2H), 4.67-4.78 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.59 (m, 1 H), 2.62-2.69 (m, 1 H), 2.40-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 0.96-1.00 (m, 1 H). 0.69-0.76 (m, 2H).
[00357] Step 12) the preparation of compound 2-3
A mixture of compound 2-2 (4.5 g, 10.64 mmol) and acetamide (16.4 g, 212.73 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) was stirred at 120 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt„ and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 8/1 ) to give the title compound (1.38 g, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 404.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.52-7 '.62 (br. 2H). 7.46-7.49 (d. 2H, J = 12 Hz), 7.21 (s. 1 H), 5.24-5.27 (d. 1 H. J = 10.0 Hz), 3.27-3.31 (m, 1 H). 1 .67-1.71 (m. 2H). 1.52 (s. 9H), 0.86-0.89 (m, 1 H), 0.64-0.69 (m, 2H).
[00358] Step 13) the preparation of compound 2-4
A mixture of compound 2-3 (2.1 g, 5.2 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (1 .59 g, 6.25 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (425 mg, 0.52 mmol) and KOAc (1.54 g, 15.63 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. To the filtrate was added 150 mL of water, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound (2.27 g, 97%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 452.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.79-7.81 (d, 2H, J = 8.04 Hz), 7.60 (br, 2H). 7.26 (s, 1 H), 5.26-5.28 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 3.53 (br. 1 H), 3.27-3.30 (br, 1 H), 1.66-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.52 (s. 9H), 1.34 (s, 12H), 0.86-0.89 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.69 (m, 2H).
[00359] Step 14) the preparation of compound 2-5
To a mixture of compound 1-18 (500 mg, 1.14 mmol), compound 2-4 (512.4 mg, 1.14 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (131 mg, 0.1 14 mmol) and K2C03 (391 mg, 2.84 mmol) were added DME (10 mL) and pure water (2.4 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), then 20 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1) to give the title compound as an offwhite solid (392 mg. 56.16%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 616.3 [M+H] +:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.73 (br, 1 H). 7.42-7.45 (d, 2H. J = 8.12 Hz), 7.29 (s, 2H), 7.18-7.20 (d, 1 H, J = 8.8 Hz). 7.02-7.04 (d. 1H, J = 8.56 Hz), 5.29-5.32 (m, I H). 3.59 (br, IH), 3.33-3.36 (m, I H), 2.02-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.58 (m. 8H), 1.54 (s, 9H), 0.86-0.89 (br, I H), 0.64-0.70 (m. 2H).
[00360] Step 15) the preparation of compound 2-6
A mixture of compound 2-5 (250 mg. 0.406 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (123.8 mg, 0.487 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (33.18 mg, 0.0406 mmol) and OAc (120 mg. 1.22 mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. To the filtrate was added 30 mL of water, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 150/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.15 g. 62.24%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) ml . 594.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.64-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.59 (d, I H, J - 8.0 Hz), 7.49-7.51 (m. 2H), 7.31 (m, IH), 7.14-7.16 (d, IH. J = 8.0 Hz). 5.33-5.34 (br, I H), 3.98 (br, I H), 2.1 1 -2.26 (m, 2H), 1.94 (br. I H), 1.80-1.82 (d, 2H. J = 8.0 Hz). 1.56-1.59 (m. 3H). 1.39-1.42 (m, 1 1 H). 1 .24 (s, 12H), 0.86-0.89 (br. I H). 0.64-0.70 (m, 2H).
[00361 ] Step 16) the preparation of compound 2-7
To a mixture of compound 2-6 ( 150.3 mg. 0.2533 mmol). compound 2-6-1 (91.95 mg, 0.2533 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (29.26 mg. 0.02533 mmol) and K2C03 ( 123.23 mg. 0.8866 mmol) were added EtOH (4.0 mL) and pure water ( 1.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), then 10 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 80/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (103 mg, 57.9%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 703.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.64-7.69 (m. 2H), 7.52-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.35 (br, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1 H), 7.18-7.21 (br, 1H), 5.27-5.29 (br, 1 H), 4.96-4.97 (br, 1H), 3.77-3.97 (br, 2H), 3.66 (br, 1 H), 3.54-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.02-2.04 (m, 4H), 1.49-1.54 (m, 8H), 1.45 (s, 18H), 0.86-0.89 (br, 1 H). 0.64-0.70 (m, 2H).
[00362] Step 17) the preparation of compound 2-8
To a solution of compound 2-7 (153 mg, 0.2178 mmol) in EtOAc (4 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (3 mL. 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and EtOAc (10 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (103 mg, 73%), which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 503.3 [M+H] +.
[00363] Step 18) the preparation of compound 2-9
To a suspension of compound 2-8 (103 mg, 0.159 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (58.42 mg, 0.333 mmol), EDCI (63.84 mg, 0.333 mmol) and HOAT (32.42 mg. 0.238 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.21 mL, 1.27 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. The resulting mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (33.9 mg, 26.27%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 409.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.85-7.87 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.47 (m, 3H). 7.38 (s, 1 H), 7.18 (br, 2H), 5.16-5.22 (br. 2H), 4.64 (br, 2H), 4.19-4.24 (m, 2H), 3.69 (s, 6H), 3.59-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.24 (br, 2H), 2.33-2.40 (m, 4H), 2.24-2.26 (m, 3H), 1.73-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 0.97-1.05 (m, 12H), 0.86-0.89 (br, 1H), 0.64-0.70 (m, 2H).
[00364] Example 3
Figure imgf000188_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000189_0001
[00365] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 3-1
A mixture of compound 1 -11 (3.0 g. 1 1.27 mmol), compound 1-8-2 (4.29 g, 16.9 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (653 mg, 0.8 mmol) and KOAc (2.09 g. 21.3 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 60 mL of water was added, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a beige solid (2.2 g, 65%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 414.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.69 (s, 1 H), 7.45-7.43 (m, 1 H). 7.32-7.30 (m. 1 H), 5.12-5.10 (m, 1 H), 3.45-3.43 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.94 (m. 1 H). 2.25-2.22 (m, 2H). 2.01 -1 .91 (m. 1 H), 1.49 (s. 9H), 1.35 (s. 12H). [00366] Step 2) the preparation of compound 3-2
To a mixture of compound 2-5 (127.7 mg, 0.207 mmol), compound 3-1 (89.53 mg, 0.207 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (23.97 mg, 0.0207 mmol) and K2C03 (85.93 mg, 0.6227 mmol) were added DME (4.0 mL) and pure water (1.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), then 20 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (149.6 mg, 95.72%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 378.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.51-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 1 H). 7.21 (s, 1H), 5.25-5.27 (d, 1 H, J = 8.0 Hz), 5.14-5.16 (br, 1H). 3.60 (br, 2H), 3.44-3.53 (m, 3H), 2.01 -2.21 (m, 12H), 1.51 (s. 18H). 0.80-0.85 (m, 1H), 0.61 -0.63 (m, 2H).
[00367] Step 3) the preparation of compound 3-3
To a solution of compound 3-2 (149.6 mg, 0.198 mmol) in EtOAc (4 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and EtOAc (10 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (114 mg. 82.4%), which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 553.3 [M+H] +. [00368] Step 4) the preparation of compound 3-4
To a suspension of compound 3-3 (1 14.3 mg, 0.163 mmol), compound 1-4-2 (60.22 mg, 0.343 mmol), EDCI (65.89 mg. 0.343 mmol) and HOAT (33.41 mg, 0.245 mmol) in DCM (5.0 niL) was added DIPEA (0.216 mL, 1.309 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs and diluted with DCM (20 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (85 mg, 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 434.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.56-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.35-7.38 (m, I H), 7.26 (s, IH), 5.26-5.28 (d. I H, J = 8.0 Hz), 5.14-5.16 (br, I H), 4.83-4.85 (m. 2H). 3.72 (s. 6H), 3.61 (br. 2H), 3.44-3.53 (m. 4H), 1 .95-2.1 8 (m, 13H). 1.05-1.08 (m, 12H), 0.80-0.85 (m, I H), 0.61 -0.63 (m, 2H).
[00369] Example 4
Figure imgf000191_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000192_0001
[00370] Step 1) the preparation of compound 4-2
A solution of compound 4-1 (0.5 g, 2.3 mmol) and CuBr2 (1.13 g, 4.84 mmol) in EtOAc (5.0 mL) was stirred at 60 °C for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and filtered. 20 mL of water was added to the filtrate and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.78 g). which was used for the next step without further purification.
[00371 ] Step 2) the preparation of compound 4-3
To a solution of compound 4-2 (0.78 g, 2.64 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was added Et3N (0.55 mL, 3.96 mmol) at -10 °C. followed by compound 1 -10 (0.68 g. 3.16 mmol). and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed. 20 mL of water was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 6/1 ) to give the title compound 4-3 as a white solid (0.48 g, 42.5%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 319.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.84-7.82 (m. 1 H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 2H), 5.38-5.05 (m, 2H), 4.47-4.38 (m, 1 H), 2.32-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.59 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.91 (m, 1 H), 1.46-1.44 (m, 9H).
[00372] Step 3) the preparation of compound 4-4
A suspension of compound 4-3 (5.12 g, 1 1.93 mmol) and ammonium acetate (9.19 g. 1 19.3 mmol) in toluene (60 mL) was stirred at 110 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water (50 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to give title compound as yellow oil (3.6 g, 73.62%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 41 1.28 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.93 (s, 1 H), 7.40-7.39 (d, 1 H, J = 3.36 Hz) , 7.33-7.31 (m, 1 H), 7.29-7.27 (m, 1H), 5.00-4.98 (m, 1 H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 2.17-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.97 (m, 2H). 1.58-1.38 (m, 9H).
[00373] Step 4) the preparation of compound 4-5
A mixture of compound 4-4 (3.6 g. 8.77 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (2.27 g, 8.95 mmol). PdCl2(PPh3)2 (0.31 g. 0.44 mmol) and OAc (2.15 g. 21.9 mmol) in DME (50 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. 50 mL of water was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (2.63 g, 65.6%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 458.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (d, 1H, J = 3.36 Hz), 7.35-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.27 (m, 1 H), 5.02-5.00 (m, 1H), 2.06-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.17-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.97 (m, 2H). 1.58-1.38 (m, 9H), 1.24 (s, 12H).
[00374] Step 5) the preparation of compound 4-6
A mixture of compound 4-5 (1.0 g. 2.665 mmol), compound 5-2 (1.17 g, 2.665 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.154 g, 0.133 mmol) and KF (0.31 g, 5.329 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME (6 mL) and H20 (1.5 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. 50 mL of water was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 8/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.96 g. 70.59%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 622.15 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.52-7.50 (m. 2H), 7.28-7.27 (m, 2H).
7.20-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.05-7.03 (m. 1H). 5.20-5.18 (m. 2H), 3.73-3.69 (m, 1H),
3.63-3.60 (m, 1 H), 2.68-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.05 (m, 1 H), 2.03-2.01 (m, 2H). 1.62-21.59 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.46 (m, 4H). 1.32 (s, 9H).
[00375] Step 6) the preparation of compound 4-7 A mixture of compound 4-6 (0.94 g, 1.02 mmol), compound 1-8-2 (0.46 g, 1.81 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (0.123 g, 0.15 mmol) and KOAc (0.37 g, 3.78 mmol) in DME (15 mL) was stirred at 120 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 8/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.61 g, 67%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 622.15 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.04 (s, 1 H), 5.35-5.09 (m, 2H), 3.98-3.63 (m, 1 H), 3.58-3.29 (m, 1 H), 2.55-2.34 (m. 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
[00376] Step 7) the preparation of compound 4-8
To a mixture of compound 4-7 (0.61 g. 1.02 mmol), compound 2-6-1 (0.406 g, 1.12 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (58.8 mg, 0.051 mmol) and K2C03 (0.421 g, 3.05 mmol) were added EtOH (6.0 mL) and H20 (1.5 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. Water (20 ml) was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (700 mg, 97.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 709.25 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.56-7.58 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz). 7.45 (br, 1H), 7.31 (br, 1 H), 7.20 (br, 1 H), 7.13-7.15 (d. 1 H. J = 8.0 Hz), 5.03 (br, 1 H). 3.54 (br, 1 H). 3.42 ( br, 2H ) , 2.11-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.02-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.94 (br, 1 H), 1.80-1.82 (d, 2H, J= 8.0 Hz), 1.56-1.59 (m. 12H), 1.39-1.42 (m, 1 H), 1.35 (s. 12H).
[00377] Step 8) the preparation of compound 4-9
To a solution of compound 4-8 (0.7 g, 0.998 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (5 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as a brown solid (450 mg, 69.23%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 557.20 [M+H] +.
[00378] Step 9) the preparation of compound 4-10
To a mixture of compound 4-9 (0.45 g, 0.687 mmol), compound 1-4-2 (0.265 g, 1.51 mmol), EDCI (0.28 g, 1.51 mmol) and HOAT (0.187 g, 0.137 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) at -10 °C was added DIPEA (0.144 mL, 0.87 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution. The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (380 mg, 67.18%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 412.25 [M+2H] 2+;
1 H NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.85-7.87 (d. 2H. J = 8.0 Hz), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.18 (br. 2H). 5.16-5.22 (br. 2H). 4.64 (br. 2H). 4.19-4.24 (m. 2H), 3.69 (s, 6H), 3.59-3.57 (m. 4H). 3.24 (br. 2H). 2.33-2.40 (m. 4H), 2.24-2.26 (m. 4H). 1.73-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 0.97-1.05 (m, 12H). [00379] Example 5
Figure imgf000197_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000197_0002
[00380] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 5-1
To a solution of compound 1 -6-2 (30 g, 107.9 mmol) and compound 1 -10 (25.6 g, 118.7 mmol) in MeCN (250 mL) was added DIPEA (21.4 mL, 129.5 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with ice water (100 mL). and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (40 g. 91 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 412.7 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.78-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.63 (m, 2H), 5.53-5.15 (m, 2H), 4.49-4.39 (m, I H), 3.59-3.54 (m, IH), 3.48-3.38 (m, IH), 2.31-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.01 (m, I H), 1.98-1.85 (m, IH), 1.45 (d, 9H).
[00381 ] Step 2) the preparation of compound 5-2
A suspension of compound 5-1 (15 g, 36.4 mmol) and ammonium acetate (42 g, 54.6 mmol) in toluene (150 mL) was stirred at 120 °C. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and the reaction was quenched with 100 mL of water. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound 5-2 (12.12 g, 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 392.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.78-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.63 (m, 2H). 7.21 -7.20 (m, I H), 5.53-5.15 (m. 2H), 4.49-4.39 (m. I H), 3.59-3.54 (m, IH), 3.48-3.38 (m, I H), 2.31 -2.21 (m, 2H). 2.12-2.01 (m. I H), 1.98-1.85 (m. I H). 1.45 (d, 9H).
[00382] Step 3) the preparation of compound 5-3
A mixture of compound 5-2 (4.0 g. 10.23 mmol), compoundl -8-2 (2.86 g, 11.25 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (418 mg, 0.51 mmol) and KOAc (2.51 g, 25.57 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (80 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. 150 mL of water was added to the filtrate, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound (3.6 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.35 (m, 4H), 7.10 (s, 1 H), 4.93 (t, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz). 3.88-3.66 (m, 2H). 2.90 (t, 1 H, J = 8.0 Hz), 2.50-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.25 (m, 1 H), 1.48 (s. 9H), 1.26 (s. 12H).
[00383] Step 4) the preparation of compound 5-4
To a mixture of compound 1 -18 (1.5 g, 3.4 mmol), compound 5-3 (3.24 g, 7.38 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg. 0.17 mmol) and K2C03 ( 1.412 g, 10.22 mmol) were added DME (12.0 mL) and H20 (3.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and 20 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (60 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (1.56 g. 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 767.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.72 (m, 4H), 7.50-7.52 (d, 6H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.24 (s, 2H), 5.00-5.01 (d. 2H, J = 4.0 Hz), 3.59-3.63 (br. 2H), 3.37-3.47 (br, 2H). 2.94-3.06 (br, 2H), 2.1 1-2.24 (m, 4H), 1.98-2.06 (m. 8H). 1.73-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.51 (s. 18H).
[00384] Step 5) the preparation of compound 5-5
To a solution of compound 5-4 (750 mg, 0.978 mmol) in EtOAc (5 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (5 mL. 4 M) dropwise. and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was washed with EtOAc (20 mL) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (697 mg, 100%), which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 567.3 [M+H] +.
[00385] Step 6) the preparation of compound 5-6
To a mixture of compound 5-5 (480 mg, 0.674 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (235.8 mg, 1.35 mmol), EDCI (271.3 mg, 1.415 mmol) and HOAT (137.58 mg. 1.01 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (0.89 mL, 5.39 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. The mixture was diluted with DCM (40 mL), washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 60/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (356 mg, 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 441.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.79-7.87 (m, 2H), Ί .62-1.69 (m, 2H). 7.45-7.52 (m, 6H), 7.24 (m. 2H), 5.26-5.34 (m, 2H), 4.30-4.41 (m, 2H). 3.75-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 6H), 3.64-3.68 (br, 2H), 3.60-3.63 (br, 2H). 2.20-2.32 (m. 6H). 2.05-2.07 (m, 2H). 1.81 -1.93 (m, 6H), 0.94-0.97 (m. 12H).
[00386] Example 6
Figure imgf000200_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000201_0001
[00387] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 6-1
To a mixture of compound 1 -18 (1.5 g, 3.4 mmol). compound 3-1 (2.886 g, 6.98 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg, 0.17 mmol) and 2C03 ( 1.412 g. 10.22 mmol) were added DME (12.0 mL) and H20 (3.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (40 mL), and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (60 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid ( 1.0 g. 42%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) ml∑: 358.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.85 (s, 1 H). 7.72-7.74 (m, 1 H). 7.61 (d, 1H, J = 7.6 Hz). 7.52-7.53 (m. 2H), 7.35-7.40 (m, 3H), 5.15-5.16 (m, 2H). 3.45 (br, 2H). 3.05 (m. 2H ). 2.20-2.24 (br. 4H), 1 .67-1.69 (br. 6H). 1.40-1 .43 (br. 6H). 1.26 (s. 18H).
[00388] Step 2) the preparation of compound 6-2
To a solution of compound 6-2 (750 mg, 1 .049 mmol) in EtOAc (5 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (5 mL, 4 M) dropwise. and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was washed with EtOAc (20 mL) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (692.7 mg, 100%), which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 515.3 [M+H] +.
[00389] Step 3) the preparation of compound 6-3
To a mixture of compound 6-2 (617 mg, 0.9344 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (344 mg, 1.96 mmol), EDCI (376 mg, 1.96 mmol) and HOAT (190.78 mg, 1.40 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (1.23 mL, 7.47 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. The mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (387 mg, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 415.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.88 (d, 1 H, J = 4.6 Hz), 7.80 (d. 1 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.47 (s, 1 H), 7.45-7.23 (m, 5H). 5.72-5.36 (m, 2H). 4.44-4.34 (m. 2H). 3.72 (s. 6H), 3.20-3.07 (m, 2H). 3.02-2.87 (m. 2H), 2.50-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.14 (m, 2H). 2.10-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.32 (m, 12H), 0.98-0.80 (m. 12H).
[00390] Example 7
Figure imgf000203_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000203_0002
7-4
[00391 ] Step 1) the preparation of compound 7-1
A suspension of compound 1 -18 (8.30 g. 18.8 mmol). compound 5-3 (8.45 g. 19.2 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (1 .10 g. 0.94 mmol) and K2C03 ( 10.4 g, 75.4 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (80 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed. 50 mL of EtOAc was added to the mixture and the resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (5.50 g, 48.7%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 604.3 [M+H] +;
'H NM (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ (ppm): 10.53 (brs, 1 H), 7.83 (brs, 1 H), 7.42 (d, 2H, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, 1H, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.02 (d, 1H, J = 8.6 Hz). 4.98 (d, 1 H, J = 5.2 Hz), 3.70 (s, 1 H), 3.60 (s, 1H), 3.48-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.82-1.80 (m, 1 H), 1.59-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.51 (s, 9H), 1.43-1.39 (m, 3H).
[00392] Step 2) the preparation of compound 7-2
A suspension of compound 3-1 (0.34 g, 0.83 mmol), compound 7-1 (0.5 g, 0.83 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (48 mg, 0.04 mmol) and K2C03 (0.28 g, 2.07 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (8 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into 30 mL of water and the resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was dissolved in EtOAc (30 mL), the solution was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.54 g, 88%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 741.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 10.80 (brs, 1 H). 10.54 (brs, 1 H), 7.80-7.72 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.40-7.38 (m, 2H). 5.16 (d, 1 H. J = 6.0 Hz), 5.00 (d. 1 H, J = 4.0 Hz), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.43 (s, 4H), 3.08-3.03 (m, 2H). 2.22-2.17 (m. 4H), 2.04-1.97 (m. 6H), 1.80-1.88 (m, 2H), 1 .76-1.74 (m. 8H). 1.51 (s. 18H).
[00393] Step 3) the preparation of compound 7-3
To a solution of compound 7-2 (0.54 g. 0.73 mmol) in EtOAc (8.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (4 mL. 4 M) dropwise. and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. The reaction process was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with EtOAc (20 mL) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.36 g, 72%). which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 540.3 [M+H] +.
[00394] Step 4) the preparation of compound 7-4
A suspension of compound 7-3 (0.36 g. 0.52 mmol), compound 7-3-2 (193 mg, 1.31 mmol), EDCI (221 mg, 1.15 mmol) and HOAT (142 mg, 1.05 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C for 5 mins, then DIPEA (0.87 mL, 5.24 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (400 mg. 95%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 799.9 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR(400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.64 (brs, 2H). 7.85-7.70 (m. 2H). 7.52-7.48 (m, 4H). 7.39-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.22 (m, 2H), 5.69-5.67 (m, 2H). 5.46-5.45 (m, 2H). 4.60-4.54 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 6H), 2.90-2.15 (m, 2H). 2.48-2.29 (m, 2H). 2.25-1.85 (m, 8H). 1.60-1.35 (m. 4H). 1.15-1.00 (m. 6H).
[00395] Example 8
Figure imgf000205_0001
Synthetic routes:
Figure imgf000206_0001
8-5
[00396] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 8-1
To a solution of compound 3-1 (5.0 g, 12.1 mmol) in EtOAc (40 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (15 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. The reaction process was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, then washed with EtOAc (50 mL) and filtered to give the title compound as a white solid (3.5 g, 75%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 386.1 [M+H] +.
[00397] Step 2) the preparation of compound 8-2
A suspension of compound 8-1 (1.0 g. 2.6 mmol). compound 8-1 -2 (0.6 g, 2.86 mmol). EDCI (0.55 g. 2.86 mmol) and HOAT (0.36 g. 2.6 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was stirred at 0 °C. then DIPEA (1.72 mL. 10.4 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (40 mL), washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.75 g, 58%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.6 (brs, 1 H), 8.81 (m, 1 H), 7.90 (m, 1H), 7.73-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.37 (m, 4H). 7.24-7.26 (m, 1 H), 6.00-6.02 (m, 1H), 5.47-5.42 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.73 (m, 1 H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.96 (m, 1 H), 2.07-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.99 (m, 1 H), 1.37 (s, 12H).
[00398] Step 3) the preparation of compound 8-3
A suspension of compound 8-2 (0.41 g, 0.81 mmol), compound 7-1 (0.49 g, 0.81 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (47 mg, 0.04 mmol) and K2C03 (0.29 g, 2.04 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (7.5 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into 40 mL of water and the resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was dissolved in EtOAc (30 mL). The solution was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.35 g, 52%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
M (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 890.05 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.98 (brs, 1H). 10.50 (brs, 1 H), 7.86-7.78 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 6H), 7.42-7.40 (m. 4H), 7.26-7.24 (m. 2H), 6.03-5.98 (m, 1 H). 5.49-5.45 (m, 2H), 4.99 (s, 1H), 3.82-3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.70 (s. 3H), 3.65 (m. 2H), 3.43 (m, 2H). 3.31 -3.25 (m, 1 H), 3.07 (m, 1 H) , 2.95 (m, 1 H). 2.20-2.17 (m. 4H). 2.08-1.98 (m, 5H). 1.51 (s, 12H).
[00399] Step 4) the preparation of compound 8-4 To a solution of compound 8-3 (0.35 g, 0.4 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (3 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. The reaction process was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as a white solid (0.28 g, 82%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/∑: 732.9 [M+H] +.
[00400] Step 5) the preparation of compound 8-5
A suspension of compound 8-4 (288 mg, 0.34 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (75 mg. 0.41 mmol), EDCI (73 mg, 0.38 mmol) and HOAT (47 mg, 0.34 mmol) in DCM (8.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C for 5 mins, then DIPEA (0.28 mL, 1.72 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 12 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL). washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (220 mg, 75%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 890.05 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.65 (brs, 1 H). 7.84-7.61 (m. 4H), 7.52-7.47 (m, 3H). 7.42-7.30 (m. 5H). 7.26-7.24 (m, 3H), 5.70-5.50 (m, 2H), 5.47-5.44 (m, 1H). 5.30-5.27 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.33 (m, 2H). 3.88-3.84 (m, 2H). 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H). 2.48-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 2H). 2.15-1 .94 (m, 8H), 1.58-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.13-1.02 (m, 1 H), 0.97-0.71 (m, 6H).
[00401 ] Example 9
Figure imgf000209_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000209_0002
[00402] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 9-2
A suspension of compound 8-1 (1.0 g, 2.6 mmol). compound 9-1 (0.59 g, 3.1 mmol), EDCI (0.55 g, 2.86 mmol) and HOAT (0.35 g, 2.6 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (1.72 mL, 10.4 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (40 mL). washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a white solid (1.17 g. 93%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 485.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.62 (brs, I H), 8.22 (m, IH), 7.73-7.65 (m, 2H), 5.72 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 5.43 (d, I H, J = 8.0 Hz), 4.35-4.31 (m, I H), 3.95-3.88 (m, IH), 3.78-3.75 (m, IH), 3.69-3.67 (m, 4H), 3.08-3.04 (m, IH), 2.43-2.37 (m, IH), 2.25-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.91 (s, IH), 1.74-1.72 (m, I H), 1.52-1.50 (m, IH), 1.35 (s, 12H). 1.24 (t, 2H, J- 8.0 Hz), 1.12-1.10 (m, I H), 0.93-0.88 (m. IH).
[00403] Step 2) the preparation of compound 9-3
A suspension of compound 9-2 (0.66 g, 1.096 mmol), compound 7-1 (0.53 g. 1.096 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (60 mg, 0.05 mmol) and K2C03 (0.38 g, 2.74 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (10 mL. v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into 40 mL of water and the resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was dissolved in EtOAc (30 mL), and the solution was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.64 g, 73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 813.01 [M+H] +;
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.64 (brs, I H). 10.50 (brs, IH). 7.84-7.61 (m, 4H), 7.52-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.24 (m, 3H), 5.70-5.50 (m, 2H). 5.47.5.44 (m, IH), 5.30-5.27 (m, I H). 4.38-4.33 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.84 (m. 2H). 3.73 (s. 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.33 (m, 2H). 2.32-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.15-1.94 (m, 8H). 1.58-1.36 (m, 4H), 1 .13-1.02 (m, I H), 0.97-0.71 (m, 6H).
[00404] Step 3) the preparation of compound 9-4
To a solution of compound 9-3 (0.64 g. 0.4 mmol) in EtOAc (8 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (4 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. The reaction process was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as a white solid (0.56 g, 86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 712.89 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 2Η, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.88 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, 1 H. J = 8.0 Hz, 2 Hz), 7.68 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz), 5.48-5.44 (m, 1 H), 5.26-5.22 (m, 1 H), 4.29-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.11 -4.20 (m, 1 H). 4.06-3.95 (m, 1 H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.64-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.52 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.61 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.20 (m, 5H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.57 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 1.50-1.46 (m, 3H), 1.17-1.15 (m. 1 H), 0.91 -0.85 (m, 6H).
[00405] Step 4) the preparation of compound 9-5
A suspension of compound 9-4 (279 mg, 0.34 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (75 mg, 0.41 mmol), EDCI (73 mg. 0.38 mmol) and HOAT (47 mg. 0.34 mmol) in DCM (8.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C for 5 mins, then DIPEA (0.284 mL, 1.72 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 12 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na SC^ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (177.16 mg. 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 870.05 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.65 (brs, 1H). 7.84-7.61 (m, 4H). 7.52-7.47 (m. 3H). 7.42-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.24 (m. 3H), 5.70-5.50 (m, 2H), 5.47-5.44 (m, 1 H). 5.30-5.27 (m, 1 H), 4.38-4.33 (m, 2H). 3.88-3.84 (m, 2H). 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H). 2.48-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.15-1.94 (m, 8H), 1.58-1.36 (m, 4H). 1.13-1.02 (m, 1 H). 0.97-0.71 (m, 6H). [00406] Example 10
Figure imgf000212_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000212_0002
[00407] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 10-1
A mixture of compound 7-1 (2 g. 3.32 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (1.68 g, 6.63 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (0.54 g, 0.66 mmol) and OAc (0.98 g. 9.96 mmol) in DME (15 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, EtOAc (20 mL) was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.56 g, 81 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 582.4 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 10.53 (br, 1 H), 7.63-7.74 (m, 1 H), 7.58 (d, 1H, J =7.8 Hz), 7.47 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.25 (s, 1 H), 7.16 (d, 1 H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.98-5.01 (m, 1H), 3.99 (s, 1H), 3.55 (s, 1 H), 3.38-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.98 (s, 1H), 2.22-2.1 1 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.72-1.70 (m, 1 H), 1.35-1.36 (d, 12H, J = 3.08 Hz), 1.25-1.26 (m, 4H).
[00408] Step 2) the preparation of compound 10-2
A suspension of compound 10-1 (1.27 g, 2.18 mmol), compound 2-6-1 (0.95 g, 2.62 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.25 g, 0.22 mmol) and K2C03 (0.9 g, 6.54 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (18 mL, v/v = 5/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, to the mixture was added EtOAc (20 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.12 g, 88.1 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 692.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.98 (brs, 1H). 7.82-7.62 (m. 2H). 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 7.19-7.21 (m, 1 H). 7.17 (s, 1 H), 3.75-3.84 (m, 1H). 3.60 (s, 1 H). 3.38-3.49 (m, 4H), 2.99 (s, 2H), 2.22-2.09 (m, 3H), 1.97-1.98 (m, 3H). 1.75-1.63 (m. 2H), 1.52 (s, 9H), 1.51 (s. 9H), 1.22-1.32 (m. 8H).
[00409] Step 3) the preparation of compound 10-3
To a solution of compound 10-2 ( 1.50 g, 2.17 mmol) in EtOAc ( 15mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (10 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The mixture was filtered to give the title compound as a solid (1.19 g, 86%), which was used for the next step without further purification.
[00410] Step 4) the preparation of compound 10-4 A suspension of compound 10-3 (0.27 g, 0.426 mmol), compound 10-3-2 (0.20 g, 0.937 mmol), EDCI (0.18 g, 0.937 mmol) and HOAT (0.1 1 g, 0.85 mmol) in DCM (8.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C for 5 mins, then DIPEA (0.694 mL, 4.2 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 6 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.2 g, 53%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 886.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.48 (br, 1H). 7.85-7.70 (m, 2H). 7.43-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 2H). 7.15-7.14 (m, 2H). 5.55-5.50 (m, 2H), 5.29-5.28 (m, 2H), 4.37-4.32 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 6H), 2.98-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.21 -1.95 (m, 6H), 1.75-1.59 (m, 10H), 1.50-1.49 (m, 4H), 1.18-1.10 (m, 8H).
[0041 1] Example 11
Figure imgf000214_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000215_0002
Figure imgf000215_0003
[00412] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 1 1 -1
A solution of dimethyl but-2-ynedioate (2.0 g. 14 mmol) and cyclohexa-1 , 3-diene (1.2 g, 15.48 mmol) in fresh THF (10.0 mL) was stirred at 60 °C for 18 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 30/1 ) to give the title compound as colorless oil (2.4 g. 76.0%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 223.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.35 (dd, 2H, J = 3.2 Hz, 4.4 Hz). 4.00 (m, 2H). 3.74 (s. 6H). 1.45 (m, 2H). 1.38 (m. 2H).
[00413] Step 2) the preparation of compound 1 1 -2
A mixture of compound 11-1 (0.8 g. 3.6 mmol) and a catalytic amount of Pd/C (0.04 g) in EtOAc (10 mL) was stirred under ¾ at rt for 2 hrs and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as colorless oil (0.78 g, 95%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 225.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.78 (s, 6H), 3.02 (s, 2H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H).
[00414] Step 3) the preparation of compound 11 -3
To a solution of compound 1 1 -2 (0.78 g, 3.5 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added NaOH aqueous solution (3.5 mL, 10%), and the mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the solvent MeOH was removed in vacuo, and the mixture was adjusted to pH 1 with hydrochloric acid (1 M). extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (0.68 g, 98%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 197.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c/6) 0 (ppm): 8.62 (brs. 2H). 3.37 (s, 2 H), 1.66 (m, 4H). 1.38 (m, 4H).
[00415] Step 4) the preparation of compound 11 -4
A mixture of compound 11-3 (3.7 g. 18.88 mmol) and acetic anhydride (20 mL) was stirred at 100 °C for 1.5 hrs. cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (3.15 g, 92%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 179.1 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.26 (m, 2H), 1.85 (d, 4H, J - 8.0 Hz), 1.35 (d. 4H, J= 8.0 Hz).
[00416] Step 5) the preparation of compound 11 -5
A mixture of compound 11 -4 (0.31 g, 1.74 mmol), sodium acetate (220 mg, 2.6 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.13 mL, 2.6 mmol) in acetic acid aqueous solution (10 mL, 50%) was stirred at 100 °C for 16 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and filtered. The filter cake was washed with water and MTBE, and dried to give the title compound as a white solid (0.28 g, 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 193.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.17 (s, 2H), 1.69 (d, 4H, J = 8.0 Hz), 1.15 (d, 4H, J= 8.0 Hz).
[00417] Step 6) the preparation of compound 11 -6
A mixture of compound 11 -5 (70 mg, 0.36 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (3.0 mL) was stirred at 1 10 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (80 mg. 95%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 230.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.46 (s, 2H), 1.90 (d. 4H, J = 8.0 Hz), 1.37 (d. 4H, J = 8.0 Hz).
[00418] Step 7) the preparation of compound 11 -7
A suspension of compound 1 1 -6 (0.3 g, 1.39 mmol), compound 5-3 (0.57 g, 1.39 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (75 mg, 0.94 mmol) and K2C03 (0.45 g, 3.27 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (8 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, to the mixture was added EtOAc (10 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound (0.41 g, 67%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 507.04 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.54 (brs, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1 H), 7.90 (s, 1 H), 7.61 -7.60 (m, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1 H), 4.99-4.98 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.52 (m, 1 H). 3.42-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.95 (s, 1H), 2.88 (s, 1H), 2.21 -2.16 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.83 (m, 6H). 1.48-1.40 (m, 4H), 1.28-1. 27 (d, 9H, J = 4.0 Hz).
[00419] Step 8) the preparation of compound 11 -8
A suspension of compound 11-7 (0.397 g, 0.78 mmol). compound 3-1 (0.32 g. 0.78 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (45 mg, 0.04 mmol) and K2C03 (0.27 g, 1.95 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (8 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and filtered. The filter cake was dissolved in EtOAc (30 mL). The solution was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.24 g, 42%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 757.91 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.9 (brs, 1 H), 10.5 (brs, 1 H), 7.95-7.85 (m, 3H), 7.72-7.70 (d, 3H. J = 8.0 Hz), 7.62-7.40 (m, 1H). 7.26-7.30 (m, 1 H). 5.18-5.17 (m, 1 H). 5.01 -4.99 (m. 1H), 3.53-3.44 (m. 6H), 3.07-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.17 (m, 4H). 2.03-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.85 (m, 8H), 1.48-1.46 (m, 4H). 1.28-1. 27 (d. 18H. J = 4.0 Hz). [00420] Step 9) the preparation of compound 11 -9
To a solution of compound 1 1 -8 (0.24 g, 0.32 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. The reaction process was monitored by LC-MS. The mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as a white solid (0.16 g, 73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 557.9 [M+H] +.
[00421 ] Step 10) the preparation of compound 11 -10
A suspension of compound 11-9 (160 mg, 0.21 mmol). compound 1-4-2 (94 mg, 0.54 mmol), EDCI (90 mg, 0.47 mmol) and HOAT (58.5 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (6.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C for 5 mins. then DIPEA (0.355 mL, 2.15 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL). washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 30/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (180 mg. 96%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 872.04 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ (ppm): 11.19 (brs, I H). 10.91 (brs, I H). 7.96-7.91 (m. 3H), 7.71 -7.67 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.51 (m, 2H), 5.82-5.78 (m. IH), 5.65-5.64 (m. IH). 5.45 (m. I H), 5.30 (m. I H). 5.05-4.93 (m, I H), 4.37-4.32 (m. I H), 3.91 -3.85 (m, I H). 3.70 (s, 6H), 3.67-3.63 (m. I H), 3.51-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.03 (m, 2H). 2.39-1.85 (m. 6H), 1.66-1.63 (m, 2H). 1.08-1.06 (m, 2H). 0.88 (s. 12H).
[00422] Example 12
Figure imgf000220_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000220_0002
[00423] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 12-1
A solution of dimethyl but-2-ynedioate (10 g, 70.4 mmol) and fresh cyclopenta-1. 3-diene (5.12 g, 77.46 mmol) in fresh THF (20 mL) was stirred at 60 °C for 18 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 30/1 ) to give the title compound as colorless oil (9.6 g, 69%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 209.21 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.91 (t, 2H, J = 2.0 Hz), 3.93 (t, 2H, J = 2.0 Hz), 3.78 (s, 6H), 2.29-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.11 -2.09 (m, 1H).
[00424] Step 2) the preparation of compound 12-2
To a solution of compound 12-1 (0.5 g, 2.4 mmol) in acetone (8.0 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (0.02 g). The mixture was exchanged with hydrogen for 3 times and stirred under H2 at rt for 0.5 hr. The resulting mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 25/1 ) to give the title compound as colorless liquid (0.36 g, 72%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 21 1.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.64 (s, 6H), 2.97 (s, 2H), 2.55-2.54 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.41 (m, 2H).
[00425] Step 3) the preparation of compound 12-3
To a solution of compound 12-2 (7.3 g, 34.76 mmol) in MeOH (35 mL) was added NaOH aqueous solution (35 mL. 10%), and the mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the solvent MeOH was removed in vacuo. The mixture was adjusted to pH 1 with hydrochloric acid (2 M). extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (3.7 g, 59%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 183.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, /6-DMSO) δ (ppm): 8.62 (brs, 2H), 3.55 (s, 2 H), 1.96-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.61 -1.57 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.24 (m, 2H).
[00426] Step 4) the preparation of compound 12-4
A mixture of compound 12-3 (1.1 g, 6.04 mmol) and acetic anhydride ( 16 mL) was stirred at 100 °C for 1.5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (0.8 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 165.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.46 (m, 2H), 1.75 (d. 4H, J = 8.0 Hz), 1.32 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz).
[00427] Step 5) the preparation of compound 12-5
A mixture of compound 12-4 (0.18 g, 0.98 mmol), sodium acetate (123 mg, 1.5 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.074 mL. 1.5 mmol) in acetic acid aqueous solution (6 mL, 50%) was stirred at 100 °C for 16 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with water and MTBE, and dried to give the title compound as a white solid (0.1 1 g, 59%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 179.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.17 (s, 2H), 1.69 (d. 4H, J - 8.0 Hz), 1.15 (d. 2H, J= 8.0 Hz).
[00428] Step 6) the preparation of compound 12-6
A mixture of compound 12-5 (0.11 g. 0.62 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (3.0 mL) was stirred at 1 10 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (0.13 mg, 95%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 216.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.67 (s, 2H), 2.15 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz), 1.95-1.91 (m, 1 H), 1.69-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.29 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz).
[00429] Step 7) the preparation of compound 12-7
A suspension of compound 12-6 (0.29 g, 1.35 mmol), compound 5-3 (0.57 g, 1.35 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (78 mg, 0.94 mmol) and K2C03 (0.45 g, 3.27 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (8.0 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, to the mixture was added EtOAc (10 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (0.52 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 493.01 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.54 (brs, 1 H). 7.65-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.50 -7.48 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.30 (s, 1 H), 4.99-4.98 (m. 1 H), 3.74 (s. 1 H), 3.65 (s, 1H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 2.98 (s, 1H), 2.18-2.10 (m, 4H). 2.03-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.62 (m, 2H). 1.28-1. 27 (d, 9H, J = 4.0 Hz).
[00430] Step 8) the preparation of compound 12-8
A suspension of compound 12-7 (0.52 g, 1.05 mmol). compound 3-1 (0.43 g, 1.05 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (60 mg, 0.05 mmol) and 2C03 (0.36 g, 2.6 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (8.0 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and filtered. The filter cake was dissolved in EtOAc (30 mL). The solution was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.7 g, 90%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 743.91 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.90 (brs, 1 H), 10.50 (brs, 1H), 7.95-7.85 (m, 3H), 7.72-7.70 (d, 3H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.62-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.30 (m, 1 H), 5.18-5.17 (m, 1H), 5.01 -4.99 (m. 1H), 3.83-3.74 (m, 4H), 3.07-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.17 (m, 4H). 2.03-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.85 (m, 8H), 1.48-1.46 (m, 4H), 1.28-1. 27 (d. 18H, J = 4.0 Hz).
[00431] Step 9) the preparation of compound 12-9
To a solution of compound 12-8 (0.7 g, 0.94 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. The reaction process was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as a white solid (0.4 g, 62%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 543.9 [M+H] +.
[00432] Step 10) the preparation of compound 12-10
A suspension of compound 12-9 (400 mg, 0.58 mmol). compound 1-4-2 (254 mg. 1.45 mmol), EDCI (244 mg, 1.27 mmol) and HOAT (158 mg, 1.16 mmo) in DCM (6.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C for 5 mins, then DIPEA (0.96 mL, 5.8 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL). washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 30/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (460 mg, 92%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 858.01 [Μ+Η] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ (ppm): 1 1.19 (brs, 1H), 10.91 (brs, 1 H), 7.96-7.91 (m, 3H), 7.71-7.67 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.51 (m, 2H), 5.82-5.78 (m, 1H), 5.65-5.64 (m, 1H), 5.45 (m, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1 H), 4.45-4.33 (m. I H), 3.87-3.92 (m, 1 H), 3.81 -3.75(m, 1H), 3.65 (s. 6H), 3.67-3.63 (m, I H), 3.51 -3.45 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.03 (m, 2H). 2.39-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.66-1.63 (m, 2H). 1.08-1.06 (m. 2H), 0.88 (s, 12H).
[00433] Example 13
Figure imgf000225_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000226_0001
[00434] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 13-2
To a solution of compound 13-1 (1 1 g. 44.84 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) at -78 °C was added Et2NSF3 (8.85 mL, 67.3 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 2 hrs and then at rt for another 19 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with NH4C1 aqueous solution (100 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (100 mL x 3). and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 20/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (5.0 g, 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. nos.ion) mlz: 248.26 [M+Hl +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.26 and 5.13 (ds, 1H), 4.55-4.41 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.64-3.58 (m, 1 H), 2.52-2.44 (m, 1 H), 2.40-2.32 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.47 (d, 9H, J = 20 Hz).
[00435] Step 2) the preparation of compound 13-3
To a solution of compound 13-2 (5.83 g, 23.58 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at 0 °C was added LiOH aqueous solution (1.98 g, 30 mL), and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs and adjusted to pH 5 with diluted hydrochloric acid (1 M). The solvent THF was removed in vacuo, and the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 2 with diluted hydrochloric acid (1 M) and extracted with EtOAc (80 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (5.3 g, 96%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 234.24 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.76 (brs, 1 H), 5.28-5.12 (m, 1 H), 4.56-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.58 (m, 2H). 2.77-2.01 (m. 2H), 1.48-1.44 (d, 9H, J = 16 Hz).
[00436] Step 3) the preparation of compound 13-4
To a solution of compound 13-3 (1.3 g, 5.57 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0 °C was added borane (8.3 mL, 1 M in THF). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. quenched with MeOH (4.0 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (50 mL). The solution was washed with water (20 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as colorless slurry (1.15 g, 88%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 220.24 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.19-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.63 (m, 1H). 3.60-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.00 (m. 2H). 1.44 (s. 9H).
[00437] Step 4) the preparation of compound 13-6
To a solution of compound 13-4 (1.15 g, 5.24 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C was added TCCA (1.22 g, 5.24 mmol), followed by a solution of TEMPO in DCM (82 mg, 0.52 mmol, 3 mL) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hr and then at rt for another 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with saturated Na2S03 aqueous solution (20 mL x 3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in a solution of NH3 in MeOH (7 mL. 7 M). The solution was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 hr and then at rt for another 1 hr. To the mixture was added glyoxal (1.1 mL, 40%) dropwise at 0 °C, and solid was precipitate out. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 24 hrs and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM. The solution was washed with water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.63 g, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 256.29 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.98 (s, 2H), 5.36-5.13 (m, 2H). 3.72-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.32 (m, 2H). 1.48 (s, 9H).
[00438] Step 5) the preparation of compound 13-7
To a solution of compound 13-6 (0.63 g. 2.47 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was added NIS (1.23 g, 5.43 mmol) at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 hrs and filtered. The filtrate was washed with saturated Na2S03 aqueous solution (20 mL x 3). dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a yellow solid (1.07 g). which was used for the next step. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 508.08 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 5.34-5.08 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.28 (m, 2H). 2.58-2.33 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
[00439] Step 6) the preparation of compound 13-8
To a solution of compound 13-7 (1.07 g, 2.12 mmol) in ethanol (6.0 mL) were added Na2S03 (2.14 g, 17 mmol) and water (6 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 30 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (40 mL). The solution was washed with water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.58 g. 73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 382.19 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.04 (s, 1 H), 5.35-5.09 (m, 2H). 3.98-3.63 (m. 1 H), 3.58-3.29 (m, 1 H). 2.55-2.34 (m, 2H). 1.48 (s, 9H).
[00440] Step 7) the preparation of compound 13-9
To a solution of compound 13-3 (5.0 g. 21.45 mmol) and compound 1 -6-2 (4.93 g. 17.87 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) at 0 °C was added TEA (4.34 g, 42.9 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water (50 mL). and the resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (60 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 8/1 ) to give the title compound (4.8 g, 52.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 403.26 [M+H] +.
[00441] Step 8) the preparation of compound 13-10
A mixture of compound 13-9 (4.8 g, 11.19 mmol) and ammonium acetate (12.5 g, 162 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) was refluxed at 110 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (80 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound (4.2 g, 92%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 411.20 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.56-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.45 (m. 2H). 7.22 (s, 1 H), 5.38-5.29 (m, 1 H). 5.25-5.17 (m, 1 H), 4.13-4.07. 3.62-3.39 (m, m, 1 H). 3.68-3.58 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.38 (m, 2H). 1.38 (s, 9H).
[00442] Step 9) the preparation of compound 13-11
A mixture of compound 13-10 (2.0 g, 4.87 mmol), compound 1-8-2 (1.26 g, 4.97 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (0.07 g, 0.097 mmol) and KOAc (1.19 g, 12.2 mmol) in DME (20 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. Water (30 mL) was added to the filtrate, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (1.4 g, 64%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 458.35 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.81 -7.79 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 5.39-5.26 (m, 1 H), 5.20-5.12 (m, 1 H), 4.07-3.99. 3.59-3.41 (m, 1H). 3.69-3.62 (m, 1 H), 2.62-2.51 (m. 2H). 1.34 (s, 12H), 1.28 (s. 9H).
[00443] Step 10) the preparation of compound 13- 12
To a mixture of compound 12-11 (1.16 g, 2.62 mmol), compound 1 -18 (1.2 g, 2.62 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (120 mg, 0.1 mmol) and KF (0.30 g. 5.24 mmol) were added DME (12 mL) and pure water (3 mL) via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), then 20 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (1.0 g, 62%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 622.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.84-7.82 (m. 2H), Ί .69-1.66 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 1 H). 7.40-7.36 (m. 1H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 1 H), 5.29-5.21 (m, 1 H), 3.73-3.69 (m, 1 H). 3.63-3.60 (m. 1 H). 2.68-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.01 (m, 2H). 1 .62-21.59 (m. 2H). 1.58-1 .46 (m. 4H). 1 .32 (s, 9H).
[00444] Step 11 ) the preparation of compound 13- 13
To a mixture of compound 13-12 (1.0 g, 1.61 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (0.45 g. 10.7 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (80 mg. 0.096 mmol) and OAc (0.4 g. 4.02 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at 120 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.7 g, 73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 600.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.81 -7.65 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.57 (m, 1H),
7.52-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.17 (m. 1H), 5.42-5.29 (m, 1H),
5.29-5.24 (m, 1H), 4.20-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.41 (m. 2H), 2.68-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.72 (m, 4H), 1.38 (s, 12H), 1.2 (s, 9H).
[00445] Step 12) the preparation of compound 13-14
A suspension of compound 13-8 (0.17 g, 0.446 mmol). compound 13-13 (0.25 g, 0.42 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (25 mg, 0.02 mmol) and K2C03 (0.17 g, 1.27 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (8 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. EtOAc (50 mL) was added to the residue. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (370 mg. 95%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 727.85 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.84-7.82 (m. 1 H), 7.70-7.69 (m, 1 H), 7.45.7.43 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.33 (m, 1 H). 7.27-7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.20-7.18 (m, 2H). 5.49-5.43 (m, 4H), 4.24-4.22 (m, 2H). 3.96-3.90 (m. 2H), 3.69-3.67 (m, 2H). 3.58-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.1 1 -3.06 (m, 2H). 2.56-2.31 (m, 4H). 1.52-1.50 (m, 2H). 1.40 (d. 18H, J = 12 Hz). [00446] Step 13) the preparation of compound 13-15
To a solution of compound 13-14 (0.37 g, 0.51 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred and pulped, then filtered to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.2 g, 60%), which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 527.85 [M+H] +.
[00447] Step 14) the preparation of compound 13-16
A suspension of compound 13- 15 (0.2 g, 0.29 mmol). compound 1-4-2 (0.1 1 g. 0.65 mmol), EDCI (0.12 g, 0.65 mmol) and HOAT (0.08 g, 0.59 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.49 mL, 2.97 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL). washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.2 g. 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 841.96 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.84-7.82 (m. 1 H), 7.70-7.69 (m, 1 H), 7.45-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.33 (m. 1H). 7.27-7.26 (m. 1H). 7.20-7.18 (m, 2H). 5.49-5.43 (m, 4H). 5.37-5.34 (m, 2H). 4.24-4.22 (m. 2H), 3.96-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s. 6H). 3.69-3.67 (m. 2H). 3.58-3.54 (m. 2H). 3.1 1 -3.06 (m. 2H), 2.56-2.31 (m, 4H). 1.74-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.52- 1.50 (m, 2H). 1.25 (s. 12H).
[00448] Example 14
Figure imgf000234_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000234_0002
[00449] Step 1) the preparation of compound 14-2 To a solution of compound 14-1 (6.8 g, 27.97 mmol) in DCM (70 mL) at 0 °C was added Dess-Martin periodinane (23.7 g, 56 mmol) in portions. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 7 hrs. After the mixture was completed, the reaction was quenched with Na2S203 aqueous solution, and the mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was extracted with DCM (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 6/1 ) to give the title compound as pale yellow liquid (5.86 g. 85%).
[00450] Step 2) the preparation of compound 14-3
To a solution of compound 14-2 (5.8 g, 23.9 mmol) in DCM (70 mL) at -78 °C was added Et2NF3 (4.85 mL, 35.9 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 2 hrs and then at rt for another 19 hrs. The reaction was quenched with NH4C1 aqueous solution (50 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (60 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 20/1 ) to give the title compound as pale yellow liquid (5.0 g, 79%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) ml . 266.25 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 4.68-4.63 (m, 1 H). 4.01 -3.87 (m. 1 H), 3.78 (s. 3H), 3.75-3.63 (m, 1H). 2.84-2.66 (m. 1 H), 2.51 -2.31 (m. 1H). 1.43 (d. 9H, J =16 Hz).
[004 1 ] Step 3) the preparation of compound 14-4
To a solution of compound 14-3 (5.0 g. 18.86 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at 0 °C was added LiOH aqueous solution (1.5 g, 20 mL). and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was adjusted to pH 5 with diluted hydrochloric acid (1 M), and the solvent THF was removed in vacuo. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 2 with diluted hydrochloric acid (1 M). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (80 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (4.54 g, 94%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 252.23 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 9.60 (brs, 1 H). 4.94-4.72, 4.60-4.57 (m. m, 1 H), 3.89-3.74 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.48 (m, 2H), 1 .44 (d, 9H, J = 16 Hz).
[00452] Step 4) the preparation of compound 14-5
To a solution of compound 14-4 (2.37 g, 9.43 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at 0 °C was added borane (14.2 mL. 1 M in THF), and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with MeOH (4.0 mL), and the solvent THF was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (100 mL). The solution was washed with water (40 mL x 3). dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as colorless slurry (1.8 g. 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 4.43-4.27 (m. 1 H), 3.59-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.46 (m. 2H). 2.48-2.18 (m, 2H). 1.44 (d. 9H. J = 16 Hz).
[00453] Step 5) the preparation of compound 14-7
To a solution of compound 14-5 (1.8 g, 7.59 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C was added TCCA (1.77 g, 7.59 mmol), followed by a solution of TEMPO in DCM (120 mg. 0.76 mmol, 5 mL) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hr and then at rt for another 1 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with saturated Na2S03 aqueous solution (40 mL x 3). The organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in a solution of NH3 in MeOH (20 mL, 7 M). and the solution was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 hr and then at rt for another 1 hr. To the mixture was added a solution of glyoxal in water (2 mL, 40%) dropwise at 0 °C, and solid precipitated out. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 24 hrs and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (50 mL), and the solution was washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.93 g, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 274.28 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.00 (s, 2H), 5.83-5.80 (m, 1 H), 4.05-3.79 (m. 1 H), 3.74-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.11-2.33 (m. 2H). 1.51 (s, 9H).
[00454] Step 6) the preparation of compound 14-8
To a solution of compound 14-7 (0.93 g, 3.4 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was added NIS ( 1.7 g, 7.5 mmol) at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 hrs and filtered. The filtrate was washed with saturated Na2S03 aqueous solution (50 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a yellow solid ( 1.03 g, 60%), which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 525.08 [M+H] +:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 5.13-5.08 (m. 1 H), 3.91 -3.87 (m, 1 H). 3.58-3.46 (m, 2H). 2.74-2.72 (m, 1 H), 1.51 (s. 9H).
[00455] Step 7) the preparation of compound 14-9
To a solution of compound 14-8 ( 1 .03 g, 1.96 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) were added Na2SC>3 (2.47 g, 19.6 mmol) and water (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 30 hrs. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (40 mL). The solution was washed with water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (40 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 6/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.22 g, 33%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 400.18 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.08 (s, 1 H). 5.33-4.95 (m, 1H). 3.91 -3.87 (m. 1 H). 3.78-3.36 (m. 2H). 2.96-2.55 (m, 1 H), 1 .49 (s, 9H).
[00456] Step 8) the preparation of compound 14-10
To a solution of compound 1 -6-2 (2.41 g, 8.66 mmol) and compound 14-4 (2.17 g. 8.66 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) at 0 °C was added TEA (2.5 mL, 17.32 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water (50 mL). and the resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (3.6 g). which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 421 .25 [M+H] +.
[00457] Step 9) the preparation of compound 14-1 1
A mixture of compound 14-10 (3.6 g. 8.6 mmol) and ammonium acetate (7.0 g. 86 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was refluxed at 1 10 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. and 60 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (80 mL x 3). and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 6/1 ) to give the title compound (1.4 g, 40%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 429.27 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.54-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.25 (m, 1 H), 5.19-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.52 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.65 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
[00458] Step 10) the preparation of compound 14-12
A mixture of compound 14-11 (1.4 g, 3.27 mmol). compound 1-8-2 (0.92 g, 3.6 mmol). PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (0.13 g, 1.16 mmol) and KOAc (0.81 g, 8.17 mmol) in DME (25 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (40 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. Water (30 mL) was added to the filtrate, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (1 .5 g, 96%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 476.34 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.54-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.46 (m, 2H). 7.26-7.25 (m, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, 1 H). 3.70-3.52 (m, 2H). 2.78-2.65 (m. 2H). 1.48 (s. 9H). 1.35 (s, 12H).
[00459] Step 11 ) the preparation of compound 14-13
To a mixture of compound 14-12 (1 .98 g, 4.5 mmol). compound 1 -18 (2.14 g, 4.5 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (260 mg, 0.225 mmol) and K2C03 ( 1.24 g, 9.0 mmol) were added DME (20 mL) and pure water (4.0 mL) via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and 30 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 7/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (1.45 g, 73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 640.63 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.77-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.46 (m, 2H). 7.37-7.32 (m, 1 H), 7.28-7.20 (m, 1 H). 7.08-7.03 (m. 1 H), 5.30-5.23 (m, 1 H). 4.00-3.92 (m. 1 H). 3.70-3.60 (m. 3H). 2.75-2.80 (m. 2H), 2.03-1 .99 (m, 2H). 1.81 -1.76 (m, 2H). 1.58-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.51 ( s, 9H).
[00460] Step 12) the preparation of compound 14-14
To a mixture of compound 14-13 (1.45 g. 2.3 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (0.64 g. 2.53 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (90 mg. 0.1 15 mmol) and KOAc (0.6 g, 5.75 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was stirred at 120 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 8/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (1 .06 g, 76%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 618.53 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.77-7.74 (m. 2H). 7.49-7.46 (m, 2H).
7.37-7.32 (m, 1 H). 7.28-7.20 (m. 1H). 7.12-7.08 (m. 1 H). 5.30-5.23 (m, 1H).
4.00-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.36 (m. 2H), 2.75-2.85 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.68 (m, 4H), 1.49 ( s, 12H), 1.35 (s, 9H).
[00461] Step 13) the preparation of compound 14-1
A suspension of compound 14-9 (0.22 g, 0.55 mmol). compound 14-14 (0.34 g, 0.55 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (32 mg, 0.027 mmol) and K2C03 (0.19 g, 1.37 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (7.5 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. EtOAc (50 mL) was added to the resulting mixture. The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 100/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.24 g, 58%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 763.84 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.53 (brs, 1 H), 7.83 (brs, 1 H), 7.42-7.49 (m. 2H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 2H). 7.20 (d, 1H, J - 8.6 Hz), 7.02 (d. 1 H, J = 8.6 Hz). 5.28-5.21 (m. 2H), 3.98-3.93 (m. 2H). 3.83-3.62 (m, 6H), 2.83-2.79 (m, 2H). 2.06 (s. 2H). 1.77-1.80 (m, 2H), 1 .51 (s, 18H), 1.43-1 .39 (m, 2H).
[00462] Step 14) the preparation of compound 14-16
To a solution of compound 14-15 (0.24 g, 0.31 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3 mL. 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. The reaction process was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completd. the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added, the mixture was stirred and pulped, then filtered to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.2 g, 60%). which was used for the next step without further purification.
[00463] Step 15) the preparation of compound 14-17 A suspension of compound 14-16 (0.18 g, 0.26 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 (0.1 g, 0.57 mmol), EDCI (0.1 1 g. 0.57 mmol) and HOAT (0.07 g, 0.52 mmol) in DCM (6.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.43 mL, 2.6 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.2 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 877.94 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.34 (brs, 2H). 7.94 (brs, 2H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.26 (m, 1 H). 7.22-7.20 (m, 2H), 5.50-5.44 (m, 4H), 4.34-4.31 (m. 2H). 4.27-4.23 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 6H) 3.58-3.56 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.80 (m. 2H), 2.03-1.07 (m, 6H), 1.31 (s, 6H), 1.09 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.85 (m, 6H).
[00464] Example 15
Figure imgf000242_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000243_0001
[00465] Step 1) the preparation of compound 15-1
To a solution of compound 2-6-1 (1.50 g, 4.1 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (5.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filter cake (1.2 g) was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 264 [M+H] +.
[00466] Step 2) the preparation of compound 15-2
A suspension of compound 15-1 (1.2 g, 3.6 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 (0.69 g, 3.9 mmol) and EDCI (Ό.75 s. 3.9 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was stirred at 0 °C for 5 mins. then DIPEA (2.38 mL, 14.4 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (40 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (1.31 g, 86.8%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z: 421.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ (ppm): 7.35 (s, 1 H), 5.32. 5.29 (brs, brs, 1 H), 5.20-5.15 (m, 1 H), 4.41 -4.37 (m. 1 H), 3.85-3.78 (m. 1 H), 3.69-3.65 (m, 1 H), 3.63 (s, 3H). 2.28-2.17 (m, 3H), 2.1 1 -1.96 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.95 (m, 3H). 0.91 -0.89 (m, 3H).
[00467] Step 3) the preparation of compound 15-4
To a solution of compound 15-3 (3.48 g, 18.6 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 (3.26 g. 18.6 mmol) and EDCI (7.1 g, 37 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added DIPEA (12.3 mL. 74.4 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed. 50 mL of water was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound 15-4 as yellow liquid (2.5 g, 39.1 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
1H NMR (400 MHz. CD3C1) δ (ppm): 5.32, 5.29 (d. d. 1 H), 4.95-4.91 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.01 -4.00 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.78 (m, 1 H). 3.72 (s, 3H). 3.63 (s. 3H). 3.55-3.50 (m, lH). 2.76-2.70 (m, 1 H). 2.35-2.29 (m. 1 H). 2.18-2.06 (m. 1 H), 0.97. 0.95 (m. m, 3H), 0.91. 0.89 (m, m. 3H).
[00468] Step 4) the preparation of compound To a solution of compound 15-4 (0.9 g, 2.6 mmol) in THF (5.0 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate aqueous solution (0.12 g. 5.0 mmol, 5.0 mL) at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 12 hrs. The solvent THF was removed and 20 mL of water was added to the mixture, and the aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 2 with hydrochloric acid ( 1 M) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed by brine, dried over anhydrous
Figure imgf000245_0001
and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 15-5 as a white solid (0.85 g, 99%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3C1) ό (ppm): 9.80 (s, 1 H), 4.54 (d, 1 H, J = 7.25 Hz), 4.28 (m. 1 H), 4.06 (m, 4H), 3.76 (m, 2H). 3.50 (s, 3H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m. 1 H), 0.87 (m, 3H), 0.81 (m, 3H).
[00469] Step 5) the preparation of compound 15-6
To a mixture of compound 1-6-2 (1 .65 g. 5.9 mmol) and compound 15-5 (1.78 g. 5.4 mmol) in CH3CN (30.0 mL) was added DIPEA (1.1 mL, 6.7 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C, and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound 15-6 as a pale yellow solid (2.76 g, 97.3%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 9.30 (s, 1 H), 7.95 (d, 2H, J = 8.27 Hz), 7.71 (d. 2H, J = 8.25 Hz), 5.72-5.34 (m, 2H), 4.52 (d, 1 H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.19 (m, 4H), 3.77 (m, 2H). 3.69 (s, 3H). 2.71 (m, 1 H), 2.65 (m. 2H), 0.91 (m. 3H), 0.89 (m. 3H) .
[00470] Step 6) the preparation of compound 15-7
To a solution of compound 15-6 (3.0 g. 5.7 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was added NH4OAc (4.4 g, 57.1 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 120 °C overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. 40 mL of EtOAc was added, and the resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (2.6 g, 89.9%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 9.30 (s, 1H). 7.95 (d, 2H, J= 8.27 Hz.), 7.71 (d, 2H, J = 8.25 Hz,), 4.52 (d, 1H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.19 (m. 4H), 3.77 (m. 2H), 3.69 (s. 3H), 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 0.91 (m, 3H), 0.89 (m, 3H).
[00471 ] Step 7) the preparation of compound 15-8
A suspension of compound 15-7 (1.68 g, 3.32 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (1.68 g, 6.63 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (0.54 g, 0.66 mmol) and KOAc (0.98 g, 9.96 mmol) in DME (20 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, to the reaction mixture was added 20 mL of EtOAc. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.46 g, 79.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos. ion) m/z: 555.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.64-7.58 (m, 4H). 7.22 (s. 1 H). 5.40-5.36 (m, 1 H), 5.32, 5.29 (brs, brs. 1H), 4.42-4.38 (m, 1H). 3.98-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.92 (m. 2H), 3.71 -3.69 (m, 1H). 3.67-3.66 (m. 1 H). 3.63 (s. 3H). 2.83-2.78 (m. 1 H). 2.45-2.39 (m, 1 H). 2.23-2.11 (m. 1 H), 1 .35 (br, 6H). 1.32 (br. 6H). 0.97-0.95 (m, 3H). 0.91 -0.89 (m, 3H).
[00472] Step 8) the preparation of compound 15-9
A suspension of compound 15-8 ( 1.3 g, 2.34 mmol). compound 1 -18 (1 .05 g. 2.4 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (0.14 g, 0.12 mmol) and K2C03 ( 1.30 g. 9.4 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (16 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, EtOAc (30 mL) was added to the mixture. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.45g, 86.1%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z: 719.2 [M+H] +;
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.62-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1 H), 7.25, 7.23 (s, s, 1 H), 7.06, 7.04 (s, s, 1 H), 5.56, 5.55 (brs, 1 H), 5.40-5.36 (m, 1 H). 4.35-4.31 (m, 1 H), 3.98-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.49 (m, 1 H). 2.83-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.39 (m, 1 H), 2.28-2.16 (m. 1H), 2.07-2.01 (m, 1 H), 1.98-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.82 (m, 1H), 1 .63-1.59 (m, 1 H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 1 H), 1.25-1.19 (m, 1 H). 1.02-1.00 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.91 (m, 3H).
[00473] Step 9) the preparation of compound 15-10
A suspension of compound 15-9 (1.3 g, 1.8 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (0.92 g, 3.6 mmol). PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (0.29 g, 0.36 mmol) and OAc (0.53 g. 5.4 mmol) in DME (15 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 20 mL of EtOAc was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.10 g, 87.8%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z: 697.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.79, 7.77 (s, s. 1 H), 7 '.62-7 '.59 (m, 2H). 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H). 7.41. 7.39 (s, s. 1 H). 7.35 (s, 1 H), 5.40-5.36 (m. 1 H), 5.32, 5.29 (brs, brs, 1 H), 4.42-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.79 (m. 2H). 3.71 -3.69 (m, 1 H). 3.67-3.66 (m, 1 H). 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.58-3.56 (m. 1 H). 2.83-2.77 (m, I H). 2.45-2.39 (m. I H), 2.22-2.1 1 (m. I H), 1 .96-1.90 (m, I H). 1 .84-1.78 (m. I H), 1.61-1.57 (m, IH), 1.32 (br, 6H). 1.29 (br, 6H). 1.23-1.17 (m, I H). 1 .1 1 -1.05 (m, I H), 0.97-0.95 (m, 3H), 0.91 -0.89 (m, 3H).
[00474] Step 10) the preparation of compound 15-1 1
A suspension of compound 15-10 (1.0 g 1.4 mmol), compound 15-2 (0.72 g, 1.7 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (0.16 g, 0.14 mmol) and K2C03 (0.58 g, 4.2 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (16 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, EtOAc (20 mL) was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (0.41 g, 34.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/r. 863.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.55 (,brs, I H). 7.95-7.76 (m, 2H). 7.68-7.43 (m, 4H). 7.31 -7.25 (m. 2H), 7.20-7.16 (m. 2H), 5.55-5.35 (m, 2H), 5.30-5.22 (m, 2H). 4.56-4.29 (m, 6H), 3.92-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 6H), 2.91 -2.65 (m, 2H). 2.50-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.25-1.88 (m, 6H). 1.68-1.35 (m. 4H). 1.18-1 .04 (m. 2H), 0.95-0.79 (m, 12H).
[00475] Example 16
Figure imgf000248_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000249_0001
[00476] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 16-2
To a mixture of compound 10-1 (2.0 g, 3.44 mmol), compound 16-1 (1.58 g, 3.78 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (397 mg, 0.34 mmol) and 2C03 (1.19 g, 8.62 mmol) were added DME (12 mL) and distilled water (4.0 mL) via syringe under N2, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the solvent DME was removed in vacuo. To the mixture was added distilled water (15 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (15 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (2.1 g, 82%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 744.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.66-7.69 (m. 4H), 7.64-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.51 -7.57 (m, 2H), 7.23 (s, 3H), 5.29 (s. 1 H), 5.00-5.01 (br, 1 H), 3.61 (br. 2H), 3.43 (br, 4H), 2.18 (br, 2H). 1.94-2.04 (m. 8H), 1.72 (br, 5H), 1.41-1.51 (m, 18H).
[00477] Step 2) the preparation of compound 16-3
To a solution of compound 16-2 (2.1 g, 2.82 mmol) in DCM (15mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (20 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. and the filter cake (2.0 g. 100%) was washed with EtOAc. which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 544.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ (ppm): 7.69-7.76 (m. 4H), 7.56-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.21 (s, 3H), 5.15 (s. 1 H), 3.42-3.55 (m, 6H), 2.43-2.63 (m, 4H), 1.99-2.06 (m, 6H), 1.49 (br, 2H), 1.28 (br, 2H).
[00478] Step 3) the preparation of compound 16-4
To a solution of compound 16-3 (689.3 mg, 1.0 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (525 mg,
3.0 mmol) and EDCI (958 mg, 5.0 mmol) in DCM (18 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (1.65 mL. 10 mmol) dropwise. and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed. 15 mL of water was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/3) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (420 mg. 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3OD) 0 (ppm): 7.62-7.85 (m. 3H), 7.52-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.38 (m, 2H). 7.15-7.24 (m, 3H), 5.43 (d, 2H, J = 9.0 Hz), 4.83-4.85 (m, 3H).
4.01 (d. 2H, J = 6.5 Hz). 3.66-3.70 (m, 3H), 2.12-2.21 (m. 9H), 2.07-2.10 (m, 3H). 1.20-1.28 (m. 9H), 0.82-0.89 (m, 9H). 0.78-0.79 (m. 8H).
[00479] Example 17
Figure imgf000250_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000251_0001
[00480] Step 1) the preparation of compound 17-1
A suspension of compound 7-1 (1 .5 g, 2.5 mmol), compound 5-3 (1.13 g, 2.7 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.14 g, 0.12 mmol) and K2C03 (1.38 g, 10.0 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (25 mL, v/v = 3/1) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, EtOAc (20 mL) was added to the suspension. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.76 g, 95.1%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, neg.ion) mlr. 739.2 [M-H] " ;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) S (ppm): 7 '.62-7 '.59 (m, 5H), 7 '.56-7 '.52 (m, 2H), 7.49. 7.47 (s, s, 1H), 7.42, 7.39 (s, s, 1 H), 7.23. 7.21 (s, s, 1 H), 5.04-4.99 (m. 1H), 4.97-4.93 (m, 1 H). 3.92-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.76 (m, 1 H), 3.67-3.66 (m, 1 H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 2H). 3.31-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.16 (m, 2H). 2.10-1.93 (m, 6H), 1.87-1.84 (m, 1H). 1.65-1.61 (m, 1 H). 1.53 (s, 18H).
[00481 ] Step 2) the preparation of compound 17-2
To a solution of compound 17-1 (2.20 g, 2.97 mmol) in EtOAc (20 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (10 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.50 g, 73.5%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 541.2 [M+H] +.
[00482] Step 3) the preparation of compound 17-3
A suspension of compound 17-2 ( 1.50 g, 2.2 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (0.8 g, 4.6 mmol), EDCI (0.88 g, 4.6 mmol) and HOAT (0.45 g, 3.3 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) at 0 °C was stirred for 5 mins, then DIPEA (2.91 mL, 17.6 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na^SC^ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (1.2 g, 63.8%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 856.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.65 (brs, 1 H), 8.03-7.61 (m. 2H). 7.56-7.42 (m, 3H). 7.41 -7.30 (m. 2H), 7.25-7.14 (m. 3H), 5.70-5.50 (m. 2H), 5.47-5.44 (m. 1 H). 5.30-5.27 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.33 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.84 (m, 2H). 3.73 (s, 3H). 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.15-1.94 (m. 8H), 1.58-1 .36 (m, 4H), 1.13-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.71 (m, 12H).
[00483] Example 18
Figure imgf000252_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000253_0001
[00484] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 18-1
A suspension of compound 10-1 (1.27 g, 2.18 mmol), compound 2-6-1 (0.95 g, 2.62 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.25 g, 0.22 mmol) and K2C03 (0.9 g, 6.54 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (18 mL, v/v = 5/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, to the mixture was added EtOAc (20 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1 .12 g. 88.1 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 692.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.98 (brs, 1H). 7.82-7.62 (m, 2H). 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1 H). 3.75-3.84 (m, 1 H). 3.60 (s, 1 H). 3.38-3.49 (m, 4H), 2.99 (s. 2H), 2.22-2.09 (m, 3H), 1.97-1.98 (m, 3H). 1.75-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.52 (s, 9H), 1.51 (s, 9H), 1.22-1 .32 (m, 8H).
[00485] Step 2) the preparation of compound 18-2
To a solution of compound 18-1 (1.50 g, 2.17 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (10 mL, 4 M) dropwise at rt. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was used for the next step without further purification. [00486] Step 3) the preparation of compound 18-3
A solution of compound 18-2 (0.43 g, 0.676 mmol), compound 1-4-2 (0.249 g, 1.419 mmol), EDCI (0.272 g, 1.419 mmol) and HOAT (0.138 g, 1.013 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C was stirred for 5 mins, then DIPEA (0.89 mL, 5.405 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (40 mL), and the resulting mixture was washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.06 g, 11 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 805.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.35 (brs, 1 H). 7.85-7.70 (m, 2H). 7.68-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.15 (m. 2H), 5.55-5.35 (m, 2H), 5.30-5.22 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.28 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.78 (m, 2H). 3.70 (s, 6H), 2.90-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.25-1.85 (m, 8H). 1.60-1.35 (m, 4H). 1.15-1.00 (m. 2H), 0.95-0.75 (m. 12H).
[00487] Example 19
Figure imgf000254_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000255_0001
[00488] Step 1) the preparation of compound 19-1
To a mixture of compound 1 -18 (1.5 g, 3.4 mmol), tetrabutylammonium iodide (3.77 g, 10.2 mmol), Cul ( 195 mg, 1 .02 mmol) and PdCl2(PPh3)2 (239 mg. 0.34 mmol) were added anhydrous THF (8.0 mL) and Et3N (8.0 mL) in turn under N2. The mixture was stirred at rt for 10 mins, then trimethylsilylacetylene (2.4 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE) to give the title compound as pale yellow liquid (600 mg, 53%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 337.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.09 (s, 2H ), 3.59 (s. 2H ), 1.94 (d. 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.72-1.75 (m, 1H), 1 .43-1.56 (m, 1H). 1.17-1.20 (m, 2H). 019-0.26 (m, 18H).
[00489] Step 2) the preparation of compound 19-2
To a solution of compound 19-1 (300 mg, 0.89 mmol) in mixed solvents of MeOH (4.0 mL) and THF (4.0 mL) was added K2C03 (492 mg, 3.56 mmol). and the mixture was stirred at rt for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE) to give the title compound as a gray solid (140 mg, 82%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 193.5 [M+H] ;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ (ppm): 7.13 (s, 2H), 3.63 (s. 2H), 3.22 (s, 2H), 1.95 (d, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.76 (d, 1 H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.52-1.54 (m, 1 H), 1.18-1.20 (m, 2H).
[00490] Step 3) the preparation of compound 19-3
To a mixture of compound 19-2 (140 mg, 0.73 mmol), compound 15-2 (673.3 mg, 1.6 mmol), Cul (28 mg, 0.147 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (84 mg, 0.073 mmol) were added anhydrous DMF (6.0 mL) and Et3N (0.2 mL) in turn under N2, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 20 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (200 mg. 45%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 778.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 0 (ppm): 7.78 (s, 2H), 7.28 (s, 2H ), 5.20 (d, 2H. J = 4.9 Hz). 4.22-4.24 (m, 2H). 4.04-4.09 (m. 4H), 2.19-2.21 (m. 3H), 2.01 -2.54 (br, 10H). 1.64-1.77 (br, 6H), 1.16-1.34 (m, 8H). 0.87-1.00 (m, 12H).
[00491 ] Example 20
Figure imgf000256_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000257_0001
[00492] Step 1) the preparation of compound 20-2
To a solution of compound 20-1 (3.0 g. 13.1 mmol) and compound 1 -6-2 (3.63 g. 13.1 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) at 0 °C was added Et3N (2.73 mL, 19.65 mmol) dropwie, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water (50 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (3.27 g). which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 399.29 [M+H] +.
[00493] Step 2) the preparation of compound 20-3
A mixture of compound 20-2 (3.27 g, 8.2 mmol) and ammonium acetate (5.1 g, 66 mmol) in toluene (34 mL) was stirred at 1 10 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (80 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 4/1 ) to give the title compound (2.8 g, 86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 407.32 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.45 (m, 4H), 7.20 (s, 1 H), 4.93 (t, 1 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 3.88-3.66 (m, 1 H), 2.90 (t, 1 H. J = 8 Hz), 2.50-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.25 ( m, 1 H), 1.48 (s, 7H), 1.26 (s, 2H). 1.12 (d. 3H, J = 6.2 Hz).
[00494] Step 3) the preparation of compound 20-4
A suspension of compound 20-3 (2.8 g, 6.9 mmol). compoundl -8-2 (1.93 g, 7.6 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (0.28 g, 0.34 mmol) and KOAc (1.7 g. 17.25 mmol) in DME (30 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with 40 mL of EtOAc and filtered through a celite pad. To the filtrate was added 30 mL of water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (3.0 g, 88.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/∑: 454.38 [M+H] ;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.35 (m, 4H), 7.10 (s. 1 H), 4.93 (t. 1 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 3.88-3.66 (m, 1H). 2.90 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 2.50-2.47 (m. 2H), 2.27-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.26 (s, 12H). 1.02 (d, 3H, J = 6.2 Hz,).
[00495] Step 4) the preparation of compound 20-5
To a mixture of compound 20-4 (3.4 g, 7.7 mmol), compound 1-18 (3.4 g, 7.7 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (450 mg, 0.38 mmol) and 2C03 (2.1 g, 15.4 mmol) were added DME (32 mL) and H20 (8.0 mL) via syringe under N2. and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (40 mL), then 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (2.87g, 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 618.68 [M+H] +;
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ) δ (ppm): 7.85-7.79 (m, 2H). 7.42-7.41 (m. 2H). 7.27 (s. 1H). 7.19 (d, 1 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.02 (d. 1 H. J = 8.6 Hz). 4.97 (t, 1H. J = 8.0 Hz), 3.92-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s. 1 H), 3.60 (s. 1 H). 2.94-2.89 (m. 1 H), 2.63 (s. 1 H), 2.52 (s. 1H), 2.28 (s, 2H), 2.02 (d. 5H. J = 7.1 Hz). 1.81 (d, 1 H. J = 9.1 Hz), 1.58 (s. 1 H), 1.57 (d. l H. J = 9.0 Hz), 1.50 (s. 7H). 1.41 (d. 3H. J = 10.7 Hz). 1.24 (s, 18H). 1.13 (d. 4H. J = 6.1 Hz).
[00496] Step 5) the preparation of compound 20-6
To a mixture of compound 20-5 ( 1.0 g. 1 .62 mmol). compound 1-8-2 (0.42 g. 1.7 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (67 mg. 0.08 mmol) and OAc (0.4 g, 4.05 mmol) was added DMF (10 mL) via syringe under N2. and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. To the filtrate was added 30 mL of water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.67 g, 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 596.58 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.71 (s. 2H), 7.58 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.47 (d, 2H. J = 8.0 Hz), 7.27 (d. 2H. J = 3.8 Hz). 7.16 (d, 1 H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.97 (t. 1 H, J = 8.1 Hz), 4.00 (s. 1 H), 3.80-3.77 (m, 1 H), 3.55 (s. 1 H), 2.90 (t. 1 H. J = 10.0 Hz). 2.65-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.49 (m. 1 H), 2.33-2.28 (m. 1 H), 2.01 -1.92 (m, 2H). 1 .71 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 1.50 (s, 9H). 1.35 (t, 12H, J = 8.0 Hz), 1.13 (d, 3H, J = 6.3 Hz).
[00497] Step 6) the preparation of compound 20-7
To a solution of compound 20- 1 (1 .12 g. 4.88 mmol) in THF (10.0 mL) at 0 °C was added borane (7.3 mL, 1 M in THF). and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with MeOH (4.0 mL). The solvent THF was removed in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in DCM (50 mL). The solution was washed with water (20 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound as colorless slurry (1.03 g. 100%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 216.29 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 4.02 (s, 1 H). 3.99-3.87 (m, 1 H), 3.75-3.68 (m. 1 H), 3.66 (dd, 1 H, J = 11.6 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 3.57 (dd, 1H, J = 1 1.6 Hz. 7.4 Hz), 2.76 (t, 1H, J = 10.5 Hz), 2.19-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H). 1.01 (d, 3H, J = 6.2 Hz).
[00498] Step 7) the preparation of compound 20-9
To a solution of compound 20-7 (1.0 g, 4.64 mmol) in DCM (12 mL) at 0 °C was added TCCA (1.08 g, 4.64 mmol), followed by a solution of TEMPO in DCM (64 mg, 0.46 mmol, 5.0 mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hr and then at rt for another 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with saturated Na2S03 aqueous solution (30 mL x 3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the compound 20-8 as coloerless slurry, which was used for the next step directly.
Compound 20-8 was dissolved in a solution of NH3 in MeOH (7.0 mL, 7 M). The solution was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 hr and then at rt for another 1 hr. To the mixture was added a solution of glyoxal in water (1.2 mL, 40%) dropwise at 0 °C, and solid precipitated out. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 24 hrs and concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in DCM (20 mL). The solution was washed with water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.51 g. two-step yield: 44%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 252.32 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.97 (s. 2H), 4.90 (t. 1 H, J = 8.0 Hz), 3.76 (dd. 1H, J = 10 Hz, 7.2 Hz), 2.83 (t, 1 H, J = 8.0 Hz), 2.64-2.33 (m. 2H), 2.32-2.12 (m. 1 H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.09 (d. 3H. J = 6.4 Hz).
[00499] Step 8) the preparation of compound 20- 10
To a solution of compound 20-9 (0.51 g, 2.03 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added NIS (1.0 g, 4.46 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 hrs and filtered. The filtrate was washed with saturated Na2S03 aqueous solution (30 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.9 g, 90%), which was used for the next step directly. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 504.12 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 4.85 (t, 1 H. J = 8.0 Hz), 3.75 (dd, 1 H, J = 10 Hz. 7.2 Hz), 2.84 (t, 1 H, J = 10 Hz), 2.52-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.21 (d, lH, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.48 (s, 9H). 1.08 (d, 3H, J= 6.4 Hz).
[00500] Step 9) the preparation of compound 20-1 1
To a solution of compound 20-10 (0.9 g, 1.8 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) were added Na2S03 (2.0 g, 16 mmol) and water (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 30 hrs and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in DCM (20 mL). The solution was washed with water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (40 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 6/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.38 g, 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 378.22 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.04 (s, 1 H). 4.85 (t. 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz). 3.75 (dd. 1 H. J = 10.3 Hz, 7.3 Hz). 2.82 (t, 1H. J = 10.4 Hz), 2.58-2.36 (m, 2H). 2.29-2.11 (m, 1 H), 1.08 (d, 3H, J = 6.4 Hz).
[00501 ] Step 10) the preparation of compound 20-12
To a mixture of compound 20-6 (0.34 g, 0.58 mmol). compound 20-11 (0.24 g. 0.63 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (35 mg, 0.03 mmol) and 2C03 (0.08 g, 1.4 mmol) were added DME (8.0 mL) and pure water (2.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and 10 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.27 g. 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 719.93 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.85-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 2H), 5.02-4.95 (m, 2H), 4.05-3.72 (m. 3H), 3.60 (s, 1H). 2.90 (t, 2H, J = 10.2 Hz), 2.73-2.44 (m. 4H), 2.36-2.22 (m, 3H), 2.10-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s. 18H), 1.13 (d, 6H. J = 6.3 Hz).
[00502] Step 1 1 ) the preparation of compound 20-13
To a solution of compound 20-12 (0.27 g, 0.375 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise at rt. At the end of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. The reaction process was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Then EtOAc was added and the resulting mixture was stirred and pulped, then filtered to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.2 g. 90%). which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 519.93 [M+H] +.
[00503] Step 12) the preparation of compound 20-14
To a solution of compound 20-13 (0.2 g. 0.31 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 (0.12 g. 0.68 mmol), EDCI (0.13 g, 0.68 mmol) and HOAT (85 mg, 0.62 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (0.51 mL, 3.1 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM. The resulting mixture was washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.2 g, 76%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 884.09 [M+H] +;
•H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ (ppm): 1 1.02 (brs. 1 H), 10.63 (brs. 1 H). 7.84-7.81 (m. 2H), 7.53-7.43 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.18 (m, 2H), 5.50-5.47 (m, 2H), 5.23-5.1 7 (m, 2H), 4.39-4.31 (m, 2H), 4.08-4.04 (m, 2H). 3.71 (s, 6H), 3.59-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.81 -2.62 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.41 -2.36 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.95 (m, 6H). 1.68-1.54 (s, 6H). 1.45 (s. 6H), 1 .24 (d. 6H, J = 4.0 Hz).
[00504] Example 21
Figure imgf000264_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000265_0001
[00505] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 21 -1
To a solution of 1 , 4-benzoquinone (10.0 g, 92.5 mmol) in DCM (90 mL) was added 1 , 3-cyclohexadiene (11.12 g. 138.8 mmol) dropwise at -10 °C under dark conidtions. The mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 1 hr and then at rt for another 48 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Then 500 mL of hexane was added and the resulting mixture was stirred and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (12.5 g. 71.8%), which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 189.09 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.59 (s, 2H). 6.47 (s, 2H). 3.42 (s, 2H), 3.20-3.18 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.39 (m, 4H).
[00506] Step 2) the preparation of compound 21 -2 A solution of compound 21-1 (5.0 g. 26.6 mmol) and sodium acetate (6.54 g, 79.7 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) was stirred at 50 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM) to give the title compound as a white solid (4.56 g, 91.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 189.09 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0* (ppm): 6.43-6.39 (m, 2H), 6.28 (s, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.45 -3.41 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.01 (m. 2H).
[00507] Step 3) the preparation of compound 21 -3
A suspension of compound 21 -2 (4.0 g, 21.3 mmol) and a catalytic amount of Pd/C (0.4 g) in methanol (50 mL) was stirred at rt under H2 for 1.5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (3.06 g. 75.6%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 191.1 [M+H] +;
'H NMR (400 MHz. c 6-DMSO) δ (ppm): 7.18 (s, 2H). 6.21 (s, 2H), 3.47-3.44 (m, 2H). 1.61 -1.54 (m, 4H), 1 .42-1.38 (m, 4H).
[00508] Step 4) the preparation of compound 21-4
To a solution of compound 21 -3 (3.61 g. 19.0 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added pyridine (9.0 g, 114 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After the mixture was stirred for 10 mins. trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (21 .0 g. 76.0 mmol) was added, and then the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL). washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/DCM (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound as colorless oil (8.4 g, 97.3%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.15 (s, 2H), 3.69-3.67 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.71 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.32 (m. 4H).
[00509] Step 5) the preparation of compound 21 -5
A suspension of compound 21-4 (8.0 g, 17.6 mmol), compound 5-3 (7.89 g, 18.0 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.02 g. 0.88 mmol) and K2C03 (9.73 g, 70.4 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and pure water (80 mL. v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N? for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, EtOAc (50 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (6.1 g, 56.1%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 618.2[M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.48 (brs, 1 H), 7.72 (brs, 1 H), 7.35 (d, 2H, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.18 (m. 2H), 7.15 (d, 1 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.00 (d, 1 H, J = 8.6 Hz). 4.88 (d, 1H, J - 5.2 Hz), 3.61 (s, 1 H), 3.54 (s, 1 H), 3.48-3.35 (m. 2H), 2.25-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.68 (m, 5H), 1.43-1.39 (m, 5H). 1 .21 (s, 9H).
[00510] Step 6) the preparation of compound 21 -6
A mixture of compound 21 -5 ( 1.54 g. 2.5 mmol), compound 3-3 ( 1.13 g, 2.7 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (0.14 g, 0.12 mmol) and 2C03 (1.38 g, 10.0 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and pure water (25 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed. EtOAc (20 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.56 g. 82.7%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, neg.ion) m/z: 753.4[M-H] " ;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.61 -7.57 (m, 5H), 7.53-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.49, 7.47 (s, s, 1H), 7.39, 7.37 (s, s, 1 H), 7.28-7.26 (m, 1 H), 5.04-4.99 (m, 1H), 4.97-4.93 (m, 1 H). 3.82-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.31 -3.20 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.53 (m, 1 H). 2.47-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.71 -1.58 (m, 4H), 1.53 (s, 18H), 1.38-1 .26 (m, 4H).
[0051 1 ] Step 7) the preparation of compound 21 -7
To a solution of compound 21 -6 (2.20 g, 2.91 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (10 mL. 4 M) dropwise at rt. At the end of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.60 g, 78.4%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) /z: 555.3 [M+H] +.
[00512] Step 8) the preparation of compound 21 -8
A suspension of compound 21 -7 ( 1.54 g, 2.2 mmol), compound 1-4-2 (0.80 g, 4.6 mmol). EDCI (0.88 g, 4.6 mmol) and HOAT (0.45 g, 3.3 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) at 0 °C was stirred for 5 mins. then DIPEA (2.91 mL, 17.6 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (30mL). The resulting mixture was washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (1.1 g. 57.6%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 869.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR(400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 10.55 (brs, IH), 8.01-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.40 (m. 3H), 7.39-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.14 (m. 3H), 5.74-5.52 (m. 2H), 5.46-5.41 (m, IH), 5.30-5.27 (m, I H), 4.39-4.35 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.84 (m. 2H). 3.73 (s, 3H). 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 2H). 2.15-1.94 (m, 8H), 1.68-1.36 (m, 6H), 1.13-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.71 (m, 12H).
[00513] Example 22
Figure imgf000269_0001
[00514] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 22-1
A suspension of compound 21 -5 (2.05 g, 3.32 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (1.68 g, 6.63 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (0.54 g, 0.66 mmol) and KOAc (0.98 g, 9.96 mmol) in DME (15 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 20 mL of EtOAc was added. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.56 g, 78.9%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 596.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.53 (brs, 1 H), 7.74-7.69 (m, 1 H), 7.58 (d, 1 H, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.47 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz). 7.25 (s, 1H). 7.16 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz). 4.98-5.01 (m. 1H), 3.99 (s, 1 H). 3.55 (s, 1H), 3.38-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.11 (m. 2H), 1.97-1.88 (m, 5H), 1.72-1.65 (m. 5H), 1.35- 1.36 (d, 12H, J = 3.08 Hz), 1.25-1.26 (m, 9H).
[00515] Step 2) the preparation of compound 22-2
A mixture of compound 22-1 ( 1.30 g. 2.18 mmol), compound 2-6-1 (0.95 g, 2.62 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (0.25 g, 0.22 mmol) and K2C03 (0.9 g. 6.54 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (18 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, EtOAc (20 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (1.14 g, 74.3%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 705.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.87 (brs. 1 H). 7.80-7.62 (m, 2H). 7.46-7.44 (m. 2H). 7.29-7.25 (m. 2H), 7.21 -7.19 (m, 2H). 3.38-3.49 (m. 4H). 2.22-2.09 (m. 4H). 1.97-1.84 (m, 6H), 1 .75-1.61 (m, 6H), 1.52-1.46 (m, 4H). 1.23 (s, 9H). 1 .1 1 (s, 9H). [00516] Step 3) the preparation of compound 22-3
To a solution of compound 22-2 ( 1.53 g, 2.17 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (10 mL. 4 M) dropwise at rt. At the end of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was used for the next step without further purification.
[00517] Step 4) the preparation of compound 22-4
A suspension of compound 22-3 (0.44 g, 0.676 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (0.249 g. 1.419 mmol), EDCI (0.272 g, 1.419 mmol) and HOAT (0.138 g, 1.013 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) at 0 °C was stirred for 5 mins. then DIPEA (0.89 mL. 5.405 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.44 g, 80.0%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 819.4[M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 10.52 (brs, 1H). 7.82-7.69 (m, 2H). 7.65-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.23 (m. 2H), 7.18-7.15 (m. 2H), 5.55-5.35 (m, 2H). 5.30-5.22 (m, 2H). 4.42-4.28 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.78 (m, 2H). 3.70 (s. 6H), 2.90-2.15 (m. 2H). 2.48-2.29 (m. 2H), 2.25- 1.81 (m, 8H), 1.68-1.35 (m. 6H). 1.12-1.08 (m. 2H). 0.98-0.75 (m. 12H).
[00518] Example 23
Figure imgf000271_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000272_0001
[00519] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 23-2
A stirred mixture of compound 23-1 (1.54 g, 19 mmol) and compound 23-1-2 ( 1.36 g. 10 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) was cooled to -78 °C under nitrogen. The addition of ^-butyllithium (6.7 mL, 1.6 M in hexane) in portions from a syringe caused the solid to dissolve and the solution to turn cherry red. After stirring at -78°C for 1 hr, the mixture was warmed to room temperature over 1 -2 hrs and stirred overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted further with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound 23-2 as yellow solid (1.09 g, 50.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 218.5 [M+H]+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0' (ppm): 6.93-6.91 (t. 1 H. J = 4.0 Hz). 6.83 (m, 2H). 4.71-4.69 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s. 6H), 2.1 1 (s, 3H). [00520] Step 2) the preparation of compound 23-3
To a solution of compound 23-2 (1.74 g, 8.03 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was added Pd/C (0.35 g, 10%), and the mixture was stirred under 10 atm of H2 gas at rt for 24 hrs. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 23-3 as white solid (1.51 g. 86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz : 220.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.60-6.24 (s, 2H). 4.28-4.26 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 6H), 2.1 1 (s, 3H), 1.26-1.11 (m, 4H).
[00521] Step 3) the preparation of compound 23-4
To a solution of compound 23-3 (2.19 g, 10 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added boron tribromide (7.7 mL, 80 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 10 mins and at rt for another 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice- water (50 mL) and the organic phase was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1) to give the title compound 23-4 as colorless oil (1.72 g, 90.0%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 192.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 6.42 (s, 2H). 5.77 (br. 2H), 4.24-4.22 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 1.31 -1.18 (m, 4H).
[00522] Step 4) the preparation of compound 23-5
To a solution of compound 23-4 (1.91 g. 10 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL, 60 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 10 mins, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL. 40 mmol) was added, and then the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (25 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound 23-5 as colorless oil (4.32 g, 95.0%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.29 (s, 2H), 4.39-4.37 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.24-1.09 (m, 4H).
[00523] Step 5) the preparation of compound 23-6
To a solution of compound 5-3 (10.0 g, 25.5 mmol) in EtOAc (50.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (60.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and EtOAc (40 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred and pulped, and then filtered to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (8.0 g, 86.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 313.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.76-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 2H). 7.21-7.20 (m, 1H). 5.50-5.22 (m. 2H). 4.49-4.39 (m. 1 H), 3.61-3.56 (m, 1 H). 3.49-3.39 (m, 1H), 2.31 -2.21 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.01 (m, 1 H). 1.98-1.85 (m. 1 H).
[00524] Step 6) the preparation of compound 23-7
To a solution of compound 23-6 (7.03 g, 19.26 mmol), compound 1 -1 1 -2 (5.06 g. 28.88 mmol) and EDCI (5.56 g, 28.88 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added DIPEA (21 mL. 127 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 100 mL of water was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (150 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a solid (7.6 g, 88%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.65-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.43 (m, 2H). 7.22-7.20 (m, 1H), 5.67-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.22 (m, 1 H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1 H), 3.5-3.81 (m, 1 H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.71 -3.64 (m. 1 H), 3.00 (s, 1 H). 2.34-2.1 1 (m. 1 H), 2.21 -1.95 (m, 5H), 1.04-1.02 (m. 1 H). 0.88-0.86 (d, 6H).
[00525] Step 7) the preparation of compound 23-8
To a mixture of compound 23-7 (5.0 g, 1 1.13 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (4.3 g, 16.7 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (0.91 g. 1.1 1 mmol) and KOAc (3.3 g, 33.4 mmol) was added DMF (50 mL) via syringe under N2, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 80 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a beige solid (4.0 g. 72.4%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.65-7.60 (m. 2H), 7.47-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.20 (m. 1 H), 5.67-5.65 (m, 1 H). 5.24-5.22 (m, 1 H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1 H), 3.5-3.81 (m, 1 H), 3.72 (s. 3H). 3.71 -3.64 (m, 1 H), 3.00 (s, 1 H). 2.34-2.1 1 (m. 1 H). 2.21 -1.95 (m, 5H). 1.32-1.45 (m. 12H), 1.04-1.02 (m. 1 H), 0.88-0.86 (d, 6H).
[00526] Step 8) the preparation of compound 23-9
To a mixture of compound 23-5 (4.55 g. 10 mmol). compound 23-8 (10.42 g, 21 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (1.16 g. 1.0 mmol) and K2C03 (3.45 g. 25 mmol) were added DME (60.0 mL) and H20 (12 mL) via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), and washed with water (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (5.37 g, 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 897.5 [M+H]+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.63-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.61 -7.60 (m, 2H). 7.59-7.57 (m, 4H). 7.56-7.53 (m, 4H), 5.32-5.31 (d, 1 H. J = 4.0 Hz), 5.30-5.29 (d, 1 H. J = 4.0 Hz), 5.23-5.19 (m, 2H), 4.41 -4.37 (m, 2H), 4.08-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.78 (m. 2H). 3.68-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 6H). 2.36 (s. 3H). 2.30-1.92 (m, 10H). 1 .56-1.49 (m. 4H), 0.97-0.95 (m, 6H), 0.91 -0.89 (m. 6H).
[00527] Example 24
Figure imgf000276_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000276_0002
23-5 24-1 24-2
Figure imgf000276_0003
[00528] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 24-1
To a mixture of compound 23-5 (910 mg, 2.0 mmol), tetrabutylammonium iodide (2.21 g. 6 mmol), Cul ( 114 mg, 0.6 mmol) and PdCl2(PPh3)2 (140 mg, 0.2 mmol) were added anhydrous THF (8.0 mL) and Et3N (8.0 mL) in turn under N2. After the mixture was stirred at rt for 10 mins, trimethylsilylacetylene (1.4 mL, 10 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 30/1 ) to give the title compound as pale yellow liquid (597 mg, 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS ( ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 352.5 [M+H]+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.32 (s, 2H). 4.45-4.43 (m, 2H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.51 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.90 (m, 2H), 0.29 (s, 18H).
[00529] Step 2) the preparation of compound 24-2
To a solution of compound 24-1 (702 mg, 2.0 mmol) in mixed solvents of MeOH (4.0 mL) and THF (4.0 mL) was added K2C03 (1 .1 g. 8.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL) and then washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound as a brown solid (331 mg. 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 208.5 [M+H]+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.23 (s. 2H). 4.45-4.43 (m, 2H). 3.16 (m, 2H). 2.05 (s. 3H). 1 .70-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.07-1.01 (m. 2H).
[00530] Step 3) the preparation of compound 24-3 To a mixture of compound 24-2 ( 124 mg, 0.6 mmol). compound 15-2 (546 mg, 1.3 mmol). Cul (2.28 mg, 0.012 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (69.24 mg. 0.06 mmol) were added anhydrous DMF (5.0 mL) and Et3N (0.2 mL) in turn under N2, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 20 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (332.4 mg, 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 792.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.54 (s. 2H), 7.46 (s, 2H), 5.51 -5.47 (m, 2H), 5.32-5.31 (d, 1H, J = 4.0 Hz), 5.30-5.29 (d, 1 H, J = 4.0Hz), 4.45-4.43 (m, 2H), 4.41 -4.37 (m, 2H), 3.89-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 6H), 2.31 -1.94 (m, 13H), 1.77-1.68 (m. 2H). 1.13-1.08 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.95 (m, 6H), 0.91 -0.89 (m, 6H).
[00531 ] Example 25
Figure imgf000278_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000278_0002
[00532] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 25-1
To a mixture of compound 23-5 (4.55 g, 10 mmol). compound 1 -14 (9.87 g. 21 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 ( 1.16 g. 1.0 mmol) and K2C03 (3.45 g. 25 mmol) were added DME (60 mL) and H20 (12 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (4.89 g, 58%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 844.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.65 (s, 2H). 7.62 (s, 1 H). 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.52-7.50 (m, 4H), 5.56-5.55 (d, 2H, J = 4.0 Hz), 5.54-5.53 (d, 1H, J = 4.0 Hz), 5.24-5.20 (m. 2H), 4.36-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.26 (m, 2H). 3.84-3.77 (m, 2H). 3.66 (s, 6H), 3.65-3.61 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H). 2.35-2.11 (m, 6H). 1.97-1.91 (m, 4H), 1.59-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.02-1.01 (m, 6H). 0.97-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.91 -0.89 (m, 6H).
[00533] Example 26
Figure imgf000279_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000280_0001
[00534] Step 1) the preparation of compound 26- 1
To a mixture of compound 23-5 ( 18.7 mg, 1.14 mmol), compound 5-3 (500 mg, 1.14 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (131 mg, 0.114 mmol) and 2C03 (391 mg. 2.84 mmol) were added DME (10 mL) and H20 (2.4 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and 20 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale white solid (458 mg, 65%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz 619.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.63-7.59 (m. 3H), 7.52-7.49 (m. 2H), 7.20. 7.18 (s. s. 1 H), 7.07. 7.05 (s, s, 1 H), 4.98-4.92 (m, 1 H), 4.44-4.41 (m. 1H). 3.95-3.92 (m, 1H). 3.64-3.58 (m. 1H), 3.31 -3.23 (m, 1 H), 2.47-2.38 (m, 1 H), 2.25 (s, 3H). 2.24-2.19 (m, 1 H). 2.10- 1.98 (m. 2H). 1.59-1.54 (m. 1 H), 1.53 (s, 9H). 1.28-1.13 (m. 2H), 0.97-0.89 (m, 1 H). [00535] Step 2) the preparation of compound 26-2
A mixture of compound 26-1 (251 mg. 0.406 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (123.8 mg, 0.487 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (33.18 mg, 0.0406 mmol) and KOAc (120 mg, 1.22 mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. To the filtrate was added 30 mL of water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 150/1) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (150 mg. 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 597.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.81 , 7.79 (s. s. 1 H), 7.63-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.57-7.54 (m, 2H). 7.45, 7.43 (s. s. 1 H), 4.98-4.92 (m, 1 H). 4.57-4.54 (m. 1 H). 4.02-3.99 (m, 1 H), 3.64-3.58 (m, 2H). 3.31 -3.24 (m, 1 H). 2.47-2.38 (m. 1 H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.18 (m. 1H), 2.10-1.98 (m, 3H), 1.80-1.73 (m. 1H), 1 .71 -1.65 (m, 1 H), 1.53 (s. 9H), 1.32 (br. 6H). 1.29 (br, 6H). 1.27-1 .21 (m. 2H).
[00536] Step 3) the preparation of compound 26-3
To a mixture of compound 26-2 ( 151 mg. 0.2533 mmol). compound 2-6-1 (91 .95 mg, 0.2533 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (29.26 mg, 0.02533 mmol) and K2C03 ( 123.23 mg. 0.8866 mmol) were added DME (4.0 mL) and H20 (1.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 10 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 80/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (107.2 mg. 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 706.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.44. 7.41 (s, s, 1H), 7.31 , 7.29 (s, s, 1H), 5.07-5.00 (m, 1H), 4.98-4.92 (m, 1 H), 4.15-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.03 (m, 1 H). 3.64-3.58 (m. 2H). 3.31 -3.24 (m, 2H). 2.47-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.69 (m, 2H). 1.41 (s, 18H), 1.30-1.24 (m, 2H).
[00537] Step 4) the preparation of compound 26-4
To a solution of compound 26-3 (153.6 mg, 0.2178 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was washed with EtOAc (10 mL) to give the title compound as pale yellow powder (120.5 mg, 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 506.5 [M+H] +.
[00538] Step 5) the preparation of compound 26-5
To a mixture of compound 26-4 (188.9 mg, 0.29 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (107 mg, 0.61 mmol), EDCI ( 1 17 mg, 0.61 mmol) and HOAT (79 mg, 0.58 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (0.42 mL, 2.53 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (1 18 mg. 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 820.5 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.63-7.59 (m, 4H). 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.44, 7.41 (s, s, 1H), 7.31 , 7.29 (s, s, 1 H), 5.32, 5.30 (brs, brs, 2H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.37 (m, 2H), 4.14-4.12 (m, 1 H), 4.06-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.64 (m, 2H). 3.63 (s, 6H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.30-1.92 (m, 10H), 1.76-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.24 (m, 2H). 0.97, 0.95 (m, m, 6H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m, m, 6H).
[00539] Example 27
Figure imgf000283_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000283_0002
[00540] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 27-1
To a mixture of compound 23-5 (4.55 g, 10 mmol). compound 3-1 (4.54g, 1 1 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (1.16 g. 1.0 mmol) and K2C03 (3.45 g. 25 mmol) were added DME (60 mL) and H20 (12 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 100/1) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (3.43 g, 58%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 593.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.62, 7.60 (s, s, 1H), 7.59-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.26, 7.24 (s, s, 1H), 5.04-4.99 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.44 (m, 1 H), 4.15-4.12 (m, 1 H), 3.82-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 1 H), 2.62-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.37 (m, 1 H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.16 (m, 1 H), 2.04-1.95 (m, 1 H), 1.64-1.57 (m, 1 H), 1.53 (s. 9H), 1.28-1.15 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.94 (m, 1H).
[00541 ] Step 2) the preparation of compound 27-3
The mixture of compound 27-2 (6.0 g, 29 mmol). NBS (5.76 g. 32 mmol) and p-TSA (1.0 g, 5.2 mmol) was stirred at 100 °C for 0.5 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 100 mL of DCM and 50 mL of water were added. The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/PE (v/v) = 1/5) to give the title compound as a yellow slurry (5.64 g, 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 284.97 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.55 (d, 1 H, J = 4.0 Hz), 7.14 (d. 1 H. J = 4.0 Hz), 4.29 (s, 2H).
[00542] Step 3) the preparation of compound 27-4
To a mixture of compound 27-3 (5.64 g. 19.8 mmol) and compound 1 -10 (4.7 g. 21.8 mmol) in CH3CN (100 mL) was added DIPEA (3.62 mL, 21.9 mmol) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 50 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (5.8 g, 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 418.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.49 (d, 1 H, J = 4.0 Hz), 7.13 (t. 1 H, J = 4.0 Hz), 5.02-5.23 (m. 2H), 4.37-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H).
[00543] Step 4) the preparation of compound 27-5
The mixture of compound 27-4 (8.0 g, 19 mmol) and NH4OAc (22.2 g, 288 mmol) in xylene (100 mL) was stirred at 140 °C for 5.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 100 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 4/1 ) to give the title compound 27-5 as a yellow solid (7.0 g. 92%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 398.32 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.51 (br, 1 H). 7.07 (s, 1 H), 6.94 (s, 2H). 4.90-4.91 (m, 1H). 3.39 (s, 2H), 2.98 (s. 1 H). 2.12 (s. 2H). 1.95 (s, 1H). 1.48 (s, 9H).
[00544] Step 5) the preparation of compound 27-6
A mixture of compound 27-5 (1.0 g. 2.5 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (0.96 g, 3.8 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (0.1 1 g. 0.13 mmo) and KOAc (0.74 g, 7.5 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (60 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (0.89 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.51 (br, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1 H), 7.27 (s, 1 H), 7.15 (s. 1 H), 4.93-4.94 (m. 1H), 3.39 (s, 2H), 2.99 (s, l H). 1.94-2.12 (m, 4H), 1.49 (s, 9H). 1.34 (s, 12H), 1.24 (m. 8H).
[00545] Step 6) the preparation of compound 27-7
To a mixture of compound 27-6 (470 mg. 1.0 mmol), compound 27-1 (414 mg. 0.7 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (80 mg, 0.07 mmol) and K2C03 (250 mg, 1.8 mmol) were added DME (6.0 mL) and H20 (1.5 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 10 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (320 mg, 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion ) mlz: 762.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 7.69. 7.67 (s. s. 1 H), 7.62-7.60 (m. 1 H). 7.52-7.50 (m, 2H). 7.49. 7.47 (s, s, 1 H). 7.48 (s. 1 H). 7.21. 7.20 (s. s. 1 H), 7.01 , 7.00 (s, s. 1 H), 5.16-5.10 (m. 1 H), 5.04-4.99 (m, 1 H), 4.14-4.11 (m, 1 H), 4.00-3.97 (m, 1 H). 3.82-3.76 (m, 1 H). 3.63-3.56 (m. 2H), 3.31 -3.24 (m, 1 H), 2.62-2.55 (m. 1 H), 2.46-2.37 (m, 2H). 2.23 (s. 3H), 2.27-2.19 (m, 2H). 2.10-1.97 (m. 3H). 1.74-1.67 (m. 1 H). 1 .53 (s, 18H). 1 .64- 1.57 (m. 1 H). 1 .13-0.97 (m. 2H). [00546] Step 7) the preparation of compound 27-8
To a solution of compound 27-7 (304 mg, 0.4 mmol) in EtOAc (2.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (5 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (10 mL) and filtered to give the title compound as pale yellow powder (282.9 mg, 100%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 562.3 [M+H] +.
[00547] Step 8) the preparation of compound 27-9
To a mixture of compound 27-8 (275.8 mg, 0.39 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (200 mg, 1.1 mmol) and EDCI (300 mg, 1.6 mmol) in DCM (8.0 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (0.6 mL, 3.6 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. The mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as pale yellow powder (204.8 mg, 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 876.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.69, 7.67 (s, s, 1 H), 7.62-7.60 (m, 1 H), 7.52-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.69, 7.67 (s, s, 1 H), 7.41 (s, 1 H). 7.21. 7.20 (s, s, 1 H). 7.01 , 7.00 (s. s, 1H), 5.42, 5.37 (m. m, 1H), 5.32. 5.29 (brs. brs, 2H), 5.24-5.20 (m, 1 H). 4.41 -4.36 (m, 2H), 4.14-4.11 (m, 1 H), 4.00-3.97 (m. 1H), 3.84-3.78 (m. 2H), 3.69-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 6H), 2.33 (s. 3H), 2.32-1.87 (m. 10H), 1.74-1.67 (m, 1 H). 1.65-1.57 (m, 1 H), 1 .13-0.99 (m, 2H). 0.97-0.95 (m, 6H). 0.91 -0.89 (m, 6H).
[00548] Example 28
Figure imgf000288_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000288_0002
[00549] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 28-1
To a solution of compound 1-11 (366 mg, 1.0 mmol) in EtOAc (3.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (5.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc ( 10 mL) and filtered to give the title compound as a pale beige solid (260 mg, 97.8%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 313.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 8.01 (s, 1 H). 7.70-7.76 (m, 2H), 5.25-5.27 (m. 1 H). 3.30-3.31 (m. 2H), 2.74-2.77 (m. 1 H). 2.54-2.52 (m. 1 H). 2.40-2.37 (m, 1 H). 2.30-2.10 (m, 1 H). [00550] Step 2) the preparation of compound 28-2
To a mixture of compound 28-1 (771 mg, 2.274 mmol), compound 9-1 (644.8 mg, 3.41 mmol) and EDCI (654 mg, 3.412 mmol) in DCM (15.0 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (0.65 mL, 3.94 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reation was completed, 20 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na?S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (694 mg, 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 437.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.73-7.72 (d, 1H. J = 4.0 Hz), 7.33, 7.30 (s, s. 1H). 7.20-7.19 (d, 1H. J = 4.0 Hz). 5.39. 5.36 (brs. brs, 1H), 5.10-5.06 (m, 1H),
4.42- 4.40 (t, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 3.84-3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.67-3.64 (m, 1 H). 3.63 (s. 3H).
2.43- 2.33 (m, 1 H), 2.27-2.11 (m, 2H). 2.04-1.86 (m. 2H), 1.60-1.49 (m, 1 H), 1.23-1.1 1 (m, 1 H). 0.98-0.96 (m, 3H). 0.92-0.89 (m. 3H).
[00551] Step 3) the preparation of compound 28-3
A mixture of compound 28-2 (420 mg. 0.961 mmol). compound 1-8-2 (366 mg. 1.44 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (79 mg, 0.0961 mmol) and KOAc (283 mg, 2.88 mmol) in DMF (6.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (60 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a beige solid (0.28 g, 60.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 485.3 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.88 (s, 1 H), 7.71-7.73 (m, 1 H). 7.66-7.67 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.40 (br, 2H). 4.30-4.34 (t, 1 H, J = 8.72 Hz), 3.89-3.91 (m, 1 H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.64-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.09 (m, 1 H), 2.21 -2.22 (m, 1 H), 2.2-2.13 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.53 (m, 1 H), 1.35 (s, 12H), 1.27-1.30 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.84 (m, 6H).
[00552] Step 4) the preparation of compound 28-4
To a mixture of compound 23-5 (4.55 g, 10 mmol), compound 28-3 (4.84 g, 10 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (0.578 g, 0.5 mmol) and K2C03 (3.45 g. 25 mmol) were added DME (50.0 niL) and H20 (10.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a beige solid (3.84 g, 58%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 664.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.62, 7.60 (s. s. 1 H), 7.59-7.50 (m, 3H). 7.26, 7.24 (s. s, 1H), 5.57. 5.54 (brs. brs. 1 H). 5.13-5.09 (brs. 1 H), 4.46-4.41 (m, 2H), 4.15-4.12 (m, 1 H), 3.84-3.77 (m, 1 H), 3.68-3.65 (m. 1 H). 3.64 (s, 3H). 2.42-2.34 (m. 1 H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.95-1.86 (m. 1 H). 1.64-1.57 (m. 1 H), 1.41-1.31 (m, 1 H), 1.28-1.13 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.94 (m. 2H), 0.88-0.81 (m, 6H).
[00553] Step 5) the preparation of compound 28-5
To a mixture of compound 23-8 (4.96 g. 10 mmol), compound 28-4 (6.63 g, 10 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (0.578 g, 0.5 mmol) and K2C03 (3.45 g. 25 mmol) were added DME (50.0 mL) and H20 (10.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a beige solid (3.84 g. 58%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 442.5 [M+2H] 2+;
!H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.63-7.59 (m, 4H), 7.58-7.50 (m. 5H), 7.46, 7.44 (s, s. 1 H), 5.57, 5.54 (brs, brs, 2H). 5.23, 5.19 (m. m, 1 H), 5.13-5.09 (m, 1 H). 4.45-4.41 (m, 1 H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.06 (m, 1 H), 3.85-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.63-3.61 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.38 (m, 1 H), 2.37-2.36 (m, 3H), 2.30-1.88 (m, 9H), 1.63-1.49 (m. 4H), 1.42-1.31 (m, 1H), 1.12- 1.03 (m, 1 H), 1.02-1.00 (br, 3H). 0.93-0.92 (br, 3H). 0.88-0.81 (m, 6H).
[00554] Example 29
Figure imgf000291_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000292_0001
[00555] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 29-1
To a solution of L-Valine (2.49 g, 21.3 mmol) in THF (64.5 mL) was added NaHC03 aqueous solution (5.37 g, 64 mmol, 64.5 mL), after the solution was stirred at rt for 10 mins later, morpholine-4-carbonyl chloride (2.8 mL, 23.5 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the resulting mixture was adjusted to pH 3 with hydrochloric acid ( 1 M) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 29-1 as a white solid (2.9 g. 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 231.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 9.31 (br, 1 H). 5.75. 5.73 (br. br. 1 H). 4.27-4.22 (m, 1 H). 3.73-3.65 (m, 4H). 3.34-3.28 (m. 4H). 2.35-2.24 (m, 1 H). 0.97-0.95 (m, 3H), 0.88-0.85 (m, 3H).
[00556] Step 2) the preparation of compound 29-3
To a stirred mixture of compound 23-1 (1.54 g, 19 mmol) and compound 29-2 (1.44 g, 10 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) was added /7-butyllifhium (6.7 mL, 1.6 M in hexane) dropwise at -78 °C under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 hr and stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and the organic phase was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted further with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na^SC^ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound 29-3 as a yellow solid ( 1.13 g. 50.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion ) mlz: 226.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.94 (s. 2H), 6.91 -6.90 (d, 2H. J = 4 Hz), 4.88-4.86 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H).
[00557] Step 3) the preparation of compound 29-4
To a solution of compound 29-3 (1.8 g, 8.03 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (0.0.18 g), and the mixture was stirred under 10 atm of H2 gas at rt for 24 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 29-4 as a white solid (1 .57 g. 86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion ) mlz: 228.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) δ (ppm): 6.96 (s. 2H). 4.22-4.20 (m. 2H). 2.25 (s, 3H). 1.53-1.40 (m. 4H).
[00558] Step 4) the preparation of compound 29-5
To a mixture of compound 29-4 (601 mg, 2.65 mmol), compound 29-4-2 (417.8 mg. 2.92 mmol), Cs2C03 (1.54 g, 7.95 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (60 mg. 0.265 mmol) was added toluene (10.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 100 °C under N2 for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and water (20 mL), then filtered through a celite pad. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound as yellow liquid (708 mg, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion ) mlz: 335.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.07, 7.05 (s. s. 1H), 6.21 , 6.19 (s, s, 1H), 4.24-4.22 (m, 1 H), 4.15-4.13 (m, 1 H), 4.01 -3.87 (m, 4H), 3.21-3.17 (m. 4H), 2.24 (s. 3H), 1.79-1.75 (m. 4H). 1.74-1.67 (m, 1 H), 1.27-1.15 (m, 3H).
[00559] Step 5) the preparation of compound 29-6
To a mixture of compound 29-5 ( 1.7 g, 5.1 mmol) and SmCl3 (131 mg, 0.51 mmol) was added THF (20 mL) under N2. The mixture was stirred at rt for 15 mins, and TMSC1 (610 mg. 5.61 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at rt for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the compound (a) (1.5 g), which was used for the next step without further purification.
To a solution of compound (a) in THF (20 mL) was added LiHMDS (6.5 mL. 6.46 mmol, 1 M in THF) dropwise at -78 °C. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 30 mins. and PhNTf2 (2.77 g. 7.76 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 30 mins and at rt for another 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with water (50 mL). and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed by brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the compound (b) (1.0 g). which was used for the next step without further purification. A mixture of compound (b) (1.0 g, 2.0 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (1.27 g, 5.0 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (0.16 g, 0.2 mmol) and KOAc (0.78 g. 8.0 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 90 °C overnight under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and water (40 mL), and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (40 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a beige solid (960 mg, 38%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 495.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.57. 7.55 (s, s. 1 H), 6.91 , 6.89 (s, s, 1 H). 4.43-4.40 (m, 1 H), 4.20-4.17 (m, 1 H), 3.13-3.08 (m, 4H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.92 (m, 2H). 1.88-1.65 (m, 6H), 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m, 6H). 1.25 (m, 6H), 1.22 (m, 6H). 0.81 -0.78 (m. 1 H).
[00560] Step 6) the preparation of compound 29-7
To a mixture of compound 29-6 (2.92 g, 5.91 mmol), compound 2-6-1 (4.94 g. 13.6 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (342 mg, 0.296 mmol) and K2C03 (2.47 g, 17.73 mmol) were added DME (60.0 mL) and H20 (12 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 hrs under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and DME was removed in vacuo. To the residue was added 100 mL of water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc ( 100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 200/1 ) to give the title compound 29-7 as a beige solid (2.53 g, 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 713.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.55 (s. 1 H). 6.95. 6.93 (s, s, 1 H). 6.81 (s, 1 H), 6.16, 6.14 (s, s, 1H), 5.05-5.01 (m, 1H), 4.86-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.27 (m, lH). 3.87-3.85 (m, 1 H). 3.73-3.67 (m, 1 H), 3.64-3.58 (m. 1 H), 3.31 -3.24 (m, 4H). 2.65-2.56 (m, 1 H), 2.48-2.37 (m, 9H), 2.36 (m, 3H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.15-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.67 (m, 4H), 1.53 (s, 18H).
[00561] Step 7) the preparation of compound 29-8
To a solution of compound 29-7 (1.0 g. 1.4 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (10.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and residue was washed with EtOAc (20 mL) to give the title compound 29-8 as a pale yellow solid (829 mg. 90%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 513.5 [M+H] +.
[00562] Step 8) the preparation of compound 29-9
To a mixture of compound 29-8 (438 mg, 0.6654 mmol), EDCI ( 192 mg, 0.998 mmol) and compound 29-1 (246 mg, 0.998 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (0.74 mL, 4.5 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at rt for 10 hrs, diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound as pale yellow powder (249 mg, 40%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 469.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.49 (s, 1 H), 6.95 and 6.93 (s. s. 1 H), 6.82 (s. 1 H). 6.16 and 6.14 (s. s, 1 H), 5.67 and 5.65 (br, 2H), 5.36-5.31 (m, 1 H), 5.12-5.08 (m, 1 H), 4.51-4.47 (m, 2H). 4.29-4.27 (m, 1 H). 3.87-3.79 (m. 3H), 3.74-3.62 (m, 10H). 3.35-3.25 (m, 12H), 2.65-2.56 (m, 1 H). 2.48-2.37 (m. 2H). 2.36 (s, 3H). 2.31-2.16 (m. 10H), 2.15-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.29-1.23 (m, 2H), 1.02-1.01 (m, 6H). 0.92-0.91 (m, 6H). [00563] Example 30
Figure imgf000297_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000297_0002
[00564] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 30-1
To a mixture of compound 23-1 (1.54 g, 19 mmol) and benzyne (760 mg, 10 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) was added n-butyllithium (6.7 mL, 1.6 M in hexane) dropwise at -78 °C under N2. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 hr and at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted further with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na^SC^ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound 30-1 as a yellow solid (628 mg. 40%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 158.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.37-7.42 (m. 2H), 7.00-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.78-6.76 (t, 2H, J = 4.0Hz), 4.45-4.42 (m, 2H), 2.01 (s, 3H).
[00565] Step 2) the preparation of compound 30-2
To a solution of compound 30-1 (1.26 g, 8.03 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (0.126 g), and the mixture was stirred under 10 atm of H2 gas at rt for 24 hrs. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 30-2 as a white solid (1.1 g, 86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 160.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 7.21 -7.13 (m. 4H), 4.09-4.03 (m, 2H). 2.14-2.08 (m, 4H), 2.03 (s, 3H).
[00566] Step 3) the preparation of compound 30-3
To a suspension of aluminium chloride (2.15 g, 16.2 mmol) in Carbon disulphide (40 mL) was added acetyl chloride (1.4 mL. 19.7 mmol) dropwise, then a solution of cyclohexene (1 mL. 10 mmol) in CS2 (20 mL) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the compound as slurry. Compound 30-2 (2.38 g, 15 mmol) was added to the above slurry, and the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (40 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic lays were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/DCM (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 30-3 as colorless oil (1.42 g, 30%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 284.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.30-7.27 (m, 1 H), 7.24-7.22 (m, 1H), 6.98-6.96 (m, 1 H), 4.20-4.17 (m, 1 H). 3.96-3.92 (m, 1 H), 2.96-2.87 (m, 1 H), 2.25-2.18 (m, 1 H). 2.14 (s. 3H), 2.1 1 (s, 3H), 1.78-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.46 (m, 4H), 1.62-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.24-1.16 (m, 2H).
[00567] Step 4) the preparation of compound 30-4
To a suspension of aluminium chloride (2.12 g, 15.9 mmol) in 1 , 2-dichloroethane (40 mL) was added acetyl chloride (1.2 mL, 16.8 mmol) dropwise. then a solution of compound 30-3 (3.68 g, 13 mmol) in 1 , 2-dichloroethane (20 mL) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (40 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 30-4 as a white solid (1.63 g, 38.5%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 326.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.64, 7.61 (s. s. 1 H), 6.97. 6.95 (s. s, 1 H), 4.24-4.19 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.14 (m, 1 H). 2.55 (s, 3H). 2.31 (s. 3H), 2.26-2.18 (m, 1H). 2.1 1 (s, 3H), 1.85-1.46 (m, 10H), 1.26-1.18 (m, 2H).
[00568] Step 5) the preparation of compound 30-5
To a solution of compound 30-4 ( 1.54 g. 4.73 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) at 0 °C were added DIPEA (2.33 mL, 14.1 mmol) and TBDMSOTf (3.5 mL. 1 1.5 mmol) dropwise in turn. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the compound as yellow gel-like substance. To the solution of yellow gel-like substance in THF (20 mL) was added NBS ( 1.56 g, 8.76 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, THF was removed, and 20 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 30-5 as white slurry (1.6 g, 57.76%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 484.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.72. 7.70 (s. s. 1 H), 7.27, 7.24 (s. s, 1 H), 4.40 (s, 2H). 4.27-4.22 (m. 2H). 3.93 (s, 2H), 3.27-3.19 (m. 1H). 2.76-2.68 (m. 1 H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.80-1.52 (m, 10H). 1.28-1.19 (m, 2H).
[00569] Step 6) the preparation of compound 30-6
To a solution of compound 30-5 (1.05 g. 2.18 mmol) in CH3CN (22 mL) were added DIPEA (1.02 mL, 6.2 mmol) and compound 1 -10 (1.08 g, 5.014 mmol) at 0 °C in turn. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1.0 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/3) to give the title compound 30-6 as pale yellow slurry (1.4 g. 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 752.3 [M+H] +.
[00570] Step 7) the preparation of compound 30-7
A suspension of compound 30-6 ( 1 .38 g. 1.83 mmol) and NH4OAc (2.82 g, 36.6 mmol) in xylene (20 mL) was stirred at 140 °C for 5.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. and 40 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH ( v/v ) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound 30-7 as a pale yellow solid (0.95 g. 73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 712.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.60 (s, 1 H), 7.16, 7.14 (s, s, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 6.70, 6.68 (s, s, 1 H). 5.01 -4.97 (m. 1 H). 4.86-4.81 (m. 1 H), 4.21 -4.17 (m. 1H), 3.88-3.84 (m, 1 H), 3.83-3.75 (m, 2H). 3.70-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.08-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.68 (m, 1 H). 2.55-2.47 (m. 1 H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.16 (m. 4H), 2.14-2.01 (m. 3H), 2.00-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.88-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.51 (s, 9H). 1.42 (s, 9H).
[00571 ] Step 8) the preparation of compound 30-8
To a solution of compound 30-7 (950 mg, 1.33 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc ( 10 mL. 4 M) dropwise. and the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (20 mL) and filtered to give the title compound 30-8 as a pale yellow solid (730 mg, 83.5%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 512.7 [M+H] +.
[00572] Step 9) the preparation of compound 30-9
To a suspension of compound 30-8 (394 mg, 0.6 mmol). EDCI (300.56 mg, 1.56 mmol) and compound 30-8-2 (341 mg. 1 .56 mmol) in DCM ( 10.0 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (1 .02 mL. 6.14 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL). washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anliydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound 30-9 as pale yellow powder (350 mg, 64.13%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 456.3 [M+H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.54 (s. I H), 7.16, 7.14 (s, s, IH), 6.82 (s, IH), 6.70, 6.68 (s, s, IH), 5.29-5.25 (m, I H). 5.20, 5.18 (br. br, 2H), 5.12-5.07 (m, IH), 4.40-4.36 (m, 2H), 4.22-4.17 (m, IH), 3.86-3.79 (m. 3H), 3.70-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.00 (m, IH), 2.77-2.68 (m, IH), 2.37 (s. 3H), 2.30-1.65 (m, 20H), 1 .43 (s, 18H), 1.30- 1.21 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.95 (m, 6H). 0.91-0.89 (m, 6H).
[00573] Example 31
Figure imgf000302_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000303_0001
[00574] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 31-1
To a mixture of compound 14-12 (1.98 g, 4.5 mmol), compound 23-5 (2.05 g, 4.5 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (260 mg, 0.225 mmol) and K2C03 (1.24 g, 9.0 mmol) were added DME (20.0 mL) and H2O (4.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. and 20 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound 31-1 as a white solid (1.45 g, 49.3%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 654.63 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.72 (m, 4H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.20, 7.18 (s, s, 1 H). 7.07, 7.05 (s, s, 1H), 4.93-4.88 (m, 1 H), 4.44-4.41 (m. 1H), 4.18-4.06 (m, 1 H), 3.95-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.80 (m, 1 H), 2.86-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.26 (m. 1 H). 2.25 (m, 3H). 1.59-1.57 (m, 1 H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.28-1.16 (m, 2H). 0.97-0.89 (m. 1 H).
[00575] Step 2) the preparation of compound 31 -2 A mixture of compound 31-1 (1.50 g, 2.3 mmol), compound of 1 -8-2 (0.64 g, 2.53 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (90 mg, 0.1 15 mmol) and KOAc (0.6 g, 5.75 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was stirred at 120 °C under N2 for 4.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 8/1) to give the title compound 31 -2 as a white solid (1.06 g, 73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 632.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.81 , 7.79 (s, s, 1H), 7.78-7.70 (m. 4H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.45, 7.43 (s, s, 1 H), 4.93-4.88 (m, 1 H), 4.57-4.54 (m. 1H), 4.18-4.05 (m, 1 H), 4.02-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.79 (m, 1 H), 2.86-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.47-2.29 (m, 1H). 2.28-2.27 (m, 3H), 1.80-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.33-1 .32 (m, 6H). 1 .29 (m, 6H). 1.28-1.19 (m, 2H).
[00576] Step 3) the preparation of compound 31-3
A suspension of compound 14-9 (220 mg, 0.55 mmol), compound 31-2 (347mg, 0.55 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (32 mg, 0.027 mmol) and K2C03 (190 mg. 1.37 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (7.5 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (240 mg, 56.2%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 778.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.87 (s, 1 H), 7.63-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.53 (m. 2H), 7.44 (m, 1 H). 7.43. 7.41 (s, s, 1 H). 7.31 , 7.29 (s. s. 1 H), 5.06-5.01 (m, 1 H). 5.00-4.95 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.92-3.79 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.68 (m, 2H). 2.49-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, 3H), 1.75-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H). 1.41 (s, 9H). 1.32-1.24 (m, 2H).
[00577] Step 4) the preparation of compound 31 -4
To a solution of compound 31 -3 (240 mg, 0.31 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc and filtered to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (200 mg, 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 577.3 [M+H] +.
[00578] Step 5) the preparation of compound 31 -5
A suspension of compound 31 -4 (188 mg, 0.26 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (100 mg, 0.57 mmol), EDCI (110 mg, 0.57 mmol) and HOAT (70mg, 0.52 mmol) in DCM (6.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA(0.46 mL, 2.81 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (200 mg. 86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 892.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.76 (s, 1 H). 7.63-7.59 (m, 2H). 7.56-7.53 (m. 2H). 7.44,7.41 (s, s, 1 H). 7.40 (s, 1 H). 7.31 , 7.29 (s. s. 1 H), 5.56 (br. 1H). 5.55 (br. 1H), 5.19-5.11 (m, 2H). 4.32-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.21 -4.05 (m, 4H), 3.91 -3.81 (m, 2H). 3.66 (s. 6H), 2.92-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.51 -2.36 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.16 (m, 2H). 2.35 (m, 3H). 1.75-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 2H). 1.02-1.00 (m. 6H). 0.93-0.91 (m. 6H). [00579] Example 32
Figure imgf000306_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000306_0002
[00580] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 32-1
A suspension of compound 26-4 (221 mg, 0.34 mmol), compound 8-1-2 (150 mg, 71.4 mmol), EDCI (73 mg, 0.38 mmol) and HOAT (47 mg, 0.34 mmol) in DCM (8.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.4 mL, 2.42 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL). washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (220 mg, 73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 888.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.63-7.60 (m, 3H). 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.53 (m. 2H). 7.44, 7.41 (s, s, 1 H), 7.35-7.27 (m. 7H), 7.19-7.15 (m, 4H), 5.91 (br, 1 H), 5.89 (br, 1 H), 5.35-5.34 (m, 2H), 5.33-5.32 (m. 1 H), 5.19-5.13 (m, 2H), 4.14-4.12 (m, 1 H), 4.06-4.05 (m, 1 H), 3.91 -3.85 (m, 2H). 3.75-3.69 (m. 2H). 3.64 (s, 6H). 2.35 (s, 3H). 2.34-2.07 (m, 4H), 2.03-1.92 (m, 4H). 1.76-1.67 (m, 2H). 1.30-1.24 (m. 2H).
[00581 ] Example 33
Figure imgf000307_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000307_0002
[00582] Step 1) the preparation of compound 33-1
To a mixture of compound 20-4 (3.4 g, 7.7 mmol). compound 23-5 (3.5 g, 7.7 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (450 mg. 0.38 mmol) and K2C03 (2.1 g. 15.4 mmol) were added DME (32.0 mL) and H20 (8.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 40 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (2.87 g, 58.9%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 633.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.72 (s, 4H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.20, 7.18 (s, s, 1H), 7.07, 7.05 (s, s, 1H), 4.81-4.76 (m, 1 H), 4.44-4.41 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.19 (m, 5H). 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.73-1.67 (m, 1 H), 1.59-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.28-1 .13 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.89 (m. 4H).
[00583] Step 2) the preparation of compound 33-2
To a mixture of compound 33-1 (1.02 g, 1.62 mmol), compound of 1 -8-2 (0.42 g, 1.7 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (67 mg, 0.08 mmol) and KOAc (0.4 g, 4.05 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at 90 °C for 3.0 hrs under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (80 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.67 g, 67.8%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 612.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.81 , 7.79 (s, s, 1 H), 7.78-7.70 (m. 4H), 7.45, 7.43 (s, s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 4.80-4.77 (m, 1 H), 4.57-4.54 (m, 1 H), 4.02-3.99 (m, 1 H), 3.80-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.02 (m, 1 H), 2.32-2.19 (m, 5H), 1 .80-1.64 (m. 3H), 1.14 (s. 9H), 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m, 6H), 1.28-1.19 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.93 (m, 4H).
[00584] Step 3) the preparation of compound 33-3
A suspension of compound 33-2 (354 mg, 0.58 mmol). compound 20-1 1 (240 mg. 0.63 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (35 mg, 0.03 mmol) and K2C03 (80 mg, 1.4 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (10 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (270 mg, 63.5%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 734.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.44, 7.41 (s, s, 1 H). 7.31 , 7.29 (s, s, 1 H), 4.97-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.88-4.84 (m, 1 H), 4.16-4.12 (m, 1 H), 4.07-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.19 (m, 4H), 1.76-1.66 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.30-1.24 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.93 (m, 6H).
[00585] Step 4) the preparation of compound 33-4
To a solution of compound 33-3 (275 mg, 0.375 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (10 mL) and filtered to give the title compound as pale yellow powder (200 mg. 78.7%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 534.5 [M+H] +.
[00586] Step 5) the preparation of compound 33-5
A suspension of compound 33-4 (210 mg, 0.31 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (1121 mg. 0.68 mmol), EDCI ( 130 mg, 0.68 mmol) and HOAT (85 mg, 0.62 mmol) in DCM ( 10.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.56 mL, 3.39 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with NH4CI aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound as a white solid (200 mg. 76.1%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 849.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.63-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.59 (s, 1 H), 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.44, 7.41 (s, s, 1H), 7.31 , 7.29 (s, s, 1H), 5.56 (br, 1 H), 5.55 (br, 1 H), 5.35-5.30 (m, 1 H), 5.07-5.02 (m, 1H), 4.31 -4.27 (m, 2H), 4.14-4.12 (m, 1 H), 4.06-3.85 (m, 4H). 3.66 (s, 6H), 3.61-3.55 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.14 (m, 6H), 1.84-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.30-1.22 (m, 2H), 1.02-1.00 (m, 6H). 0.94-0.90 (m, 12H).
[00587] Example 34
Figure imgf000310_0001
[00588] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 34-2
The mixture of compound 34-1 (25 g, 125.6 mmol), NBS (24.5 g. 138.2 mmol) and / TSA (3.4 g, 20.9 mmol) was stirred at 100 °C for 2 hrs under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. and 200 mL of DCM was added. The organic layer were washed with water (50 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound as yellow slurry (25 g, 71 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 279.9 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.95 (d, 1 H, J = 1.12 Hz), 8.1 1-8.14 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.68 (m, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H).
[00589] Step 2) the preparation of compound 34-3
To a solution of compound 34-2 (5.0 g, 17.9 mmol) and compound 34-2-2 (5.4 g, 19.7 mmol) in MeCN (100 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (3.3 mL, 19.7 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (60 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound (8.0 g, 96%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 470.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.88 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, 1H, J = 3.88 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1H, J = 4.16 Hz), 5.59-5.61 (m, 1 H), 5.48 (d, 1 H, J = 8.32 Hz), 5.23 (d, 1 H. J = 8.3 Hz), 4.67 (t, 1H, J = 5.72 Hz), 4.31 (t. 1 H. J = 7.52 Hz). 3.84-3.86 (m. 1 H). 3.71-3.73 (m, 1 H). 3.66 (s, 3H). 2.34-2.15 (m. 4H). 1.01 (t, 3H), 0.93-0.94 (m. 3H), 0.85-0.88 (m, 1 H).
[00590] Step 3) the preparation of compound 34-4
A mixture of compound 34-3 (2.0 g. 4.25 mmol) and ammonium acetate (4.9 g, 83 mmol) in xylene (50 mL) was refluxed at 130 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and quenched with 50 mL of water. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound (1.39 g, 73%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 450.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.70 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (d. 1H, J = 6.92 Hz), 7.45 (d, 1H, J = 8.28 Hz), 5.41 (d, 1H, J = 4.6 Hz), 5.22-5.24 (m, 1 H), 4.32 (m, 1 H), 3.83-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.62-3.63 (m, 3H), 3.03-3.05 (m, 1 H), 2.31 -1.93 (m, 4H), 1.03-1.04 (m, 1H), 0.88 (s, 3H), 0.86 (s. 3H).
[00591] Step 4) the preparation of compound 34-6
To a mixture of compound 23-5 (327 mg, 0.72 mmol), compound 34-5 (390 mg, 0.72 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (83 mg, 0.07 mmol) and 2C03 (300 mg, 2.12 mmol) were added DME (4.0 mL) and water (1.0 mL) via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 4 hrs under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and quenched with 10 mL of water. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (424 mg, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 723.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 3 (ppm): 8.03-8.02, 8.01 -8.00 (d, d, 1 H. J = 4.0 Hz). 7.39. 7.37 (d, d, 1 H). 7.33, 7.31 (s. s. 1H), 7.28 (m. 1H). 7.27. 7.24 (s. s, 1 H), 4.99.4.94 (m, 1H). 4.54-4.51 (m, 1 H). 4.46-4.44 (m. 1 H), 4.06-4.03 (m. 2H). 3.73-3.71 (m, 1 H), 3.59-3.51 (m, 1 H), 2.52-2.42 (m, 1 H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 4H), 2.15-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.28-1.13 (m, 1 H), 1.03-0.94 (m, 1 H), 0.57-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.01-0.00 (m, 9H).
[00592] Step 5) the preparation of compound 34-7
A mixture of compound 34-6 (657 mg, 0.91 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (463 mg, 1.82 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (71 mg, 0.09 mmol) and KOAc (268 mg, 2.73 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C for 3.0 hrs under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (60 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (559 mg, 87.7%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 701.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.25-8.22 (m, 1 H), 7.99, 7.97 (s. s, 1 H), 7.78, 7.76 (s. s, 1 H), 7.39-7.37 (m, 2H), 4.99-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.19 (m, 1 H), 4.06-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.71 (m. 1 H), 3.59-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 3H), 2.24-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.84-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.33-1.32 (m, 6H), 1.30-1.29 (m, 6H), 1.28-1.21 (m. 2H), 0.58-0.52 (m, 2H). 0.01-0.00 (m, 9H).
[00593] Step 6) the preparation of compound 34-8
A suspension of compound 34-7 (427 mg, 0.61 mmol), compound 34-4 (274 mg, 0.60 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (70 mg, 0.05 mmol) and K2C03 (254 mg, 1.83 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (6 mL. v/v = 5/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (528 mg, 93.3%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 472.75 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 8.77-8.76 (m, 1 H), 8.10-8.09, 8.08-8.07 (d, d, 1H, J = 4.0 Hz), 7.90, 7.88 (s, s, 1H), 7.68, 7.66 (s, s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1 H), 7.63-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.27 (m, 1 H), 5.38-5.33 (m. 1H), 5.32-5.31 , 5.30-5.29 (d, d, 1H, J = 4.0 Hz), 4.99-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.15 (m, 2H). 4.06-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.71 (m, 1 H), 3.69-3.64 (m, 1 H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.59-3.51 (m, 1H). 2.52-2.42 (m, 1 H), 2.39 (m, 3H), 2.30-1.94 (m, 8H), 1.84-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.73-1 .58 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H). 1.30-1 .23(m, 1H), 1.04-0.98 (m, 1 H), 0.97-0.95 (m, 3H), 0.91 -0.89 (m, 3H), 0.57-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.01 -0.00 (m, 9H).
[00594] Step 7) the preparation of compound 34-9
To a solution of compound 34-8 (75 mg, 0.08 mmol) in EtOAc (5.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (5.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (20 mL) and filtered to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (60 mg, 95.38%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 714. 5 [M+H] +.
[00595] Step 8) the preparation of compound 34-10
A suspension of compound 34-9 (52.68 mg, 0.067 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (21 mg, 0.116 mmol) and EDCI (30 mg. 0.154 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.09 mL, 0.539 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc) to give the title compound as a white solid (30 mg, 51.44%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 871.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.77-8.76 (m, 1H), 7.94, 7.92 (s, s, 1 H), 7.68-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.50 (m, 2H), 5.38-5.33 (m, 1H), 5.32, 5.30 (br, br, 2H), 5.24-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.41 -4.35 (m, 2H). 4.20-4.15 (m. 2H), 3.84-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.64 (m. 2H), 3.63 (s, 6H). 2.39 (s. 3H), 2.38-1 .89 (m. 10H). 1.74-1.58 (m, 2H), 1 .30- 1.22 (m, 1 H), 1.04-0.98 (m. 1 H), 0.97-0.96 (m, 6H). 0.91 -0.89 (m, 6H).
[00596] Example 35
Figure imgf000315_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000316_0001
Figure imgf000316_0002
Figure imgf000316_0003
[00597] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 35-2
To a solution of compound 35-1 (30.86 g, 134.7 mmol) and HATU (53.99 g. 141.46 mmol) in THF (300 mL) was added DIPEA (26.7 mL, 161.6 mmol) at 0 °C. the mixture was stirred at rt for 0.5 hr and then added a solution of compound 1-10-2 (27.71 g. 148.2 mmol) in THF (140 mL) at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with water (200 mL). and the solvent THF was removed. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (250 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in acetic acid glacial (140 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C overnight. After the reaction was completed, the solvent acetic acid glacial was removed, and water (200 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (250 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound as a brown solid (40 g. 74.6%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z: 380.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.75-7.74 (m. 1 H), 7.36, 7.33 (d. d, 1H), 7.20. 7.19, 7.17 (s, s. s. 1 H), 5.12-5.06 (m. 1 H), 4.30-4.22 (m, l H), 2.96-2.87 (m, 1 H). 2.21 -2.13 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.63 (m, 1 H), 1.54-1.51 (m. 1 H), 1.50 (s, 9H). 1.24-1.06 (m, 2H).
[00598] Step 2) the preparation of compound 35-3
To a solution of compound 35-2 (379 mg, 1 .0 mmol) in EtOAc (3.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (5.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with EtOAc to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (280 mg, 79%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 280.5 [M+H] +.
[00599] Step 3) the preparation of compound 35-4
To a solution of compound 35-3 (800 mg, 2.274 mmol), compound 7-3-2 (501.73 mg, 3.412 mmol) and EDCI (654 mg. 3.412 mmol) in DCM (15.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.7 mL, 4.23 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed. 20 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2CL (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (421 mg, 45.36%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 409.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) e> (ppm): 7.75-7.74 (m. 1 H). 7.36, 7.33 (d. d. 1 H), 7.20. 7.19, 7.17 (s, s, s, 1 H), 5.44, 5.42 (br, br. 1 H), 4.78-4.73 (m, 1H), 4.72-4.65 (m, 1 H), 3.71-3.65 (m, 1 H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.88-2.79 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.89-1.76 (m, 1 H). 1 .64-1.46 (m, 2H), 1 .35. 1.33 (s, s. 3H). 1.23-1.04 (m. 2H).
[00600] Step 4) the preparation of compound 35-5
To a mixture of compound 35-4 (392 mg, 0.961 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (366 mg. 1.44 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (79 mg. 0.0961 mmol) and KOAc (283 mg, 2.88 mmol) was added DMF (6.0 mL) via syringe under N2, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound as a beige solid (280 mg, 63.86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/∑: 457.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) δ (ppm): 7.88 (m, 1 H). 7.65. 7.63 (d, d, 1 H). 7.37, 7.35 (s. s. 1 H). 5.44, 5.42 (br. br. 1 H), 4.84-4.78 (m, 1 H), 4.72-4.65 (m, 1 H). 3.71 -3.65 (m. 1 H). 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.88-2.79 (m, 1H). 2.06-1.99 (m, 1 H). 1.89-1.78 (m. 1 H). 1.64-1.46 (m. 2H), 1 .35, 1.33 (s, s. 3H), 1 .32 (m. 6H). 1.29 (m. 6H). 1 .23-1 .04 (m. 2H).
[00601 ] Step 5) the preparation of compound 35-6
To a solution of (i)-piperidine-2-carboxylic acid ( 10.0 g. 77.4 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was added thionyl chloride (8.5 mL, 1 17.2 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hr and at 70 °C for another 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (11.0 g, 79.1%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 144.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.02 (br, 1 H), 4.00 (br, 1 H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.63 (br, 1 H), 3.15 (br, 1 H), 2.28 (m, 1 H), 2.08 (m, 2H), 1.86 (m. 2H), 1.63 (br, 1H).
[00602] Step 6) the preparation of compound 35-7
To a solution of compound 35-6 (1.0 g, 5.57 mmol), compound 7-3-2 (1.23 g, 8.38 mmol) and EDCI (2.142 g, 11.17 mmol) in DCM (40.0 mL) was added DIPEA (5.0 mL. 30.25 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 40 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2C12 (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as colorless liquid (1.36 g. 90%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos. ion) m/z: 301.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) δ (ppm): 5.44. 5.42 (br. br. 1 H). 5.04-5.02, 5.02-5.01 (m. m, 1 H), 4.56-4.49 (m. 1 H), 3.74-3.71 (m, 1 H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.14-3.07 (m. 2H). 2.14-2.06 (m, 2H). 1.35, 1.33 (s. s, 3H), 1.18-1.02 (m. 3H).
[00603] Step 7) the preparation of compound 35-8
To a solution of compound 35-7 (1.28 g, 4.7 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate aqueous solution (0.987 g. 23.5 mmol, 20 mL) at 0 °C. and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 12 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the solvent THF was removed and 20 mL of water was added to mixture. The resulting mixture was washed with EtOAc (20 mL x 3), and the aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 1 with hydrochloric acid (10%) and extracted with EtOAc (35 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 35-8 as a white solid (1 .1 g, 90.9%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 259.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.34-5.32 (m, 1 H). 4.55-4.48 (m. 1 H), 4.46-4.44. 4.44-4.42 (m, m, 1 H), 3.85-3.79 (m, 1 H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 1 H), 2.19-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.45. 1.43 (s, s, 3H), 1.21-1.05 (m. 4H).
[00604] Step 8) the preparation of compound 35-9
To a mixture of compound 1-6-2 (30 g, 107.9 mmol) and compound 35-8 (30.64 g, 118.7 mmol) in CH3CN (250 mL) was added DIPEA (21.4 mL. 129.5 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was was quenched with ice-water ( 100 mL), and the solvent CH CN was removed . The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (44.58 g. 91 %). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 455.1 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.82-7.78 (m. 2H), 7.67-7.64 (m, 2H). 5.44-5.42 (br, br, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 5.18-5.12 (m, 1 H), 4.56-4.99 (m. 1H). 3.79-3.72 (m, 1 H). 3.64 (s. 3H), 3.16-3.07 (m. 1H). 2.14-2.04 (m, 2H). 1.35, 1.33 (s. s. 3H). 1.19-0.99 (m, 4H).
[00605] Step 9) the preparation of compound 35-10
A suspension of compound 35-9 (16.53 g, 36.4 mmol) and NH4OAc (42 g. 54.6 mmol) in toluene ( 150 mL) was stirred at 120 "C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. and quenched with 100 mL of water. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 4/1 ) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (13.43 g, 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 435.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 0 (ppm): 7.58 (s, I H). 7.45-7.41 (m, 2H). 7.29-7.26 (m. 2H), 5.44, 5.42 (br, br, I H), 4.99-4.88 (m. IH), 4.72-4.65 (m, IH), 3.87-3.81 (m, IH), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.89-2.80 (m, IH), 2.02-1.94 (m, IH), 1.87-1.70 (m, I H), 1 .66-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.35. 1 .33 (s, s, 3H), 1.23-1.16 (m, I H), 1.11 -0.99 (m, IH).
[00606] Step 10) the preparation of compound 35- 1 1
To a mixture of compound 35-10 (4.44 g, 10.23 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (2.86 g, 11.25 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (418 mg, 0.51 mmol) and KOAc (2.51 g, 25.57 mmol) was added DMF (40.0 mL) via syringe under N2. and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (3.94 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 483.5 [M+H] +:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 7.64-7.57 (m. 4H), 7.19 (s, IH). 5.44. 5.42 (br. br, IH), 4.94-4.88 (m, IH), 4.72-4.65 (m. I H), 3.87-3.81 (m, I H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.88-2.80 (m. I H). 2.01 -1.94 (m, I H) , 1.84-1.70 (m. I H). 1.66-1.51 (m. 2H), 1.35 (m, 6H), 1.33 (s, 3H). 1.32 (m. 6H), 1 .22-1 .00 (m. 2H).
[00607] Step 11 ) the preparation of compound To a mixture of compound 23-5 (8.55 g, 18.8 mmol), compound 35-1 1 (9.26 g, 19.2 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.10 g, 0.94 mmol) and K2C03 (10.4 g, 75.4 mmol) were added DME (60.0 mL) and pure water (20.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (6.21 g, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 604.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.63-7.59 (m. 2H), 7.57 (s, 1 H), 7.52-7.49 (m. 2H), 7.20, 7.18 (s. s. 1 H), 7.07-7.05 (s, s, 1 H), 5.44, 5.42 (br, br. 1 H), 4.94-4.88 (m, 1H), 4.72-4.65 (m. 1H), 4.44-4.41 (m. 1 H), 3.95-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1 H), 3.64 (s. 3H), 2.89-2.80 (m, 1 H), 2.25 (s. 3H), 2.01 -1.93 (m, 1 H), 1.84-1.70 (m, 1 H). 1.66-1.51 (m, 2H). 1.35. 1.33 (s, s. 3H), 1.28-0.89 (m, 6H).
[00608] Step 12) the preparation of compound 35-13
To a mixture of compound 35-5 (378 mg. 0.83 mmol), compound 35-13 (548.8 mg, 0.83 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (48 mg, 0.04 mmol) and K2C03 (0.28 g, 2.07 mmol) were added DME (6.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (50 mL). The seperated organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (614.58 mg. 88%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 841.3 [M+H] +:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.63-7.59 (m. 3H). 7.58-7.53 (m. 5H). 7.46. 7.44 (s, s, 1H), 7.23-7.20 (m, 1H), 5.44. 5.42 (br, br, 2H), 5.34-5.29 (m, 1 H). .93-4.89 (m, 1H), 4.72-4.65 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.26 (m, 1 H), 4.08-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.64 (s, 6H), 2.88-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.07-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.46 (m, 4H), 1.35, 1.33 (s, s, 6H), 1.28-0.86 (m, 8H).
[00609] Example 36
Figure imgf000323_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000323_0002
[00610] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 36-1
To a mixture of 2,6-dibromonaphthalene (2.93 g, 10.23 mmol), compound 1-8-2 (2.6 g, 10.23 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (418 mg, 0.51 mmol) and KOAc (2.51 g. 25.57 mmol) was added DMF (40.0 mL) via syringe under N2, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (100 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 8/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (2.72 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 8.19 (m, 1 H), 8.09, 8.07 (m, m, 1H), 7.97, 7.94 (m, m, 1 H), 7.87-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.84-7.82 (m, 1 H), 7.29, 7.26 (m, m. 1 H). 1.33-1.32 (m, 6H). 1.30-1.29 (m, 6H).
[0061 1] Step 2) the preparation of compound 36-2
To a mixture of compound 23-5 (8.55 g, 18.8 mmol), compound 36-1 (6.24 g, 18.8 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.10 g, 0.94 mmol) and 2C03 ( 10.4 g, 75.4 mmol) were added DME (60.0 mL) and pure water (20.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (200 mL). The seperated organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 4/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (4.8 g, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 8.1 1 -8.10 (m. 1 H). 8.00-7.99 (m, 1 H). 7.79-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.72-7.71 , 7.70-7.69 (m. m, 1 H), 7.57-7.56, 7.55-7.54 (m. m, 1 H). 7.21.7.19 (s, s, 1H), 7.10. 7.08 (s, s, 1 H). 4.46-4.43 (m. 1 H). 3.98-3.95 (m. 1 H), 2.25 (s. 3H). 1.64-1.57 (m. 1 H). 1.28-1.13 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.94 (m. 1 H).
[00612] Step 3) the preparation of compound 36-3
To a mixture of compound 36-2 (5.22 g, 10.23 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (5.46 g, 21.48 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (418 mg. 0.51 mmol) and KOAc (2.51 g, 25.57 mmol) was added DMF (60.0 niL) via syringe under N2. and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (120 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 6/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (2.75 g, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.24-8.23 (m, I H). 8.20-8.19, 8.18-8.17 (m, m. I H), 8.02, 8.00 (m, m. I H), 7.92, 7.91 (s, s, IH), 7.90-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.79, 7.78-7.77 (m, m, IH), 7.54, 7.52 (s, s, IH), 4.59-4.56 (m, I H), 4.05-4.02 (m, I H), 2.28 (s. 3H), 1 .80-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.29 (m. m, 24H), 1.28-1.19 (m, 2H).
[00613] Step 4) the preparation of compound 36-4
A suspension of compound 36-3 (5.37 g, 10 mmol). compound 15-2 (8.82 g, 21 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.156 g, 1.0 mmol) and K2C03 (3.45 g, 25mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (80 mL, v/v = 3/1) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (3.47 g, 40%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 870.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.25-8.24 (m, IH), 8.15-8.14 (m, I H). 7.89-7.88. 7.87-7.85 (m. m. 2H), 7.84-7.83 (m. I H). 7.82-7.81 , 7.80-7.79 (m, m, I H). 7.62 (s. IH), 7.60 (s, I H). 7.50, 7.48 (s, s, I H), 7.31. 7.28 (s. s. I H), 5.40-5.36 (m, I H). 5.32. 5.29 (br. br. 2H). 5.28-5.25 (m. I H). 4.41 -4.37 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.15 (m, I H). 4.06-4.05 (m. I H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.64 (m. 2H). 3.63 (s. 6H). 2.35 (s. 3H). 2.30-1.92 (m, 10H), 1.75-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.31-1.23 (m. 1H), 1.13-1.05 (m, 1H), 0.97. 0.95 (m, m, 6H), 0.91, 0.89 (m, m, 6H).
[00614] Example 37
Figure imgf000326_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000326_0002
[00615] Step 1) the preparation of compound 37-2
A mixture of H-butyl ithium (7.93 mmol.1.6 M in hexane) and dry THF (20 mL) was cooled to -70 °C under nitrogen. To the mixture were added a solution of compound 37-1 (1.0 g, 7.93 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and a solution of L (2.32 g, 9.12 mmol) in THF (15 mL) in turn. The mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 10 mins, and warmed to -60 °C slowly. Sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution (3.0 mL, 10%) was added to the mixture at -60 °C. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (10.0 mL) and the organic phase was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted further with hexane (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 10% sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/10) to give the title compound 37-2 as oil (1.6 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.43-7.07 (m, 1 H), 6.78-6.53 (m. 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H).
[00616] Step 2) the preparation of compound 37-3
To a suspension of Mg (152 mg, 6.35 mmol) in THF (10.0 mL) were added a solution of compound 37-2 ( 1.6 g. 6.35 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and fresh 1. 3-cyclopentadiene (713 mg. 10.8 mmol) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 70 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with NH4C1 aqueous solution (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 10% sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution, water and saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, then dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 15/1) to give the title compound as oil (754 mg, 69%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.15-7.13 (m. 1 H). 6.81 -6.75 (m. 2H). 5.80 (m. 2H). 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.39 (m. 2H), 2.03-1 .82 (m, 2H).
[00617] Step 3) the preparation of compound 37-4
A suspension of compound 37-3 (750 mg. 4.36 mmol) and a catalytic amount of Pd/C (75 mg) in methanol ( 10.0 mL) was stirred at 50 °C under H2 for 4.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound as a white solid (645 mg, 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 6.81 -6.69 (m, 1H), 6.48-6.32 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s,
3H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.45 (m, 6H).
[00618] Step 4) the preparation of compound 37-5
A solution of compound 37-4 (645 mg, 3.7 mmol) and NIS (916 mg, 4.07 mmol) in MeCN (10.0 mL) was stirred at 50 °C overnight. After the reaction was completed, MeCN was removed, and 20 mL of water was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2C12 (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE) to give the title compound as colorless liquid (832 mg, 75%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 301.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 6 (ppm): 7.29 (d, 1 H. J = 8.0 Hz), 6.78 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.72 (m, 4H), 1.41-1.51 (m, 2H).
[00619] Step 5) the preparation of compound 37-6
To a solution of compound 37-5 (832 mg, 2.77 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added boron tribromide (0.36 mL, 3.88 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 10 mins and at rt for another 1.0 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (20 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 12/1 ) to give the title compound (792 mg, 100%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 287.3 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.09 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.05 (d. 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 5.15 (br, 1H), 2.83 (m. 2H), 1.62-1.72 (m, 4H), 1.41 -1.51 (m, 2H).
[00620] Step 6) the preparation of compound 37-7
To a mixture of compound 37-6 (758 mg, 2.65 mmol), compound 29-4-2 (417.8 mg. 2.92 mmol), Cs2C03 (1 .54 g, 7.95 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (60 mg, 0.265 mmol) was added toluene (8.0 mL) via syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 100 °C under N2 for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and water (50 mL). then filtered through a celite pad. The combined organic layers were washedwith brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound (708 mg. 88.7%) as yellow liquid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz : 302.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.50. 6.48 (s, s, 1 H). 6.41 , 6.39 (s. s. 1 H). 5.77 (br. 1 H), 4.01-3.87 (m. 4H), 3.55-3.52 (m. 1 H), 3.38-3.34 (m. 1 H), 3.22-3.17 (m, 4H). 1.92-1.86 (m, 2H). 1.75- 1.71 (m, 5H). 1.52-1.48 (m, 1 H), 1.19-1.13 (m, 2H).
[00621 ] Step 7) the preparation of compound 37-8
To a solution of compound 37-7 (2.32 g, 7.7 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added pyridine (3.1 mL, 38.6 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring at 0 °C for 10 mins, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (3.9 mL, 23.1 mmol) was added, then the reaction mixture was further stirred at rt for 1.0 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50 mL), the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (60 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1 /8) to give the title compound (2.768 g. 83%) as pale yellow oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 434.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.95, 6.93 (s, s, 1H), 6.40, 6.37 (s, s, 1H), 4.01-3.87 (m, 4H), 3.51 -3.48 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.16 (m, 4H), 1.96-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.71 (m, 5H), 1.52-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.13 (m, 2H).
[00622] Step 8) the preparation of compound 37-9
A suspension of compound 37-8 (2.2 g, 5.1 mmol) and SmCl3 (131 mg, 0.51 mmol) in THF (20.0 mL) was stirred at rt for 15 mins, and then TMSC1 (610 mg, 5.61 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered through a celite pad, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the compound (d) (1.5g), which was used for the next step without further purification.
To a solution of compound (d) in THF (20.0 mL) was added LiHMDS (6.5 mL, 6.46 mmol, 1 M in THF) dropwise at -78 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 30 mins, and then PhNTf2 (2.77 g. 7.76 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 30 mins and stirred at rt for another 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with water (50 mL). and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the compound (e) (1.0 g), which was used for the next step without further purification.
A mixture of compound (e) (1.0 g. 2.0 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (1.27 g, 5.0 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (0.16 g, 0.2 mmol) and KOAc (0.78 g. 8.0 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C overnight under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and water (30.0 mL), and then filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (929 mg, 38%) as a beige solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz : 480.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.55, 7.53 (s, s, 1H), 6.43, 6.41 (s, s, 1H),
3.72- 3.69 (m, 1H), 3.31 -3.29 (m, 1 H), 3.10-3.05 (m, 4H), 1.99-1.75 (m, 5H),
1.73- 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m, 6H), 1.25 (m. 6H), 1.22 (m, 6H), 1.17-1.13 (m, 1 H), 1.00-0.87 (m, 2H) .
[00623] Step 9) the preparation of compound 37-10
To a mixture of compound 37-9 (2.83 g, 5.91 mmol), compound 2-6-1 (4.5 g, 12.4 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (342 mg, 0.296 mmol) and K2C03 (2.47 g, 17.73 mmol) were added DME (60.0 mL) and pure water (12.0 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (50 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 200/1 ) to give the title compound (2.47 g, 60%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz : 698.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.66 (s, 1H). 6.94. 6.92 (s, s, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 6.44, 6.42 (s, s, 1 H), 5.06-5.00 (m, 1 H), 4.87-4.80 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.77 (m, 1H).
3.74- 3.66 (m, 1H). 3.64-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.37 (m, 1 H), 3.31 -3.24 (m, 5H). 2.65-2.56 (m, 1 H), 2.47-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.28-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.14-1.91 (m, 8H). 1.78-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.66 (m, 1 H), 1.47-1.44 (m, 1 H). 1.41 (s, 18H).
[00624] Step 10) the preparation of compound 37-1 1
To a solution of compound 37-10 (976 mg, 1.4 mmol) in EtOAc (10.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (12.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (20.0 mL), and filtered to give the title compound (810 mg, 90%) as a pale yellow solid, which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz : 498.5 [M+H] +.
[00625] Step 11 ) the preparation of compound 37-12
To a suspension of compound 37-11 (428 mg, 0.6654 mmol), EDCI (192 mg, 0.998 mmol) and compound 37-1 1 -2 (230 mg, 0.998 mmol) in DCM ( 10.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.8 mL, 4.84 mmol) dropwise at 0 PC. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL), and then washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (245 mg, 40%) as pale yellow powder. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz : 461.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.59 (s, 1 H). 6.94. 6.92 (s, s, 1 H). 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.44, 6.42 (s, s, 1H), 5.67, 5.65 (br, br. 2H), 5.36-5.31 (m. 1 H), 5.12-5.08 (m, 1 H), 4.51 -4.47 (m. 2H), 3.87-3.77 (m, 3H), 3.73-3.62 (m. 10H), 3.60-3.57 (m, 1 H). 3.35-3.26 (m, 12H), 2.65-2.56 (m. 1 H). 2.47-2.36 (m. 2H), 2.31 -1.90 (m, 14H). 1.78-1.72 (m, 1 H), 1.70- 1.66 (m. 1 H). 1.47-1.43 (m. 1 H), 1.24- 1.18 (m, 1H). 1.02-1.01 , 1 .00-0.99 (m. m. 6H). 0.93-0.92. 0.91 -0.90 (m, m, 6H).
[00626] Example 38
Figure imgf000333_0001
S nthetic route:
Figure imgf000333_0002
[00627] Step 1) the preparation of compound 38-1
To a mixture of compound 1 -18 (4.4 g, 10.0 mmol), compound 27-6 (4.45 g, 10.0 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.16 g, 1.0 mmol) and K2C03 (3.45 g. 25.0 mmol) were added DME (60.0 mL) and pure water (12.0 mL) via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 50 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound (3.53 g. 58%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 610.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.54-7.52 (s. s. 1 H). 7.48 (s, 1 H), 7.31 , 7.28 (s. s, 1 H), 7.14, 7.13 (s, s. 1 H), 6.97, 6.96 (s. s, 1H). 5.16-5.10 (m, 1 H). 3.64-3.58 (m. 1H), 3.54-3.51 (m, 1 H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.39 (m, 1 H), 2.27-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.11 -2.01 (m, 4H), 1.89-1.85 (m, 1 H), 1.66-1.62 (m, 1 H), 1.53 (s, 9H). 1 .37-1.31 (m, 1 H), 1.27-1.21 (m, 1 H).
[00628] Step 2) the preparation of compound 38-2
To a mixture of compound 3-1 (413 mg, 1.0 mmol), compound 38-1 (426 mg, 0.70 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (80 mg, 0.07 mmol) and K2C03 (250 mg. 1.8 mmol) were added DME (6.0 mL) and water ( 1.5 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and 20 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound (313.4 mg, 60%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 747.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.67. 7.64 (s, s, 1 H). 7.62-7.59 (m. 2H), 7.48 (s. 1 H), 7.41. 7.39 (s, s. 1 H), 7.23, 7.21 (d. d. 1 H), 7.14. 7.13 (s, s, 1 H). 7.01. 7.00 (s, s. 1 H). 5.04-4.99 (m, 1 H), 3.95-3.90 (m. 2H). 3.82-3.76 (m. 1 H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 2H). 3.31 -3.24 (m, 1 H), 2.62-2.54 (m, 1 H), 2.47-2.36 (m. 2H), 2.27-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.1 1 -1.93 (m, 5H), 1.91 -1.87, 1.68-1.64 (m, m, 2H). 1.53 (s, 18H), 1.31 -1 .22 (m, 2H).
[00629] Step 3) the preparation of compound 38-3
To a solution of compound 38-2 (298 mg, 0.40 mmol) in EtOAc (2.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (5.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc ( 10.0 mL) and filtered, to give the title compound (276.9 mg. 100%) as a pale yellow solid, which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz : 547.3 [M+H] +.
[00630] Step 4) the preparation of compound 38-4
To a suspension of compound 38-3 (270 mg, 0.39 mmol), EDCI (300 mg, 1.6 mmol) and compound 1 -4-2 (200 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DCM (8.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.64 mL, 3.87 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL), and then the resulting mixture was washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (201.3 mg, 60%) as pale yellow powder. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 864.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) δ (ppm): 7.67, 7.64 (s. s, 1 H), Ί .62-1.59 (m, 2H).
7.41 - 7.39 (s, s, 1 H), 7.23. 7.21 (d, d. 1H), 7.14, 7.13 (s. s. 1 H), 7.01 , 7.00 (s. s, 1H),
5.42- 5.37 (m, 1 H), 5.32, 5.29 (br, br, 2H), 5.24-5.20 (m, 1 H), 4.41 -4.35 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.91 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.64 (m, 2H). 3.63 (s, 6H). 2.37-2.05 (m, 9H), 2.03-1.87 (m, 6H). 1.68-1.64 (m, 1 H), 1.31 -1.23 (m, 1 H), 0.97. 0.95 (m, m, 6H). 0.91 , 0.89 (m, m, 6H).
[00631 ] Example 39
Figure imgf000335_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000336_0001
[00632] Step 1) the preparation of compound 39-2
To a suspension of aluminium chloride (2.15 g. 16.2 mmol) in carbon disulphide (40.0 mL) was added acetyl chloride ( 1 .4 mL, 19.7 mmol) dropwise. When the solution turned to pale yellow, cyclohexene (1.0 mL, 10 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the compound as slurry. Compound 39-1 (2.16 g, 15.0 mmol) was added to the above slurry, the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 4.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (40 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic lays were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/DCM (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 39-2 ( 1.2 g, 30%) as a colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 269.5 [M+H] +:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.12-7.09 (m, 1 H). 7.02-7.01. 7.00-6.99 (m, m. 1H). 6.90-6.89, 6.88-6.87 (m, m, 1 H). 3.44-3.41 (m. 1H), 3.21-3.18 (m, 1H). 3.07-2.98 (m, 1 H), 2.26-2.18 (m, 1 H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.93-1 .82 (m, 6H), 1.72-1.68 (m. 1 H), 1 .65-1 .51 (m, 4H), 1.49-1 .45 (m. 1 H), 1.20-1.10 (m, 2H) .
[00633] Step 2) the preparation of compound 39-3
To a suspension of aluminium chloride (2.12 g, 15.9 mmol) in 1 , 2-dichloroethane (40.0 mL) was added acetyl chloride ( 1.2 mL, 16.8 mmol) dropwise. When the solution turned to pale yellow, compound 39-2 (3.48 g, 13.0 mmol) in 1 , 2-dichloroethane (20.0 mL) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (40.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic lays were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 39-3 ( 1.55 g, 38.5%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 31 1.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.61 , 7.59 (s, s. 1 H), 6.95-6.92 (m. m, 1H). 3.50-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.98 (m, 1 H). 2.58 (s. 3H), 2.26-2.18 (m, 1 H). 2.1 1 (s, 3H). 1.93-1 .81 (m, 6H). 1.72-1.68 (m. 1 H), 1 .65-1 .51 (m. 4H), 1.49-1.45 (m, 1 H). 1.20-1.14 (m, 2H) .
[00634] Step 3) the preparation of compound 39-4
To a solution of compound 39-3 ( 1 .47 g, 4.73 mmol) in DCM (30.0 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (2.5 mL, 15.12 mmol) and TBDMSOTf (3.5 mL. 1 1.5 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with water (20.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic lays were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give compound as a yellow gel-like substance. To the solution of yellow gel-like substance in THF (20.0 mL) was added NBS (1.56 g, 8.76 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 4.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, THF was removed, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (40.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with H20 (50 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 39-4(1.27 g, 57.6%) as white slurry. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 467.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.70, 7.68 (s, s, 1 H), 6.94, 6.91 (s, s, 1H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 3.52-3.49 (m. 1 H), 3.40-3.37 (m, 1 H), 3.09-3.00 (m, 1H). 2.76-2.68 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.57 (m, 9H), 1.52-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.14 (m, 2H) .
[00635] Step 4) the preparation of compound 39-5
To a solution of compound 39-4 (1.01 g, 2.18 mmol) in CH3CN (22.0 mL) was added DIPEA (1.1 mL, 6.6 mmol) and compound 1 -10 (1.08 g, 5.014 mmol) at 0 °C in turn. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 .0 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/3) to give the title compound 39-5 (1.36 g, 85%) as pale yellow slurry. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z : 737.5 [M+H] +.
[00636] Step 5) the preparation of compound 39-6
The suspension of compound 39-5 (1.345 g, 1.83 mmol) and NH4OAc (2.82 g. 36.6 mmol in xylene (20.0 mL) was stirred at 140 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. and 40 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH ( v/v ) = 50/1) to give the title compound 39-9 (0.93 g, 73%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz : 697.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13 (ppm): 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.14. 7.12 (s, s, 1 H). 6.81 (d, 1 H), 6.77, 6.75 (d, d, 1 H), 5.06-5.00 (m, 1H), 4.87-4.80 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.67 (m, 2H). 3.64-3.58 (m, 1 H). 3.44-3.36 (m, 1 H). 3.34-3.15 (m, 1 H), 2.78-2.68 (m, 1 H). 2.47-2.33 (m, 2H). 2.28-2.16 (m, 2H). 2.10-1 .95 (m. 6H). 1.92-1 .76 (m, 6H), 1.57-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.41 (s. 9H), 1 .28-1.22 (m. 2H), 1.15- 1.09 (m. 2H).
[00637] Step 6) the preparation of compound 39-7
To a solution of compound 39-6 (926 mg. 1.33 mmol) in EtOAc (10.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc ( 10.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was washed with EtOAc (20.0 mL) to give the title compound 39-7 (536 mg, 83.5%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 497.5 [M+H] +.
[00638] Step 7) the preparation of compound 39-8
To a mixture of compound 39-7 (385.4 mg, 0.6 mmol). EDCI (300.56 mg, 1.56 mmol) and compound 30-8-2 (341 mg. 1 .56 mmol) in DCM ( 10.0 mL) at 0 °C was added DIPEA (1.09 mL, 6.60 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 10 hrs. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL), washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound 39-8 (343.5 mg. 64%) as pale yellow powder. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 895.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.66 (s, 1 H), 7.14, 7.12 (s, s, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H). 6.77, 6.75 (s, s, 1H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1 H), 5.20, 5.18 (br, br, 2H), 5.12-5.07 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.35 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.61 (m, 3H), 3.34-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.30-1.76 (m, 18H), 1.57-1.53 (m. 2H), 1.43 (s, 18H), 1.28-1.22 (m, 2H), 1.15-1.09 (m, 2H). 0.97, 0.96 (m, m, 6H), 0.90, 0.89 (m, m, 6H).
[00639] Example 40
Figure imgf000340_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000340_0002
40-4
[00640] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 40-1 A mixture of compound 38-1 (247.31 mg, 0.406 mmol), compound of 1 -8-2 (123.8 mg, 0.487 mmol), PdCl2(dppf).CH2Cl2 (33.18 mg, 0.0406 mmol) and KOAc (120 mg, 1.22 mmol) dissolved in DMF (4.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C for 4 hrs under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (20.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 150/1) to give the title compound (143 mg, 60%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 588.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.87. 7.85 (s, s. 1 H). 7.75. 7.73 (s. s. 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H). 7.14, 7.13 (s, s, 1 H), 7.01 , 7.00 (s. s. 1 H), 5.16-5.10 (m, 1 H), 3.90-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.83 (m, 1 H). 3.64-3.58 (m, 1 H). 3.31 -3.24 (m. 1 H), 2.47-2.39 (m, 1 H). 2.27-2.17 (m, 1 H), 2.1 1 -1.92 (m, 3H). 1 .87-1 .81 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.60 (m. 1 H), 1.53 (s. 9H), 1.32 (m, 6H). 1.29 (m, 6H), 1.25-1.19 (m, 1 H), 1.14-1.09 (m, 1 H).
[00641 ] Step 2) the preparation of compound 40-2
A suspension of compound 40-1 (148.76 mg, 0.2533 mmol), compound 2-6-1 (92 mg. 0.2533 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (29.26 mg. 0.02533 mmol) and K2C03 ( 123.23 mg. 0.8866 mmol) in mixed solvents of EtOH and H20 (5.0 mL. v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (10 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 80/1 ) to give the title compound (102 mg. 57.9%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 697.5 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.90 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (s. 1 H), 7.37 (s. 2H), 7.14, 7.13 (s, s, 1 H), 7.01. 7.00 (s, s, 1H), 5.16-5.10 (m, 1 H), 5.05-5.01 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.31 -3.24 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.96 (m, 6H), 1.94-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.67 (m, 1 H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 2H).
[00642] Step 3) the preparation of compound 40-3
To a solution of compound 40-2 (151.66 mg, 0.2178 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (10.0 mL). and then filtered to give the title compound ( 139.88 mg. 73%) as pale yellow powder. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 497.3 [M+H] +.
[00643] Step 4) the preparation of compound 40-4
A suspension of compound 40-3 (102.11 mg, 0.159 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (58.42 mg, 0.333 mmol). EDCI (63.84 mg. 0.333 mmol) and HOAT (32.42 mg, 0.238 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C. then DIPEA (0.22 mL. 1.33 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL). washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound (43.8 mg. 34%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 406.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.81 (s. 1 H). 7.41 (s, 1 H). 7.37 (s, 2H). 7.14,7.13 (s, s, 1 H). 7.01. 7.00 (s, s. 1 H). 5.42-5.37 (m. 1 H). 5.32. 5.29 (br, br. 2H). 5.28-5.25 (m, 1 H), 4.41 -4.36 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.92 (m. 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 3H), 3.69-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 6H), 2.31 -2.16 (m, 6H), 2.15-1.90 (m, 6H), 1.71 -1.67 (m. 2H), 1.32-1.23 (m. 2H), 0.97, 0.96 (m, m, 6H), 0.91 -0.89 (m, m, 6H).
[00644] Example 41
Figure imgf000343_0001
[00645] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 41 -1
To a mixture of compound 1 -18 (316.8 mg. 0.72 mmol), compound 34-5 (390 mg. 0.72 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (83 mg, 0.07 mmol) and 2C03 (300 mg. 2.12 mmol) were added DME (4.0 mL) and water (1.0 mL) via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 4 hrs under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and quenched with 10.0 mL of water. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound (407.38 mg, 80%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.05-8.04, 8.03-8.02 (d, d, 1 H, J = 4.0 Hz), 7.54-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.41 , 7.39 (s, s, 1 H), 7.41 -7.40, 7.39-7.38 (d, d, 1 H, J = 4.0 Hz), 7.29, 7.27 (s, s, 1 H), 4.99-4.94 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.71 (m. 1 H), 3.61-3.51 (m, 3H), 2.52-2.42 (m, 1 H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 1 H), 2.15-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.86-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.63-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.19 (m, 2H), 0.58-0.51 (m, 2H), 0.01 -0.00 (m, 9H).
[00646] Step 2) the preparation of compound 41-2
A mixture of compound 41-1 (643.6 mg, 0.91 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (463 mg, 1.82 mmol), PdCl2(dppf .CH2Cl2 (71 mg, 0.09 mmol) and OAc (268 mg, 2.73 mmol) in DMF (6.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C for 3.0 hrs under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (40.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound (547 mg. 87.7%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 686.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 8.27. 8.25 (d, d. 1H. J = 4.0 Hz). 8.01. 7.98 (s. s. 1H), 7.49-7.47 (m, 1H). 7.41 , 7.39 (s, s. 1H), 7.41 -7.40. 7.39-7.38 (d, d. 1 H, J = 4.0 Hz), 7.29, 7.27 (s, s. 1 H), 4.99-4.94 (m. 1 H). 3.77-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.61 -3.51 (m, 3H), 2.52-2.42 (m, 1H). 2.27-2.17 (m, 1 H). 2.15-1.92 (m. 4H), 1.86-1.78 (m, 3H). 1.63-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 2H). 1.25-1.19 (m, 2H). 0.58-0.51 (m. 2H). 0.01 -0.00 (m. 9H). [00647] Step 3) the preparation of compound 41 -3
A suspension of compound 41-2 (418 mg, 0.61 mmol), compound 34-4 (274 mg, 0.60 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (70 mg, 0.05 mmol) and K2C03 (254 mg, 1.83 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (6.0 mL, v/v = 5/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound (528 mg, 93.3%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 944.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): 6 (ppm): 8.84, 8.83 (d. d. 1 H. J = 4.0 Hz), 8.13, 8.11 (m. m. 1 H), 7.88, 7.86 (s, s, 1 H). 7.67, 7.65 (d. d, 2H), 7.60. 7.58 (s, s, 1 H). 7.49, 7.48 (s. s, 1H), 7.41-7.40, 7.39-7.38 (m, m. 2H), 5.38-5.33 (m. 1 H), 5.32, 5.30 (br, br, 1H), 4.99-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.41 -4.36 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.91 -3.87 (m, 2H). 3.85-3.79 (m, 1 H), 3.77-3.71 (m. 1 H), 3.69-3.64 (m, 1 H). 3.63 (s, 3H). 3.59-3.51 (m, 1 H), 2.52-2.42 (m. 1 H). 2.30-1.93 (m, 1 1 H). 1.92-1.88 (m, 1 H), 1.85-1.77 (m. 2H). 1.69-1.65 (m. 1 H), 1.53 (s. 9H), 1.31 -1.22 (m. 2H). 0.97. 0.95 (m, m. 3H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m, m, 3H), 0.58-0.51 (m. 2H), 0.01 -0.00 (m. 9H).
[00648] Step 4) the preparation of compound 41 -4
To a solution of compound 41 -3 (528 mg, 0.568 mmol) in EtOAc (5.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (5.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (10.0 mL). and then filtered to give the title compound (416 mg, 95%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 699.5 [M+H] +. [00649] Step 5) the preparation of compound 41 -5
A suspension of compound 41-4 (51.68 mg, 0.067 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (21 .0 mg, 0.116 mmol) and EDCI (30.0 mg, 0.154 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.09 mL, 0.544 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL), washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc) to give the title compound (29.8 mg. 52%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 856.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 8.84. 8.83 (d, d, 1 H). 8.10, 8.08 (s. s. 1 H), 7.67. 7.65 (d. d, 2H), 7.62-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.49-7.46 (m, 1 H). 7.24-7.21 (m. 1 H), 5.38-5.33 (m, 1H), 5.32, 5.29 (br. br. 2H), 5.24-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.41 -4.35 (m, 2H), 3.91 -3.88 (m, 1 H). 3.85-3.77 (m. 3H), 3.69-3.64 (m. 2H). 3.63 (s. 6H). 2.38- 1.87 (m, 13H). 1.69-1.65 (m. 1 H), 1.31 -1.20 (m, 2H). 0.97. 0.95 (m. m. 6H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m, m, 6H). 0.01 -0.00 (m, 9H).
[00650] Example 42
Figure imgf000346_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000347_0001
[00651 ] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 42-2
To a mixture of compound 1-18 (2.92 g, 6.65 mmol), compound 42-1 (3.71 g, 6.65 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (768 mg, 0. 66 mmol) and K2C03 (2.77 g, 20.1 mmol) were added DME (50.0 mL) and pure water (10.0 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (60.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (3.95 g, 82.3%) as a beige solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.62-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 2H). 7.13-7.10 (m, 2H). 7.06, 7.04 (s. s, 1H), 5.49, 5.46 (br. br, 1 H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1 H), 4.48-4.44 (m, 1 H). 3.85-3.78 (m, 1 H). 3.69-3.61 (m, 1H). 3.60-3.57 (m, 1 H). 3.52-3.49 (m. 1 H), 2.30-2.16 (m, 3H), 2.13-1.92 (m, 4H). 1.86-1.82 (m, 1 H). 1.63-1.59 (m, 1 H). 1.34-1.28 (m. 1 H), 1.25-1.19 (m. 1 H), 0.97. 0.95 (m, m, 3H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m, m, 3H).
[00652] Step 2) the preparation of compound 42-3
To a mixture of compound 42-2 (2.63 g, 3.65 mmol), compound 8-2 (1.94 g, 3.65 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (404 mg, 0.35 mmol) and K2C03 (1.23 g, 0.89 mmol) were added DME (20.0 mL) and water (4.0 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (60.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound (1.21 g, 33.89%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 490.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.62-7.61 (m, 3H), 7.60-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.49, 7.47 (s, s, 1 H), 7.42, 7.39 (s, s, 1 H), 7.36-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.24-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.10 (m, 4H), 5.49, 5.46 (br, br, 2H), 5.24-5.19 (m, 2H). 4.48-4.42 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.87 (m, 1 H). 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.60 (m, 3H), 2.38-1.84 (m, 13H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 1 H). 1.27-1.21 (m, 2H). 0.97, 0.95 (m. m. 6H), 0.91. 0.89 (m, m, 6H).
[00653] Exam le 43
Figure imgf000348_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000349_0001
[00654] Step 1) the preparation of compound 43-2
To a mixture of compound 43-1 (380 mg, 1.526 mmol), compound 1 -18 (324.6 mg, 0.693 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (80.1 mg. 0.0693 mmol) and K2C03 (478.6 mg, 3.463 mmol) were added DME (8.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 15 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (25.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound (254.2 mg, 95%) as a yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) ml . 387.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.36-8.33 (m, 4H). 7.59-7 '.56 (m. 4H), 7.49 (s, 2H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.94 (m. 2H). 1.88-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 1H). 1.27-1.21 (m, 2H).
[00655] Step 2) the preparation of compound 43-3
A suspension of compound 43-2 (270 mg. 0.651 mmol) and a catalytic amount of Pd/C (10%) in DCM (15.0 mL) was stirred at rt under H2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and then the filtrated was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (201 .7 mg, 95%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 327.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.48 (s, 2H), 7.39-7.35 (m, 4H). 6.62-6.59 (m, 4H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 2H). 3.47 (br, 4H). 2.00-1.94 (m. 2H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 1 H), 1.27-1.21 (m, 2H).
[00656] Step 3) the preparation of compound 43-4
A suspension of compound 43-3 ( 1 10.6 mg, 0.339 mmol), compound 1 -10 (218.6 mg, 1.016 mmol) and EDCI (259.9 mg, 1.356 mmol) in DCM (10.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.336 mL, 2.033 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 20 mL of water was added. The aqueous layers was extracted with DCM (25.0 mL x 3). the combined organic layers were washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound (195.3 mg. 80%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 721.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 3 (ppm): 8.96 (br, 2H), 7.64-7.60 (m, 4H). 7.51 -7.47 (m. 4H). 7.45 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.36 (m, 2H). 3.89-3.84 (m. 2H). 3.56-3.49 (m. 2H). 3.44-3.36 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.07 (m. 2H), 2.01-1.75 (m. 5H), 1 .65-1 .61 (m, 1 H), 1.40 (s, 18H), 1.27-1 .21 (m, 2H).
[00657] Step 4) the preparation of compound 43-5
To a solution of compound 43-4 (91.3 mg. 0.1268 mmol) in EtOAc (5.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (5.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was washed with EtOAc ( 10.0 mL) and then filtered to give the title compound (71.46 mg, 95%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 261.3 [M+2H] 2+.
[00658] Step 5) the preparation of compound 43-6
A suspension of compound 43-5 (107.4 mg, 0.181 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (95.2 mg, 0.543 mmol) and EDCI (139 mg. 0.725 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.3 mL, 1.815 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with NH4CI aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc) to give the title compound (143.5 mg, 95%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 835.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 8.96 (br. 1 H). 8.90 (br. 1 H), 7.77-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.45 (s, 2H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 4H), 5.32-5.29 (br, br, 2H), 4.31 -4.30 (m, 1 H). 4.29-4.28 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.23 (m. 2H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 2H). 3.63 (s. 6H), 3.61 -3.55 (m, 2H). 3.44-3.16 (m. 2H), 2.20-2.02 (m, 6H), 2.00- 1.94 (m. 2H). 1.88-1.84 (m, 1 H), 1 .75-1.61 (m, 5H). 1.27-1.21 (m, 2H), 0.97, 0.95 (m. m, 6H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m. m, 6H).
[00659] Example 44
Figure imgf000351_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000352_0001
[00660] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 44-2
To a suspension of PPh3MeBr (5.05 g. 14.2 mmol) in THF (50.0 mL) was added potassium r/-butanolate (14.9 mL, 14.9 mmol, 1.0 M in THF) dropwise at -20 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was warmed to -5 °C and stirred for 30 mins, and then compound 44-1 (1.72 g. 7.07 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (20.0 mL). and THF was removed. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound 44-2 ( 1.07 g. 62.9%) as pale yellow oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 242.12 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) S (ppm): 5.01 (d, 2H. J = 10.8 Hz), 4.36 (t, 1H, J = 11.2 Hz), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.01 (q. 1H, J = 14.6 Hz), 2.57-2.50 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H).
[00661 ] Step 2) the preparation of compound 44-3
To a solution of diethylzinc (2.297 g. 18.60 mmol) in toluene (30.0 mL) was added chloroiodomethane (6.569 g, 37.24 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C, the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 45 mins, and then a solution of compound 44-2 ( 1.5 g, 6.22 mmol) in toluene (15.0 mL) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 18.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution (20.0 mL), the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 44-3 (0.58 g, 36.5%) as white oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 156.2 [M-Boc] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 4.33-4.47 (m. 1 H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.37 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.25 (m. 1 H), 1.75-1.86 (m, 1 H). 1 .44, 1.40 (s, s. 9H), 0.50-0.62 (m, 4H).
[00662] Step 3) the preparation of compound 44-4
To a solution of compound 44-3 (0.69 g, 2.7 mmol) in EtOAc (6.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (5.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (0.5 g. 96.5%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 156.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ (ppm): 4.62-4.66 (m, 1 H). 4.44-4.45 (m, 1 H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.61 (m. 1 H). 2.34-2.39 (m, 1 H). 2.14-2.19 (m. 1 H), 1 .46-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.19 (m, 1H), 0.87-0.88 (m, 1 H), 0.79-0.81 (m. 1 H).
[00663] Step 4) the preparation of compound 44-5
A suspension of compound 44-4 (0.53 g, 2.77 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (0.729 g. 4.16 mmol) and EDCI (1.063 g. 5.55 mmol) in DCM ( 10.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C. and then DIPEA (2.4 mL, 14.52 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL), washed with NH4CI aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound (0.6067 g, 70.2%) as white liquid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 3 13.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.42-5.44 (br. 1 H), 4.68-4.71 (m, 1H). 4.20-4.29 (m, 1 H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.69-3.72 (m, 1 H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.54-3.59 (m, 1H). 2.15-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.06 (m, 1 H), 1.90-1.95 (m. 1 H), 0.93-1 .05 (m, 6H). 0.61 -0.66 (m, 4H).
[00664] Step 5) the preparation of compound 44-6
To a solution of compound 44-5 (0.20 g, 0.64 mmol) in THF (5.0 mL) was added lithium hydroxide aqueous solution (0.1346 g, 3.20 mmol. 5.0 mL) at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 12 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the solvent THF was removed and 10 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL x 3). and the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 1 with hydrochloric acid (10%), and then extracted with EtOAc (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (0.1581 g. 82.8%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 299.2 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.06 (br, 1 H). 5.76 (br, 1 H), 4.69-4.73 (m, 1 H). 4.18-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.79 (d. 1 H, J = 9.7 Hz), 3.66 (s. 3H). 3.49 (d, 1H, J = 9.7 Hz). 2.18-2.26 (m, 1 H), 1.93-2.07 (m, 2H), 0.94-1.00 (m, 6H). 0.64-0.68 (m, 4H).
[00665] Step 6) the preparation of compound 44-7
A solution of compound 1 -6-2 (308 mg, 1.1074 mmol). compound 44-6 (300 mg. 1.0067 mmol) in MeCN (30.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C under N2, and then DIPEA (0.21 mL, 1.27 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 20 mL of water was added and MeCN was removed. The resulting mixture was dissolved in EtOAc (30.0 mL). washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound (331.7 mg. 66.7%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 495.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.82-7.78 (m. 2H). 7.67-7.64 (m, 2H). 5.32. 5.29 (br. br. 1H), 5.31 (s. 2H), 4.72-4.70 (m. 1 H), 4.35-4.30 (m, 1 H). 3.67 (s. 3H). 3.61-3.59 (m, 1 H), 3.55-3.49 (m, 1 H). 2.20-2.07 (m. 2H). 1.83-1.76 (m. 1 H), 0.97. 0.96 (m, m, 3H), 0.91. 0.89 (m, m, 3H), 0.52-0.39 (m, 4H).
[00666] Step 7) the preparation of compound 44-8
To a solution of compound 44-7 (331.7 mg. 0.6714 mmol) in xylene ( 10.0 mL) was added NH4OAc (1.035 g, 13.43 mmol). the mixture was stirred at 120 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and 20 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na^SC^ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (187.6 mg. 58.94%) as a yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 475.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.58 (s, 1 H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.26 (m, 2H), 5.46, 5.44 (br, br, 1 H), 4.93-4.89 (m. 1H), 4.41 -4.37 (m, 1H), 3.71 -3.67 (m, 1 H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.44 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.32 (m, 1 H), 2.23-2.11 (m, 1H). 2.05-1.97 (m, 1H), 0.97, 0.95 (m, m, 3H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m, m, 3H), 0.52-0.39 (m, 4H).
[00667] Step 8) the preparation of compound 44-9
To a mixture of compound 44-8 (187.6 mg, 0.3957 mmol), compound 1-8-2 (150.75 mg, 0.5935 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (33 mg, 0.03956 mmol) and KOAc (116.45 mg, 1.187 mmol) was added DMF (10.0 mL) via syringe under N2, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and 50 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (40.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (165.34 mg. 80%) as a beige solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 523.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.64-7.57 (m, 4H), 7.21 (s, 1 H). 5.46, 5.44 (br. br, 1H), 4.93-4.89 (m, 1 H), 4.42-4.37 (m. 1 H), 3.71-3.67 (m, 1 H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.44 (m, 1 H), 2.39-2.32 (m, 1 H). 2.23-2.11 (m, 1 H). 2.05-1.97 (m. 1 H), 1.35 (m. 6H), 1.32 (m, 6H), 0.97, 0.95 (m, m. 3H). 0.91 , 0.89 (m. m, 3H), 0.55-0.42 (m. 4H).
[00668] Step 9) the preparation of compound 44-10
To a mixture of compound 1 -18 (230 mg. 0.522 mmol), compound 44-9 (572.5 mg, 1.096 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (60.29 mg. 0.0522 mmol) and 2C03 (216 mg. 1.566 mmol) were added DME (6.0 mL) and water (1.5 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (30.0 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (243.4 mg, 50%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 467.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): Ί .62-1.59 (m, 4H). 7.57 (s, 2H). 7.56-7.52 (m. 6H), 5.46, 5.44 (br, br, 2H), 4.93-4.89 (m. 2H), 4.42-4.37 (m, 2H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 6H), 3.50-3.44 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.11 (m, 2H). 2.05-1.97 (m. 4H). 1.88-1.84 (m, I H). 1.65-1.61 (m. I H), 1.28-1 .21 (m, 2H). 0.97, 0.95 (m, m, 6H), 0.90, 0.89 (m, m. 6H), 0.55-0.42 (m, 8H).
[00669] Example 45
Figure imgf000357_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000357_0002
[00670] Step 1) the preparation of compound 45-1
A suspension of compound 1 -18 ( 1.5 g, 3.4 mmol), compound 2-4 (3.33 g, 7.38 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg, 0.17 mmol) and 2C03 (1.412 g, 10.22 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (15.0 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc ( 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (50.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound (4.61 g, 60%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 791.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S (ppm): 7.62-7.59 (m, 4H). Ί .56-1.52 (m. 6H), 7.47 (s. 2H), 4.75-4.72 (m, 2H). 3.89-3.84 (m, 2H). 3.29-3.23 (m. 2H), 2.42-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.01 -1.95 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 1 H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.42-1 .34 (m, 4H). 1.28-1 .21 (m, 2H). 1.02-0.95 (m, 2H).
[00671 ] Step 2) the preparation of compound 45-2
To a solution of compound 45-1 (773 mg, 0.978 mmol) in EtOAc (5.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (5.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (20.0 mL) and filtered to give the title compound (720 mg, 100%) as pale yellow powder. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 591.5 [M+H] +.
[00672] Step 3) the preparation of compound 45-3
A suspension of compound 45-2 (496.3 mg, 0.674 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 (235.8 mg, 1.35 mmol). EDCI (271.3 mg. 1.415 mmol) and HOAT (137.58 mg, 1.01 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.93 mL, 5.63 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (30.0 mL), washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound (365.7 mg„ 60%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 453.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ (ppm): 7 '.62-7 '.59 (m, 6H), 7.56-7 '.52 (m. 6H), 5.32, 5.29 (br, br, 2H), 4.89-4.85 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 6H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.39 (m. 2H), 2.22-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.36 (m. 2H). 1 .28-1.21 (m, 2H), 0.97, 0.95 (m. m, 6H), 0.94-0.92 (m, 4H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m, m, 6H).
[00673] Example 46
Figure imgf000359_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000360_0001
[00674] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 46-2
To a solution of compound 46-1 (10.86 g. 46.6 mmol) in THF ( 100.0 mL) was added diborane (100.0 mL, 1M in THF) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 0 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was conpleted, the mixture was quenched with MeOH (80.0 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound 46-2 (7.65 g, 75%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.16-5.12 (m. 1 H), 3.91 -3.84 (m, 1 H), 3.76-3.72 (m, 1 H), 3.63-3.58 (m, 1 H), 3.56-3.48 (m, 1 H). 3.17-3.10 (m. 1 H), 3.00 (br, 1 H). 2.90-2.83 (m. 1 H). 1 .43 (s, 9H). [00675] Step 2) the preparation of compound 46-3
To a solution of compound 46-2 (7.62 g, 34.8 mmol) in DCM (250 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (20.7 g, 48.8 mmol) in a portionwise manner at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 250 mL of water was added to the mixture, and then the resulting mixture was filtered. After the layers were partitioned, the organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound (3.83 g, 50.7%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) ό (ppm): 8.67-8.65 (m. 1 H), 5.01 -4.97 (m, 1 H), 4.01 -3.94 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.11 -3.03 (m, 1 H). 2.77-2.69 (m. 1 H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
[00676] Step 3) the preparation of compound 46-4
To a solution of compound 46-3 (3.82 g, 17.6 mmol) and ammonia (13.0 mL) in MeOH (30.0 mL) was added glyoxal (8.0 mL, 40% in water) dropwsie at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound (2.14 g, 47.6%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 256.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.16 (s, 2H), 6.46-6.43 (m, 1H), 4.05-3.99 (m, 1H). 3.47-3.40 (m, 1H). 3.31 -3.23 (m, 1 H), 2.92-2.85 (m, 1 H). 1.41 (s. 9H).
[00677] Step 4) the preparation of compound 46-5
To a solution of compound 46-4 (2.14 g, 8.4 mmol) in DCM (60.0 mL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (3.8 g, 16.8 mmol) at 0 °C in a portionwise manner. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1.5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound (2.68 g, 63.1%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 507.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.97-5.95 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.92 (m, 1 H), 1.41 (s, 9H).
[00678] Step 5) the preparation of compound 46-6
To a suspension of compound 46-5 (1.66 g, 3.27 mmol) in mixed solvents of ethanol and water (50 mL, v/v = 3/7) was added Na2S03 (3.7 g, 29.0 mmol). At the end of addition, the mixture was refluxed for 17 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the solvent ethanol was removed, and 20 mL of water was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 3), and then the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound (1.04g, 84%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 382.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.19 (s, 1 H), 6.71 -6.68 (m, 1 H), 4.12-4.05 (m. 1 H), 3.49-3.42 (m, 1 H), 3.34-3.27 (m, 1H). 2.96-2.88 (m. 1 H), 1.41 (s. 9H).
[00679] Step 6) the preparation of compound 46-7
To a solution of compound 1 -6-2 (30 g, 107.9 mmol) and compound 46-1 (27.66 g, 118.7 mmol) in MeCN (250 mL) was added DIPEA (21.4 mL, 129.48 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water (100 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3), and then the combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound (42.12 g, 91%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 430.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.82-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.64 (m, 2H), 5.55-5.52 (m, 1H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 4.11 -4.04 (m, 1 H), 3.73-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.12 (m, 1H). 2.93-2.86 (m, 1 H). 1 .43 (s, 9H).
[00680] Step 7) the preparation of compound 46-8
A mixture of compound 46-7 (15.62 g, 36.4 mmol) and ammonium acetate (42.0 g, 54.6 mmol) in toluene ( 150.0 mL) was stirred at 120 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and quenched with water (100 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). and then the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 6/1 ) to give the title compound (12.65 g, 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 410.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.64 (s, 1 H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.26 (m. 2H), 6.54-6.51 (m, 1 H). 4.08-4.01 (m. 1 H). 3.44-3.37 (m, 1 H). 3.30-3.22 (m, 1 H), 2.91 -2.84 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s. 9H).
[00681 ] Step 8) the preparation of compound 46-9
A mixture of compound 46-8 (4.18 g. 10.23 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (2.86 g. 11.25 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (418 mg. 0.51 mmol) and KOAc (2.51 g, 25.57 mmol) in DMF (40.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (250 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (100 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound (3.74 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.63-7.57 (m, 4H), 7.32 (s, 1 H). 6.54-6.51 (m, 1 H), 4.08-4.01 (m, 1 H), 3.44-3.37 (m, 1 H), 3.30-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.91 -2.84 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.35 (m. 6H), 1.32 (m, 6H).
[00682] Step 9) the preparation of compound 46-10
To a mixture of compound 46-9 (1.19 g, 2.62 mmol), compound 1 -18 (1.2 g, 2.62 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (120 mg, 0.1 mmol) and KF (0.30 g, 5.24 mmol) were added DME (12.0 mL) and pure water (3.0 mL) via syringe, and then the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (60.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1) to give the title compound (1.0 g. 62%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 622.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.64-7.60 (m. 3H), 7.52-7.48 (m. 2H), 7.25. 7.23 (s, s, 1H), 7.06, 7.04 (s, s, 1 H), 6.54-6.51 (m, 1 H). 4.08-4.01 (m. 1H). 3.60-3.57 (m, 1 H). 3.52-3.49 (m, 1 H), 3.44-3.37 (m. 1 H), 3.30-3.22 (m. 1 H), 2.91 -2.84 (m, 1H). 2.07-2.01 (m, 1 H), 1.98-1.92 (m, 1H). 1.86-1 .82 (m. 1 H). 1.63-1.59 (m. 1 H), 1.42 (s. 9H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 1 H), 1.25-1.19 (m. 1 H).
[00683] Step 10) the preparation of compound 46-11
A mixture of compound 46-10 (1.0 g. 1.61 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (0.45 g, 10.7 mmol). Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (80 mg, 0.096 mmol) and KOAc (0.4 g. 4.02 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) was stirred at 120 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (40.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound (0.7 g, 73%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 600.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.77 (s, s, IH), 7.64-7.60 (m, 3H). 7.56-7.53 (m. 2H), 7.41 , 7.39 (s, s, I H), 6.54-6.51 (m, IH), 4.08-4.01 (m, IH), 3.82-3.79 (m, IH), 3.58-3.55 (m, IH), 3.44-3.37 (m, I H), 3.30-3.22 (m, I H), 2.91 -2.84 (m, I H), 1.96-1.90 (m, IH), 1.84-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.61 -1.57 (m, IH), 1.42 (s, 9H). 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m, 6H), 1.23-1.17 (m, I H), 1.11-1.05 (m, IH) .
[00684] Step 11 ) the preparation of compound 46- 12
To a mixture of compound 46-6 (0.17 g, 0.446 mmol). compound 46-11 (0.25 g, 0.42 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (25 mg, 0.02 mmol) and K2C03 (0.17 g, 1.27 mmol) were added EtOH (6.0 mL) and pure water (1.0 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was dissolved in EtOAc (20.0 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (370 mg, 95%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 727.85 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.74 (s, I H), 7.64-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.52 (m. 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s. s, I H), 7.34, 7.32 (s. s. I H), 6.54-6.51 (m, I H), 6.08-6.06 (m. I H). 4.08-4.01 (m, 2H). 3.87-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.37 (m. 2H), 3.30-3.22 (m, 2H). 2.91 -2.84 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.93 (m, 2H). 1.91 -1.87 (m. I H). 1.68-1.64 (m, I H). 1.42 (s. 9H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.30-1.20 (m, 2H).
[00685] Step 12) the preparation of compound 46-13
To a solution of compound 46-12 (0.37 g, 0.51 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (20 mL), and then filtered to give the title compound (0.2 g, 60%) as pale yellow powder. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 527.85 [M+H] +.
[00686] Step 13) the preparation of compound 46-14
To a suspension of compound 46-13 (195 mg, 0.29 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (110 mg, 0.65 mmol), EDCI (120 mg, 0.65 mmol) and HOAT (80 mg, 0.59 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.6 mL, 3.63 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL), and then the resulting mixture was washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1) to give the title compound (195 mg, 80%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 841.96 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.65 (s, 1 H). 7.64 (s. 1 H), 7.63-7.60 (m, 2H). 7.56-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s, s, 1H). 7.34, 7.32 (s. s, 1 H), 6.29-6.26 (m, 1H). 6.25-6.23 (m, 1H), 5.56. 5.55 (br, br, 1 H). 5.32, 5.29 (br. br, 1 H), 4.43-4.30 (m, 4H). 3.87-3.79 (m, 4H). 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s. 3H). 3.59-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.17 (m, 2H). 2.31-2.14 (m, 2H). 2.03-1.93 (m. 2H). 1.91 -1.87 (m, 1 H), 1 .68-1.64 (m, 1 H). 1.30-1.20 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 12H). [00687] Example 47
Figure imgf000367_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000367_0002
[00688] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 47-2
A suspension of compound 1 -18 (1.5 g, 3.4 mmol). compound 47-1 (1.12 g, 3.4 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg, 0.17 mmol) and K2C03 (1.412 g, 10.22 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (15 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and diluted with EtOAc (60.0 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 4/1 ) to give the title compound (500 mg, 30%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 495.3[M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.79-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.25, 7.23 (s, s, 1H), 7.08. 7.06 (s, s, 1H), 3.60-3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.52-3.49 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.92 (m, 1 H), 1.86-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.35 (m, 6H), 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.25-1.19 (m, 2H).
[00689] Step 2) the preparation of compound 47-3
A suspension of compound 47-2 (102.28 mg, 0.207 mmol), compound 1 -11 (89.53 mg, 0.207 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (23.97 mg, 0.0207 mmol) and K2C03 (85.93 mg, 0.6227 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (5.0 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and diluted with EtOAc (20.0 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound (128 mg, 95%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 654.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.69-7.68 (m. 1 H), 7.62-7.59 (m. 1 H), 7.55 (s. 4H), 7.45, 7.43 (d, d, 1H), 7.25, 7.23 (s, s, 1H), 7.06, 7.04 (s, s, 1 H), 5.04-4.99 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.49 (m, 1 H), 2.62-2.54 (m, 1 H), 2.46-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.01 (m, 1 H), 2.00-1.92 (m, 2H). 1.86-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.59 (m, 1 H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.19 (m, 1H).
[00690] Step 3) the preparation of compound 47-4
A mixture of compound 47-3 (7.36 g. 1 1 .27 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (4.29 g, 16.9 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (653 mg. 0.80 mmol) and KOAc (2.09 g, 21.3 mmol) in DMF (30.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (60 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) - 1/1 ) to give the title compound (3.55 g, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 632.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.79, 7.77 (s. s, I H), 7.75-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.68 (m, IH), 7.62-7.59 (m, I H), 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.45, 7.43 (d, d, I H), 7.41 , 7.39 (s, s, IH), 5.04-4.99 (m, IH), 3.82-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.54 (m. 2H), 2.46-2.36 (m, IH), 2.24-2.16 (m, I H), 2.04-1.97 (m, IH), 1.96-1.90 (m, I H), 1.84-1.78 (m, IH), 1.61 -1.57 (m, IH), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m, 6H), 1.23-1.17 (m, IH), 1.11 -1.05 (m, IH).
[00691 ] Step 4) the preparation of compound 47-5
A suspension of compound 47-4 (2.15 g, 3.4 mmol), compound 2-6-1 (1.23 g, 3.4 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg, 0.17 mmol) and K2C03 (1.412 g, 10.22 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (15 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and diluted with EtOAc (100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 4/1 ) to give the title compound (1.26 g, 60%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 741.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.90 (s, I H), 7.69-7.65 (m, 3H). 7.62-7.59 (m. I H), 7.56-7.53 (m. 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s. s, I H). 7.45. 7.43 (d, d, IH), 7.34. 7.32 (s. s. I H). 5.05-4.99 (m. 2H), 3.87-3.76 (m. 2H), 3.64-3.56 (m, IH), 3.31 -3.24 (m, IH). 2.62-2.54 (m, 2H). 2.47-2.36 (m, 2H). 2.27-2.16 (m. 2H), 2.10-1.93 (m, 6H). 1.91-1.87 (m, I H). 1.68- 1.64 (m, IH). 1.53 (s. 9H), 1 .41 (s. 9H), 1.30-1.20 (m. 2H).
[00692] Step 5) the preparation of compound 47-6 To a solution of compound 47-5 (146.6 mg, 0.198 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (10.0 mL) and then filtered to give the title compound (122.3 mg, 90%) as pale yellow powder. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 541.3[M+H] +.
[00693] Step 6) the preparation of compound 47-7
A suspension of compound 47-6 (462.5 mg, 0.674 mmol), compound 1-4-2 (235.8 mg, 1.35 mmol), EDCI (271.3 mg, 1.415 mmol) and HOAT (137.58 mg, 1.01 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, and DIPEA (0.93 mL, 5.63 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (30.0 mL), washed with NH4CI aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound (345.5 mg, 60%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 428.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.81 (s, I H), Ί .69-1.65 (m, 3H), 7.62-7.59 (m. IH), 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s, s. I H), 7.45, 7.43 (d, d, I H), 7.34. 7.32 (s, s. IH), 5.56. 5.55 (br, br. I H). 5.46, 5.44 (br. br, I H). 5.29-5.25 (m, I H). 5.24-5.20 (m, IH), 4.40-4.30 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.77 (m, 4H). 3.68-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s. 6H). 2.37-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.64 (m. I H), 1.30-1.20 (m, 2H), 1.20-0.89 (m, 12H).
[00694] Exa
Figure imgf000371_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000371_0002
[00695] Step 1) the preparation of compound 48-2
A suspension of compound 1 -18 (8.27 g, 18.8 mmol), compound 48-1 (6.24 g, 18.8 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.10 g, 0.94 mmol) and K2C03 (10.4 g, 75.4 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (80 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and diluted with EtOAc (200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (50.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (4.66 g, 50%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm) 8.1 1 -8.10 (br, 1H), 8.00-7.99 (br, 1 H), 7.81. 7.79 (br, br, 1 H), 7.78, 7.76 (br, br, 1 H). 7.71 , 7.69 (br, br. 1 H), 7.56. 7.54 (br. br, 1H). 7.28, 7.25 (s, s, 1H), 7.14, 7.12 (s, s, 1 H), 3.60-3.57 (m. 1 H), 3.56-3.53 (m, 1H). 2.07-2.10 (m, 1 H), 1.98-1.92 (m, 1 H), 1.86-1.82 (m. 1H), 1.63-1 .59 (m, 1 H). 1.34-1.28 (m, 1 H), 1.25-1.19 (m, 1 H).
[00696] Step 2) the preparation of compound 48-3
A mixture of compound 48-2 (5.074 g, 10.23 mmol). compound 1-8-2 (5.46 g. 21.48 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (418 mg, 0.51 mmol) and KOAc (2.51 g, 25.57 mmol) in DMF (60.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (300 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (100 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 6/1) to give the title compound (2.67 g, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 523.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.24 (br, 1 H). 8.03, 8.00 (br, br, 1H), 7.96-7.90 (m, 3H), 7.87 (br, 1H), 7.71. 7.68 (br, br. 1 H), 7.54, 7.52 (s, s, 1 H). 3.88-3.85 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.78 (m. 2H), 1.61 -1.57 (m, 1H). 1.33-1.32 (m, 12H), 1.30-1.29 (m, 12H). 1.23-1.17 (m. 1 H). 1.1 1-1.05 (m, 1H) .
[00697] Step 3) the preparation of compound 48-4
A suspension of compound 48-3 (5.22 g, 10.0 mmol), compound 15-2 (8.82 g, 21.0 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.156 g, 1.0 mmol) and K2C03 (3.45 g, 25.0 mmol) in mixed solvents of DME and H20 (80 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and diluted with EtOAc (200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (3.41 g, 40%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 855.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.24 (br, 1H). 8.15 (br, 1H), 7.88. 7.86 (m. m. 2H). 7.85. 7.83 (m, m. 1 H). 7.81 (s. 1 H). 7.60 (s, 1 H). 7.55. 7.53 (s, s. 1 H). 7.51. 7.49 (br. br, 1H), 7.34, 7.32 (s. s, 1 H), 5.40-5.36 (m, 1H), 5.32. 5.30 (br. br. 2H). 5.29-5.25 (m, 1 H). 4.41-4.36 (m. 2H), 3.91 -3.88 (m. 1 H). 3.87-3.78 (m, 3H), 3.69-3.64 (m, 2H). 3.63 (s, 6H), 2.30-1.87 (m, 13H), 1.68-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.20 (m, 2H). 0.97, 0.95 (m, 6H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m, 6H).
[00698] Example 49
Figure imgf000373_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000373_0002
[00699] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 49-2
To a mixture of compound 43-1 (172.64 mg, 0.693 mmol), compound 1 -18 (324.6 mg, 0.693 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (80.1 mg, 0.0693 mmol) and K2C03 (478.6 mg, 3.463 mmol) were added DME (8.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, and 15 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound (257.6 mg, 90%) as a yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 414.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 8.37-8.33 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.25, 7.23 (s, s, IH), 7.14, 7.12 (s, s, IH), 3.60-3.57 (m, IH), 3.52-3.49 (m, I H), 2.07-2.01 (m, I H). 1.98-1.92 (m. IH), 1.86-1.82 (m, I H), 1.63-1.59 (m, I H), 1.34-1.28 (m, IH). 1.25-1.19 (m, IH).
[00700] Step 2) the preparation of compound 49-3
A suspension of compound 49-2 (268.89 mg, 0.651 mmol) and a catalytic amount of Pd/C (20.0 mg) in DCM (10.0 mL) was stirred at rt under H2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filtrated was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (237 mg, 95%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 384.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.35-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.25, 7.23 (s. s. I H), 7.07, 7.05 (s. s, I H), 6.62-6.59 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.57 (m, I H), 3.52-3.49 (m, I H). 3.47 (br, 2H), 2.07-2.01 (m, IH), 1.98-1.92 (m, IH). 1.86-1.82 (m. I H), 1.63-1.59 (m, IH). 1.34-1.28 (m, IH), 1.25-1.19 (m, I H).
[00701] Step 3) the preparation of compound 49-4
A suspension of compound 49-3 (129.9 mg, 0.339 mmol), compound 1 -10 (72.9 mg, 0.339 mmol) and EDCI (259.9 mg. 1.356 mmol) in DCM (10.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, and then DIPEA (0.336 mL, 2.033 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 20 mL of water was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (25 mL x 3), and then the combined organic layers were washed with NH4CI aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound (157.3 mg, 80%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 581.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.96 (br, 1H), 7.64-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.58, 7.56 (s, s. 1 H). 7.39-7.35 (m. 2H), 7.25, 7.23 (s, s, 1H), 4.40-4.36 (m, 1 H). 3.60-3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.56-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.36 (m, 1 H). 2.39-2.32 (m, l H), 2.17-2.07 (m, 1 H). 2.07-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.59 (m. 1 H), 1.40 (s. 9H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 1 H), 1.25-1.19 (m, 1 H).
[00702] Step 4) the preparation of compound 49-5
To a mixture of compound 49-4 (402 mg, 0.693 mmol). compound 5-3 (304 mg. 0.693 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (80.1 mg, 0.0693 mmol) and 2C03 (478.6 mg. 3.463 mmol) were added DME (8.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 15.0 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound (463.6 mg. 90%) as a yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 744.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) d* (ppm): 8.96 (br, 1 H). 7.64-7.59 (m, 5H). 7.56-7.52 (m. 3H). 7.51 -7.47 (m, 2H). 7.46. 7.44 (s, s. 1 H), 4.97-4.93 (m. 1 H). 4.40-4.36 (m, 1 H). 3.89-3.84 (m, 2H). 3.65-3.58 (m. 1 H). 3.56-3.49 (m, 1 H), 3.44-3.36 (m. 1 H). 3.31 -3.24 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.28-1.75 (m, 9H). 1.65-1.61 (m, 1 H), 1.53 (s. 9H), 1.40 (s. 9H), 1.27-1.21 (m, 2H).
[00703] Step 5) the preparation of compound 49-6
To a solution of compound 49-5 (278.7 mg, 0.375 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (10.0 mL) and filtered to give the title compound (232.6 mg, 90%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 544.5 [M+H] +.
[00704] Step 6) the preparation of compound 49-7
A suspension of compound 49-6 (213.6 mg, 0.31 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (120 mg, 0.68 mmol), EDCI (130 mg, 0.68 mmol) and HO AT (85 mg, 0.62 mmol) in DCM (10.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C, then DIPEA (0.56 mL, 3.4 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL), washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound (202 mg, 76%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 858.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.96 (br, 1 H), 7.66-7 '.59 (m, 5H), 7.56-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.46. 7.44 (s, s, 1 H), 7.42-7.38 (m. 2H), 5.56, 5.55 (br, br, 1H), 5.46, 5.44 (br, br. 1 H). 5.23-5.19 (m, 1 H). 4.34-4.23 (m. 3H), 3.89-3.86 (m. 2H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1 H). 3.66 (s. 6H), 3.65-3.62 (m, 1 H), 3.61 -3.56 (m, 1 H), 3.44-3.36 (m, 1 H). 2.30- 1.92 (m. 10H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1 H). 1.75-1.61 (m. 3H), 1.28-1.20 (m. 2H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 2H).
[00705] Example 50
Figure imgf000376_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000377_0001
[00706] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 50-2
To a solution of compound 50-1 (10.58 g, 46.6 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added diborane (100 mL, 1 M in THF) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with MeOH (80 mL), and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound 50-2 (7.65 g, 75%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.32-5.29 (m, 1 H), 4.63-4.54 (m, 1 H), 4.16-4.09 (m, 1 H), 3.97-3.92 (m, 1 H), 3.88-3.82 (m, 1H). 3.80-3.79 (m. 1 H). 3.22 (br, 1H), 1.62-1.61 (m, 3H). 1.43 (s, 9H) .
[00707] Step 2) the preparation of compound 50-3
To a solution of compound 50-2 (7.42 g, 34.8 mmol) in DCM (250 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (20.7 g, 48.8 mmol) in a portionwise manner at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 150 mL of water was added. The resulting mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound (3.72 g, 50.7%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 9.77-9.75 (m, 1H), 5.41 -5.38 (m, 1H), 4.64-4.59 (m. 1 H). 4.24-4.17 (m, 1 H). 3.96-3.89 (m, 1 H). 1 .65-1.64 (m. 3H). 1 .44 (s, 9H).
[00708] Step 3) the preparation of compound 50-4
To a solution of compound 50-3 (3.71 g, 17.6 mmol) and ammonia (13.0 mL) in MeOH (30.0 mL) was added glyoxal (8.0 mL, 40% in water) dropwsie at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 4/1 ) to give the title compound (2.08 g. 47.6%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 250.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.05 (s, 2H), 6.32-6.28 (m, 1 H), 5.38-5.35 (m. 1H), 4.23-4.17 (m. 1 H). 3.86-3.80 (m. 1 H). 1.68-1.67 (m. 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H).
[00709] Step 4) the preparation of compound 50-5
To a solution of compound 50-4 (2.09 g, 8.4 mmol) in DCM (60.0 mL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (3.8 g, 16.8 mmol) at 0 °C in a portionwise manner. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1.5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound (2.65 g. 63%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 501.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 5.52-5.45 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.29 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.88 (m, 1 H), 1.67-1.66 (m, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H).
[00710] Step 5) the preparation of compound 50-6
To a suspension of compound 50-5 (1.638 g, 3.27 mmol) in mixed solvents of ethanol and water (50.0 mL, v/v = 3/7) was added Na S03 (3.7 g, 29 mmol), the mixture was refluxed for 17 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the ethanol was removed, and 20.0 mL of water was added to the mixture. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30.0 mL x 3), and then the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/2) to give the title compound (1.03 g, 84%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 376.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.18 (s, 1 H). 5.35-5.32 (m, 1 H). 5.28-5.24 (m. 1H), 4.29-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.91 -3.85 (m. 1 H). 1.67-1.66 (m. 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H).
[0071 1] Step 6) the preparation of compound 50-7
To a solution of compound 1 -6-2 (3.0 g, 10.79 mmol) and compound 50-1 (2.69 g, 11.87 mmol) in MeCN (250 mL) was added DIPEA (2.14 mL, 12.95 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (100 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). and then the combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound (4.1 g, 90%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 424.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.82-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.64 (m, 2H), 5.61 -5.59 (m, 1H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 4.73-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.92 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.74 (m, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
[00712] Step 7) the preparation of compound 50-8
A mixture of compound 50-7 (1.54 g, 3.64 mmol) and acetamide (4.2 g, 5.46 mmol) in toluene (30.0 mL) was stirred at 120 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and quenched with water (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20.0 mL x 3), and then the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 6/1 ) to give the title compound (1.25 g, 85%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 404.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.64 (s, 1 H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.32 (m. 2H), 5.78-5.75 (m, 1H). 5.55-5.52 (m, 1 H), 4.24-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 1H).
I .78-1.77 (m, 3H), 1 .39 (s, 9H).
[00713] Step 8) the preparation of compound 50-9
A mixture of compound 50-8 (4.12 g. 10.23 mmol). compound 1-8-2 (2.86 g,
I I .25 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (418 mg, 0.51 mmol) and KOAc (2.51 g, 25.57 mmol) in DMF (40.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc ( 100 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (80 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound (3.69 g. 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.75-7.72 (m. 2H), 7.61 -7.58 (m. 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 5.78-5.75 (m, 1H), 5.55-5.52 (m, 1 H), 4.24-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 1 H), 1.78-1.77 (m, 3H), 1.39 (s, 9H).
[00714] Step 9) the preparation of compound 50-10
To a mixture of compound 50-9 (1.18 g. 2.62 mmol), compound 1 -18 ( 1.2 g, 2.62 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (120 mg, 0.10 mmol) and F (0.30 g, 5.24 mmol) were added DME (12.0 mL) and pure water (3.0 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (80.0 mL), and the resulting mixture was washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound (999 mg, 62%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 616.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.64-7.60 (m. 3H), 7.52-7.48 (m. 2H), 7.25. 7.23 (s. s. 1 H), 7.06. 7.04 (s, s. 1 H), 5.78-5.75 (m. 1 H). 5.55-5.52 (m. 1 H), 4.24-4.17 (m, 1 H). 3.76-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.52-3.49 (m, 1 H), 2.07-2.01 (m, 1 H), 1.98-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.82 (m, 1 H). 1.78-1.77 (m. 3H). 1 .63-1.59 (m. 1 H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 1 H), 1.25-1.19 (m, 1 H).
[00715] Step 10) the preparation of compound 50-1 1
A mixture of compound 50- 10 (990 mg, 1.61 mmol). compound 1-8-2 (450 mg, 10.7 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (80 mg. 0.096 mmol) and OAc (400 mg, 4.02 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) was stirred at 120 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (80.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound (697 mg. 73%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 594.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.79, 7.77 (s, s, 1H), 7.64-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.41. 7.39 (s, s, I H), 5.78-5.75 (m, 1 H), 5.55-5.52 (m, 1 H), 4.24-4.17 (m, I H), 3.82-3.79 (m, I H). 3.77-3.69 (m, I H), 3.58-3.55 (m, I H). 1.96-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.79 (m, I H), 1.78-1.77 (m, 3H), 1.61 -1.57 (m. IH), 1.39 (s, 9H). 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m, 6H), 1.23-1.17 (m, I H), 1.1 1 -1.05 (m, I H).
[00716] Step 1 1 ) the preparation of compound 50-12
A suspension of compound 50-6 (167 mg, 0.446 mmol). compound 50-11 (249 mg, 0.42 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (25 mg, 0.02 mmol) and 2C03 (170 mg. 1.27 mmol) in mixed solvents of ethanol and water (8.0 mL, v/v = 3/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50.0 mL) and then the organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (285 mg, 95%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 715.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm) 7.95 (s. IH). 7.64-7.60 (m. 3H), 7.56-7 '.52 (m, 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s, s, I H). 7.41 , 7.39 (s, s. I H), 5.78-5.75 (m, 2H), 5.59-5.52 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.16 (m, 2H). 3.87-3.79 (m, 2H). 3.77-3.69 (m. 2H), 2.03-1.93 (m, 2H). 1.91 -1.87 (m, I H), 1 .78-1 .77 (m, 6H). 1.68-1 .64 (m, I H). 1 .40 (s, 9H). 1 .39 (s, 9H). 1.30-1.20 (m, 2H).
[00717] Step 12) the preparation of compound 50-13
To a solution of compound 50-12 (364.33 mg, 0.51 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise. the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (20.0 mL) and filtered to give the title compound (202 mg, 60%) as pale yellow powder. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 515.5 [M+H] +.
[00718] Step 13) the preparation of compound 50-14
To a suspension of compound 50-13 (149 mg, 0.29 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 ( 1 10 mg, 0.65 mmol), EDCI (120 mg, 0.65 mmol) and HO AT (80 mg g, 0.59 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.6 mL. 3.63 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs and diluted with DCM (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound (192.2 mg. 80%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 829.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.85 (s. 1 H). 7.64-7.60 (m. 3H). 7.56-7.52 (m. 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s, s, 1 H). 7.41 , 7.39 (s, s. 1 H), 5.80-5.55 (m, 2H), 5.69-5.66 (m, 2H), 5.32. 5.30 (br, br, 2H), 4.45-4.39 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.31 (m, 2H), 4.20-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.81 (m, 2H). 3.63 (s, 6H), 2.29-2.17 (m, 2H). 2.03-1.93 (m, 2H). 1.91 -1.87 (m. 1 H). 1.81-1.80 (m. 6H), 1.68-1.64 (m. 1H). 1.30-1.20 (m. 2H), 0.97-0.89 (m, 12H).
[00719] Example 51
Figure imgf000383_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000384_0001
[00720] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 51-1
To a solution of compound 1-16 (3.307 g, 19.0 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added pyridine (9.0 g, 114 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (21 .0 g. 76.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was further stirred at rt for 1.0 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with water (50.0 mL) and diluted with DCM (100 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/DCM (v/v) = 20/1 ) to give the title compound (7.9 g. 95.0%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.34 (s, 2H), 6.64-6.61 (m, 2H). 4.12-4.08 (m. 2H), 1.89-1.85 (m, 1 H), 1.82-1.78 (m. 1 H).
[00721 ] Step 2) the preparation of compound 51 -2
To a mixture of compound 51 -1 (315 mg. 0.72 mmol). compound 23-8 (357.3 mg. 0.72 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (83 mg, 0.07 mmol) and K2C03 (300 mg. 2.12 mmol) were added DME (4.0 mL) and pure water (1.0 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (40.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (379 mg. 80%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.63-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.33. 7.31 (s, s, 1H), 7.10. 7.08 (s, s, 1H), 6.93-6.90 (m, 1H), 6.62-6.59 (m. 1 H), 5.56, 5.55 (br, br. 1 H). 5.23-5.19 (m. 1 H), 4.34-4.30 (m. 1 H), 4.18-4.15 (m, 1 H), 4.06-4.03 (m. 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m. 1 H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.61 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.16 (m, 5H), 2.13-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.91 (m, 6H).
[00722] Step 3) the preparation of compound 51 -3
A mixture of compound 51 -2 (599 mg. 0.91 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (463 mg. 1.82 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (71 mg. 0.09 mmol) and KOAc (268 mg. 2.73 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (80.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound (492 mg, 85%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 637.5 [M+H] +:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) δ (ppm): 7.80, 7.78 (s. s. 1 H), 7.70. 7.68 (s, s, 1H). 7.63-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.58-7.55 (m, 2H). 7.15-7.12 (m. 1H). 6.84-6.81 (m. 1 H), 5.56, 5.55 (br, br, 1 H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.49 (m, 1 H). 4.38-4.35 (m. 1 H). 4.34-4.30 (m. 1 H). 3.85-3.78 (m. 1 H), 3.66 (s, 3H). 3.65-3.61 (m. 1 H), 2.33-2.16 (m, 5H). 2.13-1.92 (m, 2H). 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m. 6H). 1.02-0.91 (m. 6H).
[00723] Step 4) the preparation of compound 51 -4 To a mixture of compound 51-3 (388 mg, 0.61 mmol), compound 15-2 (256 mg, 0.61 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (70 mg, 0.05 mmol) and K2C03 (254 mg, 1.83 mmol) were added DME (5.0 mL) and pure water (1.0 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (40.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (440 mg, 90%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 803.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.86 (s, I H), 7.63-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.57-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.51 , 7.49 (s, s, IH), 7.39, 7.37 (s. s, IH), 6.99-6.96 (m, I H), 6.92-6.89 (m, I H). 5.56, 5.55 (br, br, IH), 5.32, 5.30 (br, br, I H), 5.29-5.25 (m, I H), 5.23-5.19 (m, I H), 4.48-4.43 (m, 2H), 4.41 -4.30 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H). 3.65-3.64 (m. 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.36 (m, IH), 2.32-1 .92 (m, 11 H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 12H).
[00724] Example 52
Figure imgf000386_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000387_0001
[00725] Step 1) the preparation of compound 52-2
To a solution of 1 , 4-benzoquinone (10.0 g, 92.5 mmol) in DCM (50.0 mL) was added compound 52-1 ( 1 1.12 g, 138.8 mmol) dropwsie at -10 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at - 10 PC for 1 hr and at rt for another 0.5 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added 500 mL of hexane, and then stirred and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (11.3 g, 65%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 189.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 6.71 (d, 2H). 6.20-6.19 (m, 2H). 3.08-3.05 (m. 2H), 2.46-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.23 (m. 1 H), 0.96-0.93 (m. 3H).
[00726] Step 2) the preparation of compound 52-3
A suspension of compound 52-2 (5.94 g, 31 .6 mmol) and sodium acetate (7.77 g. 94.7 mmol) in methanol ( 100 mL) was stirred at 50 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (5.5 g, 92.7%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 189.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.65-6.64 (m, 2H), 6.47 (s, 2H). 5.41 (br, 2H). 3.76-3.72 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.57 (m, 1 H), 1.15-1.12 (m, 3H).
[00727] Step 3) the preparation of compound 52-4
A suspension of compound 52-3 (5.07 g, 27.0 mmol) and a catalytic amount of Pd/C (500 mg) in methanol (50.0 mL) was stirred at rt under H2 for 1.5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and then the filtrated was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by recrystallization to give the title compound (3.59 g. 70%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.40 (s, 2H), 5.77 (br, 2H), 3.10-3.08 (m. 2H). 2.42-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.30 (m, 2H), 0.90-0.87 (m. 3H).
[00728] Step 4) the preparation of compound 52-5
To a solution of compound 52-4 (3.61 g, 19.0 mmol) in DCM (90.0 mL) was added pyridine (9.0 g. 1 14 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (21.0 g, 76.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with water (50.0 mL) and diluted with DCM (50.0 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/DCM (v/v) = 20/1 ) to give the title compound (8.45 g. 98.0%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.27 (s, 2H), 3.22-3.19 (m. 2H). 2.17-2.10 (m. 1H). 2.03-1.99 (m, 2H), 1 .29-1.25 (m, 2H). 1.03-1.01 (m. 3H). [00729] Step 5) the preparation of compound 52-6
To a mixture of compound 52-5 (461 mg, 1.016 mmol), compound 23-8 (504 mg, 1.016 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (117 mg, 0.1016 mmol) and K2C03 (420.7 mg, 3.048 mmol) were added DME (10.0 mL) and pure water (2.5 mL) via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (40.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/2) to give the title compound (440 mg, 90%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 675.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 6 (ppm) 7 '.62-7 '.59 (m, 3H). 7.52-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.23, 7.21 (s, s, 1 H), 7.06, 7.04 (s, s, 1 H), 5.56, 5.55 (br, br, 1 H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1 H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.61 (m, 1H). 3.48-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.12 (m, 2H). 2.36-2.16 (m, 4H), 2.13-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.31 -1.24 (m, 4H), 1.02-0.91 (m, 6H), 0.85-0.83 (m, 3H).
[00730] Step 6) the preparation of compound 52-7
A mixture of compound 52-6 (3.5 g, 5.2 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (1.59 g, 6.25 mmol). Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (425 mg. 0.52 mmol) and KOAc (1.54 g, 15.63 mmol) in DMF (30.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (100 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound (3.05 g, 90%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 652.3 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm) 7.85, 7.83 (s, s. 1 H), 7.65, 7.63 (s, s, 1 H), 7.62-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 5.56, 5.55 (br. br, 1H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1 H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.61 (m, 1 H), 3.17-3.12 (m, 1 H), 3.13-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.65 (m. 1 H), 2.30-2.16 (m, 3H). 2.13- 1.92 (m, 4H), 1.34-1.24 (m, 14H), 1.02-0.91 (m, 6H), 0.82-0.80 (m, 3H) .
[00731] Step 7) the preparation of compound 52-8
To a mixture of compound 52-7 (340.5 mg, 0.522 mmol), compound 15-2 (241.1 mg. 0.574 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (60.29 mg. 0.0522 mmol) and K2C03 (216 mg, 1.566 mmol) were added DME (6.0 mL) and pure water (1 .5 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound (213.6 mg. 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 410.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ (ppm): 7.80 (s, 1 H), 7.63-7.59 (m, 3H). 7 '.56-7 '.52 (m. 2H), 7.45, 7.42 (s, s, 1H), 7.33, 7.31 (s, s, 1 H), 5.56, 5.55 (br, br, 1 H). 5.32, 5.30 (br, br, 1 H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1 H). 5.23-5.19 (m. 1 H), 4.41 -4.30 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.78 (m. 2H). 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.64 (m. 1 H), 3.63 (s. 3H), 3.52-3.48 (m, 1 H), 3.41 -3.37 (m, 1 H). 2.40-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.15 (m, 6H). 2.13-1.92 (m. 6H), 1.34-1.27 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 12H). 0.88-0.86 (m. 3H).
[00732] Example 53
Figure imgf000390_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000391_0001
[00733] Step 1) the preparation of compound 53-2
To a solution of compound 53-1 (1.48 g, 6.8 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added boron tribromide (9.0 mL, 22.5 mmol, 2.5 M in DCM) dropwise at -78 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1) to give the title compound (1.19 g. 92%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 191.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.59 (s, 2H), 5.49 (br, 2H). 3.64-3.58 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.05 (m, 2H).
[00734] Step 2) the preparation of compound 53-3
To a solution of compound 53-2 (3.61 g, 19.0 mmol) in DCM (50.0 mL) was added pyridine (9.00 g. 1 14 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins. trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (21.0 g, 76.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/DCM (v/v) = 20/1) to give the title compound (7.76 g, 90%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.36 (s, 2H), 3.61-3.55 (m, 2H). 2.56-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 2H).
[00735] Step 3) the preparation of compound 53-4
To a mixture of compound 53-3 (461 mg, 1.016 mmol), compound 23-8 (504 mg, 1.016 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (117 mg, 0.1016 mmol) and K2C03 (420.7 mg. 3.048 mmol) were added DME (10.0 mL) and pure water (2.5 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (10 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1) to give the title compound (363 mg. 53%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 675.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.64-7.59 (m. 3H). 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.26, 7.24 (s. s, 1H), 7.11 , 7.09 (s, s, 1 H). 5.56. 5.55 (br. br. 1 H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1 H). 4.34-4.30 (m, 1 H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.74 (m, 1 H), 3.68-3.67 (m. 1 H). 3.66 (s. 3H), 2.57-2.45 (m. 2H). 2.30-1.92 (m. 7H). 1.02-0.91 (m. 6H).
[00736] Step 4) the preparation of compound 53-5
A mixture of compound 53-4 (1.75 g, 2.60 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (795 mg. 3.125 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (212.5 mg, 0.26 mmol) and KOAc (770 mg, 7.82 mmol) in DMF (15.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to it, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (50 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound (1.53 g, 90%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 652.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.80, 7.78 (s, s. 1H), 7.64-7.57 (m. 5H), 7.55, 7.52 (s, s, 1 H), 5.56. 5.55 (br, br, 1 H). 5.23-5.19 (m, 1 H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1 H), 3.85-3.79 (m, 2H). 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.61 (m, 1 H), 3.04-3.02 (m, 1 H), 2.46-2.35 (m. 2H). 2.30-2.16 (m. 3H), 2.13-1.92 (m, 4H). 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m, 6H). 1.02-0.91 (m. 6H).
[00737] Step 5) the preparation of compound 53-6
To a mixture of compound 53-5 (340.5 mg, 0.522 mmol). compound 15-2 (241.1 mg, 0.574 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (60.29 mg, 0.0522 mmol) and K2C03 (216 mg, 1.566 mmol) were added DME (6.0 mL) and pure water (1.5 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (50 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound (213.6 mg, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 410.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.83 (s, 1 H), 7.64-7.57 (m, 5H). 7.51 , 7.49 (s, s, 1H). 7.46, 7.44 (s, s. 1 H). 5.56, 5.55 (br. br. 1 H), 5.32, 5.29 (br, br, 1 H). 5.29-5.25 (m. 1 H). 5.23-5.19 (m. 1 H). 4.41 -4.30 (m, 2H), 3.99-3.97 (m. 1 H). 3.85-3.78 (m. 2H). 3.68-3.67 (m, IH), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.64 (m, I H). 3.63 (m, 3H), 3.28-3.26 (m, I H), 2.59-2.51 (m, I H), 2.47-2.39 (m, IH), 2.30-2.15 (m, 7H), 2.13-1 .92 (m, 5H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 12H) .
[00738] Example 54
Figure imgf000394_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000394_0002
[00739] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 54-2
To a mixture of compound 54-1 (2.72 g, 19.0 mmol) and compound 23-1 -2 (1.36 g, 10.0 mmol) in dry THF (50.0 mL) was added /i-butyllithium (1.6 M solution in hexane, 6.7 mL) at -78 °C under nitrogen. After stirring at -78 °C for 1 hr. the mixture was warmed to room temperature over 1 -2 hrs and stirred overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (50.0 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted further with diethyl ether (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound (1.395 g, 50%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 280.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.36-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.01-7.00 (t, 2H), 6.82-6.78 (m, 1 H). 6.70-6.69 (m, 2H), 6.53-6.50 (m. 2H), 5.52-5.51 (t. 2H), 3.69 (br. 6H) .
[00740] Step 2) the preparation of compound 54-3
To a solution of compound 54-2 (2.24 g, 8.03 mmol) in ethanol (40.0 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (0.35 g), the mixture was stirred under 10 atm of ¾ gas at rt for 24 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 54-3 (1.8 g, 80%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion ) mlz: 282.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.30-7.25 (m. 2H), 6.78-6.74 (m, 1H), 6.73-6.69 (m, 2H), 6.59 (br, 2H), 5.01 -4.96 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 6H). 2.20-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.71 (m, 2H).
[00741 ] Step 3) the preparation of compound 54-4
To a solution of compound 54-3 (2.81 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (50.0 mL) was added boron tribromide (7.7 mL. 80 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C. After stirring for 10 mins. the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50.0 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 15/1) to give the title compound 23-4 (2.15 g, 85%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 254.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.81 -6.77 (m, 2H), 6.76-6.74 (m, 1 H), 6.48 (s, 2H), 5.77 (br. 2H), 4.89-4.84 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.25 (m, 2H). 1.94-1.83 (m, 2H).
[00742] Step 4) the preparation of compound 54-5
To a solution of compound 54-4 (2.53 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL, 60.0 mmol) dropwise at 0 "C. After stirring for 10 mins. trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL, 40.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (25.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1) to give the title compound (4.65g. 90.0%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.30-7.25 (m. 4H), 6.81 -6.77 (m, 2H). 6.76-6.74 (m, 1H), 5.21 -5.15 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.01 (m, 2H). 1.68-1.59 (m. 2H).
[00743] Step 5) the preparation of compound 54-6
To a mixture of compound 5-3 (1.15 g. 2.62 mmol). compound 54-5 ( 1 .35 g, 2.62 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 ( 120 mg, 0.10 mmol) and KF (0.30 g. 5.24 mmol) were added DME (12.0 mL) and H20 (3.0 mL) via syringe, the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL) and washed with water (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 100/1) to give the title compound (1.1 g, 62%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 681.3 [M+H] +;
!H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.63-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1 H). 7.52-7.49 (m. 2H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.19, 7.17 (s, s, 1 H), 7.05, 7.03 (s, s. 1H), 6.78-6.74 (m, 3H), 4.98-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.91-4.89 (m, 1 H), 4.85-4.83 (m. 1 H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 1H). 3.31 -3.23 (m, 1 H), 2.47-2.38 (m. 1 H). 2.28-2.13 (m. 2H), 2.10-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.80- 1.72 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.57 (m, 1 H), 1.53 (s, 9H).
[00744] Step 6) the preparation of compound 54-7
A mixture of compound 54-6 ( 1.1 g. 1.61 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (450 mg, 10.7 mmol). Pd(dppi)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (80 mg, 0.096 mmol) and KOAc (400 mg. 4.02 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) was stirred at 120 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (30 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound (1.53 g, 90%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 659.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.83-7.80 (s, s. 1 H). 7.63-7.60 (m. 2H), 7.59 (s. 1H), 7.57-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.47, 7.45 (s, s, 1 H), 7.30-7.25 (m. 2H), 6.79-6.74 (m, 3H), 5.21-5.19 (m. 1 H), 4.97-4.93 (m. 1H). 4.62-4.60 (m. 1 H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 1 H). 3.31 -3.23 (m, 1 H). 2.47-2.38 (m, 1 H). 2.28-2.16 (m. 1 H), 2.10-1.97 (m, 2H). 1.93-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.48-1.34 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m. 6H), 1.29 (m. 6H). [00745] Step 7) the preparation of compound 54-8
A mixture of compound 2-6-1 (167 mg, 0.446 mmol), compound 54-7 (276.5 mg, 0.42 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (25.0 mg, 0.02 mmol) and K2C03 ( 170 mg, 1.27 mmol) in the mixed solvent of EtOH/H20 (8.0 mL, v/v = 3/1) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL) and washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (274 mg, 85%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 768.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.63-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1 H). 7.56-7.53 (m. 2H), 7.49. 7.47 (s, s. 1 H). 7.36, 7.34 (s. s. 1 H). 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.78-6.71 (m, 3H), 5.05-5.01 (m, 2H), 4.97-4.93 (m, 1 H), 4.60-4.58 (m, 1H). 3.65-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.31 -3.24 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.38 (m. 2H), 2.29-2.16 (m, 3H), 2.13-1.97 (m, 5H), 1.88- 1.80 (m, 1 H). 1.72-1.64 (m. 1 H). 1.53 (s, 18H).
[00746] Step 8) the preparation of compound 54-9
To a solution of compound 54-8 (391.38 mg, 0.51 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (20.0 mL), and then filtered to give the title compound (309 mg, 85%) as pale yellow powder. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 568.5 [M+H] +.
[00747] Step 9) the preparation of compound 50-10
To a suspension of compound 54-9 (207 mg. 0.29 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (95.58 mg. 0.65 mmol), EDCI (120 mg, 0.65 mmol) and HOAT (80 mg, 0.59 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was added D1PEA (0.6 mL. 3.63 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with NH4CI aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1) to give the title compound (107.7 mg, 45%) as a yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m!r. 826.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ (ppm): 7.65 (s, I H). 7.63-7 '.59 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.49, 7.47 (s, s. I H), 7.36, 7.34 (s, s, IH), 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.78-6.71 (m, 3H). 5.44 (m, IH), 5.42 (m. I H), 5.15-5.1 1 (m. I H). 5.10-5.05 (m, I H), 5.04-5.02 (m, I H). 4.64-4.57 (m, 3H), 3.88-3.81 (m, 2H). 3.71-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.64 (s. 6H), 2.33-2.06 (m, 8H), 2.04-1.94 (m. 2H). 1.88-1.80 (m, IH), 1.72-1.64 (m. IH), 1 .36 (d, 3H), 1.34 (d, 3H).
[00748] Example 55
Figure imgf000399_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000400_0001
[00749] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 55-2
To a mixture of compound 55-1 (2.07 g, 19.0 mmol) and compound 23-1 -2 (1.36 g, 10.0 mmol) in dry THF (50.0 mL) was added /7-butyllithium (1.6 M solution in hexane, 6.7 mL) at -78 °C under nitrogen. After stirring at -78 °C for 1 hr, the mixture was warmed to room temperature over 1 -2 hrs and stirred overnight. After the reactionwas completed, the mixture was poured into water (50.0 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted further with diethyl ether (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1) to give the title compound (1.225 g, 50%) as a yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion ) mlr. 246.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.86-6.85 (L 2H). 6.82 (br, 2H). 5.09-5.07 (m. 2H). 3.71 (s, 6H), 2.92-2.86 (m, 1 H). 1 .13. 1.12 (s, s, 6H). [00750] Step 2) the preparation of compound 55-3
To a solution of compound 55-2 (1.97 g, 8.03 mmol) in ethanol (40.0 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (200 mg) and the mixture was stirred under 10 atm of ¾ gas at rt for 24 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 55-3 (1.39 g, 70%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 248.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.60 (br, 2H), 4.28-4.25 (m, 2H). 3.70 (s, 6H). 3.21-3.12 (m, 1 H), 1.51 -1.42 (m, 2H), 1.18-1.12 (m, 2H), 0.89, 0.87 (s. s, 6H).
[00751 ] Step 3) the preparation of compound 55-4
To a solution of compound 55-3 (2.47 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (50.0 mL) was added boron tribromide (7.7 mL, 80 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C. After stirring for 10 mins, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50.0 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SC»4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound (1.86 g, 85%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 220.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.45 (s, 2H), 5.77 (br, 2H), 4.25-4.20 (m, 2H). 3.31-3.22 (m, 1 H), 1.58-1.49 (m, 2H). 1.25-1.19 (m, 2H). 0.91. 0.89 (s. s, 6H).
[00752] Step 4) the preparation of compound 55-5
To a solution of compound 55-4 (2.19 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL, 60 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins. trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL, 40.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (25.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound (4.35 g, 90.0%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.32 (s, 2H), 4.41 -4.35 (m, 2H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.40 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 2H), 0.91 , 0.89 (s. s, 6H).
[00753] Step 5) the preparation of compound 55-6
To a mixture of compound 43-1 (380 mg, 1.526 mmol), compound 55-5 (335 mg, 0.693 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (80.1 mg, 0.0693 mmol) and K2C03 (478.6 mg. 3.463 mmol) were added DME (8.0 mL) and H20 (2.0 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and 15 mL of water was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound (268 mg, 90%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 430.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 8.38-8.34 (m, 4H). 7.58-7.54 (m. 4H), 7.46 (s. 2H). 4.49-4.44 (m, 2H). 3.21 -3.12 (m. 1 H), 1.57-1.48 (m. 2H), 0.94-0.88 (m, 2H), 0.83. 0.81 (s, s, 6H).
[00754] Step 6) the preparation of compound 55-7
To a solution of compound 55-6 (279 mg, 0.651 mmol) in DCM ( 10.0 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (20.0 mg) and the mixture was stirred under 10 atm of H2 gas at rt for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 55-7 (216 mg, 90%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 370.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.49 (s, 2H), 7.40-7.36 (m, 4H), 6.61 -6.58 (m, 4H), 4.49-4.44 (m, 2H), 3.47 (br, 4H), 3.21 -3.12 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.48 (m, 2H), 0.94-0.88 (m, 2H), 0.83, 0.81 (s, s, 6H).
[00755] Step 7) the preparation of compound 55-8
To a suspension of compound 55-7 (125.16 mg, 0.339 mmol), compound 1 -10 (218.6 mg, 1.016 mmol) and EDCI (259.9 mg, 1.356 mmol) in DCM (10.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.336 mL, 2.033 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 20 mL of water was added. The anqeous layer was extracted with DCM (25.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound (207 mg, 80%) as a yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 764.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 8.96 (br, 2H), 7.63-7.55 (m, 8H), 7.43 (s, 2H). 4.50-4.44 (m, 4H). 3.56-3.50 (m, 2H). 3.34-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.21 -3.12 (m, 1 H). 2.31 -2.16 (m, 4H). 2.14-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.98-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.48 (m. 2H). 1 .43 (s. 18H), 0.94-0.88 (m. 2H), 0.83, 0.81 (s, s, 6H).
[00756] Step 8) the preparation of compound 55-9
To a solution of compound 55-8 (96.8 mg, 0.1268 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HC1 in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (10.0 mL) and filtered to give the title compound (76.65 mg, 95%) as pale yellow powder, which was used for next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 564.3 [M+H] +.
[00757] Step 9) the preparation of compound 55-10
To a suspension of compound 55-9 (115.2 mg, 0.181 mmol), compound 1-4-2 (95.2 mg, 0.543 mmol) and EDCI (139 mg. 0.725 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.3 mL, 1.815 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound (107.7 mg, 45%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 878.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ (ppm): 8.96 (br, 1 H), 8.90 (br, 1 H), 7.76-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.43 (s, 2H), 5.32. 5.29 (d, d, 2H), 4.49-4.44 (m. 2H), 4.31 -4.22 (m, 4H). 3.63 (s, 6H), 3.61 -3.55 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.36 (m. 2H), 3.21 -3.12 (m. 2H), 2.20-2.02 (m. 6H), 1.75-1.60 (m. 4H), 1.57-1 .48 (m, 2H), 0.97. 0.96 (m. m. 6H). 0.94-0.93 (m. 1 H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m, m. 6H), 0.88 (m. 1 H), 0.83, 0.81 (s. s, 6H).
[00758] Example 56
Figure imgf000404_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000405_0001
[00759] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 56-1
To a solution of compound 23-2 (2.17 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (50.0 mL) was added boron tribromide (7.7 mL, 80 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C. After stirring for 10 mins. the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50.0 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound ( 1.7 g. 90%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion ) mlz: 190.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.04-7.03 (t, 2H). 6.49 (s. 2H). 5.66 (s. 2H). 4.67-4.65 (m. 2H), 2.15 (t. 3H).
[00760] Step 2) the preparation of compound 56-2
To a solution of compound 56-1 ( 1.89 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL, 60.0 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL, 40 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (25.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1) to give the title compound (4.07 g, 90.0%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.38 (s, 2H), 6.69-6.68 (m, 2H), 4.82-4.80 (m, 2H), 2.19 (t, 3H).
[00761 ] Step 3) the preparation of compound 56-3
To a mixture of compound 56-2 (460 mg, 1.016 mmol), compound 23-8 (504 mg, 1.016 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (117 mg, 0.1016 mmol) and 2C03 (420.7 mg. 3.048 mmol) were added DME (10.0 mL) and H20 (2.5 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound (362.5mg, 53%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 674.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 7.64-7.59 (m. 3H). 7.54-7.51 (m, 2H). 7.28. 7.26 (s, s, 1 H), 7.12, 7.10 (s. s, 1 H). 6.96-6.91 (m, 2H), 5.56, 5.55 (br, br, 1 H). 5.23-5.19 (m, 1H). 4.87-4.84 (m, 1 H). 4.74-4.72 (m. 1 H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1 H), 3.85-3.78 (m. 1 H), 3.66-3.62 (m, 1 H), 3.66 (s. 3H). 2.30-1.92 (m, 8H). 1 .02-1.00 (m. 3H), 0.93, 0.91 (m, 3H). [00762] Step 4) the preparation of compound 56-4
A mixture of compound 56-3 (3.5 g, 5.2 mmol), compound 1-8-2 (1.59 g, 6.25 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (425 mg, 0.52 mmol) and KOAc (1.54 g, 15.63 mmol) in DMF (30.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (250 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (100 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound (2.91 g, 86%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 652.3 [M+H] +;
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.83, 7.81 (s. s, 1H), 7.76-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.72, 7.70 (s, s. 1 H), 7.64-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1 H), 6.81 -6.78 (m, 1 H), 6.73-6.70 (m, 1 H), 5.56, 5.55 (br, br, 1 H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1 H), 4.98-4.96 (m, 1H), 4.65-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.61 (m, 1 H), 2.42-2.41 (t. 3H), 2.30-2.16 (m, 3H), 2.13-1.92 (m. 2H), 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m, 6H). 1.02-1.00 (m. 3H), 0.94, 0.91 (m, 3H).
[00763] Step 5) the preparation of compound 56-5
To a mixture of compound 56-4 (340 mg, 0.522 mmol), compound 15-2 (241.1 mg, 0.574 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (60.29 mg. 0.0522 mmol) and K2C03 (216 mg, 1.566 mmol) were added DME (6.0 mL) and H20 (1.5 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc (30.0 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound (213.4 mg, 50%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 409.5 [M+2H] - ;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.64-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1 H), 7.58-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.47, 7.45 (s, s, 1H), 7.34, 7.32 (s, s, 1H), 6.97, 6.93 (m, 2H), 5.56, 5.55 (br, br, 1H), 5.32, 5.29 (br, br, 1 H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1H), 4.95, 4.93 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.30 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.64 (m, 1 H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.45-2.44 (t, 3H). 2.30-2.16 (m. 6H), 2.13-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 12H).
[00764] Example 57
Figure imgf000408_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000408_0002
[00765] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 57-2
To a mixture of compound 57-1 (1.27 g, 19.0 mmol) and compound 23-1 -2 (1 .36 g, 10.0 mmol) in dry THF (25.0 mL) was added /7-butyllithium (1.6 M solution in hexane. 6.7 mL) at -78 °C under nitrogen. After stirring at -78 °C for 1 hr. the mixture was warmed to room temperature over 1 -2 hrs and stirred overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into water (50.0 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted further with diethyl ether (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 5/1 ) to give the title compound (1.93 g, 50%) as a yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 204.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.97-6.95 (m. 2H), 6.45 (s, 2H). 5.21-5.19 (t, 2H, J = 4.0 Hz), 3.73 (s, 6H), 2.77 (br, 1 H).
[00766] Step 2) the preparation of compound 57-3
To a solution of compound 57-2 (1.63 g, 8.03 mmol) in ethanol (40.0 mL) was added Pd/C (170 mg) and the mixture was stirred under 10 atm of H2 gas at rt for 24 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 57-3 (1.4 g, 85%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 206.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 6.50 (br, 2H), 4.71 -4.65 (m, 2H). 3.70 (s, 6H), 2.43 (brs, 1H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.21 (m, 2H).
[00767] Step 3) the preparation of compound 57-4
To a solution of compound 57-3 (2.05 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (50.0 mL) was added boron tribromide (7.7 mL, 80.0 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C. After stirring at -78 °C for 10 mins, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50.0 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound 57-4 (1.593 g. 90%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 178.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.42 (s, 2H), 4.68-4.61 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.33-1.28 (m, 2H).
[00768] Step 4) the preparation of compound 57-5
To a solution of compound 57-4 (1.77 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL, 60.0 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL, 40.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (25.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound (4.19 g, 95%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.32 (s, 2H), 4.80-4.78 (m, 2H). 2.43 (brs, 1H), 2.12-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.21 (m, 2H).
[00769] Step 5) the preparation of compound 57-6
To a mixture of compound 57-5 (448 mg, 1.016 mmol), compound 23-8 (504 mg, 1.016 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1 17 mg. 0.1016 mmol) and K2C03 (420.7 mg, 3.048 mmol) were added DME ( 10.0 mL) and H20 (2.5 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (30.0 mL). and washed with water (10.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound (302.3 mg, 45%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/∑: 662.5 [M+H] ;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.62-7.58 (m, 3H). 7.52-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.26, 7.24 (s, s, IH), 7.09, 7.07 (s, s, I H), 6.47 (brs, 2H), 5.56, 5.55 (d, d, IH), 5.23-5.19 (m. IH), 4.84-4.83 (m, IH), 4.40-4.39 (m, I H), 4.34-4.30 (m, IH), 3.85-3.78 (m, IH), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.61 (m, IH), 2.30-2.16 (m, 3H), 2.13-1.92 (m, 4H), 1 .31 -1.20 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.91 (m, 6H).
[00770] Step 6) the preparation of compound 57-7
A mixture of compound 57-6 (3.44 g, 5.2 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (1.59 g, 6.25 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (425 mg, 0.52 mmol) and KOAc (1.54 g, 15.63 mmol) in DMF (30.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (250 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (100 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound (2.66 g, 80%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 640.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 7.75, 7.72 (s, s, I H), 7.62-7.58 (m, 3H). 7.56-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.42, 7.40 (s, s, I H), 6.47 (br, 2H), 5.56, 5.55 (d, d. 2H), 5.23-5.19 (m, I H). 5.00-4.98 (m. IH). 4.67-4.64 (m, I H), 4.34-4.30 (m, IH), 3.85-3.78 (m, I H), 3.66 (s. 3H), 3.65-3.61 (m, I H), 2.30-1.92 (m, 6H), 1.32 (m, 6H), 1.29 (m, 6H), 1.27-1.21 (m, 2H), 1.02, 1.00 (m, 3H). 0.94, 0.91 (m. 3H).
[00771 ] Step 7) the preparation of compound 57-8
A mixture of compound 57-7 (333.7 mg, 0.522 mmol), compound 15-2 (241.1 mg, 0.574 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (60.29 mg, 0.0522 mmol) and K2C03 (216 mg, 1.566 mmol) in the mixed solvents of DME/H20 (7.5 mL. v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 2 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (30.0 mL), and washed with water (10 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound (274 mg, 85%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) /z: 806.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.77 (s, 1 H), 7.72 (brs, 3H), 7.62-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.46, 7.44 (s, s, 1H), 7.31 , 7.29 (s, s, 1 H), 5.56, 5.55 (d, d, 1 H), 5.32, 5.29 (d, d, 1 H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 1 H), 4.99-4.93 (m, 1H), 4.41 -4.36 (m, 1 H), 4.35-4.30 (m, 2H). 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.30-1.92 (m, 12H), 1.34-1.24 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 12H).
[00772] Example 58
Figure imgf000412_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000412_0002
[00773] Compounds disclosed herein can be synthesized through the procedure as depicted in Example 29.
[00774] Compound 58-1 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 187.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm) 7.05-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.77-6.73 (m, IH), 6.36-6.27 (m, 2H ), 4.19-4.14 (m, I H), 3.94-3.89 (m, I H), 3.79 (s. 3H), 1.55-1.38 (m. 4H).
[00775] Compound 58-2 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 189.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3C1) δ (ppm): 7.17-7.13 (m. I H), 6.73-6.71 (m, I H). 6.58-6.57, 6.56-6.55 (m, m, IH), 3.84 (s. 3H), 2.99-2.80 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.54 (m, 4H), 1.37-1.22 (m, 4H).
[00776] Compound 58-3 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 315.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3C1) δ (ppm): 7.46, 7.44 (s, s. I H), 6.47, 6.45 (br, br, I H). 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.09-2.89 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.60- 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.33 (m. 2H). 1.28-1.17 (m. 2H).
[00777] Compound 58-4 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 301.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3C1) 0 (ppm): 7.36. 7.34 (s, s. I H). 6.39, 6.37 (s. s, I H). 5.77 (brs, I H), 3.10-2.94 (m. 2H), 1.75-1.65 (m. 2H), 1.59-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.33 (m, 2H). 1.27-1.17 (m, 2H).
[00778] Compound 58-5 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 316.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3C1) S (ppm): 6.58. 6.56 (s, s, I H), 6.54, 6.52 (s, s. I H), 5.77 (brs. I H). 4.01 -3.87 (m, 4H), 3.20-3.15 (m. 4H), 3.05-2.84 (m. 2H), 1.76-1.71 (m. 4H). 1.56-1 .36 (m, 4H). 1.24-1.04 (m, 4H). [00779] Compound 58-6 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 448.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3C1) δ (ppm): 7.01 , 6.99 (s, s, 1H), 6.43, 6.40 (s, s, 1H),
4.01- 3.87 (m, 4H), 3.17-3.13 (m, 4H), 3.04-2.94 (m, 1 H), 2.90-2.81 (m, 1 H), 1.76-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.51-1.30 (m, 4H), 1.19-1.09 (m, 4H).
[00780] Compound 58-7 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 494.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3C1) δ (ppm): 7.56, 7.54 (s. s. 1H), 6.75, 6.73 (s, s, 1H). 3.07-3.01 (m, 4H), 3.00-2.82 (m, 2H). 1.97-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.58 (m, 4H), 1.53-1.43 (m, 4H). 1.32. 1.29 (m, m. 12H), 1.25. 1.22 (m. m, 12H). 0.95-1.87 (m, 1H).
[00781 ] Compound 58-8 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) /z: 712.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3C1) ό (ppm): 7.63 (s, 1H), 6.98, 6.96 (s, s, 1H). 6.81 , 6.80 (s, s, 2H), 6.47, 6.45 (s, s. 1H), 5.06-5.00 (m. 1 H), 4.87-4.80 (m, 1 H), 3.73-3.67 (m, 1 H),
3.64- 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.36 (m. 1 H). 3.31 -3.17 (m, 6H), 2.65-2.56 (m, 1 H). 2.47-2.33 (m, 5H). 2.28-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.96 (m. 5H). 1.74-1.63 (m, 2H). 1.61-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.31 (m, 2H). 1.53 (s, 18H), 1.29-1.19 (m, 2H).
[00782] Compound 58-10 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 468.5 [M+H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3C1) 0 (ppm): 7.57 (s. 1 H), 6.98. 6.96 (s, s, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 1H). 6.47, 6.45 (s, s, 1 H). 5.67. 5.65 (d, d. 2H), 5.36-5.31 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.08 (m, 1H). 4.51 -4.47 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.79 (m, 2H). 3.74-3.62 (m, 8H), 3.35-3.18 (m, 13H).
2.65- 2.56 (m, 1 H), 2.45-2.34 (m, 4H). 2.30-2.16 (m. 6H), 2.13-1.91 (m, 7H). 1.74-1.63 (m, 2H). 1.61 -1.51 (m. 2H). 1.42-1.31 (m. 2H), 1 .29-1.19 (m, 2H).
1.02- 0.99 (m, m, 6H). 0.93. 0.90 (m, m. 6H). [00783] Example
Figure imgf000415_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000415_0002
[00784] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 59-1
To a mixture of compound 20-4 (3.4 g. 7.7 mmol). compound 21 -4 (3.5 g, 7.7 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (450 mg. 0.38 mmol) and K2C03 (2.1 g, 15.4 mmol) were added DME (32.0 mL) and H20 (8.0 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), and washed with water (30.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound (5.37 g, 60%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 632.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.73-7.67 (m, 4H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.31 , 7.28 (s, s, 1H), 7.05, 7.02 (s, s, 1 H), 4.81-4.76 (m, 1 H), 3.80-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.02 (m, 3H), 2.33-2.16 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.46 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.25 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.93 (m, 3H) .
[00785] Step 2) the preparation of compound 59-2
A mixture of compound 59-1 (988 mg, 1.62 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (0.42 g, 1.7 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (67 mg, 0.08 mmol) and OAc (0.4 g, 4.05 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound (691 mg. 70%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 610.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.84, 7.82 (s, s, 1H), 7.75-7.68 (m, 4H), 7.65. 7.63 (s, s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 4.81-4.76 (m, 1 H), 3.80-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.13-2.99 (m, 3H), 2.33-2.16 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.57 (m, 5H). 1.50-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.32, 1.29 (m, m, 12H), 1.18-1.08 (m. 2H), 0.96-0.93 (m, 3H).
[00786] Step 3) the preparation of compound 59-3
A mixture of compound 59-2 (353.4 mg, 0.58 mmol), compound 20-11 (240 mg, 0.63 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (35 mg, 0.03 mmol) and 2C03 (80 mg, 1.4 mmol) in the mixed solvent of DME/H20 (10 mL, v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N? for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL), and washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound (255 mg, 60%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 733.5[M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.68 (m, 4H), 7.48-7.46 (s, s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 4.97-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.81 -4.76 (m, 1 H), 3.80-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.37-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.16 (m, 4H), 1.76-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 18H), 1.41-1.33 (m, 2H), 1 .28-1.18 (m. 2H), 0.96-0.93 (m, 6H).
[00787] Step 4) the preparation of compound 59-4
To a solution of compound 59-3 (275 mg, 0.375 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (3.0 mL, 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with EtOAc (10.0 mL) and filtered to give the title compound (229 mg, 90%) as pale yellow powder, which was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 533.5 [M+H] +.
[00788] Step 5) the preparation of compound 59-5
To a suspension of compound 59-4 (210.3 mg, 0.31 mmol), compound 1 -4-2 (120 mg, 0.68 mmol), EDCI (130 mg, 0.68 mmol) and HOAT (85 mg, 0.62 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.56 mL. 3.39 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with NH4CI aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound (118 mg. 45%) as a yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 847.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.80 (s, 1 H), 7.61-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s, s, 1 H). 7.38, 7.36 (s, s, 1 H), 6.08, 6.06 (d. d, 1 H), 5.56, 5.55 (d, d, 1 H). 5.35-5.29 (m. 1 H), 5.07-5.02 (m. 1 H), 4.32-4.27 (m. 2H), 4.05-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.66 (s. 6H), 3.61 -3.55 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.14 (m, 6H), 1.84-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.63 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.33 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.02. 1.00 (m, 6H). 0.94-0.89 (m, 12H).
[00789] Example 60
Figure imgf000418_0001
[00790] Compounds disclosed herein can be synthesized through the procedure as depicted in Example 46.
[00791 ] Compound 60-1 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 636.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.63-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.49-7.46 (m. 2H), 7.31. 7.28 (s, s, I H), 7.05, 7.02 (s, s, IH), 6.54-6.51 (m, IH). 4.08-4.01 (m, IH), 3.44-3.37 (m, I H), 3.30-3.22 (m, I H), 3.12-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.91 -2.84 (m, IH). 1 .88-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.45 (m, 4H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.25 (m, 2H).
[00792] Compound 60-2 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 614.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.84, 7.82 (s, s, I H), 7.65 (s, I H), 7.63-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.51 (m, 2H), 6.54-6.51 (m. I H), 4.08-4.01 (m. I H), 3.44-3.37 (m, I H). 3.30-3.22 (m, I H), 3.13-2.99 (m. 2H). 2.91 -2.84 (m. I H), 1.68-1.57 (m, 2H). 1.50-1.41 (m, 2H). 1.41 (s. 9H), 1.36-1.33 (m. 2H), 1.32 (m, 6H), 1 .29 (m. 6H), 1.18-1.08 (m, 2H).
[00793] Compound 60-3 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 741.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3C1) 6 (ppm): 7.17 (s, I H), 7.63 (s, IH), 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H). 7.53-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s, s, IH), 7.38, 7.36 (s, s, I H), 6.54-6.51 (m, I H). 6.08-6.06 (m, I H), 4.08-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.38 (m. 3H), 3.37-3.22 (m. 3H). 2.91 -2.84 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.65 (m, 2H), 1 .60-1.50 (m. 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H). 1.41 (s, 9H). 1.40-1.33 (m, 2H).
[00794] Compound 60-5 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 855.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3C1) δ (ppm): 7.64-7.60 (m. 4H). 7.53-7.50 (m. 2H), 7.48. 7.46 (s, s. IH). 7.38, 7.36 (s. s, IH). 6.29-6.26 (m. I H). 6.25-6.23 (m. I H). 5.56. 5.55 (d, d. I H), 5.32, 5.30 (d. d, IH). 4.43-4.30 (m, 4H), 3.66 (s, 3H). 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.29 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.17 (m, 2H) , 2.86-2.79 (m, 2H). 2.31 -2.14 (m, 2H). 1.75-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.33 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 12H).
[00795] Example 61
Figure imgf000420_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000420_0002
[00796] Compounds disclosed herein can be synthesized through the procedure as depicted in Example 15. [00797] Compound 61-1 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 733.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.61-7.58 (m, 2H).7.49-7.46 (m.2H), 7.35 (s, IH).7.31, 7.28 (s, s, IH).7.05, 7.02 (s, s, IH), 5.56, 5.55 (d, d, IH).5.40-5.36 (m, IH), 4.35-4.31 (m, IH).3.98-3.92 (m, 5H), 3.71-3.67 (m, IH).3.66 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.77 (m, IH), 2.45-2.39 (m, IH), 2.28-2.16 (m. IH), 1.88-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.45 (m, 4H), 1.35-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.02.1.00 (m. m.3H).0.93, 0.91 (m. m.3H).
[00798] Compound 61-2 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 711.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.84, 7.82 (s. s. IH), 7.65.7.63 (s. s, IH), 7.61-7.58 (m.2H), 7.54-7.50 (m.2H), 7.35 (s, IH).5.40-5.36 (m, IH).5.32.5.29 (d, d. IH).4.43-4.38 (m, IH).3.98-3.92 (m, 5H), 3.71-3.69 (m. IH), 3.63 (s.3H).3.13-2.99 (m, 2H).2.83-2.77 (m, IH), 2.45-2.39 (m. IH).2.24-2.11 (m, IH), 1.68-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.34 (m, 2H), 1.33, 1.29 (m. m, 12H), 1.18-1.08 (m, 2H). 0.97.0.96 (m, m, 3H).0.91, 0.89 (m. m.3H).
[00799] Compound 61-3 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 877.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3C1) δ (ppm) 7.80 (s. IH), 7.61-7.58 (m, 3H).7.53-7.50 (m. 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s, s. IH), 7.38.7.36 (s, s, IH), 7.35 (s. IH).5.56.5.55 (d. d, IH). 5.40-5.36 (m. IH), 5.32.5.29 (d. d. IH).5.29, 5.25 (m. IH), 4.43-4.38 (m, IH), 4.34-4.30 (m, IH).3.99-3.92 (m, 5H).3.85-3.78 (m.2H).3.71-3.69 (m. IH).3.66 (s. 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.38 (m, IH).3.37-3.27 (m. IH).2.83-2.77 (m. IH).2.45-2.39 (m. IH).2.30-1.92 (m, 6H).1.75-1.65 (m.2H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H).1.43-1.33 (m, 2H). 1.28-1.18 (m.2H), 1.02-0.89 (m.12H).
[00800] Example 62
Figure imgf000422_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000422_0002
[00801 ] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 62-1
A mixture of compound 51 -1 (1.49 g, 3.4 mmol). compound 23-8 (3.66 g, 7.38 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg, 0.17 mmol) and K2C03 (1.412 g, 10.22 mmol) in the mixed solvents of DME/H20 (15.0 mL. v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), and washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (1.344 g. 45%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 440.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.63-7.59 (m. 6H), 7.57-7.54 (m, 6H). 6.97-6.95 (m, 2H). 5.56. 5.55 (d, d. 2H). 5.23-5.19 (m. 2H), 4.47-4.43 (m, 2H). 4.34-4.30 (m, 2H). 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H). 3.66 (s. 6H). 3.65-3.61 (m, 2H). 2.37-2.33 (m. 1H), 2.30-2.16 (m, 7H). 2.13-1.92 (m. 4H). 1.02. 1.00 (m. 6H). 0.94-0.91 (m, 6H). [00802] Example 63
Figure imgf000423_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000423_0002
63-1 63-2 63-3
Figure imgf000423_0003
[00803] Step 1) the preparation of compound 63-2
To a solution of compound 63-1 (2.06 g. 10.0 mmol) in DCM (50.0 mL) was added boron tribromide (7.7 mL, 80.0 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C. After stirring at -78 °C for 10 mins, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50.0 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound (1.6 g, 90%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 179.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.55 (s. 2H). 6.51 (br. 2H), 5.51 -5.45 (m. 2H). 1.78-1.65 (m, 2H). 1.00-0.87 (m. 2H) [00804] Step 2) the preparation of compound 63-3
To a solution of compound 63-2 (1.78 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL, 60.0 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After the mixture was stirred for 10 mins, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL, 40.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice- water (25.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound (3.98 g, 90%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.36 (s, 2H), 5.53-5.47 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.56 (m, 2H). 0.91 -0.78 (m, 2H).
[00805] Step 3) the preparation of compound 63-4
To a mixture of compound 63-3 (1 .5 g, 3.4 mmol). compound 23-8 (3.66 g, 7.38 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg, 0.17 mmol) and K2C03 (1 .412 g, 10.22 mmol) were added DME (12.0 mL) and H20 (3.0 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (100.0 mL). and washed with water (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/EtOH (v/v) = 50/1) to give the title compound (1.35 g. 45%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 442.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.66 (s, 1 H). Ί .62-1.55 (m. 10H). 5.56. 5.55 (d. d. 2H). 5.37-5.30 (m. 2H). 5.23-5.19 (m. 2H). 4.34-4.30 (m, 2H). 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H). 3.66 (s. 6H), 3.65-3.61 (m. 2H), 2.30-1.92 (m, 12H), 1.77-1.65 (m. 2H). 1.02. 1.01 (m. m. 6H), 0.97-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.93, 0.91 (m, m, 6H).
[00806] Example 64
Figure imgf000425_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000425_0002
[00807] Compounds disclosed herein can be synthesized through the procedure as depicted in Example 19.
[00808] Compound 64-1 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 339.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.15 (s. 2H). 5.92-5.86 (m, 2H). 1.82-1 .69 (m. 2H), 1.04-0.91 (m, 2H). 0.30 (s, 18H).
[00809] Compound 64-2 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 195.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 6.91 (s, 2H), 5.72-5.65 (m, 2H). 3.27 (s, 2H). 1.96- 1 .83 (m, 2H). 1.18- 1.05 (m, 2H).
[00810] Compound 64-3 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 779.5 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3C1) δ (ppm): 7.46 (s, 2H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.62-7.60 (m, 2H). 7.53-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s, s, 1 H), 7.38, 7.36 (s. s, 1H), 6.54-6.51 (m, 1H), 6.08-6.06 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.01 (m. 2H), 3.48-3.38 (m. 3H), 3.37-3.22 (m, 3H), 2.91 -2.84 (m, 2H), 1.74-1 .65 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.50 (m. 2H), 1 .42 (s, 9H). 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.40-1.33 (m, 2H).
[0081 1] Example 65
Figure imgf000426_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000426_0002
[00812] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 65- 1
A mixture of compound 63-3 ( 1 .5 g. 3.4 mmol). compound 1 -14 (3.47 g, 7.38 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg. 0.17 mmol) and 2C03 (1.412 g, 10.22 mmol) in the mixed solvent of DME/H20 (15.0 mL. v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc ( 100 mL). and washed with water (50 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na?S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (1.27 g. 45%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) ml . 416.3 [M+ 2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.65-7.62 (m, 4H), 7.40 (s, 2H), 7.26, 7.24 (d, d, 2H), 5.65-5.59 (m, 2H). 5.56, 5.55 (d, d, 2H), 5.25-5.20 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.30 (m, 2H). 3.84-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 6H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.11 (m, 8H), 1.98-1.87 (m. 2H), 1.82-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.02, 1.00 (m, 6H), 0.99-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.93, 0.92 (m, 6H).
[00813] Example 66
Figure imgf000427_0001
[00814] Compounds disclosed herein can be synthesized through the procedure depicted in Example 41.
[00815] Compound 66-1 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 710.5 [M+H] ;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.13-8.12, 8.11-8.10 (d, d, IH. J = 4.0 Hz).
7.56- 7.55 (q, IH), 7.46.7.44 (d, d, IH).7.42, 7.40 (s. s. IH), 7.37, 7.35 (s, s, IH). 5.60-5.57 (m, 3H), 5.48-5.45 (m, IH). 5.03-4.99 (m, IH), 3.75-3.69 (m, IH).
3.57- 3.48 (m, 3H), 2.59-2.50 (m, IH), 2.27-1.94 (m.3H).1.79-1.61 (m, 2H).1.53 (s. 9H), 1.01-0.83 (m, 4H).0.01-0.00 (m, 9H).
[00816] Compound 66-2 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 688.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) S (ppm): 8.36-8.35, 8.34-8.33 (d, d, IH. J = 4.0 Hz). 7.96, 7.94 (s, s, IH), 7.82, 7.80 (s, s, IH).7.61-7.60 (m. IH), 7.46, 7.44 (d, d, IH). 5.75-5.72 (m, IH), 5.59 (t, 2H), 5.53-5.50 (m, IH), 5.03-4.99 (m, IH).3.75-3.69 (m. IH).3.57-3.48 (m, 3H).2.59-2.50 (m. IH).2.27-1.94 (m.3H), 1.83-1.69 (m, 2H). 1.53 (s.9H), 1.32, 1.29 (m, m.12H).1.05-0.86 (m, 4H).0.01-0.00 (m.9H).
[00817] Compound 66-3 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 931.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3C1) δ (ppm): 8.84, 8.83 (d. d. IH), 8.23-8.21 (m, IH). 7.71-7.70, 7.69-7.68 (d. d. IH, J= 4.0 Hz).7.67 (s, IH).7.60 (t, IH).7.59.7.57 (s. s. IH), 7.56 (s, IH), 7.54 (s. IH), 7.46.7.44 (d, d, IH).5.67-5.64 (m. IH).5.59 (t, 2H). 5.52-5.49 (m, IH). 5.38-5.33 (m. IH). 5.32-5.29 (d. d. IH). 5.03-4.99 (m. IH). 4.41-4.36 (m, IH), 3.85-3.78 (m. IH), 3.75-3.64 (m.2H).3.63 (s, 3H).3.57-3.49 (m. 3H), 2.59-2.50 (m, IH).2.30-1.92 (m.8H).1.82-1.64 (m.2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.03-0.86 (m, 10H).0.01-0.00 (m.9H).
[00818] Compound 66-5 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 858.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3CI) S (ppm): 8.84.8.83 (d, d. IH).8.18.8.16 (s. s. IH), 7.71. 7.68 (d. d, IH), 7.68.7.66 (s, s, IH).7.67 (s. IH).7.65 (s. IH).7.63-7.62 (m, 2H). 7.56.7.54 (d, d, IH).5.66-5.63 (m. IH).5.52-5.49 (m. IH).5.38-5.33 (m. IH).5.32. 5.30 (d. d, 2H), 5.24-5.20 (m, 1 H), 4.41 -4.35 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.78 (m. 2H). 3.68-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 6H), 2.38-1.87 (m, 10H), 1.81 -1.65 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.87 (m. 14H).
[00819] Example 67
Figure imgf000429_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000429_0002
[00820] Stepl ) the preparation of compound 67-2
A mixture of aluminium chloride (90.0 g, 676 mmol) and sodium chloride was stirred at 150 °C until the solid dissolved, and then compound 67-1 (20.0 g. 135 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 200 °C for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt and poured slowly into ice-water (500 mL), then filtered to get the crude product. The crude product was purified by beating to give the title compound 67-2 (19 g, 95%) as a gray solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 149.5 [M+H] +;
'HNMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.41-7.38 (m. 1 H). 7.24-7.19 (m. l H). 6.80-6.79. 6.78-6.77 (d, d, 1H, J = 4.0 Hz), 5.46 (br, 1 H). 3.06-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.66 (m, 2H).
[00821 ] Step 2) the preparation of compound 67-3
To a solution of compound 67-2 (5.0 g, 33.7 mmol) and K2C03 (23.4 g, 168.5 mmol) in acetone (50.0 mL) was added iodomethane (3.15 mL, 50.55 mmol) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (150 mL) and water (150 mL). and then filtered through a celite pad. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc ( 150 mL x 2). The combine organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na^SC^ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound (2.5 g. 45%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 163.5 [M+H] +;
'HNMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.51 -7.48 (m. 1 H). 7.30-7.26 (m. 1 H). 6.91-6.87 (m. 1 H), 3.90 (s. 3H). 3.08-3.05 (m. 2H). 2.70-2.67 (m. 2H).
[00822] Step 3) the preparation of compound 67-4
To a suspension of compound 67-3 (7.29 g. 45.0 mmol) and triethylsilane (20.98 g, 180 mmol) was added TFA (30.0 mL) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at 40 °C overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (150 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with brine (50 mL x 2). dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE) to give the title compound (5.2 g, 78%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 149.5 [M+H] +;
'HNMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.03-6.96 (m, 2H). 6.68-6.66 (m. 1H), 3.86 (s. 3H), 2.99-2.81 (m, 4H). 2.24-2.05 (m, 2H).
[00823] Step 4) the preparation of compound 67-5
To a solution of compound 67-4 (10.34 g, 69.8 mmol) and NIS (17.2 g, 76.8 mmol) in MeCN (200 mL) was added TFA (0.52 mL. 6.98 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with saturated NaHC03 aqueous solution (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE) to give the title compound ( 16.44 g, 86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion ) mlz: 275.5 [M+H] +:
'HNMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) 0 (ppm): 7.42. 7.40 (t, t, 1 H). 6.41 -6.40, 6.39-6.38 (m, m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.96-2.76 (m, 4H). 2.37-2.18 (m, 2H).
[00824] Step 5) the preparation of compound 67-6
To a solution of compound 67-5 (16.35 g, 59.7 mmol) in DCM (150.0 mL) was added boron tribromide (74.7 g, 298.8 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C. At the end of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (200 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound (14.28 g. 92%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 261.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.32, 7.30 (t, t, 1 H), 6.32, 6.30 (t, t, 1 H), 4.81 (br, 1 H), 2.90-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.36-2.18 (m, 2H).
[00825] Step 6) the preparation of compound 67-7
A mixture of compound 67-6 (421 mg, 1.62 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (420 mg, 1.7 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (67 mg. 0.08 mmol) and KOAc (400 mg, 4.05 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1) to give the title compound (295 mg, 70%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 261.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.94. 7.92 (t. t. 1H). 6.71. 6.69 (t. t. 1 H), 4.81 (br, 1H). 2.97-2.92 (m, 2H). 2.87-2.70 (m. 2H), 2.29-2.10 (m. 2H). 1.32. 1.29 (m. m. 12H).
[00826] Step 7) the preparation of compound 67-9
To a solution of compound 67-8 (2.86 g. 10.0 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL. 60.0 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins. trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL, 40.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (25.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE) to give the title compound (3.76 g. 90%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm) 7.60, 7.59 (s. s, 1 H), 6.80, 6.77 (s, s, 1 H). 3.89-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.41 -3.38 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.90 (m, 1 H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 1 H). 1.36-1.30 (m, 1H). 1.23-1.17 (m. 1 H).
[00827] Step 8) the preparation of compound 67- 10
A mixture of compound 67-7 (884.5 mg, 3.40 mmol). compound 67-9 (1.42 g, 3.40 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg. 0.17 mmol) and K2C03 (1.412 g, 10.22 mmol) in the mixed solvents of DME/H20 (15 mL. v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (80 mL), and washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 20/1 ) to give the title compound (648.8 mg. 45%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 425.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.40. 7.38 (s. s. 1 H). 7.13. 7.11 (s. s, 1 H), 6.92. 6.90 (t. t. 1 H), 6.50. 6.48 (t, t, 1 H). 4.81 (brs, 1 H). 3.79-3.76 (m, 1 H). 3.44-3.41 (m. 1 H). 3.01 -2.84 (m. 2H). 2.73-2.68 (m. 2H), 2.34-2.15 (m. 2H), 2.06-2.00 (m. 1 H). 1.98-1.92 (m, 1H). 1 .85-1 .81 (m, 1H). 1.62-1.58 (m. 1 H), 1.33-1.27 (m, 1H). 1.25-1.19 (m, 1 H).
[00828] Step 9) the preparation of compound 67-1 1
To a solution of compound 67-10 (4.24 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL. 60.0 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins. trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL. 40.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound (5.0 g, 90%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.40, 7.38 (s. s. I H), 7.10, 7.08 (s, s, IH), 7.01 -6.99 (t, t, I H), 6.96, 6.94 (t. t. I H), 3.79-3.76 (m. I H), 3.44-3.41 (m, I H), 3.03-2.86 (m, 2H). 2.68-2.63 (m, 2H). 2.39-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.00 (m, I H). 1.98-1.92 (m, I H). 1.85-1.81 (m, I H). 1.62-1.58 (m, I H), 1.33-1.27 (m, I H), 1.25-1.19 (m, I H).
[00829] Step 10) the preparation of compound 67-12
A mixture of compound 67-11 (900.7 mg. 1.62 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (420 mg, 1.7 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (67 mg. 0.08 mmol) and KOAc (400 mg. 4.05 mmol) in DMF (8.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (80 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 8/1 ) to give the title compound (581 mg. 70%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 513.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): Ί.Ί6-Ί.Ί2 (m. 2H). 7.57. 7.55 (s. s, I H), 7.44. 7.42 (t. t. I H). 3.78-3.74 (m. 2H), 3.02-2.97 (m, 2H). 2.74-2.69 (m. 2H). 2.19-2.01 (m. 2H). 1.96-1.90 (m, I H). 1.83-1.77 (m. I H). 1.60- 1.56 (m. I H). 1.32 (m. 12H). 1.29 (m. 12H). 1.23-1.17 (m. I H). 1.10-1.04 (m. I H).
[00830] Step 11 ) the preparation of compound 67- 13
A mixture of compound 67-12 (1.74 g. 3.40 mmol). compound 15-2 (3.10 g, 7.38 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 ( 196.7 mg. 0.17 mmol) and 2C03 (1.412 g, 10.22 mmol) in the mixed solvents of DME/H20 (15.0 mL. v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), and washed with water (50 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (1.29 g. 45%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 423.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.85 (s, 1H). 7.81 (s, 1 H), 7.49. 7.47 (s, s, 1H), 7.40, 7.37 (t, t, 1 H), 7.34, 7.32 (s. 1 H), 6.99-6.97 (t, t. 1 H), 5.32-5.25 (m, 4H), 4.41 -4.36 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.76 (m, 3H). 3.75-3.72 (m, 1 H). 3.63 (s. 6H). 3.16-3.11 (m. 4H), 2.81 -2.76 (m, 2H), 2.30-1.92 (m. 14H). 1.90-1.86 (m. 1H), 1.67-1.63 (m, 1 H). 1.30-1.19 (m, 2H), 0.97, 0.96 (m, m, 6H). 0.91 , 0.89 (m. m. 6H).
[00831 ] Example 68
Figure imgf000435_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000435_0002
[00832] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 68-2
A mixture of compound 68-1 (437 mg, 1.62 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (420 mg. 1.7 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (67 mg, 0.08 mmol) and KOAc (400 mg. 4.05 mmol) in DMF (5.0 niL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 15/1 ) to give the title compound (306 mg, 70%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 271.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.53-8.50 (m. I H). 8.45-8.43 (m. I H). 7.83. 7.81 (m. m, I H), 7.62-7.58 (m, IH), 7.52-7.48 (m, I H). 7.06, 7.04 (br. br. I H). 6.17 (br, I H), 1.57 (m, 6H), 1.54 (m, 6H).
[00833] Step 2) the preparation of compound 68-3
A mixture of compound 68-2 (918 mg. 3.4 mmol). compound 67-9 ( 1.42 g. 3.4 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg. 0.17 mmol) and K2C03 ( 1 .412 g, 10.22 mmol) in the mixed solvents of DME/H20 ( 15.0 mL. v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (60 mL), and then washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 20/1 ) to give the title compound (664 mg. 45%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 449.5 [M+H] +:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) S (ppm): 8.28. 8.25 (m. m. I H). 7.48-7.44 (m, I H). 7.36-7.34 (m. I H). 7.33. 7.30 (br. br. I H). 7.26. 7.24 (s. s. I H). 7.23-7.20 (m. I H). 7.20. 7.17 (m, m, 1 H), 7.06. 7.04 (br. br, 1 H). 6.17 (br. 1 H). 3.66-3.60 (m, 2H). 2.10-2.04 (m, 1 H). 1.98-1.92 (m, 1 H). 1.89-1.85 (m, 1H), 1 .66-1 .62 (m, 1H). 1.37-1.31 (m. 1H). 1.25-1.19 (m, 1 H).
[00834] Step 3) the preparation of compound 68-4
To a solution of compound 68-3 (4.34 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (40.0 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL, 60.0 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins. trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL, 40.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound (5.09 g, 90%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13): S (ppm): 8.41. 8.39 (m. m. 1 H). 7.73. 7.71 (m, 1 H). 7.63-7.59 (m, 1 H). 7.41 -7.38 (m, 1 H). 7.31 -7.26 (m. 1 H), 7.21 -7.17 (m, 3H). 3.66-3.60 (m, 2H). 2.10-2.04 (m. 1 H). 1.98-1.92 (m. 1 H). 1.89-1.85 (m, 1 H). 1.66-1.62 (m, 1 H). 1.37- 1.31 (m, 1 H). 1.25- 1 .19 (m, 1 H).
[00835] Step 4) the preparation of compound 68-5
A mixture of compound 68-4 (917 mg. 1 .62 mmol), compound 1 -8-2 (420 mg. 1.7 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (67 mg. 0.08 mmol) and OAc (400 mg. 4.05 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (60.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 8/1 ) to give the title compound (592 mg, 70%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr.537.5 [M+H] +;
'HNMR(400MHz, CDCI3) 6 (ppm): 8.80, 8.78 (m, IH).7.93,7.91 (br.br. IH), 7.89. 7.87 (s, s, IH), 7.85, 7.83 (m, m. IH).7.76-7.75, 7.74-7.73 (m, m, IH).7.69, 7.67 (s, s. IH), 7.60-7.56 (m, IH), 7.23-7.19 (m. IH), 3.58-3.54 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.90 (m, 2H). 1.87-1.81 (m, IH), 1.64-1.60 (m. IH).1.56.1.54 (m. m.12H), 1.32.1.29 (m, m, 12H). 1.23-1.17 (m. IH), 1.14-1.08 (m, IH).
[00836] Step 5) the preparation of compound 68-6
A mixture of compound 68-5 (1.82 g, 3.4 mmol). compound 15-2 (3.1 g, 7.38 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (196.7 mg, 0.17 mmol) and K2C03 (1.412 g.10.22 mmol) in the mixed solvents of DME/H20 (15.0 mL. v/v = 4/1) was stirred at 90 °C under N2for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), and washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) ~ 50/1) to give the title compound (1.16 g.40%) as a pale yellow solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 428.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.88, 7.86 (m. m, IH), 7.81 (s. IH).7.74 (s. IH).7.73, 7.70 (br. br. IH), 7.54, 7.52 (s, s, IH).7.43-7.39 (m. IH).7.36-7.33 (m. 2H).7.29-7.26 (m. IH).7.12-7.08 (m. IH), 5.36-5.25 (m.4H).4.41-4.36 (m, 2H). 3.98-3.94 (m. IH).3.90-3.86 (m. IH).3.85-3.78 (m.2H).3.69-3.64 (m.2H).3.63 (s. 6H).2.30-1.90 (m.13H).1.71-1.67 (m, IH).1.30-1.23 (m.2H).0.97-0.89 (m.12H).
[00837] Example 69
Figure imgf000439_0001
V° + clJLci ^
Figure imgf000439_0002
[00838] Step 1) the preparation of compound 69-2
To a solution of compoumd 69-1 (1.57 g, 6.31 mmol) in dry DCM (20.0 mL) and DMF (1.5 mL) was added Oxalyl chloride (1.35 mL.15.75 mmol) dropwise at rt. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 0.5 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue (2.2 g) was used for the next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr. 268.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.28-7.22 (m, 5H), 5.14-5.13 (m, 2H).
4.47.4.42 (m, 1 H). 3.66-3.60 (m. 1 H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 1 H), 2.23-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.96 (m, 1 H), 1.83-1.73 (m, 1 H).
[00839] Step 2) the preparation of compound 69-4
A solution of compoumd 69-3 (10.0 g, 43.5 mmol) and NaOH (5.20 g, 130.4 mmol) in H20 (60.0 mL). EtOH (60.0 mL) and THF (180 mL) was stirred at rt for 12 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was removed. The residue was extrcted with EtOAc ( 100 mL x 2). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 4 with hydrochloric acid ( 1 M) and extracted with EtOAc (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na?S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 69-4 (9.1 g. 97%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 216.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.03 (d, 1 H). 7.34. 7.31 (d. d. 1 H). 6.97 (brs. 3H). 6.86. 6.84 (d. d. 1 H).
[00840] Step 3) the preparation of compound 69-5
To a suspension of compoumd 69-4 (9.1 g, 42.1 mmol), HOBT ( 13.6 g, 101.1 mmol) and EDC.HC1 ( 19.4 g. 101 .1 mmol) in DMF (60.0 mL) was added NH3.H20 (30.0 mL) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 15 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was removed. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with NaOH aqueous solution (20 mL. 1 M) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 69-5 (7.6 g. 84%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 216.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 7.57 (d. 1 H). 7.22. 7.19 (d. d. 1 H). 6.58, 6.56 (d. d, 1 H). 6.40 (s, 2H), 5.98 (brs, 2H).
[00841 ] Step 4) the preparation of compound 69-6
To a solution of compound 69-2 (22.0 g, crude product) in dry THF (250 mL), compound 69-5 (7.6 g, 35.5 mmol) and 1 M NaOH (aq. 85 mL, 85 mmol) were added in turn. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with 1M NaOH aqueous solution (15.0 mL) and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 69-6. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 446.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 9.06 (br, 1 H). 7.75 (d. 1 H). 7.35. 7.33 (d, d. 1 H). 7.28-7.22 (m. 5H). 6.69, 6.67 (d. d. 1 H), 5.68 (brs. 2H), 5.14-5.13 (m, 2H). 4.29-4.25 (m, 1 H). 3.66-3.60 (m. 1 H). 3.45-3.37 (m. 1H), 2.39-2.32 (m, 1 H), 2.09-2.00 (m, 1 H), 1.96-1.77 (m, 2H).
[00842] Step 5) the preparation of compound 69-7
A solution of compound 69-6 (17.0 g. 38.1 mmol) and KOH (34.0 mL, 10% aq) in EtOH (200 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C and neutralized to pH 7 by carefully adding concentrated HC1. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc/hexane (v/v = 5/1 ) to give the title compound 69-7 (12.6 g. 77.0%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 428.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 8.02, 8.01 (d. d. 1 H). 7.65, 7.62 (d. d, 1 H). 7.28-7.22 (m, 5H). 7.20. 7.18 (d. d. 1 H). 5.14-5.13 (m. 2H), 5.00-4.95 (m, 1 H). 3.64-3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.44-3.37 (m. 1 H). 2.49-2.41 (m. 1 H). 2.36-2.26 (m, 1 H). 2.02-1.93 (m. 1H). 1.91 -1.81 (m. 1 H). [00843] Step 6) the preparation of compound 69-8
To a solution of compound 69-7 (3.43 g, 8.03 mmol) in EtOAc (40.0 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (350 mg), the mixture was stirred at 40 °C under 10 atm of H2 gas for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 69-8 (2.02 g. 86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 294.5 [M+H] +.
[00844] Step 7) the preparation of compound 69-9
To a suspension of compound 69-8 (2.93 g, 10.0 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 ( 1.93 g. 1 1.0 mmol) and EDCI (2.10 g, 1 1.0 mmol) in DCM (30.0 mL) was added DIPEA (6.6 mL. 39.9 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50.0 mL), and the resulting mixture was washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 4/1 ) to give the title compound 69-9 (2.25 g. 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 451 .5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.02, 8.01 (m. 1 H). 7.65. 7.63 (d. d. 1 H), 7.22. 7.20 (d. d, 1 H), 5.32. 5.29 (br, br, 1 H). 5.21 -5.16 (m. 1 H). 4.30-4.25 (m. 1 H). 3.63 (s. 3H). 3.60-3.54 (m. 1 H). 3.24-3.16 (m. 1 H). 2.44-2.37 (m. 1 H). 2.1 1 -1 .98 (m. 2H). 1.93-1.85 (m, 1 H), 1 .83-1.73 (m, 1 H). 0.97-0.89 (m, 6H).
[00845] Step 8) the preparation of compound 69-10
A suspension of compound 69-9 (409 mg. 0.91 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (463 mg. 1.82 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (71.0 mg. 0.09 mmol) and OAc (268 mg, 2.73 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc (60.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound 69-10 (399 mg, 88%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 499.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.50 (d, 1H), 7.78, 7.76 (d, d, 1H), 7.63, 7.61 (d, d. 1 H). 5.32, 5.30 (d, d. 1 H). 5.21 -5.16 (m, 1 H), 4.30-4.25 (m, 1 H), 3.63 (s. 3H). 3.60-3.54 (m, 1 H), 3.24-3.16 (m, 1 H). 2.44-2.37 (m. 1H), 2.1 1 -1.98 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.85 (m, 1 H), 1.83-1.73 (m, 1 H), 1 .24. 1.20 (m. 12H). 0.97, 0.95 (m, m, 3H), 0.90. 0.89 (m, m, 3H).
[00846] Step 9) the preparation of compound 69-11
A mixture of compound 69-10 (304 mg. 0.61 mmol), compound 69-10-2 (402.8 mg. 0.61 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (35.26 mg. 0.03 mmol) and K2C03 (254 mg, 1 .83 mmol) in the mixed solvents of DME/H20 (v/v = 5/1. 6.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. diluted with EtOAc (50 mL). and washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc) to give the title compound 69-11 (350 mg. 65%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 443.5 [M +2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.97-7.96 (m. 1 H), 7.65-7.59 (m, 5H). 7.56-7.52 (m, 2H). 7.47-7.42 (m, 2H). 5.32. 5.30 (d. d. 2H), 5.23-5.16 (m, 2H). 4.41 -4.37 (m. 1 H), 4.30-4.25 (m, 1 H). 4.05-4.00 (m. 1 H), 3.92-3.87 (m, 1 H). 3.85-3.78 (m. 1 H). 3.69-3.64 (m. 2H). 3.63 (s, 6H). 3.24-3.16 (m, 1 H). 2.44-2.37 (m. 1 H). 2.30-2.15 (m. 2H). 2.13-1.73 (m. 10H). 1 .65-1.61 (m. 1 H), 1.27- 1.21 (m, 2H). 0.97. 0.95 (m, m. 6H). 0.91. 0.89 (m. m. 6H). [00847] Example 70
Figure imgf000444_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000444_0002
[00848] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 70-2
To a solution of compoumd 70-1 (5.0 g. 22.7 mmol) in EtOH (60.0 mL) was added a suspension of Na2S03 (7.16 g. 56.8 mmol) in EtOH (60 mL) and water (125 mL). At the end of addition, the suspension was stirred at 70 °C for 15 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt. and the reaction was acidified with HCl (2 M) to pH 2. and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved under reflux in brine ( 100 mL). Subsequently, water (10.0 mL) was added and the solution was cooled in an ice bath. The precipitate was collected by filtration, resulting in compound 70-2 (5.73g. 89%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 268.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) ό (ppm): 8.75 (br, 1 H). 8.31 (m, 1 H). 8.07 (m. 2H).
[00849] Step 2) the preparation of compound 70-3
To a solution of compound 70-2 (3.0 g, 10.6 mmol) in toluene (50.0 mL) and DMF ( 1 drop) was added thionyl chloride (5.0 mL). At the end of addition, the reaction was refluxed for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in toluene (4.0 mL). and then to the resulting mixture was added a mixture of concentrated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution (1.0 mL) and THF (10.0 mL) at -10 °C. After stirring for 2 hrs. the reaction was quenched by adding a solution of hydrochloric acid until pH 4. The organic layers were separated and then dried over anhydrous Na^SC^ and concentrated in vacuo. PE (15.0 mL) was added to the resulting slurry and the product was collected by vacuum filtration to afford compound 70-3. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 280.5 [M+H] +:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) δ (ppm): 8.18. 8.17 (d. d. 1 H). 8.03. 8.00 (d. d. 1 H), 7.84, 7.81 (d. d. 1 H), 5.47 (br. 2H).
[00850] Step 3) the preparation of compound 70-4
A suspension of compound 70-3 (2.12 g. 7.5 mmol) in HI (25.0 mL. 57% aq.) was stirred at 90 °C for 4 hrs. After cooling to room temperature, the dark purple mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL) and washed successively with saturated aq. Na2S203. saturated aq. NaHC03 and brine. The colorless organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (eluent: CH3CN/H20 from 22/78 to 52/48 with 0.01 % NH3.H20 as buffer). Resulting in compound 70-4 (1 .86 g). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 251.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.62-7.60 (m. 1 H), 7.18-7.15 (m. 2H). 4.85 (brs, 4H).
[00851 ] Step 4) the preparation of compound 70-5
To a solution of compound 70-4 (1.86 g, 7.4 mmol) in acetone (20.0 mL) was added triethylamine (4.05 mL, 29.6 mmol). Compound 69-2 (1.28 g, 4.8 mmol) was added to the reaction at 0 °C. After stirring for 5 hrs, the mixture was diluted with water ( 10.0 mL) and acidified to pH 4 with HC1 (2 M). The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and then transferred to another flask. A solution of ?C03 (1.5 g) in water ( 10.0 mL) was added and then the mixture was refluxed for 2 hrs until the reaction became homogeneous. The reaction was acidified to pH 4 with HC1 (2 M). The precipitate was filtered off and washed with water. The crude product was purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (eluent: CH3CN/H20 from 35/65 to 65/35 with 0.75% CF3COOH as buffer). Resulting in compound 70-5 (0.83 g. 45%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 464.5 [M+H] +:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.93. 7.90 (d, d. 1 H). 7.77-7.76 (m. 1 H). 7.43. 7.41 (d. d. 1 H), 7.28-7.22 (m, 5H). 6.30 (brs, 1 H). 5.14-5.13 (m. 2H), 4.86-4.80 (m. 1 H). 3.68-3.62 (m. 1 H). 3.50-3.43 (m. 1 H). 2.22-1 .98 (m. 4H).
[00852] Step 5) the preparation of compound 70-6
To a solution of compound 70-5 (3.72 g. 8.03 mmol) in EtOAc (40.0 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (350 mg) and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C under 10 atm of ¾ gas for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound 70-6 (2.27 g, 86%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 330.5 [M+H] +.
[00853] Step 6) the preparation of compound 70-7
To a suspension of compound 70-6 (3.29 g, 10.0 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 (1.93 g. 1 1.0 mmol) and EDCI (2.10 g. 1 1.0 mmol) in DCM (30.0 mL) was added DIPEA (6.6 mL, 39.9 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed successively with water (30 mL x 3), saturated aq. NH4C1 and brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1 ) to give the title compound (2.43 g, 50%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 487.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.93. 7.90 (d. d. 1 H). 7.77-7.76 (m. 1 H), 7.43, 7.41 (d. d. 1 H), 6.30 (brs. 1 H), 5.32, 5.29 (d. d. 1 H). 5.08-5.04 (m. 1 H). 4.31 -4.26 (m. 1 H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.62-3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.26-3.18 (m, 1 H). 2.38-2.31 (m, 1 H). 2.10-1.97 (m, 2H), 1 .91 -1.71 (m. 2H), 0.97, 0.95 (m. m, 3H). 0.91 , 0.89 (m, m. 3H).
[00854] Step 7) the preparation of compound 70-8
A mixture of compound 70-7 (442.3 mg, 0.91 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (463 mg. 1.82 mmol). Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (71.0 mg. 0.09 mmol) and KOAc (268 mg, 2.73 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtration was washed with water (20.0 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 2/1) to give the title compound (427.8 mg. 88%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 535.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.02 (t, IH), 7.80, 7.78 (d, d, IH), 7.46, 7.44 (d. d, IH), 6.30 (brs, I H), 5.32, 5.29 (d, d. IH), 5.08-5.04 (m. IH), 4.31 -4.26 (m, I H), 3.63 (s. 3H), 3.62-3.57 (m. IH), 3.26-3.18 (m. I H). 2.38-2.31 (m. I H). 2.10-1.97 (m. 2H). 1.91-1.71 (m, 2H). 1.32, 1.29 (m. 12H). 0.97, 0.95 (m. m. 3H), 0.91. 0.89 (m, m. 3H).
[00855] Step 8) the preparation of compound 70-9
A mixture of compound 70-8 (325.88 mg, 0.61 mmol), compound 70-8-2 (154 mg. 0.61 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (70.0 mg. 0.05 mmol) and 2C03 (254 mg. 1 .83 mmol) in the mixed solvents of DME/H20 (6.0 mL. v/v = 5/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After cooling to room temperature. 20.0 mL of water was added to quench the reaction. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/1 ) to give the title compound (230.46 mg. 65%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 582.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.1 1 -8.09 (m. 3H). 7.39, 7.37 (d. d. I H), 6.30 (brs. I H). 5.32. 5.30 (brs. I H). 5.08-5.04 (m. I H). 4.31 -4.26 (m. I H). 3.95 (s, 3H). 3.63 (s. 3H), 3.62-3.54 (m. 2H), 3.43-3.40 (m. I H). 3.26-3.18 (m. I H). 2.38-2.31 (m. I H). 2.08-1.95 (m. 4H). 1.91 -1.71 (m. 2H). 1.68-1.64 (m. I H). 1.49-1.45 (m. I H). 1 .28-1 .22 (m, I H). 1.14- 1.08 (m. I H). 0.97. 0.95 (m. m. 3H). 0.91. 0.89 (m. m. 3H).
[00856] Step 9) the preparation of compound 70-10
To a solution of compound 70-9 (3.47 g. 5.97 mmol) in DCM ( 15.0 mL) was added boron tribromide (7.47 g. 29.88 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with ice-water (50.0 mL) and the organic phase separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 20/1 ) to give the title compound 70-10 (3.05 g. 90%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion ) mlz: 568.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NM (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.03-8.01 (m. 2H). 7.98-7.97 (m. 1 H). 7.39. 7.37 (d. d. 1 H), 5.32. 5.30 (d, d, 1 H). 5.08-5.04 (m. 1 H). 4.31 -4.26 (m. l H). 3.63 (s. 3H). 3.62-3.57 (m, 2H). 3.50-3.48 (m. 1 H). 3.26-3.19 (m. 1H), 2.38-2.31 (m, 1H). 2.10-1 .97 (m, 4H). 1 .91 -1.83 (m. 1 H). 1.82-1.71 (m. 1 H), 1.68-1.64 (m, 1 H), 1.49-1.45 (m. 1 H). 1.34-1.28 (m, 1 H). 1 .15-1.09 (m. 1 H). 0.97. 0.95 (m. m. 3H). 0.91. 0.89 (m. m. 3H).
[00857] Step 10) the preparation of compound 70-1 1
To a solution of compound 70-10 (5.67 g, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (40.0 mL) was added pyridine (4.8 mL. 60.0 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 mins. trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (6.73 mL. 40.0 mmol) was added. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched by ice-water (50.0 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 10/1 ) to give the title compound (6.29 g. 90%) as colorless oil. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC ) S (ppm): 8.31 (s. 1 H). 8.1 1 -8.10 (m. 1 H). 8.03. 8.01 (d. d. 1 H). 7.39. 7.37 (d. d. 1 H). 6.30 (brs. 1 H). 5.32. 5.30 (d. d. 1 H). 5.08-5.04 (m, 1H). 4.31 -4.26 (m, 1 H). 3.63 (s. 3H), 3.60-3.57 (m. 2H). 3.49-3.46 (m. 1 H). 3.26-3.18 (m. 1 H). 2.38-2.31 (m. 1 H). 2.1 1 -1 .97 (m. 4H). 1.91 -1 .83 (m. 1 H). 1.82-1 .71 (m. l H). 1.67-1.63 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.44 (m. 1 H), 1.38-1.32 (m, 1 H). 1.15-1.09 (m. 1H), 0.97. 0.95 (m, m. 3H), 0.91. 0.89 (m, m, 3H).
[00858] Step 11 ) the preparation of compound 70-12
A mixture of compound 70-11 (426.5 mg, 0.61 mmol). compound 23-8 (302.74 mg, 0.61 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (35.25 mg. 0.03 mmol) and K2C03 (254 mg. 1 .83 mmol) in the mixed solvent of DME/H20 (6.0 mL, v/v = 5/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, 20 mL of water was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (EtOH/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/60) to give the title compound (364.5 mg. 65%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 460.5 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.67 (s, 1 H), 8.27-8.26 (m, 3H), 8.15. 8.13 (d, d. 1 H). 7.94-7.91 (m, 2H). 7.77-7.74 (m. 2H). 7.59 (s, l H). 7.39. 7.37 (d. d. 1 H), 5.32. 5.30 (d. d. 12H), 5.23-5.19 (m. 1 H). 5.08-5.04 (m. 1 H). 4.41 -4.36 (m. 1 H). 4.31 -4.26 (m. 1 H). 3.85-3.78 (m. 3H), 3.69-3.64 (m. 1 H). 3.63 (s. 6H), 3.61 -3.57 (m. 1 H). 3.26-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.38-1.66 (m, 14H). 1.31 -1.25 (m. l H), 1.17-1.1 1 (m, 1 H), 0.97. 0.95 (m. m. 6H), 0.91. 0.89 (m, m, 3H).
[00859] Example 71
Figure imgf000450_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000451_0001
[00860] Compounds disclosed herein can be synthesized through the procedure as depicted in Example 5.
[00861] Compound 71-2 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr.412.7 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 7.78-7.75 (m. 2H), 7.65-7.63 (m, 2H). 5.53-5.15 (m, 2H). 4.49-4.39 (m. IH). 3.59-3.54 (m. IH), 3.48-3.38 (m. IH), 2.31-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.01 (m, IH).1.98-1.85 (m. IH).1.45 (d, 9H).
[00862] Compound 71-3 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 392.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.78-7.75 (m. 2H). 7.65-7.63 (m. 2H). 7.21-7.20 (m. IH). 5.53-5.15 (m. 2H), 4.49-4.39 (m. IH), 3.59-3.54 (m, IH). 3.48-3.38 (m. IH).2.31-2.21 (m.2H).2.12-2.01 (m. IH).1.98-1.85 (m. IH).1.45 (d. 9H).
[00863] Compound 71 -4 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.35 (m, 4H), 7.10 (s, 1 H), 4.93 (t. 1 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 3.88-3.66 (m, 2H), 2.90 (t, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 2.50-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.25 (m, 1H). 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.26 (s. 12H).
[00864] Compound 71 -5 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr. 767.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.72 (m, 4H). 7.50-7.52 (d, 6H. J = 8.0 Hz). 7.24 (s, 2H). 5.00-5.01 (d. 2H, J = 4.0 Hz), 3.59-3.63 (br, 2H), 3.37-3.47 (br, 2H). 2.94-3.06 (br, 2H), 2.11 -2.24 (m. 4H). 1.98-2.06 (m. 8H), 1.73-1.75 (m. 2H), 1.51 (s. 18H).
[00865] Compound 71 -6 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 567.3 [M+H] +.
[00866] Compound 71 -7 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 441.3 [M+2H] 2+:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) δ (ppm): 7.79-7.87 (m. 2H). 7.62-7.69 (m, 2H). 7.45-7.52 (m, 6H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 5.26-5.34 (m, 2H). 4.30-4.41 (m. 2H), 3.75-3.78 (m. 2H), 3.72 (s, 6H), 3.64-3.68 (br, 2H). 3.60-3.63 (br, 2H). 2.20-2.32 (m. 6H). 2.05-2.07 (m, 2H). 1.81 -1 .93 (m, 6H). 0.94-0.97 (m. 12H).
[00867] Example 72
Figure imgf000453_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000453_0002
[00868] Compounds disclosed herein can be synthesized through the procedure as depicted in Example 2.
[00869] Compound 72-1 -B was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) m/z: 144.2 [M-Boc] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.38 (br, 1 H). 4.16-4.20 (m. 1 H). 3.67 (s, 3H). 2.23-2.39 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.14 (m, 1H).
[00870] Compound 72-1-C was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 144.2 [M-Boc] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 4.57-4.60 (m.1H).3.75 (s, 3H).2.55-2.65 (m. 1 H).2.42-2.50 (m, 1 H).2.24-2.36 (m.1 H).1.96-2.04 (m.1 H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
[00871] Compound 72-1-D was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 128.2 [M-Boc] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 6.52-6.65 (br. 1H). 4.91-4.96 (br. 1H). 4.57-4.68 (m, 1H).3.76 (s.3H), 3.00-3.12 (m, 1H).2.61-2.71 (m.1H).1.44-1.49 (br. 9H).
[00872] Compound 72-1-E was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 142.2 [M-Boc] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) δ (ppm): 4.51-4.64 (m.1H).3.70 (s, 3H).3.45-3.56 (m. 1H), 2.54-2.64 (m.1H).2.01-2.05 (m.1H).1.50.1.41 (s. s.9H), 0.65-0.75 (m.3H).
[00873] Compound 72-2 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. neg.ion) mlz: 226.2 [M-H] ";
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CD3OD) δ (ppm): 4.46-4.53 (m. 1H), 3.42-3.48 (m, 1H). 2.57-2.70 (m, 1H). 2.01-2.05 (m. 1H). 1.54-1.60 (m. 1H). 1.48. 1.41 (s. s, 9H). 0.80-0.89 (m, 1H).0.66-0.73 (m, 1H).
[00874] Compound 72-6-A was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDCI3) 3 (ppm): 3.87-3.99 (br. 1H), 3.51-3.68 (m. 2H). 3.39-3.48 (m.1H), 3.25-3.34 (m.1H).1.92-2.05 (m.2H).1.71-1.88 (m.2H).1.45 (s.
4S3 9H).
[00875] Compound 72-6-B was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 9.46 (d, 1 H, J = 2.8 Hz), 4.03-4.08 (m, 1 H). 3.42-3.51 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.93-2.01 (m, 2H). 1.43 (s, 9H).
[00876] Compound 72-6-C was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz : 238.2 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 6.96 (s, 1 H), 4.94 (dd. 1 H, J = 7.68. 2.40 Hz), 3.38 (t, 2H, J = 6.24 Hz), 2.03-2.17 (m. 2H). 1.91 -1.99 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s. 9H).
[00877] Compound 72-6-D was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 490.0 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 4.89 (dd, 1H, J = 7.64. 2.52 Hz). 3.36 (t. 2H). 2.02-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.85- 1.97 (m, 2H). 1.49 (s, 9H).
[00878] Compound 72-6-1 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 364.1 [M+H] +: MS (ESI, neg.ion) mlz: 362.1 [M-H] ";
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 7.04(d, 1 H, J = 1.84 Hz). 4.89 (dd. 1 H. J = 7.72.
2.56 Hz). 3.36 (t, 2H). 2.03-2.18 (m, 2H). 1.82-1.97 (m. 2H). 1.47 (s. 9H).
[00879] Compound 72-2 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 424.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) ό (ppm): '.73-7 '.77 (m. 2H). 7.62-7.64 (m. 2H). 5.09-5.53 (m, 2H). 4.67-4.78 (m. 1 H). 3.46-3.59 (m. 1 H), 2.62-2.69 (m, 1 H), 2.40-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s. 9H), 0.96-1.00 (m. 1 H). 0.69-0.76 (m. 2H). [00880] Compound 72-3 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 404.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.52-7.62 (br, 2H).7.46-7.49 (d, 2H, J- 12 Hz), 7.21 (s. IH), 5.24-5.27 (d, IH, J = 10.0 Hz), 3.27-3.31 (m. IH), 1.67-1.71 (m, 2H). 1.52 (s.9H), 0.86-0.89 (m, IH), 0.64-0.69 (m, 2H).
[00881] Compound 72-4 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlr 452.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.79-7.81 (d.2H. J= 8.04 Hz).7.60 (br, 2H). 7.26 (s, IH), 5.26-5.28 (d. IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 3.53 (br. IH), 3.27-3.30 (br. IH). 1.66-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.52 (s.9H), 1.34 (s.12H), 0.86-0.89 (m. IH), 0.64-0.69 (m, 2H).
[00882] Compound 72-5 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 616.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.73 (br, IH).7.42-7.45 (d, 2H, J = 8.12 Hz). 7.29 (s.2H), 7.18-7.20 (d.1H.J= 8.8 Hz).7.02-7.04 (d.1H.J= 8.56 Hz).5.29-5.32 (m. IH).3.59 (br, IH).3.33-3.36 (m. IH).2.02-2.03 (m.2H).1.56-1.58 (m.8H), 1.54 (s.9H).0.86-0.89 (br. IH).0.64-0.70 (m.2H).
[00883] Compound 72-6 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 594.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) ό (ppm): 7.64-7.73 (m.2H).7.57-7.59 (d. IH. J= 8.0 Hz).7.49-7.51 (m.2H).7.31 (m. IH).7.14-7.16 (d. IH. J= 8.0 Hz).5.33-5.34 (br. IH).3.98 (br. IH).2.11-2.26 (m, 2H).1.94 (br. IH).1.80-1.82 (d.2H. J= 8.0 Hz). 1.56-1.59 (m.3H), 1.39-1.42 (m.11H).1.24 (s.12H).0.86-0.89 (br. IH).0.64-0.70 (m.2H).
[00884] Compound 72-7 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlr 703.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 7.64-7.69 (m. 2H). 7.52-7.55 (m, IH). 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.35 (br, 1H), 7.24 (s. 1 H), 7.18-7.21 (br, 1 H), 5.27-5.29 (br, 1 H). 4.96-4.97 (br, 1 H), 3.77-3.97 (br, 2H), 3.66 (br, 1 H), 3.54-3.60 (m. 2H). 2.02-2.04 (m, 4H), 1.49-1.54 (m. 8H). 1.45 (s, 18H). 0.86-0.89 (br, 1 H), 0.64-0.70 (m, 2H).
[00885] Compound 72-8 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 503.3 [M+H] +.
[00886] Compound 72-9 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 409.3 [M+2H] 2+:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.85-7.87 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.47 (m, 3H). 7.38 (s. 1 H), 7.18 (br. 2H). 5.16-5.22 (br. 2H), 4.64 (br. 2H). 4.19-4.24 (m. 2H), 3.69 (s, 6H). 3.59-3.57 (m. 2H). 3.24 (br. 2H). 2.33-2.40 (m. 4H). 2.24-2.26 (m, 3H). 1.73-1.75 (m, 4H). 1.51 (m. 2H). 0.97-1.05 (m. 12H). 0.86-0.89 (br. 1 H). 0.64-0.70 (m, 2H).
[00887] Example 73
Figure imgf000457_0001
[00888] Compounds disclosed herein can be synthesized through the procedure as depicted in Example 18.
[00889] Compound 73-1 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 604.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 10.53 (brs, IH), 7.83 (brs. IH), 7.42 (d.2H,J = 8.1 Hz), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, IH, J= 8.6 Hz), 7.02 (d. IH, J= 8.6 Hz).4.98 (d, IH, J - 5.2 Hz), 3.70 (s. IH), 3.60 (s, IH). 3.48-3.35 (m. 2H), 2.25-2.10 (m, 2H). 2.04-1.96 (m, 3H).1.82-1.80 (m, IH).1.59-1.56 (m, IH).1.51 (s.9H).1.43-1.39 (m. 3H).
[00890] Compound 73-2 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 582.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 10.53 (br. IH), 7.63-7.74 (m, IH).7.58 (d. IH. J= 7.8 Hz).7.47 (d, 2H.J= 8.2 Hz).7.25 (s. IH), 7.16 (d.1H.J= 7.8 Hz).4.98-5.01 (m. IH).3.99 (s, IH).3.55 (s, IH), 3.38-3.48 (m, 2H).2.98 (s, IH), 2.22-2.11 (m, 2H). 1.97-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.72-1.70 (m, IH).1.35-1.36 (d, 12H.J= 3.08 Hz).1.25-1.26 (m. 4H).
[00891] Compound 73-3 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 692.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.98 (brs. IH).7.82-7.62 (m.2H).7.46-7.48 (m, 2H).7.26 (s. IH).7.19-7.21 (m. IH).7.17 (s, IH).3.75-3.84 (m. IH).3.60 (s. IH). 3.38-3.49 (m.4H).2.99 (s.2H), 2.22-2.09 (m.3H).1.97-1.98 (m.3H).1.75-1.63 (m. 2H).1.52 (s.9H).1.51 (s.9H), 1.22-1.32 (m.8H).
[00892] Compound 73-5 was characterized by the following spectroscopic data: MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 805.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) 0 (ppm): 10.35 (brs. IH).7.85-7.70 (m.2H).7.68-7.40 (m, 4H).7.26-7.23 (m.2H).7.18-7.15 (m.2H).5.55-5.35 (m.2H).5.30-5.22 (m, 2H). 4.42-4.28 (m, 2H).3.92-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 6H).2.90-2.15 (m.2H).2.48-2.29 (m. 2H), 2.25-1 .85 (m, 8H), 1 .60-1 .35 (m. 4H). 1 .15- 1.00 (m. 2H). 0.95-0.75 (m, 12H). [00893] Example 74
Figure imgf000459_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000459_0002
[00894] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 74-2
A solution of 77-bromosuccinimide (NBS) (2. 16 g. 12 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (6.0 mL) was slowly added dropwise in the dark to a solution of thiophene (0.9 g, 6.0 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (6.0 mL) at - 15 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was initially stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hr and then at 60 °C for another 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into 50.0 mL of ice water and 60.0 mL of ethyl ether. The organic layers were separated, washed several times with water to neutral pH. and dried with anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was evaporated to give the title compound as oily liquid (1.165 g, 80%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 307.3 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 3.67-3.62 (m. 2H), 2.00-1.97 (m, 1H). 1.96-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.69 (m, 2H). 1.20-1.13 (m, 1 H).
[00895] Step 2) the preparation of compound 74-3
To a mixture of compound 74-2 (559.7 mg, 1.83 mmol), compound 23-8 (908.21 mg, 1.83 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (105.8 mg. 0.0915 mmol) and K2C03 (632.31 mg, 4.575 mmol) were added DME (10.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) via syringe. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 20.0 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1 /2) to give the title compound (763.67 mg. 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 597.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): Ί .69-1.65 (m. 2H). 7.59 (s. 1 H). 7.55-7.51 (m. 2H). 5.32. 5.30 (d, d, 1 H). 5.23-5.19 (m. 1 H). 4.41 -4.36 (m. 1 H). 3.85-3.78 (m, 1 H). 3.72-3.66 (m, 2H). 3.63 (s. 3H), 3.47-3.44 (m. 1 H). 2.30-1.88 (m, 8H). 1.76-1.72 (m. 1 H). 1.22-1.10 (m. 2H). 0.97. 0.96 (m. m. 3H). 0.91. 0.89 (m, m, 3H).
[00896] Step 3) the preparation of compound 74-4
A mixture of compound 74-3 (757.1 mg, 1 .27 mmol). compound 1 -8-2 (354 mg. 1.39 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (103 mg, 0.13 mmol) and KOAc (31 1 mg. 3.17 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50.0 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtration was washed with water (20 mL x 3) and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) =2/1 ) to give the title compound (572.8 mg, 70%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 645.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.68-7.65 (m. 2H). 7.59 (s, 1 H). 7.27-7.23 (m. 2H). 5.32. 5.30 (d, d, 1 H). 5.23-5.19 (m, 1 H). 4.41 -4.36 (m, 1 H), 3.93-3.90 (m, 1 H). 3.85-3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.68-3.66 (m, 2H). 3.63 (s, 3H). 3.32-3.29 (m, 1 H). 2.30-1 .87 (m. 6H), 1.81 -1.71 (m, 2H). 1.33 (m, 6H). 1.30 (m, 6H). 1.15-1.09 (m, 1 H). 1.03-0.98 (m, 1H). 0.97. 0.96 (m. m. 3H), 0.91 , 0.89 (m. m. 3H).
[00897] Step 4) the preparation of compound 74-5
To a mixture of compound 74-4 (644.32 mg, 1.0 mmol), compound 15-2 (428.47 mg, 1.02 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (116 mg. 0.10 mmol) and K2C03 (346 mg. 2.5 mmol) were added EtOH (10.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) via syringe and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 5 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to rt, 20.0 mL of water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound (486.2 mg. 60%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 81 1.5 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 0 (ppm): 7.68-7.65 (m. 2H). 7.64-7.61 (m. 2H). 7.59 (s. 1 H). 7.52 (s, 1 H). 5.56. 5.55 (d. d. 1 H), 5.45-5.40 (m. 1 H). 5.32. 5.30 (d. d. 1 H). 5.23-5.19 (m, 1H). 4.41 -4.36 (m. 1 H). 4.34-4.30 (m. 1 H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H). 3.68-3.67 (m. 1 H). 3.63 (s. 3H), 3.65-3.64 (m. 1 H), 3.63 (s, 3H). 3.62-3.61 (m. 1 H). 3.62-3.61 (m. 1 H). 3.56-3.53 (m. 1 H). 2.31 -1 .90 (m. 13H), 1 .82-1 .78 (m, 1 H). 1.22-1.12 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 12H). [00898] Example 75
Figure imgf000462_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000462_0002
[00899] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 75-1
To a solution of compound 20-1 (2.0 g. 8.7 mmol) and compound HATU (3.5 g. 9.2 mmol) in THF (30.0 mL) was added DIPEA (6.0 mL. 36.3 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring at rt for 0.5 hr. compound 1 -10-2 ( 1.8 g. 9.6 mmol) was added in a portionwise manner and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2.0 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water ( 10 mL). The solvent THF was removed, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in HOAc (35.0 mL). and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C overnight. After the reaction was completed, HOAc was removed. The resulting mixture was dissolved in EtOAc ( 100 mL). washed with Na2C03 aq (20.0 mL x 3). dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 1/4) to give the title compound (2.4 g, 72%) as a reddish brown solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.87 (s, 1 H). 7.42-7.40 (m, l H). 7.30-7.28 (m. 1 H), 5.11 -5.09 (m, 1 H), 3.45-3.43 (m. 2H), 2.94-2.93 (m, 1 H), 2.21 -2.18 (m, 1H). 2.01 -1.91 (m„ 1 H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.23 (d. 3H).
[00900] Step 2) the preparation of compound 75-2
A mixture of compound 75-1 (2.4 g. 6.3 mmol). compound 1-8-2 (1.8 g, 7.0 mmol). Pd(dppf)Cl2.CH2Cl2 (0.1 g, 0.12 mmol) and OAc (1.6 g. 16.0 mmol) in DME (30.0 mL) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed. DME was removed. Water (25 ml) was then added. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc (v/v) = 3/1 ) to give the title compound (2.1 g. 78%) as a beige solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.87 (s. 1 H). 7.42-7.40 (m. 1 H). 7.30-7.28 (m. 1H). 5.1 1 -5.09 (m. 1 H). 3.45-3.43 (m. 2H). 2.94-2.93 (m, 1 H). 2.21 -2.18 (m, 1 H). 2.01 -1.91 (m, 1 H), 1.49 (s. 9H). 1.23 (d. 3H).
[00901 ] Step 3) the preparation of compound 75-3
A mixture of compound 20-5 (0.8 g. 1 .3 mmol). compound 75-2 (0.56 g, 1.3 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (75 mg. 0.065 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.38 g, 2.6 mmol) in the mixed solvents of DME/H20 (15.0 mL. v/v = 4/1 ) was stirred at 90 °C under N2 for 4 hrs. After cooling to room temperature. 10.0 mL of EtOAc and 20.0 mL of water were added to the reaction mixture. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (50.0 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na?S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 100/1 ) to give the title compound (570 mg, 75%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 769.99 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.92 (brs, 2H), 7.70 (s, 3H), 7.49 (s. 3H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.03 (m. 4H), 5.12 (t, 1 H. J = 8.2 Hz). 4.98 (t. 1 H, J = 8.1 Hz), 3.81 (dd. 2H, J - 19.7, 11.0 Hz). 3.62 (s, 2H). 2.95 (s. 2H), 2.76- 2.41 (m, 4H). 2.43- 2.16 (m, 2H). 2.04 (d, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 1.73 (d, 1 H. J = 7.7 Hz), 1.51 (s. 18H). 1.26 (t. 5H, J = 8.0 Hz), 1.14 (d, 6H. J= 5.2 Hz).
[00902] Step 4) the preparation of compound 75-4
To a solution of compound 75-3 (0.58 g, 0.75 mmol) in EtOAc (4.0 mL) was added a solution of HCl in EtOAc (5.0 mL. 4 M) dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 8 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. EtOAc (10.0 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred and pulped, then filtered to give the title compound (0.48 g. 90%) as pale yellow powder, which was used for next step without further purification. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI, pos.ion) mlz: 569.99 [M+H]
[00903] Step 5) the preparation of compound 75-5
A suspension of compound 75-4 (0.47 g, 0.67 mmol). compound 1 -4-2 (0.29 g. 1.67 mmol), EDCI (0.28 g, 1.47 mmol) and HOAT (0.18 g. 1.34 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C and DIPEA (0.18 g. 1 .34 mmol) was then added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound (0.36 g. 62%) as a white solid. The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 884.09 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 10.89 (brs, I H), 10.67 (brs, I H), 7.84-7.81 (m. 2H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.18 (m, 4H), 5.54 (s, I H). 5.35 (t, IH, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.21 (t, I H, J = 8.4 Hz), 4.54-4.35 (m, I H). 4.14-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 6H). 3.59-3.57 (m, 2H). 3.22-3.19 (m, 2H). 2.71 -2.69 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.58 (m, I H), 2.52-2.48 (m, IH). 2.45-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.01 (s. 4H), 1.45 (m. 4H), 0.88 (s. 6H). 0.85 (s, 6H).
[00904] Example 76
Figure imgf000465_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000465_0002
76-2
[00905] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 76-2
To a suspension of compound 2-8 ( 103 mg, 0.159 mmol). compound 76-1 (61.2 mg. 0.334 mmol). EDCI (63.84 mg. 0.333 mmol) and HOAT (32.42 mg. 0.238 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.21 mL. 1 .27 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL). The organic phase was washed with NH4CI aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 60/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (50 mg, 37.77%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 417.3 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.81 (s. I H). 7.62 (s, IH), 7.61 -7.59 (m. 2H). 7.56-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.48, 7.46 (s, s, I H). 7.34, 7.32 (s, s. I H), 6.06 (brs, 2H). 5.29-5.25 (m, I H). 4.89-4.85 (m. IH). 3.87-3.78 (m. 3H), 3.68-3.67 (m, I H), 3.66 (s. 3H), 3.63 (s. 3H). 3.45-3.38 (m. I H). 2.46-2.39 (m. I H). 2.30-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.13-1.93 (m, 5H), 1.91-1.87 (m, IH), 1.68-1.64 (m, I H). 1 .43-1 .36 (m. I H), 1.30-1 .20 (m, 2H). 0.94-0.90 (m, 2H).
[00906] Exam le 77
Figure imgf000466_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000466_0002
77-1
[00907] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 77-1
To a mixture of compound 4-9 (0.45 g. 0.687 mmol). compound 76-1 (0.265 g. 1.44 mmol), EDCI (0.28 g, 1.51 mmol) and HOAT (0.187 g, 0.137 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.144 mL, 0.87 mmol) dropwise at -10 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution. The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (380 mg, 65.97%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 420.26 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (ppm): 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s. 1 H), 7.61 -7.57 (m, 2H). 7.42, 7.40 (d, d, 1H), 7.34, 7.32 (s. s. 1 H). 6.98, 6.96 (dd, dd, 1H), 6.06 (brs, 2H). 5.40-5.36 (m, 1H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1 H). 3.95-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 3H). 3.69-3.67 (m, 1 H). 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.62-3.61 (m, 1 H), 2.30-2.16 (m, 4H), 2.13-1.88 (m, 7H). 1.69-1.65 (m, 1 H). 1.30-1 .21 (m, 2H).
[00908] Example 78
Figure imgf000467_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000467_0002
[00909] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 78-1
A suspension of compound 1 1 -9 (160 mg, 0.21 mmol), compound 76-1 (80.8 mg. 0.441 mmol), EDCI (90 mg, 0.47 mmol) and HOAT (58.5 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (6.0 mL) was stirred at 0 °C for 5 mins. then DIPEA (0.355 mL, 2.15 mmol) was added dropwise. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 10 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturated NH4C1 aqueous solution, dried over anhydrous Na?S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 30/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (150 mg. 80.55%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 444.28 [M+2H] 2+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) δ (ppm): 8.07-8.04 (m. 2H). 7.88-7.85 (m. 2H). 7.78. 7.76 (d. d, 1 H), 7.70-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.59 (s. 1 H), 7.31. 7.29 (d, d, 1 H), 6.06 (brs, 2H). 5.25-5.18 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.67 (m, 1 H). 3.66 (s, 3H). 3.63 (s, 3H). 3.62-3.60 (m, 1 H), 3.39-3.27 (m. 2H). 2.39-1.87 (m. 8H), 1.75-1.63 (m, 4H). 1.41 -1.31 (m, 4H).
[00910] Example 79
Figure imgf000468_0001
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000469_0001
[0091 1] Step 1 ) the preparation of compound 79-2
A suspension of compound 13-15 (200 mg. 0.29 mmol), compound 79-1 (922 mg, 0.61 mmol), EDCI (120 mg, 0.65 mmol) and HOAT (80 mg, 0.59 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.49 mL. 2.97 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with DCM (20.0 mL). washed with NH4C1 aqueous solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 40/1 ) to give the title compound as a white solid (150 mg. 65.28%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
MS (ESI. pos.ion) mlz: 793.4 [M+H] +;
Ή NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) S (ppm): 8.00 (s, 1 H), 7 '.62-7 '.59 (m. 2H). 7.56-7.52 (m. 2H). 7.48. 7.46 (s, s. 1H). 7.38 (s, 1 H). 7.34, 7.32 (s. s. 1 H), 6.06 (m. 2H). 5.36-5.28 (m, 1 H). 5.23-5.15 (m, 1H), 4.97-4.92 (m. 1H), 4.90-4.86 (m. 1 H), 4.16-4.04 (m, 2H). 3.87-3.81 (m, 2H). 3.78-3.66 (m, 2H). 3.64 (s. 6H). 2.98-2.77 (m. 2H). 2.30-2.14 (m. 2H). 2.03-1.93 (m. 2H). 1.91 -1.87 (m. 1 H). 1.68-1.64 (m. 1 H), 1 .30-1 .20 (m, 2H).
[00912] Example 80
Figure imgf000469_0002
Synthetic route:
Figure imgf000470_0001
[00913] Step 1) the preparation of compound 80-1
To a solution of compound 16-3 (689.3 mg, 1.0 mmol), compound 79-1 (302.24 mg, 2.0 mmol) and EDCI (958 mg. 5.0 mmol) in DCM (18 mL) was added DIPEA (1.65 mL. 10 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. At the end of addition, the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hrs. After the reaction was completed, water (15 mL) was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (25 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH (v/v) = 50/1 ) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (400 mg. 49.44%). The compound was characterized by the following spectroscopic data:
1H NMR (400 MHz. CD3OD) 0 (ppm): 8.93 (m, IH). 8.00-7.99 (m. I H). 7.62 (s, I H). 7.61 -7.59 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.53 (m. 3H). 7.52-7.49 (m. I H). 7.47. 7.45 (s. s. I H). 7.44-7.42 (m, I H). 7.22-7.18 (m, I H). 6.06 (m, 2H). 5.07-5.00 (m, I H). 4.28-4.23 (m. I H). 4.07-4.03 (m. I H). 3.92-3.82 (m. 2H). 3.78-3.71 (m. I H). 3.64 (s. 6H). 3.60-3.52 (m. IH), 3.47-3.39 (m. IH). 2.34-2.03 (m. 6H). 1.99-1.94 (m. 2H), 1.88-1.61 (m, 4H). 1.25-1.22 (m, 2H).
BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY
[00914] An HCV Replicon assay was utilized in the present disclosure, and was prepared, developed and validated as described in Science, 1999, 285 (5424), 110-3 and J. Virol., 2003. 77 (5). 3007-19.
[00915] HCV GTl a. GTlb and GT2a replicon cells were used to test the currently described compound series as Well as wild-type cells HCV lb and resistant cells Y93H, L31 F, P32L and I302V. GTl a and CTl b are HCV Replicon System which is transfected HCV l a, lb genotype respectively. The system containing G418 resistance gene NEO and Luciferase Reporter Gene can be used to determine the level of HCV replication, and evaluate the effects of the compounds inhibit HCV replication, by using a real-time quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) method to detect NEO, and chemiluminescence method to test Luciferase Reporter Gene.
[00916] Operating procedure :
[00917] 1. Testing EC 0 of the compounds by luciferase assay
[00918] The GTlb cells and GTl a cells were seeded into 96-well plates (8,000 cells in 125 μΐ / well) respectively; each compound was diluted to desired concentration using 5-fold serial dilutions protocol, 10 dose in duplicate, and added to wells with POD™ 810 Plate Assembler. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.5%; the plates were incubated in a C02 incubator for 72 hours; after that. 40 μΐ of Luciferase assay substrate (Promega Bright-Glo) was added to each well, and detected by a chemiluminescence detection system (Topcount Microplate Scintillation and Luminescence Counter) 5 minutes later; data analysis.
[00919] 2. Testing EC50 of the compounds by detecting antibiotic G418 resistance gene NEO gene
[00920] The GTl b cells and GTla cells were seeded into 96-well plates (8,000 cells in 125 μΐ / well) respectively; each compound was diluted to desired concentration using 5-fold serial dilutions protocol. 10 dose in duplicate, and added to wells with POD™ 810 Plate Assembler., the final concentration of DMSO was 0.5%; the cells were incubated in a C02 incubator for 72 hours: quantitative PCR.
[00921 ] - Sample preparation: the supernatant was removed. 100 μΐ of FCW buffer solution was added to each well, washed carefully and discarded the solution: 50 μΐ of lysate FCP was added to each well, the cells was lysed as PCR template and diluted with DEPC water.
[00922] - Quantitative PCR: preparation of reaction mixture according to PCR system; the reaction mixture was dispensed into a 384-well PCR reaction plate (specially for quantitative); and a standard template which was diluted in proportion was distributed into the plate; and the sample template was distributed into the plate; then the 384-well plate was sealed with closure plate membrane; the qualitative PCR machine was operated by procedures; data analysis.
[00923] 3. Data processing: the ECjo values of compounds were analyzed by GraphPad Prism software.
[00924] The compounds of the present disclosure can be effective against the HCV l b genotype according to the experiment data, and EC50 ranges of compounds which have different groups against HCV l b are 1 -999 pM. 1 -99 nM; the compounds of the present disclosure can inhibit multiple genotypes of HCV (such as HCV la or HCV 2a). Table 2 shows the EC50 values of representative compounds of the present disclosure against the HCV l a and HCV l b genotypes. In one embodiment compounds of the present disclosure are active against the l a, lb. 2a. 2b. 3a. 3b, 4a. and 5a genotypes.
[00925] The experiment results of wild-type and resistance cells and the simulation results of molecular modeling and docking show that the present disclosure plays an excellent anti-HCV role, which suggest a novel anti-HCV mechanism by interfering with HCV NS5A protein
[00926] Table 2
Figure imgf000472_0001
4 0.497 0.007 21 0.093 0.013 47 0.053 0.013
5 1.053 0.098 22 1 1.400 0.004 48 0.043 0.029
6 0.047 0.006 24 0.453 0.096 49 0.855 0.083
7 0.094 0.076 25 0.083 0.032 59 0.037 0.008
8 0.033 0.019 26 0.653 0.077 61 0.088 0.011
9 0.104 0.009 28 0.063 0.015 63 2.254 0.815
10 0.374 0.013 31 0.077 0.038 65 0.064 0.013
11 0.049 0.023 33 0.038 0.009 67 0.953 0.053
12 0.658 0.373 34 0.054 0.006 76 0.127 0.013
13 0.530 0.034 35 0.103 0.017 77 0.206 0.009
14 0.487 0.006 38 0.064 0.017 78 0.045 0.007
16 3.496 0.009 40 0.083 0.012 79 0.314 0.043
17 0.767 0.007 41 0.067 0.010
18 0.138 0.014 43 1.132 0.073
[00927] It will be evident to one skilled in the art that the present disclosure is not limited to the foregoing illustrative examples, and that it can be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the essential attributes thereof. It is therefore desired that the examples be considered in all respects as illustrative and not restrictive, reference being made to the appended claims, rather than to the foregoing examples, and all changes which come within the meaning and range of equivalency of the claims are therefore intended to be embraced therein.
[00928] The compounds of the present disclosure may inhibit HCV by mechanisms in addition to or other than NS5A inhibition. In one embodiment the compounds of the present disclosure inhibit HCV replicon and in another embodiment the compounds of the present disclosure inhibit NS5A. The compounds of the present disclosure may inhibit multiple genotypes of HCV.

Claims

1. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000474_0001
or a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer. an TV-oxide, a hydrate, a solvate, a metabolite, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a prodrug thereof, wherein each of A and A' is independently a bond, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl. heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-.
-(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. or -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000474_0002
Figure imgf000475_0001
wherein each X1 is independently O. S. NR6, or CR7R7a; each X" is independently NR . O or S: each X3 is independently O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a;
X4 is (CR7R7a)n. ^-γ1=γ2 . o, S or NR6;
Figure imgf000475_0002
is carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl;
] ^ 7
each Y and Y" is independently N or CR ;
Z is -(CH2)a-. -CH=CH-. -N=CH-. -(CH2)a-N(R5)-(CH2)b-. or -(CH2)a-0-(CH2)b- wherein each a and b is independently 0. 1. 2 or 3 ; each c is independently 1 or 2; each d is independently 1 or 2; each n is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each r is independently 0, 1 or 2; e is 0. 1 , 2, 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X3 is O. S or NR.6, e is 1 ; f is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of X and X' is independently N or CR7; each of Y and Y* is independently H, deuterium, alky], heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl. heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, a group derived from a-amino acid or an optical isomer thereof, or each of Y and Y' is independently -[U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a),]k-U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R1 1)-(CR9R9a) R12,
-U-(CR9R9a)rRl2 or -[U-(CR9R9a)1-N(Rl 0)-(CR9R9a)1]k-U-(CR9R9a)rO-(CR9R9a)1-R12; each U is independently -C(=0)-. -C(=S)-, -S(=0)- or -S(=0)2-; each t is independently 0, 1 , 2. 3 or 4; each k is independently 0, 1 or 2; each of R , R\ R and R is independently H, deuterium, alkyl. heteroalkyl. aralkyl. cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or aryl; or R 1 and R 2. together with X-CH they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle, C5.]2 fused bicycle, C -i2 fused heterobicycle. C5-i2 spiro bicycle or C5-i2 spiro heterobicycle; or R" and R , together with X'-CH they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle. C .12 fused bicycle. C -i2 fused heterobicycle. C5- 12 spiro bicycle or C5-i2 spiro heterobicycle; each R? is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, alkyl. heteroalkyl. cycloalkyl. heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl. alkoxy. alkyl-OC(=0)-. alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, alkyl-OS(=0)r-. alkyl-S(=0)rO-, alkyl-S(=0)r- or aminosulfonyl; each R>a is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F. CI. Br. I. cyano. R7aR7N-. -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a. -OC(=0)OR7. -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a. -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a. -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a. R7R7aN-S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-. R7aR7N-alkyl, R7S(=0)-alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkyl. R7aR7N-alkoxy. R7S(=0)-alkoxy. R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkoxy. aryl. heteroaryl. alkoxy, alkyl amino, alkyl. haloalkyl. alkenyl. alkynyl. heterocyclyl. cycloalkyl. mercapto. nitro. aralkyl. arylamino. heteroarylamino. arylalkylamino, heteroarylalkylamino. heteroaryloxy. heteroarylalkyl. arylalkoxy. heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylamino. heterocyclylalkylamino or aryloxy; each R6 is independently H. deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-. R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)- R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-. aliphatic, haloaliphatic, hydroxyaliphatic, aminoaliphatic, alkoxyaliphatic. alkylaminoaliphatic, alkylthioaliphatic, arylaliphatic, heteroarylaliphatic, heterocyclylaliphatic. cycloalkylaliphatic. aryloxyaliphatic. heterocyclyloxyaliphatic. cycloalkyloxyaliphatic, arylaminoaliphatic, heterocyclylaminoaliphatic, cycloalkylaminoaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or carbocyclyh each R6a is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br. I, cyano, oxo (=0), R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a, -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a. R7R7aN-S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-. R7aR7N-alkyl, R7S(=0)-alkyl. R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkyl, R7aR7N-alkoxy. R7S(=0)-alkoxy. R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkoxy. aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl. heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, mercapto, nitro, aralkyl, arylamino, heteroarylamino. arylalkylamino, heteroarylalkylamino. heteroaryloxy. heteroarylalkyl. arylalkoxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino. or aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium. F. CI. aliphatic, heteroalkyl. haloaliphatic, hydroxyaliphatic, aminoaliphatic, alkoxyaliphatic, alkylaminoaliphatic. alkylthioaliphatic, arylaliphatic. heterocyclylaliphatic, cycloalkylaliphatic. aryloxyaliphatic, heterocyclyloxyaliphatic, cycloalkyloxyaliphatic, arylaminoaliphatic, heterocyclylaminoaliphatic, cycloalkylaminoaliphatic. aryl. heteroaryl. heterocyclyl or carbocyclyl, with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; each R and R is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro. F. CI, Br, I. alkyl. heteroalkyl. cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl. aryl. heteroaryl, aralkyl. alkoxy, alkyl-OC(=0)-, alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl. alkyl-OS(=0)c-, alkyl-S(=0)cO-. alkyl-S(=0)c-, or aminosulfonyl; each R9, R9a, R10 and R1 1 is independently H. deuterium, alkyl. heteroalkyl. cycloalkyl. heterocyclyl, aryl. heteroaryl, aralkyl. haloalkyl. hydroxyalkyl, heteroarylalkyl. heterocyclylalkyl. or cycloalkylalkyl; each R12 is independently R13aR1 N-, -C(=0)R13. -C(=S)R13. -C(=0)-0-R13. -C(=0)NR1 R13a, -OC(=0)NRl R13a. -OC(=0)OR13. -N(R1 )C(=0)NR13R13a. -N(R13)C(=0)OR13a. -N(R1 )C(=0)-Rl a. Rl Rl 3aN-S(=0)2-. Rl 3S(=0)2-. R13S(=0)2N(R13a)-, R13OS(=0)2-. alkyl. heteroalkyl. cycloalkyl. heterocyclyl, aryl. heteroaryl or aralkyl; or R1 1 and R12 are optionally joined to form a 4-7 membered ring; and each R13 and Rl 3a is independently H. deuterium, alkyl. heteroalkyl. cycloalkyl. heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or aralkyl;
Figure imgf000478_0001
NR6, CR7R7a, CR7, -(CH2)a-, -CH=CH-, -N=CH-, -(CH2)a-N(R5)-(CH2)b-, -(CH2)a-0-(CH2)b-. R13aR13N-, -C(=0)R13, -C(=S)R13, -C(=0)-0-R13. -C(=0)NRl 3R1 a. -OC(=0)NR13R13a. -OC(=0)OR13. -N(R13)C(=0)NRl 3R13a, -N(R13)C(=0)OR13a. -N(R, 3)C(=0)-R! 3a, R13R13aN-S(=0)2-, R, 3S(=0)2-, R13S(=0)2N(R13a)-. R13OS(=0)2-. R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a. -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a, -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a. R7R7aN-S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-. alkyl-OC(=0)-. alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-OS(=0)c-, alkyl-S(=0)cO-. alkyl-S(=0)c-. R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-. R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-, R7OS(=0)2-, R7aR7N-alkyl, R7S(=0)-alkyl, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkyl. R7aR7N-alkoxy, R7S(=0)-alkoxy, R7R7aN-C(=0)-alkylamino, alkyl. heteroalkyl. carbocyclyl. cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl. heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl. aralkyl a group derived from a-amino acid, C -n fused bicycle. C -12 fused heterobicycle. C5-12 spiro bicycle, C _i2 spiro heterobicycle, alkoxy. aliphatic, haloaliphatic. hydroxyaliphatic, aminoaliphatic. alkoxyaliphatic, alkylaminoaliphatic. alkylthioaliphatic, arylaliphatic. heteroarylaliphatic. heterocyclylaliphatic. cycloalkylaliphatic, aryloxyaliphatic, heterocyclyloxyaliphatic, cycloalkyloxyaliphatic. arylaminoaliphatic, heterocyclylaminoaliphatic, cycloalkylaminoaliphatic, haloalkyl. alkenyl. alkynyl. arylamino. heteroarylamino. arylalkylamino. heteroarylalkylamino. heteroaryloxy. heteroarylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy. heterocyclylalkoxy. heterocyclylamino. heterocyclylalkylamino and aryloxy is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano. aryl. heteroaryl. alkoxy. alkylamino. alkylthio. alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl. heterocyclyl, mercapto. nitro. aryloxy. heteroaryloxy. oxo (=0). carboxy, hydroxy-substituted alkoxy, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-C(=0)-. alkyl-C(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)-, alkyl-S(=0)2-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)-, hydroxy-substituted alkyl-S(=0)2-, or carboxy-substituted alkoxy.
s
Figure imgf000478_0002
Figure imgf000479_0001
each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7; each X3 is independently O, S. NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7a; each X5 is independently CR7R7a. O. S or NR6; each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6. O. S, C(=0). or CR7R7a; each Q3 is independently N or CR7; each e is independently 0, 1. 2. 3 or 4 with the proviso that where XJ is O. S or NR6. e is 1 ; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each R^3 is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI. Br. I. cyano. R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a. -OC(=0)OR7. -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a. -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a. R7R7aN-S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-. R7aR7N-C,.6 alkyl. R7S(=0)-Ci-A alky]. R7R7aN-C(=0)-C|.6 alkyl. R7aR7N-Cl -6 alkoxy. R7S(=0)-Ci-6 alkoxy. R7R7aN-C(=0)-C,.6 alkoxy, C6.i0 aryl C1-9 heteroaryl, C,.6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkylamino, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3.8 cycloalkyl, mercapto. nitro, C6-io aralkyl, C6-io arylamino, Ci.9 heteroarylamino, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkylamino, C1.9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkylamino, Ci-9 heteroaryloxy, C\.g heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-10 aryl-Ci-6-alkoxy, C1.9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkoxy, C2-io heterocyclyloxy. C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkoxy, C2-i0 heterocyclylamino, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkylamino or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H. deuterium, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C1-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl, C3-g heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; and each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium, F, CI. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, C]-6 alkoxy, C6-io aryl, C2-9 heterocyclyl, C3-9 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryloxy. C2-9 heterocyclyloxy, C6-io arylamino, C2-g heterocyclylamino. C3-9 cycloalkylamino. C1.9 heteroaryl or C3-9 carbocyclyl, with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
Figure imgf000480_0001
Figure imgf000481_0001
wherein each R?a is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI. Br, I, cyano. Ci-6 alkylacyl. Ci_6 alkylacyloxy. Ci-6 alkoxyacyl. Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, Ci-6 alkoxysulfonyl, C]- alkylsulfinyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci- alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxy. Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl. -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto. nitro. or C]-6 alkylamino; each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7; each X5 is independently CR7R7a. O. S. C(=0) or NR6; each f is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and each R6 is independently H. deuterium, C|- alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl. C|-6 hydroxyalkyl. Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci- -alkyl, Ci.6 alkylthio-Ci-4-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl. Ci_ heteroaryl. C6-io aryl. C3-g heterocyclyl or C3-g carbocyclyl.
4. The compound according to claim 3. wherein
Figure imgf000481_0002
is wherein each R5a is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino F CI Br. I. cyano.C1-4alkyl.-CF3.-OCF3. mercapto. nitro. or C alkylamino: ' ' ' each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CH;
each X? is independently CH2. O. S or NR6; and each R6 is independently H. deuterium, C alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, C |-6 aminoalkyl, C i-6 alkoxy-Ci.4-alkyl, C i-6
Figure imgf000483_0001
C i-6 alkylthio-Ci-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-C j.4 alkyl. C1 - heteroaryl, C6-io aryl, C3.9 heterocyclyl or C3-g carbocyclyl.
5. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein each of A and A' is independently a bond, C i-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R (CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R3)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000483_0002
Figure imgf000484_0001
wherein each R^ is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl. C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl. C6-io aryl. C1-9 heteroaryl. C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C]-6 alkoxy. Ci-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-. C|-6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl, Ci-6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C,-6 alkyl-S(=0) . or aminosulfonyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I, cyano, R7aR7N-, -C(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)NR7R7a, -OC(=0)OR7, -N(R7)C(=0)NR7R7a. -N(R7)C(=0)OR7a, -N(R7)C(=0)-R7a. R7R7aN-S(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2N(R7a)-. R7aR7N-C,-6 alkyl, R7S(=0)-C,-6 alkyl. R7R7aN-C(=0)-C,-6 alkyl, R7aR7N-C,-6 alkoxy. R7S(=0)-Ci-6 alkoxy. R7R7aN-C(=0)-Cl-6 alkoxy. C6.l0aryl. C,.9 heteroaryl. d.6 alkoxy. Ci_6 alkylamino, Ci-6 alkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl. C2-6 alkenyl. C2.6 alkynyl, C2-io heterocyclyl. C3-8 cycloalkyl, mercapto, nitro. C6-io aryl-C|-6-alkyl. C6-io arylamino, Ci_9 heteroarylamino, or C6-io aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium. F. CI. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl. Ci-6 haloaliphatic, hydroxy Ci-6 alkyl. amino Ci-6 alkyl. Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. C].6 alkylthio-C i -e-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C1.9 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl. C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io aryloxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyloxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io arylamino-C1-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. C3-8 cycloalkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl. C1.9 heteroaryl. C2-i0 heterocyclyl, or C3-8 carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted C5-i2 spiro or fused bicyclic ring; and each R and R is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro. F. CI. Br. I. C]-6 alkyl. C]-6 heteroalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl. C6-io aryl. C|.Q heteroaryl. C6-1o aryl-C1-6-alkyl. C,-6 alkoxy. C1-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-. C,-6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl. C,-6 alkyl-OS(=0) . C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C,-6 alkyl-S(=0) , or aminosulfonyl.
6. The compound according to claim 1. wherein each of A and A' is independently a bond, -CH2-, -(CH2)2-, -CH=CH-, -CH=CH-C¾-, -N(R6)-, -C(=0)-. -C(=S)-. -C(=0)-0-, -C(=0)N(R6)-, -OC(=0)N(R6)-, -OC(=0)0-, -N(R6)C(=0)N(R6)-. -(R6)N-S(=0)2-, -S(=0)2-, -OS(=0)2-, -(R6)N-S(=0)-, -S(=0)-, -OS(=0)-. or each of A and A' is independently
Figure imgf000485_0001
Figure imgf000486_0001
wherein X1 is O or S; each R6 is independently H. deuterium, C1-4 alkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl. Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-4-alkyl. C)-6 alkylamino-Ci^-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylthio-C]-4-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl, C]-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl, C3- heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I, cyano. R7aR7N-. C1.6 alkoxy. Cl-6 alkyl amino, C|-6 alkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl. C2-6 alkenyl. C2-6 alkynyl. mercapto or nitro; and each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium. F, CI. Ci-6 alkyl. Ci-6 heteroalkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl, hydroxy Ci-6 alkyl, amino Ci-6 alkyl. Cl-6 alkoxy-C|-6-alkyl, Ci- alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. or Ci- alkylthio-C i-6-alkyI.
7. The compound according to claim 1. wherein each of R1. R2. R3 and R4 is independently H, deuterium, Ci-8 alkyl. Ci-8 heteroalkyl. C6-io aryl-C]-6-alkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl or C6-io aryl; or R1 and R2. together with X-CH which they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle. C5-12 fused bicycle. C -12 fused heterobicycle, C5-i2 spiro bicycle or C5-12 spiro heterobicycle; or RJ and R4. together with X'-CH which they are attached to. optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle or carbocycle. C5-i2 fused bicycle, C .12 fused heterobicycle. C5-i2 spiro bicycle or Cs.i2 spiro heterobicycle.
8. The compound according to claim 7, wherein R and R". together with X-CH which they are attached to. or R3 and R4. together with X*-CH which they are attached to, optionally form a 3-8 membered heterocycle. C5-12 fused bicycle. C -12 fused heterobicycle, C5.12 spiro bicycle or C .1? spiro heterobicycle.
1 2
9. The compound according to claim 7. wherein the R . R and X-CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
Figure imgf000487_0001
wherein each R1:> is independently H. deuterium. F. CI. Br. I, cyano. hydroxy, Ci-3 alkyl. Ci-3 haloalkyl. C|- alkoxy, C|.3 alkylamino. C|-3 alkylthio. C6-io arylamino. C6-|0 aryloxy. C1-9 heteroaryl. C1-9 heteroaryloxy. C]-9 heteroaryl-C]-3-alkyl. or C2-10 heterocyclyl; each R6 is independently H. deuterium. Ci-4 alkyl. C]-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci.4-alkyl. Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci--alkyl, Ci_6 alkylthio-C]-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl. Ci_9 heteroaryl. C6-i0 aryl, C3-9 heterocyclyl or C3_8 carbocyclyl; and each ni and n2 is independently 1.2.3 or 4.
10. The compound according to claim 7, wherein the R\ R and X'-CH together form one of the following monovalent groups:
Figure imgf000487_0002
Figure imgf000488_0001
wherein each R1^ is independently H. deuterium, F. CI. Br. I, cyano, hydroxy, C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, C1.3 alkoxy, Ci-3 alkylamino, Ci-3 alkylthio, C6-io arylamino, C6-io aryloxy. C1.9 heteroaryl. Ci-9 heteroaryloxy, Ci- heteroaryl-Ci-3-alkyl. or C2-io heterocyclyl; each R6 is independently H. deuterium, C alkyl, Cj- haloalkyl, Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 aminoalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-4-alkyl. Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci.4-alkyl, Ci- alkylthio-Ci-4-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl. C6-i0 aryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl or C3-8 carbocyclyl; and each ni and n2 is independently 1.2.3 or 4.
11. The compound according to claim 1 having Formula (II):
Figure imgf000488_0002
Figure imgf000489_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6. O. S. C(=0) or CH2; each X3 is independently O. S, NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7a; each e is independently 0, 1. 2. 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X3 is O. S or NR6. e is 1 ; each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7; each f is independently 0. 1 , 2. 3 or 4; each of A and A* is independently a bond. C]-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyk C3-8 cycloalkyl. C2-i o heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-.
-(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CRiiR8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)„-C(=0)-N(R )-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R )-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-. or each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000490_0001
489
Figure imgf000491_0001
each is independently H, deuterium, hydroxy, Cj-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C3-]o cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, C1.9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, C,.6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C,-6 alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl. C ,-6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-, C i-6 alkyl-S(=0)R- or aminosulfonyl; each R"^ is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I, cyano, C]-6 alkylacyl, C i-6 alkylacyloxy, Ci.6 alkoxyacyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyl, Ci-6 alkoxysulfonyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci- alkylsulfinyloxy, C i-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto. nitro. C i-6 alkylamino, C3-i0 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-. R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C i-6 aliphatic, Ci- alkoxy-Ci-6-aliphatic, C i-6
Figure imgf000491_0002
C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl. Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C2-i0 heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkyl. C3-i0 cycloalkyl-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C \ .g heteroaryl. C2-io heterocyclyl or C3- 10 carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I. cyano, C j-6 alkylacyl, C i-6 alkylacyloxy. Ci-6 alkoxyacyl. C i-6 alkylsulfonyl, C i-6 alkoxysulfonyl, Ci- alkylsulfinyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, C j- alkoxy. Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-i0 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium, Ci-6 aliphatic, Ci-6 heteroalkyl. C i-6 alkoxy-C i-6-aliphatic, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci.6-aliphatic, C6-io aryl-C i-6-aliphatic, C2-io heterocyclyl-C i.ft-aliphatic, C3-io-cycloalkyl-C i-6-aliphatic, C6-io aryl, C |-9 heteroaryl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl or C3-io carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring;
8 8s
each R and R is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro. F. CI, Br, I. C i-6 alkyl, C i-6 heteroalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2.]0 heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, C M O heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-C,-6-alkyl, C ,-6 alkoxy. C 1 -6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C 1 -6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl. C i-6 alkyl-OS(=0) . C i-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C1 -6 alkyl-S(=0)R- or aminosulfonyl; each of Y4 and Y4 " is independently a bond. O. S. -(CH2)n-. -CH=CH-, -S(=0)R. -CH2O-. -CH2S-, -CH2S(=0)R-. -CF2-. -CHR5a- or -CH2N(R6)-: each n is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and
each r is independently 0, 1 or 2.
12. The compound according to claim 1 having Formula (ΙΓ):
Figure imgf000492_0001
Figure imgf000493_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6. O, S. C(=0) or CH2; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; e is 0. 1 , 2. 3 or 4 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S or NR6, e is 1 ; each X5 is independently CR7R7a. O. S or NR6; each f is independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of A and A" is independently a bond. Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocycloalkyl, -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p-.
-(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0) N(R (CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000493_0002
Figure imgf000494_0001
each R5 is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy. Ci-6 alkyl, C]- heteroalkyl. C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl. C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C6-io aryl-C|-6-alkyl. Ci-6 alkoxy, C,-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-. C,.6 alkyl-C(=0)-. carbamoyl, C1-6 alkyl-OS(=0) . Ci-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C,-6 alkyl-S(=0)r-. or aminosulfonyl; each R?a is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F. CI, Br, I. cyano. Ci-6 alkylacyl. Ci-6 alkylacyloxy. Ci_6 alkoxyacyl. C]-6 alkylsulfonyl, C|-6 alkoxysulfonyl, C i-6 alkylsulfinyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C i-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, C i-6 alkoxy. C |-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto. nitro, C i-6 alkylamino, C3-i0 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C ,.6 alkyl. Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci- alkylamino-C i-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-C i-6-alkyl, C1 -9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl-C i-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, C1 -9 heteroaryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl or C3-io carbocyclyl; each R6a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br. I. cyano. C i-6 alkylacyl. C i-6 alkylacyloxy. Ci-6 alkoxyacyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyl, C ] _6 alkoxysulfonyl, Ci- alkylsulfinyl, C i-6 alkylsulfonyloxy, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3, -OCF3. mercapto. nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-i0 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C i-6 alkoxy-C i-6-alkyl, C i-6 alkylamino-Ci.6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyI-Ci- -alkyl, C6-io aryl, C 1 -9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-i0 carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R and R a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; each R8 and R8a is independently H. deuterium, hydroxy, cyano. nitro. F. CI, Br. I. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci- heteroalkyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl, C2_io heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl. C M O heteroaryl, C6-io
Figure imgf000495_0001
C i-6 alkoxy, C i-6 alkyl-OC(=0)-, C i-6 alkyl-C(=0)-, carbamoyl, C1 -6 alkyl-OS(=0) , C ,-6 alkyl-S(=0)rO-. C ,-6 alkyl-S(=0)r- or aminosulfonyl; each of Y4 and Y4 " is independently a bond. O. S. -(CH2)n-, -CF CH-. -S(=0)r. -CH2O-, -CH2S-, -CH2S(=0) . -CF2-. -CHR5a- or -CH2N(R6)-: each n is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; each p is independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3: and each r is independently 0, 1 or 2.
13. The compound according to claim 11 having Formula (III):
Figure imgf000496_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O, S, C(=0). NR6 or CH2; X3 is O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R70S(=O)-, R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C,-6 alkyl, C]-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, C|-6 alkylamino-C]-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-C|-6-alkyl, C\.g heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl. C1- heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-10 carbocyclyl; each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium. Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci^-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6 alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl. C3.10 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl. Ci-9 heteroaryl. C2-i0 heterocyclyl or C3-10 carbocyclyl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring; and fis 0.1,2.3 or 4.
14. The compound according to claim 11 having Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000496_0002
wherein X3 is O. S. NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each R'a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I. cyano. Ci-6 alkylacyl. Ci-6 alkylacyloxy. Ci-6 alkoxyacyl. Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, C|_6 alkoxysulfonyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci-6 alkylsulfinyloxy, C].6 alkoxy. Ci-6 alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro. C]-6 alkylamino. C3-io cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; fis 0, 1, 2. or 3; and each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium, Ci-4 alkyl, C 1.4 heteroalkyl, C]-6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3.8 cycloalkyl, C 1.9 heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
15. The compound according to claim 11 having Formula (V):
Figure imgf000497_0001
wherein X3 is O. S. NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; each R' a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br. I. cyano. d-4 alkylacyl. C alkylacyloxy. C M alkoxyacyl. C M alkylsulfonyl, C M alkoxysulfonyl, C alkylsulfinyl. C M alkylsulfonyloxy. C M alkylsulfinyloxy, C M alkoxy. C M alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro. Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; f is 0. 1 , 2, or 3; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium. C M alkyl, C M heteroalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -9 heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
16. The compound according to claim 11 having Formula (VI):
Figure imgf000497_0002
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O. S. C(=0). NR6 or CH2: each R' a is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I. cyano, C1.4 alkylacyl. Ci- alkylacyloxy. C alkoxyacyl, C|-4 alkylsulfonyl, Ci- alkoxysulfonyl, CM alkylsulfinyl, Ci-4 alkylsulfonyloxy. Ci- alkylsulfinyloxy, C alkoxy. C alkyl, C6-i0 aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-, R7S(=0)2-, C1-6 alkyl. C]-6 alkoxy-Ci.6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl,
Figure imgf000498_0001
heteroaryl-Ci.6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-i0 cycloalkyl-C|-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl or C3-i0 carbocyclyl; and f is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
17. The compound according to claim 12 having Formula (III"):
Figure imgf000498_0002
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O. S. C(=0), NR6 or CH2;
X3 is O, S, NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7a; f is 0.1, 2 or 3;
X5 is CH2, O, S or NR6; each R'a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F. CI, Br. I. cyano. CM alkylacyl. CM alkylacyloxy. CM alkoxyacyl. CM alkylsulfonyl, CM alkoxysulfonyl, CM alkylsulfinyl. CM alkylsulfonyloxy. CM alkylsulfinyloxy. CM alkoxy. CM alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, Ci-6 alkylamino. C3- cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-. R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-. R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, C,.6 alkyl. Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci^-alkyl. Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci- -alkyl, C]- heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C2-io
Figure imgf000498_0003
C6-io aryl. C|-9 heteroaryl. C2-i0 heterocyclyl or C3-i0 carbocyclyl; and each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium. CM alkyl. CM heteroalkyl, C|-6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl. C2-io heterocyclyl, C _8 cycloalkyl. Ci- heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
18. The compound according to claim 12 having Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000499_0001
(IV), wherein X5 is CH2 , O, S or NR6; X3 is O, S, NR6, C(=0) or CR7R7a; f is 0. 1 , 2 or 3; each R>a is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0), hydroxy, amino, F, CI, Br, I. cyano. C alkylacyl. C M alkylacyloxy. C alkoxyacyl. C M alkylsulfonyl, C M alkoxysulfonyl, C M alkylsulfinyl. C M alkylsulfonyloxy. C M alkylsulfinyloxy, C M alkoxy, C M alkyl, C6-i o aryl, -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, C]-6 alkylamino, C3.8 cycloalkyl or C6-i o aryloxy; and each R7 and R7a is independently H, deuterium, C M alkyl, C M heteroalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-i o aryl, C2-i o heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom. R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
19. The compound according to claim 12 having Formula (V):
Figure imgf000499_0002
wherein X3 is O. S. NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7a; X5 is CH2, O. S or NR6; each R^a is independently H. deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br, I. cyano. C M alkylacyl. C M alkylacyloxy. C M alkoxyacyl. C M alkylsulfonyl, C M alkoxysulfonyl, C alkylsulfinyl. C alkylsulfonyloxy. CM alkylsulfinyloxy. CM alkoxy. CM alkyl, C6-io aryl. -CF3, -OCF3, mercapto. nitro, C]-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-, R7OC(=0)-, R7C(=0)-, R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-, R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-, C,-6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci-6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C]-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C3-i0 cycloalkyl-Ci.6-alkyl, C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C2-)o heterocyclyl or C3-i0 carbocyclyl; and each R7 and R7a is independently H. deuterium, CM alkyl. CM heteroalkyl, CM alkoxyalkyl. Ci-6 alkylaminoalkyl, C6-io aryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1.9 heteroaryl; with the proviso that where R7 and R7a are bonded to the same nitrogen atom, R7 and R7a, together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, optionally form a substituted or unsubstituted 3-8 membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted spiro or fused bicyclic ring.
The compound according to claim 12 having Formula (VI*)
Figure imgf000500_0001
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently O, S. C=(0). NR6 or CH2; fis 0, 1,2 or 3;
X5 is CH2, O, Sor NR6; each R^3 is independently H, deuterium, oxo (=0). hydroxy, amino. F, CI, Br. I. cyano. CM alkylacyl. CM alkylacyloxy. CM alkoxyacyl. CM alkylsulfonyl, CM alkoxysulfonyl. CM alkylsulfinyl. CM alkylsulfonyloxy. CM alkylsulfinyloxy. CM alkoxy. CM alkyl, C6-io aryl, -CF3. -OCF3, mercapto. nitro. C]-6 alkylamino, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C6-io aryloxy; and each R6 is independently H, deuterium, R7R7aNC(=0)-. R7OC(=0)-. R7C(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)-, R7OS(=0)-. R7S(=0)-. R7R7aNS(=0)2-. R7OS(=0)2-. R7S(=0)2-. C,-6 alkyl. Ci_6 alkoxy-Ci.6-alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino-Ci.6-alkyl. C6-io aryl-Ci-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C -io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl. C3-i0 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl, C6-io aryl. C]-9 heteroaryl. C2-i0 heterocyclyl or C3-i0 carbocyclyl.
21. The compound according to claim 1. wherein each of Y and Y" is independently a group derived from a-amino acid and the group derived from α-amino acid is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium. F. CI, Br, I, hydroxy or cyano.
22. The compound according to claim 21 , wherein the group derived from a-amino acid is formed by isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophane, valine, alanine, asparagine. aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glutamine, proline, serine, p-tyrosine. arginine, histidine. cysteine, glycine, sarcosine, Ν,Ν-dimethylglycine, homoserine, norvaline, norleucine, ornithine, homocysteine, homophenylalanine, phenylglycine, o-tyrosine, m-tyrosine or hydroxyproline.
23. The compound according to claim 22, wherein the a-amino acid is in the D configuration.
24. The compound according to claim 22, wherein the a-amino acid is in the L configuration.
25. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 22. wherein each of Y and Y* is independently -[U-(CR9R9a)t-N(Rl 0)-(CR9R9a),]k-U-(CR9R9a)rN(R")- (CR9R9a)t-R12, -U-(CR9R9a),-R'2 or -[U-(CR9R9a)rN(R10)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a),-O- (CR9R9a), -R12.
26. The compound according to claim 25. wherein each of Y and Y* is independently -[U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R")-(CR9R9a),-R12.
27. The compound according to claim 26. wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -U-CCR ^-NCR'^-iCR ^-U-iCR ^-NiR' ^-iCR'R' R12.
28. The compound according to claim 26. wherein each of Y and Y" is independently -U-(CR9R9a)1-N(R1 1)-(CR9R9a),-R12.
29. The compound according to claim 25. wherein each of Y and Y" is independently -[C(=O)-(CR9R9a)t-N(Rl 0)-(CR9R9a)t]k-U-(CR9R9a)rN(R1 1)-(CR9R9a)t
30. The compound according to claim 29. wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=O)-(CR9R9a)t-N(Rl 0)-(CR9R9a)t-U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R1 1)-(CR9R9a)t-
31. The compound according to claim 29. wherein each of Y and Y* is independently -[C(=O)-(CR9R9a)1-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)l]k-C(=O)-(CR9R9a)1-N(R1 1) -(CR9R9a),-R12.
32. The compound according to claim 31. wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=O)-(CR9R9a)t-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)t-C(=O)-(CR9R9a),-N(R" )- (CR9R a)rR12.
33. The compound according to claim 29. wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CRVa)rN(R11)-(CR9R9a)rR12.
34. The compound according to claim 33. wherein each of Y and Y" is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(R1,)-(CR9R9a)n-C(=0)-R13.
35. The compound according to claim 34. wherein each of Y and Y* is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(R")-C(=0)-R13.
36. The compound according to claim 33, wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(R11)-(CR9R9a)n-C(=0)-0-R13.
37. The compound according to claim 36, wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(Rn)-C(=0)-0-R13.
38. The compound according to claim 25, wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a),-R12.
39. The compound according to claim 38. wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)rR12.
40. The compound according to claim 25, wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -[U-(CR9R9a),-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)l]k-U-(CR9R9a)t-O-(CR9R9a)rR12.
41. The compound according to claim 40, wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a)t-N(R,0)-(CR9R a)rU-(CR9R9a)t-O-(CR9R9a)t-R,2.
42. The compound according to claim 41. wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=O)-(CR9R9a),-N(R10)-(CR9R9a)rC(=O)-(CR9R9a) O-(CR9R9a)1-R12.
43. The compound according to claim 40. wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -U-(CR9R9a)rO-(CR9R9a)t-R 12.
44. The compound according to claim 43, wherein each of Y and Y" is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R a)t-0-(CR9R9a)rR12.
45. The compound according to claim 25, wherein each of Y and Y' is independently -C(=0)-(CR9R9a)n-N(Rn)-R12. wherein R11 and R12. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to, form a 4-7 membered ring.
46. The compound according to claim 25, wherein each R9. R9a. R10 and R11 is independently H. deuterium. C]-6 alkyl. Ci-6 heteroalkyl. C3.10 cycloalkyl. C2-io heterocyclyl. C6.i0 aryl. Ci_9 heteroaryl. C6_io aryl-C|.6-alkyl, C].6 haloalkyl. C)-6 hydroxyalkyl, C1.9 heteroaryl-Cl-6-alkyl. C2-10 heterocyclyl-C|.6-alkyl. or C . cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl; each R12 is independently Rl3aRl3N-. -C(=0)R13. -C(=S)R13. -C(=0)-0-R13. -C(=0)NRl3R,3a. -OC(=0)NRl3Rl3a. -OC(=0)OR13. -N(R13)C(=0)NR13R,3a. -N(R1 )C(=0)OR1 a. -N(Rl3)C(=0)-R,3a. R, Rl aN-S(=0)2-. R13S(=0)2-. R13S(=0)2N(R13a)-, R13OS(=0)2-, C i-6 alkyl. C ,-6 heteroalkyl, C3.10 cycloalkyl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl. C\ .g heteroaryl, or C6-io aryl-C i-6-alkyl; or R1 1 and R12. together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. form a 4-7 membered ring; and each R13 and Rl ja is independently H. deuterium, C ! -6 alkyl. C i-6 heteroalkyl, C3-io cycloalkyl, C2-10 heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, d-9 heteroaryl. or C6-io aryl-C i.6-alkyl.
47. The compound according to claim 46, wherein each R9, R9a. R10 and R1 1 is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclohexyl, isobutyl or phenyl; each R12 is independently -C(=0)R13. -C(=0)-0-R13. -C(=0)NRl R13a, methyl, ethyl, propyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, morpholinyl or piperidinyl, or R1 1 and R1 ". together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to. form a 4-7 membered ring; and each R13 and Rl 3a is independently H. deuterium, methyl, ethyl, propyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl. morpholinyl or piperidinyl.
The compound according to claim 11 having Formula (VII)
Figure imgf000503_0001
wherein each of R14 and R14a is independently H. deuterium. Ci-6 alkyl. C i-6 haloalkyl. C i-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl. C i-9 heteroaryl, C2-io heterocyclyl, C3.g cycloalkyl, C6-i0 aryl-C i-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-C i-6-alkyl. C2-io heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl, or C3-8 cycloalkyl-C i.6-alkyl; wherein each of C ] .6 alkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl, C i-6 hydroxyalkyl. C i- heteroalkyl. C6-io aryl. Ci.9 heteroaryl. C2-10 heterocyclyl. C3.8 cycloalkyl. C6-io aryl-C i-6-alkyl. Ci-9 heteroaryl -C i-6-alkyl. C2-10 heterocyclyl-C i-6-alkyl and C3.8 cycloalkyl-C |.6-alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano.
49. The compound according to claim 48 having Formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000504_0001
wherein each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium. C 1.3 hydroxyalkyl. methyl, ethyl, isopropyl. isobutyl, /7-butyl, allyl, propargyl. trifluoroethyl. phenyl, pyranyl, morpholinyl. -NR7R7a. benzyl, piperazinyl, cyclopentyl. cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, or C \ .g heteroaryl; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, /er/-butyl. allyl, propargyl, trifluoroethyl, phenyl, pyranyl, morpholinyl, -NR R7a. benzyl, piperazinyl. cyclopentyl, cyclopropyl and cyclohexyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium. F. CI, Br. hydroxy or cyano; each Q1 and Q2 is independently NR6, O, S, C(=0) or CH2; each Y1 and Y2 is independently N or CR7; each X3 is independently O, S. NR6. C(=0) or CR7R7a; e is 0. 1. 2. or 3 with the proviso that where X3 is O, S. C(=0) or NR6. e is 1 ; f is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; each of A and A is independently a bond. Ci-6 alkyl. C2-6 alkenyl. C3 - cycloalkyl, C2-i0 heterocycloalkyl. -(CR8R8a)n-0-(CR8R8a)p- -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-, -(CR8R8a)n-S(=0)r-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-
-(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p-. -(CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-N(R5)-(CR8R8a)p- -(CR8R8a)n-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, (CR8R8a)n-N(R5)-S(=0)rN(R )-(CR8R! p · -(CR8R a)n-N(R5)-C(=0)-0-(CR8R8a)p-, or each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000504_0002
Figure imgf000505_0001
each of Y4 and Y4 * is independently a bond. O. S. -(CH2)n-, -CH=CH-. -S(-0)r, -CH2O-. -CH2S-. -CH2S(=0) . -CF2-, -CHR5a- or -CH2N(R6)-. The compound according to claim 1 having Formula (IX):
Figure imgf000506_0001
wherein each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium, Cj-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl, Ci-9 heteroaryl, C2-i0 heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyi, C6-io aryl-C i-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl or C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl; and each n2 is independently 1, 2.3 or 4; wherein each of Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci- heteroalkyl. C6-io aryl. Ci- heteroaryl. C2-io heterocyclyl. C3-8 cycloalkyi, C6-io aryl-C i-6-alkyl, Ci-9 heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkyl. C2-10 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl and C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci.6-alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium. F, CI, Br. hydroxy or cyano.
51. The compound according to claim 1 having Formula (X):
Figure imgf000506_0002
wherein each Q1 and Q2 is independently CH2. CF2. O. C(=0) or NR6; each of R14 and Rl4a is independently H, deuterium. Ci-6 alkyl. Ci-6 haloalkyl. C]-6 hydroxyalkyl, C]-6 heteroalkyl, C6-io aryl. C]-9 heteroaryl. C2_io heterocyclyl, C3-8 cycloalkyi. C6-10 aryl-C i-6-alkyl. C|.9 heteroaryl-Ci_6-alkyl. C2-i0 heterocyclyl-Ci-6-alkyl or C3-8 cycloalkyl-Ci.6-alkyl; and each ni is independently 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
52. The compound according to claim 1 having Formula (XI):
Figure imgf000507_0001
wherein each Ria is independently H. deuterium, methyl, ethyl. F. CI, Br or I;
, 14a
each of R14 and Rl a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, 1 -methyl propyl, isopropyl or /e/Y-butyl; each of R16 and R16a is independently hydroxy, methoxy. ethoxy. phenoxy,
\— / or te/V-butoxy: wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl. 1 -methyl propyl, isopropyl. methoxy. ethoxy. /<?r/-butoxy and ferf-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, wherein the substituent is deuterium, F, CI. Br. hydroxy or cyano;
Figure imgf000507_0002
Figure imgf000508_0001
Figure imgf000508_0002
Figure imgf000508_0003
507
Figure imgf000509_0001
wherein R3, R4 and N-CH together form one of the following divalent groups:
Figure imgf000509_0002
wherein R?a is H or methyl; each of Q1 and Q2 is independently CH2, CF2. O. C(=0) or NR6;
1 ^ 7
each of Y and Y" is independently N or CR ;
R7 is H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, phenyl. F. CI. Br. I. OH or cyano; each of R14 and R14a is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl. cyclohexyl. phenyl or isopropyl; each of R1* and Rl :,a is independently H, deuterium. F, CI. Br. methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or /£T/-butyl; each of R17 and R, 7a is independently methyl, phenyl or ethyl; each X3 is independently O, S, NR6. C(=0) or CH2; each R6 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl. phenyl or isopropyl; e is 0. 1. 2 or 3 with the proviso that where X3 is O. S. or NR6, e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, isopropyl and /e/*/-butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium. F, CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000510_0001
The compound according to claim 1 having Formula (ΧΙΓ)
Figure imgf000511_0001
wherein R a is H or methyl; each of Q1 and Q2 is independently CH2, CF2, O. C(=0) or NR6; X5 is CH2, O, S or NR6; each of R14 and RUa is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl. cyclohexyl. phenyl or isopropyl; each of R1 ? and R1 a is independently H. deuterium. F, CI. Br. methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or /er/-butyl; each of R17 and R1 7a is independently methyl, phenyl or ethyl; each X3 is independently O, S. NR6. C(=0) or CH2; each R6 is independently H, deuterium, methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl. phenyl or isopropyl; e is 0, 1 , 2 or 3 with the proviso that where X3 is O. S. or NR6. e is 1 ; wherein each of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl. isopropyl and /e/ -butyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents. wherein the substituent is deuterium. F. CI, Br, hydroxy or cyano; and each of A and A" is independently
Figure imgf000511_0002
Figure imgf000512_0001
The compound of claim 1 having one of the following structures
Figure imgf000512_0002
Figure imgf000513_0001
512
Figure imgf000514_0001
513
Figure imgf000515_0001
514
Figure imgf000516_0001
515
Figure imgf000517_0001
516
Figure imgf000518_0001
Figure imgf000518_0002
Figure imgf000518_0003
517
Figure imgf000519_0001
518
Figure imgf000520_0001
Figure imgf000520_0002
519
Figure imgf000521_0001
520
Figure imgf000522_0001
521
Figure imgf000523_0001
or a stereoisomer, a geometric isomer, a tautomer. an N-oxide. a hydrate, a solvate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
56. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 55; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient. diluent, adjuvant, vehicle or a combination thereof.
57. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 56 further comprising an anti-HCV agent.
58. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 57. wherein the anti-HCV agent is an interferon, ribavirin. IL-2, IL-6. IL- 12. a compound that enliances the development of a type 1 helper T cell response, interfering RNA. anti-sense RNA. imiquimod, an inosine-5 "-monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor, amantadine, rimantadine, ribavirin, bavituximab, human hepatitis C immune globulin (CIVACIRrM). boceprevir. telaprevir, erlotinib. daclatasvir. simeprevir. asunaprevir. vaniprevir, faldaprevir. ABT-450, danoprevir. sovaprevir. M -5 1 72. vedroprevir. BZF-961. GS-9256. narlaprevir. ANA975. ABT-267. EDP239. PPI-668. GS-5816. samatasvir (IDX-719), MK-8742, MK-8325, GSK-2336805, PPI-461. TMC-435. MK-7009, BI-2013335, ciluprevir, BMS-650032, ACH-1625, ACH-1095. VX-985, IDX-375, VX-500, VX-813, PHX-1766. PHX-2054, IDX-136, IDX-316, EP-013420, VBY-376, TMC-649128. R-7128, PSI-7977, INX-189, IDX-184, IDX102, R1479. UNX-08189, PSI-6130, PSI-938, PSI-879, HCV-796, HCV-371 , VCH-916, VCH-222, ANA-598. MK-3281 , ABT-333, ABT-072, PF-00868554, BI-207127, GS-9190, A-837093, JKT-109, Gl-59728, GL-60667, AZd-2795, TMC647055 or a combination thereof.
59. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 58, wherein the interferon is interferon a-2b, pegylated interferon a, interferon a-2a. pegylated interferon a-2a, consensus interferon- . or interferon γ.
60. The pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 56 to 59 further comprising at least one HCV inhibitor, and wherein the HCV inhibitor inhibits HCV viral protein. HCV replication or HCV viral protein and HCV replication, wherein the HCV viral protein is helicase. proteinase, polymerase, metalloproteinase, serine proteinase, non-structural protein NS4A, non-structural protein NS5A, or non-structural protein NS4B, and wherein the HCV replication is HCV entry, HCV assembly. HCV egress, internal ribosome entrysite (IRES) or inosine-5"-monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH).
61. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 55 or the pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 56 to 59 for use in inhibiting HCV viral protein. HCV replication or HCV viral protein and HCV replication, wherein the HCV viral protein is helicase, proteinase, polymerase, metalloproteinase, serine proteinase, non-structural protein NS4A. non-structural protein NS5A, or non-structural protein NS4B. and wherein the HCV replication is HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, internal ribosome entrysite (IRES) or inosine-5' -monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH).
62. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 55 or the pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 56 to 59 for use in preventing, managing, treating or lessening the severity of HCV infection or a HCV disorder in a patient.
63. Use of the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 55 or the pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 56 to 59 in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing, managing, treating or lessening the severity of HCV infection or a HCV disorder in a patient.
64. A method of preventing, managing, treating or lessening the severity of HCV infection or a HCV disorder in a patient comprising administering to the patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 55 or the pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 56 to 59.
PCT/CN2013/000915 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof WO2014019344A1 (en)

Priority Applications (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP13824843.0A EP2880030B1 (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof
BR112015000420A BR112015000420A2 (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 compound, pharmaceutical composition, and use of a compound
RU2015107043A RU2015107043A (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 UNITED CYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS HEPATITIS C VIRUS INHIBITORS (HCV) AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL USE
MYPI2014703257A MY187617A (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof
AU2013299246A AU2013299246B2 (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis C virus (HCV) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof
SG11201406824XA SG11201406824XA (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof
CA2872118A CA2872118A1 (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof
KR20157002654A KR20150039200A (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof
US14/397,200 US9309231B2 (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis C virus (HCV) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof
MX2015001571A MX2015001571A (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof.
JP2015524600A JP2015529652A (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Cross-linked ring compounds that are hepatitis C inhibitors and their application to pharmaceuticals
ZA2014/07779A ZA201407779B (en) 2012-08-03 2014-10-24 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof
HK15107702.7A HK1207074A1 (en) 2012-08-03 2015-08-10 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof (hcv)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201210273491.8 2012-08-03
CN201210273491 2012-08-03
CN201310116933 2013-04-03
CN201310116933.2 2013-04-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014019344A1 true WO2014019344A1 (en) 2014-02-06

Family

ID=50027184

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/000915 WO2014019344A1 (en) 2012-08-03 2013-08-05 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (1) US9309231B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2880030B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2015529652A (en)
KR (1) KR20150039200A (en)
CN (1) CN103570693B (en)
AU (1) AU2013299246B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112015000420A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2872118A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1207074A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2015001571A (en)
MY (1) MY187617A (en)
RU (1) RU2015107043A (en)
SG (1) SG11201406824XA (en)
TW (1) TWI610916B (en)
WO (1) WO2014019344A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201407779B (en)

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014048072A1 (en) 2012-09-28 2014-04-03 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Spiro ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors
CN104803989A (en) * 2014-01-23 2015-07-29 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Bridged ring compound taken as hepatitis C inhibitor, and pharmaceutical applications thereof
WO2016033164A1 (en) * 2014-08-26 2016-03-03 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside and nucleotide derivatives
US9334279B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2016-05-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9409943B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-08-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9499550B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2016-11-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9580463B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2017-02-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2017037616A1 (en) 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 Lupin Limited Arylalkylamine compounds as calcium sensing receptor modulators
US9598433B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-03-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9643999B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-05-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US10118920B2 (en) 2015-04-20 2018-11-06 Cellcentric Ltd Isoxazolyl substituted benzimidazoles
US10428065B2 (en) 2015-04-20 2019-10-01 Cellcentric Ltd Isoxazolyl substituted imidazopyridines
CN111118073A (en) * 2019-12-27 2020-05-08 东莞市东阳光生物合成药有限公司 Method for synthesizing intermediate of ezetimivir by enzyme method
US10709714B2 (en) 2013-11-22 2020-07-14 Clifton Life Sciences LLC Gastrin antagonists for treatment and prevention of osteoporosis
US10968249B2 (en) 2014-11-26 2021-04-06 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bile acid derivatives as FXR/TGR5 agonists and methods of use thereof
WO2021138315A1 (en) * 2020-01-03 2021-07-08 Blue Oak Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for treating cns disorders
EP3706740A4 (en) * 2017-11-06 2021-07-28 Suzhou Pengxu Pharmatech Co., Ltd. Processes to produce acalabrutinib
US11618751B1 (en) 2022-03-25 2023-04-04 Ventus Therapeutics U.S., Inc. Pyrido-[3,4-d]pyridazine amine derivatives useful as NLRP3 derivatives

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104860935A (en) * 2014-02-21 2015-08-26 常州寅盛药业有限公司 Thiophene adopted as hepatitis C virus inhibitor or variant derivative thereof, and pharmaceutical uses thereof
CN105384792B (en) * 2014-08-23 2020-12-22 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Compound as hepatitis C inhibitor and application thereof in medicine
TWI675029B (en) * 2014-12-16 2019-10-21 大陸商廣東東陽光藥業有限公司 Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors and preparation thereof
CN105968101B (en) * 2015-03-12 2019-03-01 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Application as the compound of hepatitis c inhibitor and its in drug
MX2019010112A (en) * 2017-03-02 2019-10-15 Wockhardt Ltd Heterocyclic derivatives as antibacterial compounds.
US11634389B2 (en) 2018-11-28 2023-04-25 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Succinate dehydrogenase inhibitors and methods of making and using the same
EP3972963A1 (en) 2019-05-21 2022-03-30 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Identification and use of kras inhibitors

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008021928A2 (en) * 2006-08-11 2008-02-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2010065674A1 (en) * 2008-12-03 2010-06-10 Presidio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of hcv ns5a
WO2010099527A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2010132601A1 (en) 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds

Family Cites Families (54)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3019259A (en) * 1959-11-02 1962-01-30 Dow Chemical Co 1, 4-dihydro-1, 4-methanonaphthalene-5, 8-diamine
US3268581A (en) * 1964-05-08 1966-08-23 Dow Chemical Co Anthraquinone dialkanesulfonimide
US3493616A (en) * 1967-02-27 1970-02-03 Universal Oil Prod Co Hydroxy and/or hydrocarbyloxy and amino-alkano-tetrahydronaphthalenes
US3835104A (en) * 1968-09-05 1974-09-10 Snam Progetti Curable,amorphous,olefinic terpolymers from alphamono olefins and polyenes
US4009200A (en) * 1973-02-02 1977-02-22 Uniroyal, Inc. Hexahalo-1,4-dihydro-1,4-methano-napth-5,8-ylene acetates
JPS60152435A (en) * 1984-01-20 1985-08-10 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc 2,3-diacetylnorbornadiene and its preparation
US7291689B1 (en) * 2006-05-01 2007-11-06 Seoul National University Industry Foundation Thermally stable low dielectric norbornene polymers with improved solubility and adhesion property
US8303944B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2012-11-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7704992B2 (en) 2008-02-13 2010-04-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2010065668A1 (en) 2008-12-03 2010-06-10 Presidio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of hcv ns5a
US8314135B2 (en) 2009-02-09 2012-11-20 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linked dibenzimidazole antivirals
EP2393359A4 (en) * 2009-02-09 2012-10-03 Enanta Pharm Inc Linked dibenzimidazole derivatives
US8637561B2 (en) 2009-02-17 2014-01-28 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linked diimidazole derivatives
WO2010111673A1 (en) 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Presidio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted bicyclic hcv inhibitors
EA020898B1 (en) 2009-03-27 2015-02-27 Мерк Шарп Энд Домэ Корп. Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus replication
KR20110131312A (en) 2009-03-27 2011-12-06 프레시디오 파마슈티칼스, 인코포레이티드 Fused ring inhibitors of hepatitis c
US8143414B2 (en) 2009-04-13 2012-03-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2010132538A1 (en) 2009-05-12 2010-11-18 Schering Corporation Fused tricyclic aryl compounds useful for the treatment of viral diseases
JP5510945B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2014-06-04 アクテリオン ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Cross-linked spiro [2.4] heptane derivatives as ALX receptors and / or FPRL2 agonists
EP2435421A1 (en) * 2009-05-29 2012-04-04 Schering Corporation Antiviral compounds composed of three aligned aryl moieties to treat diseases such as hepatitis c
US8716454B2 (en) 2009-06-11 2014-05-06 Abbvie Inc. Solid compositions
US8221737B2 (en) * 2009-06-16 2012-07-17 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2011004276A1 (en) 2009-07-06 2011-01-13 Pfizer Limited Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2011009084A2 (en) 2009-07-16 2011-01-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Benzimidazole analogues for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections
US20110274648A1 (en) 2009-11-11 2011-11-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C Virus Inhibitors
EP2503881B1 (en) 2009-11-25 2015-05-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused tricyclic compounds and derivatives thereof useful for the treatment of viral diseases
MX2012006877A (en) 2009-12-18 2012-08-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis c virus inhibitors.
CA2785488A1 (en) 2009-12-22 2011-07-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused tricyclic compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
US20130072523A1 (en) 2009-12-24 2013-03-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Analogues for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections
CA2794145A1 (en) 2010-03-24 2011-09-29 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Analogues for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections
MX2012010919A (en) 2010-03-24 2013-02-01 Vertex Pharma Analogues for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections.
US20110312996A1 (en) 2010-05-17 2011-12-22 Intermune, Inc. Novel inhibitors of hepatitis c virus replication
CA2800509A1 (en) 2010-05-24 2011-12-01 Presidio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of hcv ns5a
WO2011156543A2 (en) 2010-06-09 2011-12-15 Presidio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of hcv ns5a protein
NZ605440A (en) 2010-06-10 2014-05-30 Abbvie Bahamas Ltd Solid compositions comprising an hcv inhibitor
WO2012003642A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused tricyclic compounds and use thereof for treating viral diseases
PL2598498T3 (en) 2010-07-26 2014-12-31 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Hetero-bicyclic derivatives as hcv inhibitors
AU2011286276A1 (en) 2010-07-26 2013-01-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted biphenylene compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
SI2599774T1 (en) * 2010-07-29 2017-03-31 Astellas Pharma Inc. Condensed pyridine compounds as cb2 cannabinoid receptor ligands
US20120195857A1 (en) 2010-08-12 2012-08-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C Virus Inhibitors
WO2012020036A1 (en) 2010-08-13 2012-02-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2012040924A1 (en) 2010-09-29 2012-04-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused tetracyclic heterocycle compounds and methods of use thereof for treatment of viral diseases
WO2012040923A1 (en) 2010-09-29 2012-04-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetracyclic indole derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
WO2012050918A2 (en) 2010-09-29 2012-04-19 Presidio Pharmaceutical, Inc. Tricyclic fused ring inhibitors of hepatitis c
EP2621932A4 (en) 2010-09-29 2014-03-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Tetracyclic heterocycle compounds for treating hepatitis c viral infection
EP2621931A4 (en) 2010-09-29 2014-03-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Tetracyclic indole derivatives for treating hepatitis c virus infection
US9254292B2 (en) 2010-09-29 2016-02-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Fused tetracycle derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
US20140364617A1 (en) 2010-12-15 2014-12-11 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral compounds
WO2012083048A2 (en) 2010-12-15 2012-06-21 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
EP2651924A1 (en) 2010-12-16 2013-10-23 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral compounds
WO2012122716A1 (en) 2011-03-17 2012-09-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetracyclic xanthene derivatives and methods of use thereof for treatment of viral diseases
BR112014000563A2 (en) * 2011-07-09 2019-12-10 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd compound, pharmaceutical composition, and compound use
AR087470A1 (en) 2011-08-08 2014-03-26 Glaxosmithkline Llc BIFENILENIC IMIDAZOLIC DERIVATIVES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
WO2013021337A1 (en) 2011-08-08 2013-02-14 Lupin Limited Antiviral compounds with a fused tricyclic ring

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008021928A2 (en) * 2006-08-11 2008-02-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2010065674A1 (en) * 2008-12-03 2010-06-10 Presidio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of hcv ns5a
WO2010099527A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2010132601A1 (en) 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds

Non-Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design", 1987, AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION AND PERGAMON PRESS
"Handbook of Chemistry and Physics", 1994
ELIEL ET AL.: "Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds", 1994, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., NEW YORK
HECKER ET AL.: "Prodrugs of Phosphates and Phosphonates", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 51, 2008, pages 2328 - 2345, XP008148502, DOI: doi:10.1021/jm701260b
HIGUCHI: "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems", vol. 14, A.C.S. SYMPOSIUM SERIES
J. PHARMACOL SCI, vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
LINDENBACH ET AL., NATURE, vol. 436, 2005, pages 933 - 938
PARK ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 278, 2003, pages 30711 - 30718
PARKER ET AL.: "McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms", 1984, MCGRAW-HILL BOOK COMPANY, NEW YORK
RAUTIO ET AL.: "Prodrugs: Design and Clinical Applications", NATURE REVIEWS DRUG DISCOVERY, vol. 7, 2008, pages 255 - 270, XP002579584
SMITH ET AL.: "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 2007, JOHN WILEY & SONS, NEW YORK
SORRELL ET AL.: "Organic Chemistry", 1999, UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BOOKS
TAN ET AL., VIROLOGY, vol. 284, 2001, pages 1 - 12

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2900656A4 (en) * 2012-09-28 2016-03-02 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co Ltd Spiro ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors
WO2014048072A1 (en) 2012-09-28 2014-04-03 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Spiro ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors
US9499550B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2016-11-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9598433B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-03-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9334279B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2016-05-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9643999B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-05-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9409943B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-08-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9580463B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2017-02-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US10709714B2 (en) 2013-11-22 2020-07-14 Clifton Life Sciences LLC Gastrin antagonists for treatment and prevention of osteoporosis
CN104803989A (en) * 2014-01-23 2015-07-29 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Bridged ring compound taken as hepatitis C inhibitor, and pharmaceutical applications thereof
WO2015110048A1 (en) * 2014-01-23 2015-07-30 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
US9675632B2 (en) 2014-08-26 2017-06-13 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside and nucleotide derivatives
WO2016033164A1 (en) * 2014-08-26 2016-03-03 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside and nucleotide derivatives
US10968249B2 (en) 2014-11-26 2021-04-06 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bile acid derivatives as FXR/TGR5 agonists and methods of use thereof
US10118920B2 (en) 2015-04-20 2018-11-06 Cellcentric Ltd Isoxazolyl substituted benzimidazoles
US10428065B2 (en) 2015-04-20 2019-10-01 Cellcentric Ltd Isoxazolyl substituted imidazopyridines
WO2017037616A1 (en) 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 Lupin Limited Arylalkylamine compounds as calcium sensing receptor modulators
EP3706740A4 (en) * 2017-11-06 2021-07-28 Suzhou Pengxu Pharmatech Co., Ltd. Processes to produce acalabrutinib
US11161851B2 (en) 2017-11-06 2021-11-02 Suzhou Pengxu Pharmatech Co. Ltd. Processes to produce acalabrutinib
CN111118073A (en) * 2019-12-27 2020-05-08 东莞市东阳光生物合成药有限公司 Method for synthesizing intermediate of ezetimivir by enzyme method
CN111118073B (en) * 2019-12-27 2022-02-15 宜昌东阳光生化制药有限公司 Method for synthesizing intermediate of ezetimivir by enzyme method
WO2021138315A1 (en) * 2020-01-03 2021-07-08 Blue Oak Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and compositions for treating cns disorders
US11618751B1 (en) 2022-03-25 2023-04-04 Ventus Therapeutics U.S., Inc. Pyrido-[3,4-d]pyridazine amine derivatives useful as NLRP3 derivatives

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2880030B1 (en) 2018-01-10
SG11201406824XA (en) 2014-11-27
HK1207074A1 (en) 2016-01-22
BR112015000420A2 (en) 2017-06-27
EP2880030A1 (en) 2015-06-10
RU2015107043A (en) 2016-09-20
CN103570693B (en) 2015-10-14
KR20150039200A (en) 2015-04-09
CN103570693A (en) 2014-02-12
AU2013299246A1 (en) 2014-11-13
AU2013299246B2 (en) 2015-10-29
US20150079028A1 (en) 2015-03-19
JP2015529652A (en) 2015-10-08
MY187617A (en) 2021-10-04
ZA201407779B (en) 2016-05-25
CA2872118A1 (en) 2014-02-06
US9309231B2 (en) 2016-04-12
TWI610916B (en) 2018-01-11
TW201406722A (en) 2014-02-16
EP2880030A4 (en) 2016-01-13
MX2015001571A (en) 2016-05-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9309231B2 (en) Bridged ring compounds as hepatitis C virus (HCV) inhibitors and pharmaceutical applications thereof
AU2012283609B2 (en) Spiro compounds as hepatitis C virus inhibitors
TWI475019B (en) Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US9416139B2 (en) Spiro ring compound as hepatitis C virus (HCV) inhibitor and uses thereof
CN103880823B (en) Application as the spiro-compound of hepatitis c inhibitor and its in medicine
CN103848819B (en) Spiro compound serving as hepatitis C inhibitor, drug composition and applications of spiro compound and drug composition in drugs
EP2900656B1 (en) Spiro ring compounds as hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors
US9802949B2 (en) Fused ring compounds as hepatitis C virus inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
CN103848820A (en) Spiro compound serving as hepatitis C inhibitor and applications thereof in drugs
CN104003980B (en) It is used as the endocyclic compound and its pharmaceutical composition and purposes of hepatitis c inhibitor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13824843

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013824843

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14397200

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2872118

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013299246

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20130805

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: IDP00201407927

Country of ref document: ID

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015524600

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157002654

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/001571

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015107043

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015000420

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015000420

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150108